Home

Albatros Heat pump controller User Manual RVS61.843 AVS75.370

1. Error list The following error messages can occur No Error text Place Error Acknowled Function Error repetition Heat pump Responsibility gement operation prio _ manually _ active 1st status message No 10 Outside sensor B9 6 No No Yes 1 installer 25 Boiler sensor solid fuel B22 6 No No Yes 1 installer 26 Common flow sensor B10 6 No No Yes 1 installer 27 Common flow sensor 2 B11 6 No No Yes 1 installer 28 Flue gas temp sensor B8 6 No No Yes 1 installer 30 Flow sensor 1 B1 6 No No Yes 1 installer 31 Flow sensor cooling 1 B16 6 No No Yes 1 installer 32 Flow sensor 2 B12 6 No No Yes 1 installer 33 Flow sensor HP B21 6 No No Yes 1 installer 35 Source inlet sensor B91 9 No No No param 1 installer 36 Hot gas sensor 1 B81 6 No No Yes 1 installer 37 Hot gas sensor 2 B82 6 No No Yes 1 installer 38 Flow sensor prim contr B15 6 No No Yes 1 installer 39 Evaporator sensor B84 9 No No No air HP 1 installer 43 Return sensor solid fuel B72 6 No No Yes 1 installer 44 Return sensor HP B71 6 No No Yes 1 installer 45 Source outlet sensor B92 9 No No No param 1 installer 46 Return sensor cascade B70 6 No No Yes 1 installer 47 Common return sensor B73 6 No No l Yes 1 installer 48 Refrigerant
2. OZW672 Web server for LPB BSB N5712 C5712 OZS164 23 Web server for LPB BSB GSM Q5711 C5711 OCI611 Central communication unit N2533 OCI700 1 Service interface including ACS790 N5655 Gateways and connecting cables AVS71 390 RF module from controller to BSB wireless U2358 AVS71 393 RF module BSB from BSB wire to BSB wireless U2358 AVS14 390 RF repeater RF signal amplification BSB wireless U2358 AVS82 490 Ribbon cable 400 mm to HMI and extension modules 2359 AVS82 491 Ribbon cable 1 000 mm to HMI and extension modules 2359 AVS82 490 Adapter cable to HMI and extension modules 2359 AVS82 491 Service cable between room unit and operating unit 2359 Sensors Temperature AVS13 399 Wireless outside sensor U2358 QAC34 Outside sensor NTC 1k Q1811 QAD36 Strap on temperature sensor NTC 10k Q1801 QAZ36 Immersion temperature sensor NTC 10k Q1843 QAKS6 Threaded immersion temperature sensor NTC 10k Q1845 QAR36 Strap on temperature sensor NTC 10k Q1806 Pressure QBE620 P Pressure sensor for liquids gases and refrigerants Q1909 Flow QVE2000 Flow sensor N1592 Humidity QFA100 Room hygrostat N1514 QFA2000 Room sensor for relative humidity N1850 QFA2060 Room sensor for relative humidity and temperature N1850 QXA2000 Condensation monitor N1542 Indoor air quality QPA Air quality sensor for room
3. S IPE 5 g 3 S O O r a 5 Oo 8787 E Flow temp setp cooling 2 0 0 140 C ACS F State 2nd speed heating circuit pump Q22 Off On ACS F Operating mode changeover heating circuit 2 Inactive Active Heating circuit 3 8790 Heating circuit pump 3 Off On 8791 HC mixing valve 3 open Off On 8792 HC mixing valve 3 closed Off On 8795 F Speed heating circuit pump 3 0 100 8800 E Room temp 3 0 50 C 8801 E Room setpoint 3 4 35 C 8802 O Room temp 3 model 0 50 C 8803 E Flow temp setpoint 3 0 140 C 8804 E Flow temp 3 0 140 C 8809 E Room thermostat 3 No demand Demand ACS F Stat 2nd speed heating circuit pump Q23 Off On ACS F Operating mode changeover HC3 P Inactive Active DHW 8820 DHW pump k Off On 8821 El imm heater DHW Off On 8825 F_ Speed DHW pump 0 100 8826 F Speed DHW interm circ pump 0 100 8827 F_ Speed inst DHW heater pump 0 100 8830 E DHW temp 1 0 140 C 8831 E DHW temp setpoint 8 80 C 8832 DHW temp 2 0 140 C 8835 DHW circulation temp 0 140 C 8836 DHW charging temp 0 140 C 8837 DHW charging setpoint 0 100 C 8840 F Hours run DHW pump 0 199 999 h 8841 F Start counter DHW pump 0 199 999 8842 F Hours run el DHW 0 199 999 h 8843 F Start counter el DHW 0 199
4. S g Bo lals 5 g 8 O O r a 5 0 3260 1 Antifreeze source None None Ethylene glycol Propylene glycol Ethyl and propyl glycol 3261 Antifreeze concentr source 30 1 100 Energy prices 3264 E gy price high tariff aoe 1 1000 3265 1 E gy price low sm grid wish 1 1000 3266 E gy price sm grid imposed 1 1000 3267 1_ E gy price altern source 1 1000 Cascade 3510 O Lead strategy Late on late off e Late on early off Late on late off Early on late off According to buffer temp 3511 O Output band min 0 0 Line 3512 3512 O Output band max 100 Line 3511 100 3514 F Stage sequence Serial release last stage e Serial release all 2nd stage Serial release last stage Parallel release last stage 3516 O Max sources forced charg 4 1 16 3517 O Max source force charg OT as 20 15 C 3518 F Numb source defrost allowed 50 1 100 3522 F Rel integr source seq cool 20 1 200 C min 3523 F Res integr source seq cool 10 1 200 C min 3525 F Switch on delay cooling 5 0 20 min 3530 F Release integral source seq 100 0 500 C min 3531 F Reset integral source seq 20 0 500 C min 3533 F Switch on delay 5 0 120 min 3538 F Substitute common flow temp Highest source value None Highest source value Internal source value Mean source value 3540 F Auto source seq ch over 500
5. 2355A08 Multifunctional RVS61 BX1 Buffer sensor B4 terminals BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 435 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 9 Air to water heat pump with pump heating circuit K1 E11 2355A09 Multifunctional RVS61 BX1 terminals S BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B84 QX1 Process revers valve Y22 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 QX9 QX10 QX11 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K19 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 436 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 10 Air to water heat pump with pump heating circuit
6. Abbreviations E End user F Heating engineer Commissioning engineer Function with energy line Operating line ACS With ACS tool O OEM saving potential S Solal E g 3 3 O Olr m 5 0 Time prog heating cooling 1 e 500 E Preselection Mo Su Mo Su Mo Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su 501 E 1st phase on 06 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 502 E 1st phase off 22 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 503 E 2nd phase on 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 504 E 2nd phase off 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 505 E 3rd phase on 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 506 E 3rd phase off 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 516 E Default values No No Yes Time prog heating cooling 2 e 520 E Preselection Mo Su Mo Su Mo Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su 521 E 1st phase on 06 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 522 E 1st phase off 22 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 523 E 2nd phase on 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 524 E 2nd phase off 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 525 E 3rd phase on 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 526 E 3rd phase off 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 536 E Default values No No Yes Time program 3 HC3 540 E Preselection Mo Su Mo Su Mo Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su 541 E 1st phase on 06 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 542 E 1st phase off 22 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 543 E 2nd phase on 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 544 E 2nd phase off 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 545 E 3rd phase on 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 546 E 3rd phase off
7. Line no Operating line 9031 Relay output QX1 9032 Relay output QX2 9033 Relay output QX3 9034 Triac output ZX4 9035 Relay output QX5 9036 Relay output QX6 9037 Relay output QX7 9038 Relay output QX8 9039 Relay output QX9 9040 Relay output QX10 9041 Relay output QX11 9042 Relay output QX12 9043 Relay output QX13 The switching states of each of the multifunctional relays 1 13 can be queried via these operating lines e The display of Off means that the plant component assigned to the output is currently off e The display of On means that the relevant plant component is currently on Line no Operating line 9050 Relay output QX21 module 1 9051 Relay output QX22 module 1 9052 Relay output QX23 module 1 9053 Relay output QX21 module 2 9054 Relay output QX22 module 2 9055 Relay output QX23 module 2 9056 Relay output QX21 module 3 9057 Relay output QX22 module 3 9058 Relay output QX23 module 3 The switching states of each of the relays on extension modules 1 and 2 can be queried via these operating lines e The display of Off means that the plant component assigned to the output is currently off e The display of On means that the relevant plant component is currently on Line no Operating line ACS State alarm relay K10 ACS Status time program 5 relais K13 ACS Status delta T controller 1 K21 ACS Status delta T controller 2
8. S So a S g 3 z 8 o O i a 5 Oo Compressor 2 2860 F Lock stage 2 with DHW Off Off On 2861 F Release stage 2 below OT 5 30 30 C 2862 0 Locking time stage2 mod 10 0 40 min 2863 0 Release integral stage2 mod 250 0 500 C min 2864 O Reset integral stage2 mod 10 0 500 C min 2865 F Compr sequence changeover 100 10 1000 h Output data 2867 O Output optimum 1 100 e 2868 0 Output nominal 20 0 1000 kW ACS JO Source temp 1 for COP 7 25 35 C ACS O Source temp 2 for COP 7 25 35 C ACS O Flow temp 1 for COP 35 25 65 C ACS O Flow temp 2 for COP 55 25 65 C ACS O COP at source temp 1 and flow temp 1 1 10 ACS O COP at source temp 1 and flow temp 2 a eee 10 ACS O COP at source temp 2 and flow temp 1 s 1 10 ACS O COP at source temp 2 and flow temp 2 san meee a 10 Compressor modulation 2870 0 Compressor modulation max 100 Line 2871 100 2871 O Compressor modulation min 15 0 Line 2870 2873 0 Compressor mod run time 60 0 600 S 2874 O Compressor mod Xp 32 1 200 C 2875 O Compressor mod Tn 120 1 650 5 2878 0 PWM period digital scroll ae 5 30 s 2879 O Compr mod run time closing 0 600 S ACS O Compressor kick release 0 100 ACS JO Compressor kick modulation 60 0 100 ACS O Compressor kick interval 30 10 600 min ACS O Compressor kick duration 20 10 120 S Electric immersion heaters in the flow 2
9. Line no Operating line 5103 Speed Xp 5104 Speed Tn 5105 Speed Tv 5108 Starting speed charg pump 5109 St speed interm circ pump Parameters can be set to define a minimum and maximum pump speed The PID controller s control action can be influenced by parameters Xp Tn and Tv The controller operates with a neutral zone of 1 Kelvin The resulting speed is output via the configured speed output ZX4 or DC 0 10 V By setting the right proportional band Xp integral action time Tn and derivative action time Tv the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope The derivative action time Tv influences the controller s D action Tv is the time required by the P action with a constantly rising input signal ramp to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as tha
10. Cc E Air dehumidifier K29 When room humidity rises an external dehumidifier can be switched on In this case a humidity sensor must be connected to input Hx Heat request K27 Release relay K27 is used together with control relay K32 for flow temperature control of the supplementary source see lines 3690 3755 Refrigeration request K28 Output K28 is activated whenever there is a request for refrigeration This can be used to switch on an external refrigeration machine In the case of the device with address 1 a request for refrigeration from the system can also activate output K28 For that on operating page LPB system Refrigeration request line 6627 must be set to Centrally Alarm output K10 If a fault occurs in the controller or the system one of the alarm relays delivers a signal The relevant contact makes with a delay line 6612 When the fault is corrected that is when the error message is no longer pending the contact opens with no delay If the fault cannot immediately be rectified it is still possible to reset the alarm relay This is made via operating line 6710 Time program 5 K13 The relay switches any connected plant component at the points in time set in time program 5 lines 601 616 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 The connected pump serves as a circulating pump for heating circuit 1 DHW ctrl elem Q3 Depending on the hydraulic system in use output Q3 serves for control of a
11. Mode RTU Protocol Master or slave depending on the application Slave addresses 1 247 Number of slaves Max 8 Broadcast as master No Baud rate 1 200 2 400 4 800 9 600 19 200 38 400 57 600 76 800 115 200 baud Start bit 1 Data bit 8 Stop bit 1or2 Parity Even Odd None Function codes e 0x03 Read Holding Registers e 0x06 Write Single Register not for structured data types e 0x10 Write multiple Register Data register 2 byte Data types e Signed Unsigned 16 bit and 32 bit e Structured across several registers Coding Most significant first Telegram length Max 44 data byte Response Timeout 300 ms e Baud rate 19200 baud when cable length lt 500 m e Parity Even e Stop bit 1 Topology The Modbus devices should be interconnected in the form of a line structure The 2 line ends must have a terminating resistor fitted Master Slave 1 Slave n LT Line termination 372 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Modbus settings Master or slave via Slave address Line no Operating line 6651 Slave address 6652 Baud rate 1 200 2 400 4 800 9 600 19 200 38 400 57 600 76 800 115 200 6653 Parity Even Odd None 6654 Stop bit Every device in the Modbus network must be assigned a communication role e One of the devices in the network
12. With Optimum start control the change from one temperature level to the other is shifted forward such that the Comfort setpoint will be reached at the respective switching times Setting Optimum start control max limits the duration of the forward shift With Optimum stop control the change from one temperature level to the other is shifted forward such that the Comfort setpoint 1 4 Kelvin will be reached at the respective switching times Setting Optimum stop control max limits the duration of the forward shift 94 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Heat up gradient Ll Increase of Reduced setpoint Xein Xaus 2355Z06 s Xein Forward shift of switch on time Xaus Forward shift of switch off time ZSP Time program TRx Actual value of room temperature TRw Room temperature setpoint Optimum start stop control can be performed with or without room temperature sensor In that case optimum start stop control is calculated with the help of the room model The heat up gradient defines the period of time the heating system requires to raise the room temperature by 1 Kelvin If the room temperature does not reach the Comfort setpoint at the respective switching times the setting must be increased e The heat up gradient is only active when optimum start control is switched on e f aroom sensor is used the
13. ssecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaees 369 Setpoint drop e iiaiai aaaea 359 Summer compensation 107 Setpoint for protection 104 Summer winter heating limit ccs 87 Setpoint increase ccccccceececseeeeeeeeeeeeeseaees 107 Superheat control SHC n se 207 SOUINOS easncsdersecenegepiaveecenidcnnnegauaesenndcmnepavaternnes 27 Supplementary generator 0ceeee 250 340 COMPIeSSOl cccccceeeeeeeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeetaaeees 153 Setpoint MIN eee cece cece cece eee teecteeeeeeeeeeteee 252 Settling tie see cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 191 Supplementary source Shifting Priory scesa tenaneta ana 117 DAW Charging ivisiictcceehtettieeseceeisieasasesesiceviens 251 Shutoff valve ooo eee cece ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeenaaes 337 Source TY DO accccdencdvianstectn deneduastmecenccenesunsdaess 256 Simulation of outside temperature 0000 387 Swiming pool circuit PUMP 0 eects 338 Simulations ee 387 Swimming pool Soft Starter aaan aa aa 352 Heating through heat source n s 123 Software version ccecceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 366 Solar N ating cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteee 123 Solarna aeaea a a a AEA 257 Swimming pool CirCuit eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 121 Solar controlling element 0 ceee 335 338 Switching diff source Off ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 199 Solar energy yield ccccceeecceseeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 417 Switchin
14. gt TA TVKw Flow temperature setpoint cooling TTP Dewpoint temperature TA Outside temperature BZ Operating line A humidity sensor delivering a DC 0 10 V signal can be connected to one of the Hx inputs In that case the following configuration is required e Function Humidity measurement 10V must be assigned to the Hx input e With the cooling circuit parameter Acquisition room r h must be used to refer to the respective Hx input The measured relative humidity is used for calculating the dewpoint and for the cooling circuit s flow temperature increase 113 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Acquisition room temp Buffer storage tank primary controller With buffer With prim contr system pump Remote control In place of or in addition to the room unit s temperature sensor BSB or B5 B52 B53 a room temperature sensor delivering a DC 0 10 V signal can be connected to an Hx input In that case the following configuration is required e Function Room temp 10V must be assigned to the Hx input e With the cooling circuit parameter Acquisition room temp must be used to refer to this Hx input The value at the Hx input and the value of the room unit s sensor are used for the various functions according to the following priorities Room temperature Use of room te
15. Line no Operating line 2823 Req temp diff evaporator ACS Required temp diff evaporator cooling mode 2824 Max dev temp diff evap Setting the required temperature differential cooling down of the medium water brine between evaporator inlet B91 and evaporator outlet B92 Separate setpoint for cooling mode analogous to parameter 2823 Maximum deviation from the required temperature differential either upward or downward If the measured deviation is greater than the set maximum deviation the relevant status message appears provided the compressor was previously in operation for at least 3 minutes In cooling mode and when using air to water heat pumps parameters 2823 and 2824 are not active If low pressure switch E9 ND pressostat trips the heat pump is switched off On completion of the minimum off time line 2843 Compressor off time min the heat pump is switched on again If within Duration error repetition line 2889 the low pressure switch trips several times the heat pump goes to lockout if the number of Repetition Error 225 Low pressure HP is exceeded If the heat pump has gone to lockout it can only be restarted by making a manual reset e For settings in connection with low pressure switch E9 refer to parameters 2853 and 2854 e For information about high pressure switch E10 refer to parameter 2785 145 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technolo
16. cccccccceecseeeeeeeeeeeeeetaees 194 SOft SLANE amanan a aE 352 dT Fixed day Storage eriein piian naea 229 Collector 1 2 cccccceccccceeeceeceeeeceeeaeeeeeeeaeeess 417 Floor Solar charging controller 257 Curing fUNCtiOn ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeetees 98 Dt FUNCION tcc a a E 98 Buffer cooling circuit ceeeeeeeeeees 273 276 Seto MANA Y heetten 98 Buffer cooling circuit relative ceeeee 274 Floor heating er 98 0000 CIAS Sl AE 137 Flow measurement 223 234 EvaporatOr mannsins 145 PCat EEA E E ence eel 264 Generation lOCK nsii aaa 273 275 Flow measurement HZ 346 Duration Flow switch Error repetition eneee 177 Source intermediate CirCuit ceeee 353 Duration legionella ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 118 Flow Switch SOUICE ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 177 351 Flow switch COnSUMETS cccceeeeeeeeeetteeeeeees 352 E Flow temperature Cooling 1 cceeeeeeeeeees 421 ECO FUNCTIONS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 87 89 105 106 Flow temperature setpoint Eco selection eee 115 LimitationSs a aed ae 90 ECONOMY MOJE nsr S 386 MAXIMUM iiine 90 125 Electric immersion heater 171 MiNiMi a a aaa aaa 90 125 Buffer storage tank eeeeeeeeeeeeernn 338 Room thermostat ecccceeeeeeeeeeeeesseteeeeeees 90 DRAW ieena niaaa eee aeaaeae 337 Flow temperature setpoint compensation 301 PIQW A E T A T 171 Flow temperature setpoint c
17. On applications with room thermostat the heating circuit is switched on only when the room thermostat calls for heat A fixed or weather compensated temperature value is called for depending on the selected setting Selection Compensation variant zas Temperature request according to the heating curve 8 95 C Temperature request according to the set value In Comfort mode only there is no temperature request in other operating modes and the heating circuit remains off Using one of the Hx inputs the room thermostat can be connected to the controller the extension module or the I O module Siemens Building Technologies CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Heat pump controller The settings in detail Swi on ratio room stat Adaption at midnight Lil Dynamic readjustment during the Comfort phase Ll The function is used for room temperature control with a room thermostat If a fixed flow temperature setpoint is parameterized lines 742 1042 and 1342 this function can be used to adapt the flow temperature depending on demand Selection Compensation variant ies Setting deactivates adaption 1 99 Adaption is activated The flow temperature is adapted in 2 different ways Adaption at midnight adjusts the heat demand for the next day based on the amount of heat that was required the previous day This adaption changes the parameterized flow temperatur
18. e symbol f appears on the display and e a maintenance message on the info level 15 Diff evaporator max priority 3 This parameter can be reset provided the respective access right is granted Number of times per week the temperature differential across the evaporator dropped below the minimum Indicates how many times within a 7 day period the temperature differential across the evaporator may drop below the minimum Number of times within a 7 day period the temperature differential across the evaporator dropped below the minimum If the value lies above setting Diff evap min week e symbol appears on the display and e a maintenance message on the info level 16 Diff evaporator min priority 3 Reset This parameter can be reset provided the respective access right is granted 384 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 DHW storage tank interval DHW stor tank since maint Reset DHW charg temp HP min Curr DHW charg temp HP Reset Maintenance message Responsibility for message Telephone responsibili for message ty Lil Interval for maintenance of DHW storage tank Setting the interval in months at which the DHW storage tank must be serviced Period of time in months since the last service visit If the value lies above setting DHW storage tank interval e symbol appears on the display and e a
19. 335 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 QX ZX basic unit The use of relay outputs 1 5 and triac output ZX6 can be individually defined Line no Operating line 5890 Relay output QX1 3 Triac output ZX4 QX5 13 5903 None Compressor 2 K2 Process revers valve Y22 Hot gas temp K31 El imm heater 1 flow K25 El imm heater 2 flow K26 Div valve cool source Y28 System pump Q14 Cascade pump Q25 Heat gen shutoff valve Y4 El imm heater DHW K6 Circulating pump Q4 St tank transfer pump Q11 DHW interm circ pump Q33 DHW mixing pump Q35 Collector pump Q5 Collector pump 2 Q16 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar ctrl elem buffer K8 Solar ctrl elem swi pool K18 El imm heater buffer K16 Cons circuit pump VK1 Q15 Cons circuit pump VK2 Q18 Swimming pool pump Q19 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 2nd pump speed HC1 Q21 2nd pump speed HC2 Q22 2nd pump speed HC3 Q23 Div valve HC CC1 Y21 Air dehumidifier K29 Heat request K27 Refrigeration request K28 Alarm output K10 Time program 5 K13 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 DHW ctrl elem Q3 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Condenser pump Q9 Compressor stage 1 K1 Suppl source control K32 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Instant WH ctrl elem Q34 Common flow valve Y13 Div valve HC CC2 Y45 Cooling circ pump CC1 Q24 Cooling circ pump CC2 Q28 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Flue gas relay K17 A
20. After switching the compressor on modulation stage 2 remains locked during Locking time stage2 mod line 2862 The locking time prevents additional output from being released before the heat pump reaches a stable operating state During the time modulation is locked the output setpoint is maintained at the output defined under Compressor modulation min line 2871 If the required flow temperature setpoint cannot be attained with the minimum compressor output stage 2 modulation stage 2 is released when the release integral is fulfilled line 2863 Release integral stage2 mod If the release integral is filled the anticipated actual value is calculated on completion of a further locking time based on the current temperature gradient Modulation stage 2 is released only if on completion of the second locking time the actual value to be anticipated lies below the required setpoint 161 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Release of stage 2 Setpoint not reached on time Setpoint reached on time T Tw 2 2 1 i 86 2862 1 I 1 I I S1 6 S2 0 t Tw Flow or return temperature setpoint Tx Actual value of flow or return temperature SD Switching differential 1 Compressor stage 1 S2 Compressor stage 2 2862 Locking time stage2 mod 2863 Release integral stage2 mod T Temperature t Time Reset integral The compressor can onl
21. Plant diagram 3 Brine to water heat pump with pump heating circuit and DHW storage tank with DHW charging pump Q3 2355A03 Multifunctional RVSeN 1 terminals SE BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 Qx9 QX10 QX11 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 430 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 4 Brine to water heat pump with buffer storage tank and mixing or pump heating circuit K1 E11 E9 ee E10 OD TT NU 2355a04 Multifunctional RVS61 terminals BX1 Buffer sensor B4 BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload com
22. 10 Line 3015 C 3014 0 Switching diff source off 5 1 10 C 3015 0 Start speed control B83 30 Line 3012 Line 3016 C 3016 O End speed control B83 50 Line 3015 60 C 3017 O Locking time speed control 0 250 s 3019 0 Start speed fan sce pump 0 100 3021 0 Speed fan source pump Xp 24 1 100 C 3022 0 Speed fan source pump Tn 40 1 650 Ss 3023 0 Speed fan source pump Tv 0 0 60 Ss ACS O Max deviation suction gas temp 1 0 5 10 C ACS JO Outp limit with mod source Off Off Heating mode Cooling mode Heating and cooling mode 3025 I Silent mode speed max san 0 100 3026 Silent mode on 22 00 00 00 23 50 hh mm 3027 1 Silent mode off 06 00 00 00 23 50 hh mm 3028 F_ Silent mode speed incr start 50 50 C 3029 F Silent mode speed incr end 10 50 50 C Sensor calibration 3030 Auto readj HP cond sensor Off Off Now After pump prerun 3031 Readj HP flow sensor 0 20 20 C 3032 I Readj HP return sensor 0 20 20 C 3033 Readj status Not readjusted Not readjusted Manually readjusted Automatically readjusted Readjustment running Superheat controller 3042 O Superheat setpoint 8 0 15 C 3043 0 Superheat controller Xp 10 1 200 C 3044 0 Superheat controller Tn 30 4 650 s 3045 0 Superheat controller Tv 0 0 60 s 3046 0 Expansion valve run time 5 1 1000 S 3047 O Min superheat 3 0 5 5 C 3049 0 Superheat setp cooling mode 8 0 25 C 305
23. 836 1136 1436 Mixing valve Tn The controller adds the mixing valve boost set here to the current flow temperature setpoint and uses this value as the setpoint for the heat source 2 position The controller uses only one relay output to drive the actuator When the output delivers a signal the connected valve opens When there is no signal the valve closes automatically 3 position The controller uses 2 relay outputs to drive the actuator One output is used for opening the connected valve the other for closing it For a 2 position actuator Switching differential 2 pos might have to be adapted With 3 position actuators the switching differential has no impact In the case of 3 position control the running time of the mixing valve actuator can be adapted With 2 position control the actuator running time has no impact By setting the right proportional band Xp and integral action time Tn the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable
24. Heat exchanger outside the storage tank with intermediate circuit mixing valve The controller controls the mixing valve such that the charging temperature at sensor B36 exceeds the DHW setpoint by Intermediate circuit boost line 5140 If the current DHW charging temperature at B36 is lower than the required setpoint plus intermediate circuit boost the mixing valve is closed until the temperature at sensor B36 reaches the required level Ocu Q33 v37 738 mT B3 LHT B31 Acting direction of speed Q3 controlled pumps e Charging temperature B35 B36 above setpoint Speed is reduced Q33 e Charging temperature B35 B36 below setpoint Speed is reduced e Charging temperature B35 B36 above setpoint Speed is increased 296 471 e Charging temperature B35 B36 below setpoint Speed is increased Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Pump speed min max Pump speed parameter Parameters Xp Tn and Tv Speed Xp Speed Tn Speed Tv Starting speed charg pump St speed interm circ pump Line no Operating line 5101 Pump speed min 5102 Pump speed max The speed range of the DHW pump is limited by the minimum and maximum permissible speed To ensure that the pump operates reliably on startup it is operated at maximum speed for the first 10 seconds
25. If a refrigerant other than the type of refrigerant used by the plant is parameterized the plant might get damaged 178 471 To make certain the plant is not put into operation with an incorrectly selected type of refrigerant the controller is supplied with the refrigerant selection preset to None Until a refrigerant is selected the expansion valve and the magnetic valve are shut the compressor is locked and error 479 No refrigerant selected common error Configuration error is delivered To ensure the superheat controller can be preconfigured selection of the type of refrigerant is demanded only when one of the pressure sensors H82 H83 or H86 is connected Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Generator release If several generators are installed their release can be managed according to management ecological or economical criteria For that purpose various release functions are available lil If several release functions are parameterized the heat pump is put into operation as soon as one of the functions demands a release Basic rules e A second generator must be available which in case the heat pump is locked can ensure the production of heat e f a second generator is used which however cannot deliver any heat due to a fault the heat pump is put into operation even if it would be locked by release criteria The followin
26. If defrosting during DHW charging is required the following choices are available Automatically Based on the return temperature the decision is made whether defrosting can be effected during DHW heating or whether changeover to the heating circuit is required DHW DHW charging will not be interrupted Heating circuit DHW charging is interrupted during the defrost process If required the heating circuit pumps are put into operation for defrosting HC defrost delayed DHW charging is interrupted during the defrost process First the change to heating mode is made then Defrost settling time line 2959 must elapse for the defrost process to be started On completion of the defrost process the Defrost settling time must elapse then DHW charging is resumed If a DHW request is received while the defrost process is already running the change to DHW charging is only made when the defrost process is ended Line no Operating line 2970 Switch off temp min In defrost mode Every time a defrost attempt is made the controller acquires the temperature in the condenser circuit B21 or B71 If during the defrost process the temperature in the condenser circuit drops below Switch off temp min defrosting is unsuccessful and therefore aborted When Duration defrost lock line 2962 has elapsed or when Temp diff defrost max line 2953 is exceeded a new attempt is made provided this is permitted by
27. Sensor input BX22 module 3 Ditto 7457 69 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 o eas 2 IS g gt e P 5 ljg z S ae als 5 Oe JOJ QO D oO 7461 Function input H2 module 3 None Optg mode change HCs DHW Optg mode changeover DHW Optg mode changeover HCs Optg mode changeover HC1 Optg mode changeover HC2 Optg mode changeover HC3 Error alarm message Consumer request VK1 Consumer request VK2 Release swi pool source heat Release swi pool solar Operating level DHW Operating level HC1 Operating level HC2 Operating level HC3 Room thermostat HC1 Room thermostat HC2 Room thermostat HC3 DHW flow switch Dewpoint monitor Flow temp setp incr hygro Swi on command HP stage 1 Swi on command HP stage 2 Status info suppl source Charg prio DHW sol fuel boil Consumer request VK1 10V Consumer request VK2 10V Pressure measurement 10V Humidity measurement 10V Room temp 10V Flow measurement 10V Temp measurement 10V 7462 Contact type H2 module 3 NO NC NO 7464 1 Voltage value 1 H2 module 3 0 0 10 V 7465 Funct value 1 H2 module 3 0 100 500 7466 Voltage value 2 H2 module 3 10 0 10 V 7467 1 Funct value 2 H2 module 3 100 100 500 7468 1 Temp sensor
28. 0 733 Nein 0 t 733 Selection Yes No line 733 1033 or 1333 TRw Room temperature setpoint TA Current outside temperature TAgem Composite outside temperature THG 24 hour heating limit line 732 T Temperature t Time 1 Heating on 0 Heating off 89 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Flow temp setpoint min max Fixed flow temperature setpoint with adaption Flow temp setpoint room stat 90 471 Limitations of flow temperature setpoint Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 740 1040 1340 Flow temp setpoint min 741 1041 1341 Flow temp setpoint max This limitation can be used to select a range for the flow temperature setpoint If the flow temperature setpoint demanded by the heating circuit reaches the relevant limit and the request for heat increases or decreases the flow temperature setpoint is maintained at the maximum or minimum limit respectively TV max 4 TVmax TTTTTITITIT TTVTTTTTTTTTT TTT TTT TTT retire TT 2355Z09 TVw akt 4 setae erence Ait aed trae ate ae ee TVmin min 4 100 C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 TVw Current flow temperature setpoint TVmax Flow temp setpoint max TVmin Flow temp setpoint min Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 742 1042 1342 Flow temp setpoint room stat 744 1044 1344 Swi on ratio room stat
29. 10 990 h 3541 F jAuto source seq exclusion None None First Last First and last 3542 F Source seq cooling mirrored Yes No Yes 3543 0 Source seq with opt energy Yes No Yes 3544 F jLeading source Source 1 Source 1 16 3590 O Temp differential min was 0 20 C ACS O Neutral zone heating cascade 4 1 10 C ACS O Neutral zone cooling cascade 2 1 20 C 47 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S Zo lals 5 8 o JOJ a Oo Supplementary source Operating mode ACS F Use of supplementary source Supplementary Supplementary Hybrid 3690 F Setpoint incr main source 5 0 10 C 3691 F Ouput limit main source 1 100 ACS O Switching differential ouput limit main source 10 saei 100 3692F With DHW charging Complement Locked Substitute Complement Instantly First Alone 3694 F OT limit with DHW charging Note Ignore Note 3700 F Release below outside temp 50 50 C 3701 F Release above outside temp 50 50 C 3705 F Overrun time 5 0 120 min Setpoints 3710 F Setpoint min 0 80 C Control 3718 F Release integral 20 1 500 3719 F Reset integral 10 1 500 3720 F Switching integral 50 0 500
30. 154 Forced defrosting 191 COMPIeSSOF 2 eeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 161 165 336 FUNCTION cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaaes 185 186 Compressor control 149 150 Number of attempts 189 Compressor modulation 167 Releases eee ee 185 186 Compressor run time MIn 153 Defrost eNd aeriana ek ee eee ee at 189 Compressor SCQUENCE eeceeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeetees 413 Defrost fUNCTION 0 eee eeteetttteeeeeees 387 Compressor sequence Changeover 161 Defrost 1OCK eee eeseeeeeenneeeeeenaeeeeeeneeeeeneaas 415 Compressor Stage 1 cccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 340 Defrost Manual ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 352 Concentration of antifreeze agents 00 262 Defrost settling remaining time eeee 415 Condenser overtemperature protection 182 Defrost State ecccceeeeccceeeeeeeeeeeteecceeeeeeeeeteeee 415 Condenser PUM ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeaaees 136 Defrosting Condenser pump Q9 339 dripping time evaporator 191 GONPIQUPATION x 22 te savaceescacteieteistverteastereteastvesteee 320 Fan above iraa ori aliati 194 Connection of storage tank Fan MIN MAX sssesseeseeeeeesessesrrrsrssssrrrrrressssns 194 Solid fuel boiler 266 Min switch off temp eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerr 193 Connection terminals Settling time eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 191 PN S15 BOM or 8 DOO eh tein 22 Temperature differentia
31. ACS O Repetition Error 228 Flow switch heat source 2 0 50 ACS O Repetition Error 229 Pressure switch heat source 2 0 50 5 ACS O Repetition Error 230 Source pump overload 2 0 50 ACS O Rep Error 355 385 Three phase current undervolt 2 0 50 ACS O Repetition Error 356 Flow switch consumers 2 0 50 ACS O Repetition Error 358 483 Soft starter 0 50 s ACS O Repetition Error 491 Max evaporation temp 2 0 50 ACS O Repetition error 504 Press diff process reversal 2 0 50 k 63 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S T Solals 5 E 3 o O i a gt Oo Service special operation ACS E Maintenance message 0 360 gt ACS I Responsibility for message No display of responsibility Only display phone no Service Customer service Installer Janitor Administration Refrigeration engineer Hotline ACS I _ Telephone responsibility for message 0 255 7070 1 HP interval 1 240 Month 7071 1 HP time since maint 0 0 240 Month 7072 _ Max starts compr1 hrs run 0 1 12 0 7073 1 Cur starts compr1 hrs run 0 0 12 0 7074 1 Max starts compr2 hrs run 0 1 12 0 7075 1 Cur starts compr2 hrs run 0 0 1
32. If the acquired and stored differential of B91 and B84 after defrosting and after the settling time is exceeded by the switching differential set here the controller triggers the next defrost process This parameter is used only for as long as there is no valid stored temperature differential of source inlet B91 and evaporator temperature B84 that is before initial defrosting and as a maximum limit If the temperature differential of source inlet B91 and evaporator temperature B84 exceeds the maximum value that can be set here automatic defrosting is activated Defrosting through process reversal is successfully completed when the evaporator temperature reaches the temperature set here 189 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Defrosting with extraneous heat Max num defrost repetitions 190 471 Line no Operating line 2955 Compressor during defrost Off On In the case of air to water heat pumps operating with an intermediate source circuit also refer to description of Y81 line 5890 defrosting of the heat exchanger can be effected by using heat from a heat exchanger Off under Compressor during defrost is required to make certain the compressor remains off in this case Evaporator Condenser 235522955 x Ez Ez D 5 5 a C B41 The defrost process cycle is basically
33. Relay output QX21 module 1 None Compressor 2 K2 Process revers valve Y22 Hot gas temp K31 El imm heater 1 flow K25 El imm heater 2 flow K26 Div valve cool source Y28 System pump Q14 Cascade pump Q25 Heat gen shutoff valve Y4 El imm heater DHW K6 Circulating pump Q4 St tank transfer pump Q11 DHW interm circ pump Q33 DHW mixing pump Q35 Collector pump Q5 Collector pump 2 Q16 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar ctrl elem buffer K8 Solar ctrl elem swi pool K18 El imm heater buffer K16 Cons circuit pump VK1 Q15 Cons circuit pump VK2 Q18 Swimming pool pump Q19 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 2nd pump speed HC1 Q21 2nd pump speed HC2 Q22 2nd pump speed HC3 Q23 Div valve HC CC1 Y21 Air dehumidifier K29 Heat request K27 Refrigeration request K28 Alarm output K10 Time program 5 K13 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 DHW ctrl elem Q3 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Condenser pump Q9 Compressor stage 1 K1 Suppl source control K32 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Instant WH ctrl elem Q34 Common flow valve Y13 Div valve HC CC2 Y45 Cooling circ pump CC1 Q24 Cooling circ pump CC2 Q28 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Flue gas relay K17 Assisted firing fan K30 Crankcase heater K40 Drip tray heater K41 Valve evaporator K81 Valve EVI K82 Valve injection capillary K83 dT controller 1 K21 dT controller 2 K22 Source int circ pump Q81 Source int circ div Y81 DHW heat pump K33 System pump 2 Q44 Div valve cooli
34. 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 20 Air to water heat pump combi storage tank with DHW diverting valve Q3 and solar collector mixing or pump heating circuit Q9 Q3 D Y1 Y2 Kiet 7p B81 E9 E10 Q2 D I at B83 2355A20 Multifunctional RVS61 BX1 Buffer sensor B4 terminals BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 Collector sensor B6 BX4 DHW sensor B31 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B84 QX1 Process revers valve Y22 QX2 QX3 QX5 Collector pump Q5 QX6 Solar ctrl elem buffer K8 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K19 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 447 I 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 21 Brine to water heat pump DHW storage tank with DHW charging pump Q3 pump heating circuit mixing cooling circuit for passive cooling Q3 K1 E11 E9 DH E10 aer i 2355A21 Multifunctional RYS terminals Bx BX2 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21
35. 2355251 70b Q33 _ Y37 V38 B3 Om 7 DHW 3 HC B71 A pump and a mixing valve are required Benefit of this solution There 2355251 70 is always circulation around sensor B36 g DHW O HC Only an extra pump is required but it must be speed controlled B81 2355Z5170d B71 ii Dya B2 T B3 B36 Q33 Q3 Z B31 DHW Q9 Q HC CC b B71 This solution represents an extension of plant diagram 2 High temperature charging is also possible in active cooling mode The same extension is also possible with plant diagram 3 307 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 5 With explicit DHW intermediate circuit B81 B35 T on pe 2 Te os HC CC 5 B71 If in addition sensor B35 is installed the speed controlled pump can be activated with a delay 235525170e Physically speaking Q33 in the plant diagram are 2 pumps which logically are configured as the same Pump Q33 Here the relay output is already energized while speed control still remains deactivated Speed controlled intermediate circuit pump Q33 is activated only when the temperature at B35 is high enough High temperature Line no Operating line charai 5170 Hi temp charging ging Off Own source he
36. 5810 Differential HC at OT 10 C Differential HC at OT For the heat pump to be controlled according to the return temperature setpoint 10 C the latter needs to be determined first For that the flow temperature setpoint according to the heating curve is reduced by the expected temperature differential across the condenser to be used as the return temperature setpoint The temperature differential at an outside temperature of 10 C that is entered on this operating line is transformed to the current composite outside temperature At an outside temperature of 10 C the flow temperature setpoint is reduced by the set value At an outside temperature of 20 C there will be no more reduction T TVL Flow temperature TRL Return temperature TVL Ta Outside temperature TRL 10 C 20 C Ta lil e Important Instead of entering the correct temperature differential at 10 C itis also possible to enter 0 as the temperature differential In that case the heating curve must be set for the return temperature setpoint But this choice only exists for plant without mixing heating circuit e Parameter 5810 is only active if there is no buffer storage tank e In cooling mode the parameter has no impact In the case of control to the return temperature the cooling curve must be set based on the return temperature setpoint 330 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 3
37. Duration defrost lock line 2958 In cooling mode If the flow B21 or the return temperature B71 falls below the minimum switch off temperature the compressor is switched off It is switched on again when the temperature at both sensors exceeds Switching diff return temp by the amount of Switching diff return temp line 2840 and Switch off temp min line 2843 has elapsed 193 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Settings fan settings Defrost fan above Defrost time fan min max dT end defrost fan Line no Operating line 2971 Defrost fan above 2972 Defrost time fan min 2973 Defrost time fan max 2974 dT end defrost fan ACS Defrost with fan above outside temp at 100 r h Down to the source inlet temperature Defrost fan above set here defrosting is effected with the fan If the source inlet temperature falls below this level defrosting is effected through process reversal with the compressor If there is a risk of icing B91 lt parameter 2951 and the source inlet temperature B91 allows defrosting with the fan defrosting is effected each time the compressor is shut down Depending on the source inlet temperature B91 at the time the defrost process is started the defrost time with the fan is determined according to the following graph based on Defrost time fan min and Defrost time fan max W
38. Early on late off According to buffer temp 3511 Output band min 3512 Output band max 3514 Stage sequence Serial release all 2nd stage Serial release last stage Parallel release last stage Late on early off Additional generators are switched on as late as possible Output band max and switched off again as early as possible Output band max to have the smallest possible number of generators in operation or to obtain short running times for additional generators Late on late off Additional generators are switched on as late as possible Output band max and switched off again as late as possible Output band min in other words the generators operate with the smallest possible number of switching cycles Early on late off Additional generators are switched on as early as possible Output band min and switched off again as late as possible Output band min to have the largest possible number of generators in operation or to obtain long running times for additional generators According to buffer temp The generators are switched on and off depending on the storage tank temperatures If the temperature at all sensors B4 B41 and B42 lies below the required flow temperature the control system releases the first generator stage Additional generator stages are released every time the set switch on delay time has elapsed 237 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies
39. Electromagnetic compatibility Applications For use in residential commerce light industrial and industrial environments EU Conformity CE CE1T2355xx2 Environmental compatibility The product environmental declaration CE1E2355de01 contains data on envi ronmentally compatible product design and assessments ROHS compliance materials composition packaging environmental benefit disposal Storage to EN 60721 3 1 Transport to EN 60721 3 2 Operation to EN 60721 3 3 class 1K3 20 65 C class 2K3 25 70 C class 3K5 20 50 C noncondensing Weight Excl packaging 650 g 454 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Technical data 2014 07 30 Power supply Wiring of terminals Function data 8 2 Extension module AVS75 370 Rated voltage AC 230 V 10 15 Rated frequency 50 60 Hz Power consumption max 6 5 VA External supply line protection Fuse slow max 10A Or Circuit breaker max 13 A Characteristic B C D according to EN 60898 Power supply and outputs solid or stranded wire twisted or with ferrule 1core 0 5 2 5 mm 2 cores 0 5 1 5 mm 3 cores not allowed Software class A Inputs Digital inputs H21 H22 safety extra low voltage for potentialfree contacts suitable for low voltage Voltage when contact is open DC 12 V Current when contact is closed DC
40. KIN L i i 101 rT U UU U UU A IKEN IED ii l iii l I IHi CA XAO N MUMAN KVON A NK ABO N MON MAO Naxio VA N QxXs N QX7EX EX7EXBEXSEX4EXZEX2EX1 EXIOEXIN L SIEMENS RVS61 843 109 230V 50 60 Hz 12 VA 111107C 230V 000020 10 02 2 2 A f Smera T50 Siemens Switzerland Ltd j 111107000020 1PRVS61 843 109 M UX1 M UX2 M BX4 M BX3 M BX2 M BXI M BXi4 M BX13 M BXi2 M BX1 M BX10 M BX9 M BX8 M BX7 H3 M Ht G CL Cht CL Cht CL Clt MB DB X60 N BSB q pg S aaa y rinn Enn wu 1 earns Toe nS E pe TT MEALL E l l jii L L LILI li TLL LL l L L j f L L f LILILILI l Oiz ly x w lu t s Ilr faq Ti in Ik h f e jb b b la yf m OJ FPRPRRPIPEEPERIRMINARN 5 x St slg ots JESE es e
41. Output control with SHC Xp ACS Output control with SHC Tn ACS Max deviation superheat ACS Principle of operation Cooling mode Detecting faulty expansion valves V81 214 471 The increase of the superheat setpoint is calculated by a PI controller By setting the right proportional band Xp and integral action time Tn the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope Line no ACS Operating line Max deviation superheat In situations where the evaporation temperature is artificially kept at a low level so that superheat exceeds the setpoint significantly MOP control output limitation via SHC output control via SHC superheat can be reduced again to a practical level by lowering the speed of the source pump In addition e Too high hot gas temperatures are pre
42. Passive cooling Active cooling Heating cooling circuits Heating cooling circuits Brine Water Brine Water 23558101 23558102 184 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Derosting of air to water heat pumps Defrosting with fan or Defrosting of an iced up evaporator is effected either with the fan or the process reversal compressor through process reversal depending on the source inlet temperature e Above the set source inlet temperature line 2971 with the fan passive defrosting e Below the set source inlet temperature line 2971 through process reversal active defrosting Explanation Up to the set source inlet temperature B91 Defrost fan above line 2971 defrosting takes place with the fan If the source inlet temperature falls below this level defrosting is effected by reversing the process with the compressor If both parameters 2971 Defrost fan above and 2951 Defrost release below OT are set to the same level defrosting is started directly with active defrosting Defrost with process revers BZ 2973 _ 235522971 Defrosting through Defrosting with fan Defrosting locked process reversal B91 C BZ 2971 BZ 2951 2951 Defrost release below OT 2971 Defrost fan above 2972 Defrost time fan min 2973 Defrost time fan max 185 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_0
43. Pressure diff defrost E28 Pres sw source int circ E29 Flow sw source int circ E30 Smart grid E61 Smart grid E62 None Activation of input Ex has no impact Electrical utility lock E6 Takes an external locking signal e g from the electrical utility for the heat pump and locks the heat pump If in the case of air to water heat pumps locking occurs during defrost the controller completes the defrost process before locking the heat pump Electric immersion heaters are locked during the electrical utility lock Low tariff E5 The low tariff signal delivered by the electrical utility can be routed via an Ex input When the input is activated forced charging of the buffer storage tank is triggered The point in time for forced storage tank charging can also be set as a fixed time on operating lines 4711 and 4712 Overload source E14 Takes the overload message delivered by the source pump fan When the contact closes the controller switches the heat pump off For the heat pump to resume operation the minimum off time must have elapsed If Overload source responds several times within the preset Duration error repetition the controller locks the heat pump Operation can only be resumed by making a reset Pressure switch source E26 Takes the signal delivered by pressure switch source If during source pump operation the contact closes for at least 3 seconds preselected monitoring always or in heating mode o
44. Readj HP flow sensor is set based on the temperature differential acquired between flow and return sensor TreadjB21 TreadjB71 Ts71 Tp21 For the calibration to be made the temperature at both sensor values must lie between 5 C and 50 C the difference being a maximum of 3 Kelvin After pump prerun If After pump prerun is selected condensor pump Q9 is first switched on for 8 minutes followed by the calibration The controller automatically activates function Relay test Q9 to switch on the condensor pump For this reason the key symbol and special operating mode Output test are displayed during this time The prerun time cannot be adjusted The readjustment can be immediately enforced at any time during pump prerun by selecting Now Off aborts the prerun without readjustment If a calibration at absolute temperatures is required return temperature sensor B71 must be calibrated manually before making the automatic readjustment The readjusted value of the return temperature sensor is not changed for automatic readjustment 205 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Readj HP flow sensor return sensor Readj status Status display lil Using 2 separate parameters 3031 for the flow and 3032 for the return the temperatures acquired by sensors B21 and B71 can be manually readjusted by a maximum of 20 Kelvin Menu Input out
45. Shifting None MC shifting PC absolute 1640 F Legionella function Off Off Periodically Fixed weekday 1641 F_ Legionella funct periodically 3 1 7 Days 1642 F Legionella funct weekday Monday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 1644 F Legionella funct time 00 00 23 50 hh mm 1645 F_ Legionella funct setpoint 65 55 95 C 1646 F_ Legionella funct duration 30 2 360 min 1647F Legionella funct circ pump On Off On 35 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S D T T ae2 a 5 z L O JOJ a O 1648 F Legio funct circ temp diff 0 20 C 1660 F Circulating pump release Time program 3 HC3 e Time program 3 HC3 DHW release Time program 4 DHW Time program 5 1661 F Circulating pump cycling On e Off On 1663F Circulation setpoint 45 8 80 C 1680 F Optg mode changeover Off None Off On Eco Consumer circuit 1 1854 F Request opt energy Off e Off On 1859 1 Flow temp setp cons request 30 8 120 C v 1860 F Frost prot plant VK pump On Off On 1874 O DHW charging priority Yes No Yes 1875 F Excess heat draw On Off On 1878 F With buffer Yes No Yes 1880 F With prim contr system pump Yes No Yes Consumer circuit 2 1904
46. So e f the stroke setpoint becomes invalid control off the valve is not fully closed but only until position So 2 is reached which extends the valve s life considerably e lf the valve is operated in reverse mode process reversal the valve is pushed open at high pressure differentials For this reason when in reverse mode and closing the valve is always driven to position 0 to ensure tightness at maximum pressure e Inthe control range the valve s characteristic is assumed to be linear Overdriving means to go through additional steps Soa starting from position 0 module 1 2 3 This ensures that the valve is securely closed which means that it has reached its mechanical end position The number of overdrive steps can be set via Steps overdrive W X21 module 1 3 ACS 398 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Calibration Calibration WX21 module 1 2 3 Stepper motors can loose steps This means that over time the actual position deviates from the calculated position And in the event of a power failure the valve s position is lost altogether For this reason the valve must be calibrated There are 2 types of calibration methods available 1 The valve is driven toward its mechanical end position 0 by the total number of steps Sn regardless of its position and in addition overdriven by the number of steps
47. With B3 Heat transfer is effected when the temperature at sensor B3 lies at least 1 Kelvin below the current transfer setpoint and the temperature at buffer storage tank sensor B4 exceeds the temperature at sensor B3 by at least the amount of the transfer boost If sensor B3 is not installed there will be no transfer of heat Charging by the generator and simultaneous heat transfer are not possible With B31 Heat transfer is effected when the temperature at sensor B31 lies at least 1 Kelvin below the current transfer setpoint and the temperature at buffer storage tank sensor B4 exceeds the temperature at sensor B31 by at least the amount of the transfer boost If B31 is not installed sensor B3 is used for the transfer of heat Charging by the generator and simultaneous transfer of heat are possible provided the transfer is effected via the separate transfer pump Q11 With B3 and B31 Both sensors B3 and B31 are considered for the transfer of heat Heat transfer is effected when the temperature at sensor B3 lies at least 1 Kelvin below the current transfer setpoint and the temperature at buffer storage tank sensor B4 exceeds the temperature at sensor B3 by at least the amount of the transfer boost The transfer of heat is ended when the temperature at sensor B31 reaches the current transfer setpoint If B31 is not installed sensor B3 is used for the transfer of heat Charging by the generator and simultaneous heat transfer are
48. 0 1 ACS JO Output signal Modbus Port 1 8 0 100 ACS O Input signal Modbus Port 1 8 0 100 State 8000 1 State heating circuit 1 0 255 8001 1 State heating circuit 2 0 255 8002 1 State heating circuit 3 0 255 8003 1 State DHW 0 255 8004 1 State cooling circuit 1 0 255 8006 1 State heat pump 0 255 8007 1 State solar 0 255 8008 1 State solid fuel boiler 0 255 8010 1 State buffer 0 255 8011 1 State swimming pool 0 255 8022 State supplementary source 0 255 8025 State cooling circuit 2 0 255 7 8050 1 History 1 8051 1 State code 1 0 255 8052 I History 2 8053 1 State code 2 0 255 8054 1 History 3 8055 State code 3 0 255 8056 I History 4 8057 State code 4 0 255 8058 1 History 5 8059 I State code 5 0 255 8060 I History 6 8061 1 _ State code 6 0 255 8062 1 History 7 8063 1 State code 7 0 255 8064 I _ History 8 80651 State code 8 0 255 8066 1 History 9 8067 1 State code 9 0 255 8068 I History 10 8069 State code 10 0 255 8070 0 Reset history No No Yes Diagnostics cascade 8100 1 Priority state source 1 16 0 16 8102 8130 8101 1 Status producer 1 16 8103 Missing Faulty Manual control active Heat generation lock active Chimney sweep funct active Temporarily unavailable 8131 Outside temp limit active Not released Released Released cooling R
49. 100 setting without impact 160 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Lock stage 2 with DHW Release stage 2 below OT Compr sequence changeover Releasing and locking modulation stage 2 Locking time stage2 mod Release integral stage2 mod Compressor 2 Line no Operating line 2860 Lock stage 2 with DHW Off On 2861 Release stage 2 below OT 2865 Compr sequence changeover It can be selected whether the second compressor stage shall be locked during DHW charging Off Compressor stage 2 is released during the time the DHW storage tank is charged On Compressor stage 2 is locked during the time the DHW storage tank is charged If the attenuated outside temperature lies below the set release temperature the second compressor stage is released Automatic changeover of the compressors ensures that both compressors operate pretty much the same number of hours If the difference of operating hours between the first and the second compressor exceeds the limit in hours set here the startup order changes as soon as both compressors are switched off This means that compressor 1 becomes compressor 2 and vice versa To view the current Compressor sequence go to operating line 8446 Line no Operating line 2862 Locking time stage2 mod 2863 Release integral stage2 mod 2864 Reset integral stage2 mod
50. 3 Q2 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Q6 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Q20 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Y1 Heating circuit mixing valve 1 open Y5 Heating circuit mixing valve 2 open Y11 Heating circuit mixing valve 3 open Y2 Heating circuit mixing valve 1 close Y6 Heating circuit mixing valve 2 close Y12 Heating circuit mixing valve 3 close Cooling circuit 1 Q24 Cooling circ pump CC1 Q24 Y23 Cooling circuit mixing valve open Y24 Cooling circuit mixing valve close Y21 Div valve HC CC1 Y21 Consumer circuit 1 2 Q15 Cons circuit pump VK1 Q15 Q18 Cons circuit pump VK2 Q18 Q19 Swimming pool pump Q19 426 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 7 Plant diagrams The various applications are shown in the form of basic diagrams producer variants and auxiliary functions Variants of producers can be selected by making appropriate parameter settings To include extra functions the multifunctional inputs and outputs must be appropriately set lil For producer variants and extra functions refer to the separate TS catalog U2359 7 1 Basic plant diagrams The following plant diagrams can be preselected by entering a number line 5700 The plant diagram is the result of preselection plus the connected sensors 427 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 1 Multifunctional termi
51. 7393 Mod 3 7468 Temp sensor H2 module 1 2 3 None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Defines the temperature acquired by the sensor connected to Input H2 module 1 3 solar flow return or heat pump flow return The controller uses the acquired temperature to control the respective plant component If for temperature acquisition the same sensor is defined at Bx and Hx the sensor connected to Bx is given priority Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 7321 7396 7471 Function input H21 module 1 2 3 Optg mode change HCs DHW Optg mode changeover DHW Optg mode changeover HCs Optg mode changeover HC1 Optg mode changeover HC2 Optg mode changeover HC3 Error alarm message Consumer request VK1 Consumer request VK2 Release swi pool source heat Release swi pool solar Operating level DHW Operating level HC1 Operating level HC2 Operating level HC3 Room thermostat HC1 Room thermostat HC2 Room thermostat HC3 DHW flow switch Pulse count Dewpoint monitor Flow temp setp incr hygro Swi on command HP stage 1 Swi on command HP stage 2 Status info suppl source Charg prio DHW sol fuel boil Flow measurement Hz Consumer request VK1 10V Consumer request VK2 10V Pressure measurement 10V Humidity measurement 10V Room temp 10V Flow measurement 10V Temp measurement
52. B21 B10 B35 B15 This function ensures that when starting intermediate circuit pump Q33 no cold water will reach the upper section of the stratification storage tank Special cases with regard to the minimum temperature differential e Charging request line 5007 With B3 Min start temp diff Q33 of storage tank sensor B3 and generator temperature applies e Charging request line 5007 With B31 Min start temp diff Q33 of storage tank sensor B31 and generator temperature applies e Intermediate circuit pump Q33 is activated independently of the set temperature differential when the generator temperature approaches from below the flow temperature setpoint demanded by the generator by less than 2 Kelvin line 8951 This ensures activation of the intermediate circuit pump in the different charging modes 303 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Intermediate circuit controller Mixing valve settings lil Int circuit actuator run time Int circuit mixing valve Xp Int circuit mixing valve Tn Use int circuit mixing valve Behavior with high temperature charging Line no Operating line 5156 Int circuit actuator run time 5157 Int circuit mixing valve Xp 5158 Int circuit mixing valve Tn 5159 Use int circuit mixing valve Always Only hi temp charging The charging temperature can be contro
53. Bh is completed automatically Functional curing heating The entire temperature profile first and second section is completed automatically Manually In manual mode no temperature profile is used The required flow temperature is set individually for every heating circuit using parameter Floor curing setp manually The function is automatically ended after 25 days The flow temperature setpoint for the Manual floor curing function can be set separately for each heating circuit NOTE First start the Floor curing function then adjust the setpoint manually Floor curing day current Floor setpoint current e The start value is 25 C and can be manually readjusted at any time e Floor curing setp manually can only be adjusted within the 2 limit values Flow temp setpoint max TVMax and Flow temp setpoint min TVmin The function is ended when the functional days Fh Bh 25 days have elapsed or when the function is deactivated via the respective parameter The start day day 0 does not count as a functional day Displays the current day and the current setpoint of the Floor curing function in progress 98 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Floor curing days completed Temperature profile Lil The completed number of days are continuously stored and retained until the function is started the next time The temper
54. DHW assignment All HC CC in system All HC CC locally All HC CC in segment All HC CC in system 6627 F Refrigeration request Centrally Locally Centrally 6630 F Cascade master Automatically Always Automatically 6632 F jNote OT limit ext source Yes No Yes 6640 1 Clock mode Autonomously Autonomously Slave without remote setting Slave with remote setting Master 6650 F Outside temp source S0 G1 S14 G16 61 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building T echnologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 D T Bo lals 5 z 3 o joj a gt 0 Modbus 6651 I_ Slave address 1 247 6652 Baud rate 19 200 1 200 2 400 4 800 9 600 19 200 38 400 57 600 76 800 115 200 6653 I Parity Even Even Odd None 6654 1 Stop bit 1 1 2 6660 1 Slave address port 1 1 1 247 6661 l Device port 1 Kein None OEM Pump Grundfos Pump Wilo Fan Ebm papst Inverter Invertek 6662 Function port 1 None None System pump 2 Q44 6665 Slave address port 2 1 1 247 6666 1 Device port 2 None None OEM Pump Grundfos Pump Wilo Fan Ebm papst Inverter Invertek 6667 1 Function port 2 None None System pump 2 Q44 6670 1 Slave address port 3 1 1 247 6671 1 Device port 3 None None OE
55. DHW charging priority Primary contr system pump 126 471 Line no Operating line 2130 Mixing valve boost 2131 Mixing valve decrease 2132 Actuator type 2133 Switching differential 2 pos 2134 Actuator running time 2135 Mixing valve Xp 2136 Mixing valve Tn The controller generates the source temperature setpoint based on the boost set here and the current flow temperature setpoint The controller generates the refrigeration request to the refrigeration source based on the decrease set here and the current flow temperature setpoint The selection of the type of actuator determines the control of the mixing valve actuator used For the 2 position actuator Switching differential 2 pos can be adapted Setting the running time for the actuator used with the mixing valve Parameters Xp and TnBy setting the right proportional band Xp and integral action time Tn the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable t
56. Draw wish Same behavior as with low tariff E5 Draw forced e Buffer storage tank Forced charging is activated see parameter 4705 ff Optionally with electric immersion heater K16 see parameter 4761 e DHW storage tank Charging with optimum efficiency see parameter 5016 or Release of charging with DHW release see parameter 1620 Line no Operating line 8460 Heat pump throughput This operating line shows the current volumetric flow through the heat pump in l min Line no Operating line 8462 Suction gas temp EVI 8463 Evaporation temp EVI 8463 Evaporation pressure EVI 8464 Superheat EVI 8464 Superheat setpoint EVI 8465 Expansion valve EVI 8466 Magnetic valve EVI Off On 8467 Magn valve injection cap Off On Shows the current values of vapor injection 414 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Fan K19 Process revers valve Y22 Evaporator temp Temp diff defrost act value Temp diff defrost setpoint Remain time defrost lock Remain time forced defrost Remain time defrost settling Number defrost attempts Defrost state Relative humidity air inlet Air to water heat pumps Line no Operating line 8469 Fan speed 8470 Fan On Off 8471 Process revers valve On Off 8475 Evaporator temp Shows the current opera
57. E5 setting Charging opt energy contact is required see line 5013 Smart grid states Draw wish and Draw forced are considered like low tariff Off No charging when contact is active Nominal setpoint The DHW storage tank is charged to the nominal setpoint while observing optimum efficiency Legionella funct setpoint The DHW storage tank is charged to the legionella setpoint while observing optimum efficiency If the normal release of DHW heating is also set to low tariff the DHW is charged with full capacity Charging control Line no Operating line 5020 Flow setpoint boost 5021 Transfer boost 5022 Type of charging Recharging Full charging Full charging legio Full charg 1st time day Full charg 1st time legio 5023 Setpoint reduction B31 5024 Switching diff The DHW request to the generator is made up of the current DHW setpoint and the adjustable setpoint boost Heat transfer makes it possible to transport energy from the buffer storage tank to the DHW storage tank For that the current buffer storage tank temperature must exceed the current DHW storage tank temperature by the amount of the transfer boost The respective temperature differential can be set here Type of charging DHW charging can be effected with 1 or 2 sensors If only 1 sensor is configured installed selection Recharging applies Recharging The DHW storage tank is charged until the sensor at
58. Electrical installation e Prior to installation power supply to the controller must be turned off e For wiring and setup the requirements of safety class II must be satisfied e When wiring the system strictly segregate the AC 230 V section from the AC 24 V safety extra low voltage SELV section to ensure protection against electric shock e Power to the controller may be supplied only when completely installed If this is not observed there is a risk of electric shock hazard near the terminals and through the cooling slots A WARNING Safety provided by the equipment The hardware and firmware class A of the RVSxxx heat pump controllers and extension modules e g AVS75 370 are not designed and not able to provide safety related functions The safety requirements stipulated by the relevant standards must be ensured by appropriately tested components and facilities such as a limiting function for shutdown in the event of excessive compressor pressure CAUTION e Air circulation around the controller must be ensured thus making certain that the heat produced by it is emitted e A clearance of at least 10 mm must be provided for the controller s cooling slots at the top and bottom of the device e This space should not be accessible and no objects should be placed there e f the controller is enclosed in another insulating casing a clearance of up to 100 mm must be observed around the cooling slots
59. For example a slight increase in room temperature leads to an immediate reduction in flow temperature To provide the function following must be considered e A room sensor must be connected e Room influence must be set to 100 e There should be no thermostatic radiator valves in the reference room mounting location of room sensor if such valves are installed they must be fully opened Line no Operating line CC1 CC2 932 1232 Room temp limitation If the room temperature drops below the current setpoint by more than Room temp limitation cooling circuit pump 1 2 is deactivated Cooling circuit pump 1 2 is activated again when the room temperature exceeds the current room temperature setpoint e f appropriately set the current room temperature setpoint may include summer compensation also refer to line 920 e When Room temp limitation is active no cooling request is sent to the source TA TRx Actual value of room temperature TRKw Room setpoint cooling incl summer compensation s TRKwSDR SDR Room temp limitation difference B Pump TRKw t Time rt 2355Z10 Following criteria deactivate the function e Room temp limitation e Room temperature sensor not present e Room influence line 928 that is weather compensation alone 109 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detai
60. Frost protection active Frost protection active 24 Overrun active Overrun active 17 Transfer legionella setpoint 237 Transfer nominal setpoint 238 Transfer reduced setpoint 239 Frost protection active 24 Transfer active 240 Hi temp charging active Hi temp charging active 272 Restratification active Restratification active 242 Standby charging Standby charging 201 Charged max st tank temp 70 Charged max charging temp 71 Charged legionella temp 98 Charged nominal temp 99 Charged reduced temp 100 Charged 75 Keep hot mode released 243 Off Off 25 Ready Ready 200 405 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 State cooling circuit 1 2 State heat pump 406 471 End user info level Commissioning heating engineer State code Dewpoint monitor active Dewpoint monitor active 133 Manual control active Manual control active 4 Fault Fault 2 Frost protection flow active 117 Frost protection active 24 Locked heating mode 204 Locking time after heating 135 Locked source 205 Locked buffer 206 Cooling mode locked 146 Temp drop protection active 247 Flow temp setp incr hygro 136 Limit flow min dewpoint 177 Limit flow min OT 178 Cooling mode restricted 144 Cooling mode Comfort 150 Overrun active 17 Cooling mode Comfort 150 Cooling mode Reduced Cooling mode Reduced 285 Protection mode cooling Protection
61. O r a 5 0 Control of mixing valve 1430 F_ Mixing valve boost 0 0 50 C 1432 F Actuator type 3 position 2 position 3 position 1433 F Switching differential 2 pos 2 0 20 C 1434 F Actuator running time 120 30 650 S 1435 O Mixing valve Xp 24 1 100 C 1436 0 Mixing valve Tn 90 10 650 S Floor curing function 1450 Floor curing function Off Off Functional heating Curing heating Functional curing heating Manually 1451 Floor curing setp manually 25 0 95 C 1456 Floor curing day current 0 0 32 1457 1 Floor curing days completed 0 0 32 Forced amp Lock 1461 F Excess heat draw Always Off Heating mode Always Buffer storage tank primary controller 1470 F With buffer Yes No Yes 1472 F With prim contr system pump Yes No Yes Speed controlled pump 1482 F_ Pump speed min 40 0 Line 1483 1483 F Pump speed max 100 Line 1482 100 Remote control 1500 F Optg mode changeover Protection None Protection Reduced Comfort Automatic Domestic hot water 1600 E Operating mode On Off On Eco 1601 O Optg mode selection Eco None None DHW storage tank 1610 E Nominal setpoint 50 Line 1612 Line 1614 C 1612 F_ Reduced setpoint 40 8 Line 1610 C 1614 0 Nominal setpoint max 65 Line 1610 80 C 1620 Release Time program 4 DHW 24h day All time programs HC CC Time program 4 DHW Low tariff T prog 4 DHW or low tariff 1630 1 Charging priority Absolute Absolute
62. Power supply optional lighting H1 Digital DC 0 10 Vi H1 ore DE Old hee AGP4S 03G 109 M Ground e H3 Digital DC 0 10 V input H3 BX7 _ Sensor input BX7 AGP4S 02B 109 M Ground BX8 Sensor input BX8 h AGP4S 02C 109 M Ground BX9 Sensor input BX9 k AGP4S 02D 109 M Ground BX10 Sensor input BX10 AGP4S 02F 109 M Ground BX11 Sensor input BX11 AGP4S 02G 109 M Ground BX12_ Sensor input BX12 M Ground q AGP4S 02K 109 BX13 Sensor input BX13 3 AGP4S 02L 109 M Ground BX14 Sensor input BX14 AGP4S 028 109 M Ground BX1 Sensor input BX1 t AGP4S 02M 109 M Ground BX2 Sensor input BX2 AGP4S 02N 109 M Ground BX3 Sensor input BX3 a AGP4S 02P 109 M Ground BX4 Sensor input BX4 z AGP4S 02R 109 M Ground UX2 Output UX2 DC 0 10 V PWM output y AGP4S 02T 109 M Ground UX1 Output UX1 DC 0 10 V PWM output AGP4S 02U 109 M Ground 15 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Mounting and installation 2014 07 30 Dimensions and drilling plan Electrical connections 16 471 3 2 Extension module AVS75 370 For engineering mounting location and mounting method the information given for the basic unit applies m a Dimensions in mm N ss S 2358M01 L B H L1 B1 AVS75 370 108 7 120 9 51 7 98 110 Use connecting cable AVS82 490 109 or AVS82 491 109 to connect th
63. Silent mode Line no Operating line 3025 Silent mode speed max 3026 Silent mode on 3027 Silent mode off 3028 Silent mode speed incr start 3029 Silent mode speed incr end Silent mode serves for reducing noise by limiting the fan s speed during certain daylight or night hours The limitation acts in all fan speed control modes and all heat pump operating modes What can be parameterized is a switch on and a switch off point and the possibility to appropriately adjust the silent mode at low outside temperatures During a set time window typically at night the maximum fan speed is limited to the set value If no maximum speed for silent mode is parameterized the function is deactivated A start and end time defines the time window for silent mode Within this period of time the fan s speed will not exceed the set maximum level At low outside temperatures the limitation can be canceled If the outside temperature drops below the level set for the start of the increase the maximum speed is raised in a linear manner to reach the initial value at the end of the increase without silent mode The increase can be deactivated If the outside temperature B9 is not available the source inlet temperature B91 is used to calculate the increase 204 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Sensor calibration The Senso
64. Speed solar pump swi pool 0 100 8510 1 Collector temp 1 28 350 C 8511 Collector temp 1 max 28 350 C 8512 1 Collector temp 1 min 28 350 C 8513 1 dt collector 1 DHW 28 350 C 8514 dt collector 1 buffer 168 350 C 8515 1 dt collector 1 swimming pool 168 350 C 8519 Solar flow temp 28 350 C 8520 Solar return temp 28 350 C 8521 Solar throughput 0 65535 l min 8526 24 hour yield solar energy 0 999 9 kWh 8527 Total yield solar energy 0 9999999 9 kWh 8530 F Hours run solar yield i 0 199 999 h 8531 F Hours run collect overtemp 0 199 999 h 8542 F Collector pump 2 Off On 8543 F Speed collector pump 2 0 100 8547 Collector temp 2 28 350 C 8548 Collector temp 2 max 28 350 C 8549 Collector temp 2 min 28 350 C 8550 I dt collector 2 DHW 168 350 C 8551 I dt collector 2 buffer 168 350 C 8552 1 dt collector 2 swimming pool 168 350 C ACS F Status solar pump ext Exchanger K9 Off On ACS F Status solar actuator buffer K8 Off On ACS F Status solar actuator pool K18 Off On Solid fuel boiler 8560 Solid fuel boiler temp 0 140 C 8561 Solid fuel boiler setpoint 0 140 C 8563 Solid fuel boiler return temp 3 0 140 C 8564 Solid fuel boiler return setp 0 140 C 8565 F Flue gas temp 0 350 C 8567 F Flue gas temp max 0 350 C 8568 F Speed solid fuel boiler pump 0 100 8570
65. When selecting None the switch on lock is no longer possible 182 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Process reversal through external hydraulic changeover Use of diverting valve Y28 lil External process reversal Line no Operating line 2941 Use of diverting valve Y28 Passive cooling Active and passive cooling Heat pumps without built in process reversing valve in the refrigeration circuit can also be used for heating and cooling by implementing hydraulic changeover outside the heat pump unit Heating passive cooling and active cooling are accomplished by the following control logic Operation Y22 Y28 Heating 0 0 Passive cooling 0 1 Active cooling 1 1 To be able to switch Y22 and Y28 concurrently parameter 2941 Use of diverting valve Y28 needs to be set to Active and passive cooling The parameter s default setting is Passive cooling for conventional heat pumps with built in process reversing valve Y22 The following diagram shows a heat pump with external hydraulic changeover in heating mode Heating cooling circuits Brine Water 8 2 o N 183 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 The 2 diagrams below show heat pumps with external hydraulic changeover in passive and active cooling mode
66. With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 In place of using the pulse count the flow can also be measured with a flow sensor 10 V or Hz connected to an Hx input Parameter Flow measurement heat is used to select the Hx input for making the flow measurements None No metering via input Hx This setting is important if the inputs are used for making other flow measurements e g solar yield With input Hx The flow via the selected input is acquired and used for calculating the volume The determined volume is multiplied by the acquired temperature differential and the specific heat capacity of water and then added as thermal energy to the meter reading for the amount of heat delivered The Hx input selected here must be set in the configuration for flow measurement 10 V or Hz Line no Operating line 3097 Flow heating 3098 Flow DHW In place of pulse count or flow measurement volume calculation can be used Based on an adjustable flow output Flow heating Flow DHW running time and speed this function calculates the theoretical volumetric flow through the condenser Volume I running time min 60 speed volumetric flow l h The volumetric flow
67. With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 3092 Pulse unit heat None None kWh Liter 3093 1 Pulse value heat numer 1 1 1000 3094 1 Pulse value heat denom 1 1 1000 3095 1 Flow measurement heat None None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 3097 F Flow heating 10 60000 l h 3098 F Flow DHW 10 60000 l h Energy input electricity gas 3100F Pulse count energy None Ditto 3090 3102 1 Pulse unit energy None None kWh m3 3103 1 Pulse value energy numer 1 1 1000 3104 I_ Pulse value energy denom 1 1 1000 3106 F Mean gas energy content 11 5 1 100 kWh m3 3108 Electrical source output 0 01 10 kW 3109 1 Int count el imm heater flow None None Heat delivered Energy brought in Both Energy meter performance factor 3110F Heat delivered 0 9999999 kWh 3112 F Heat drawn by source 0 3500000 kWh 3113 F Energy brought in 0 3500000 kWh 3116 F Performance factor 0 10 Due day 3119 Fixed day yearly perf fact 30 6 1 01 31 12 DD MM Fixed day storage 3120 E Yearly perf factor 1 0 10 3120 E Fixed day 1 1 9 2004 31 12 2099 DD MM YYYY 3121 E Heat delivered heati
68. controller uses the acquired temperature to control the respective plant component 350 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Input EX1 EX4 EX9 EX11 Input EX5 EX7 EX basic unit This operating line is used to define the function of inputs Ex 230 V Line no Operating line 5980 Function input EX1 4 Function input EX9 11 5986 None Electrical utility lock E6 Low tariff E5 Overload compressor 2 E12 5996 Overload source E14 Pressure switch source E26 Flow switch source E15 Flow 5998 switch consumers E24 Manual defrost E17 Common fault HP E20 Fault soft starter E25 Low pressure switch E9 High pressure switch E10 Overload compressor 1 E11 Error alarm message Mains supervision E21 Fault soft starter 2 E27 Pressure diff defrost E28 Pres sw source int circ E29 Flow sw source int circ E30 Smart grid E61 Smart grid E62 Line no Operating line 5988 Function input EX5 7 5992 None Electrical utility lock E6 Low tariff E5 Overload compressor 2 E12 Overload source E14 Pressure switch source E26 Flow switch source E15 Flow switch consumers E24 Manual defrost E17 Common fault HP E20 Fault soft starter E25 3 phase current Low pressure switch E9 High pressure switch E10 Overload compressor 1 E11 Error alarm message Mains supervision E21 Fault soft starter 2 E27
69. e Permissible ambient temperature when mounted and when ready to operate 20 50 C e The controller must not be exposed to dripping water NOTE e Power cables must be clearly separated from low voltage cables sensors observing a distance of at least 100 mm e The same sensor must not be connected to several inputs 11 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Safety notes RVS61 843 2014 07 30 3 Mounting and installation 3 1 Heat pump controller RVS61 843 Mounting Screwed On DIN rail k 2359Z09 A Mounting B Removal Note To mount the controller on a DIN rail a mounting clip is required Dimensions and 7 L _ drilling plan L1 E A i i Dimensions in mm 43 L 1 j ays a L B H L1 B1 RVS61 843 281 121 52 270 110 Total height required xX e Connectors with tongues Min 70 mm e Connectors without tongues Min 60 mm 12 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Mounting and installation 2014 07 30 3 1 1 Connection terminals RVS61 843 QX6 iF N QX5 ZX4 N QX3 N QX2 N QX1 QX13 N QX12 Cc N on 1 Oxt 0 ole fe QX8 N ea Sal 1 EX7 EX6 EX5 EX4 EX3 EX2 EX1 A EX9 N iH L zZ a fii m Zito V ALO E A E A 8 P
70. i i i gt gt sag 293 i 2959 een e 12965 Y22 i o 1 K19 0 K 1 1 o 2966 B91 Source inlet temperature 2951 Defrost release below OT B84 Evaporator temperature 2952 Swi diff defrost Y22 Process reversing valve 2953 Temp diff defrost max K19 Fan source inlet 2954 Evapor temp defrost end K1 Compressor 2959 Defrost settling time 2962 Duration defrost lock 2963 Time up to forced defrost 2965 Dripping time evapor 2966 Cooling down time evapor 8477 Temp diff defrost act value 8478 Temp diff defrost setpoint Start of defrosting When the compressor is in operation Duration defrost lock line 2962 and Time up to forced defrost line 2963 elapse If the source inlet temperature B91 drops below the defrost release temperature line 2951 Defrost release below OT the Defrost function is released The heat pump switches to defrost mode after Duration defrost lock at the earliest and on completion of Time up to forced defrost at the latest If due to icing during this period of time Temp diff defrost act value line 8477 between the source inlet temperature B91 and the evaporator B84 exceeds the setpoint line 8478 Temp diff defrost setpoint the Defrost function is activated If during this period of time Differential pressure switch defrost E28 responds the Defrost function is triggered as well Defrosting is effected depending on the source inlet temperature see l
71. integrated storage tanks which defines the charging sequence None The storage tanks are charged alternately for a temperature increase of 5 Kelvin at a time until every setpoint reaches the level of A B or C see below The setpoints of the next higher level are approached only after all setpoints of the previous level have been reached DHW storage tank During solar charging preference is given to the DHW storage tank At every level A B or C see table below charging is effected with priority Only then will the other consumers of the same level be charged see table below When all setpoints of a level are reached those of the next level are approached and here too the DHW storage tank has priority Buffer storage tank During solar charging preference is given to the buffer storage tank At every level A B or C see table below charging is effected with priority Only then will the otherconsumers of the same level be charged When all setpoints of a level are reached those of the next level are approached and here too the buffer storage tank has priority 258 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Storage tank setpoints Charging time relative prio Waiting time relative prio Waiting time parallel op Delay secondary pump Start function Collector start function Min run time collector pump Level DHW
72. readjustment of room temperature setpoint Perm sensor cables copper Cross sectional area 0 25 0 5 0 75 1 0 1 5 mm2 Max length 20 40 60 80 120 m Digital inputs H1 H3 safety extra low voltage for potentialfree contacts suitable for low voltage Voltage when contact is open DC 12 V Current when contact is closed DC 3 mA Analog inputs H1 H3 safety extra low voltage Operating range DC 0 10 V Internal resistance gt 100 kQ Pulse inputs H1 H3 safety extra low voltage for potentialfree contacts suitable for low voltage Voltage when contact is open DC 12 V Current when contact is closed DC 3 mA Pulse duration Min 20 ms 452 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Technical data 2014 07 30 Frequency inputs H1 H3 safety extra low voltage Operating range DC 0 0 12 V Low lt 1 7V High 2 7 12 V Internal resistance gt 100 kQ Frequency max 500 Hz Outputs Relay outputs QX1 QX13 Rated current range AC 0 02 2 2 A Switch on current max 15 A for lt 1 s Total current max AC 10 A all AC 230 V outputs External supply line protection Refer to section Power supply Triac output ZX4 Rated current range AC 0 02 2 2 A on off operation AC 0 02 1 4 1 4 A speed control Leakage current 2 mA Switch on current Imax 50 A tp lt 20 ms Imax 4 A tp lt 1s Analog output UX1 UX2 safety extra low voltage output is short circuit proof Output volt
73. the electric immersion heater ensures DHW charging as soon as the number of charging attempts exceeds the set Number DHW charg attempts e Parameters Locking time electric flow and Release el flow below OT have no impact e Inthe case of a 3 stage electric immersion heater K25 and K26 parameterized both relays are energized at the same time e If the electric immersion heater is parameterized as End DHW charging it is also released in the cases described under Substitute Emergency operation The electric immersion heater is only used for emergency operation The electric immersion heater is released immediately and controls to the current setpoint e Parameters Locking time electric flow and Release el flow below OT have no impact e For activation of emergency operation refer to parameter 7141 Emergency operation Legionella function Behavior like End DHW charging but only when the Legionella function is active In the following cases setting Use electric flow has no impact on the use of the electric immersion heater e With frost protection e With air to water heat pumps during the defrost process e During active limitation due to too low source temperatures see T limit source temp min brine line 2822 If the flow switch on the consumer side trips or if the water pressure is too low the electric immersion heater is switched off The electric immersion heater may be switched on only when
74. the magnetic valve Valve EVI K82 if installed and Valve injection capillary K83 are opened As soon as the hot gas temperature exceeds Thresh hot gas temp satur line 3078 a change to hot gas control is made The sepoint used for control of the injection valve is also parameter 3078 If saturated vapor injection is activated based on Thresh source temp satur line 3080 the expansion valve is fully opened Limitation of the maximum valve position can be effected via the stepper motor s parameterization ACS 218 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 6 10 Energy meters The controller can measure and display the amount of energy drawn from the source the electrical energy input and the amount of energy supplied to the heating system This way information on the plant s efficiency performance factor can be provided The Hx inputs offer the following choice of functions e Pulse count Connection of externally installed electricity gas heat or flow meters e Flow measurement Flow measurement connection of flow sensors delivering voltage 10 V or frequency signals Hz e Temperature measurement Connection of temperature sensors delivering voltage signals 10 V The availability of the functions at the respective inputs is as follows Inputs H1 H3 H2 H21 H22 Pulse count Yes Yes No Yes Y
75. the switch on point also increases according to the slave pointer principle The switch on point increases to a maximum of current DHW setpoint minus switching differential If the DHW temperature falls below the switch on point the heat pump is put into operation 291 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Summer When all heating circuits have switched to summer operation the electric immersion heater ensures DHW charging from the next day This means that the heat pump remains deactivated during summer operation DHW heating via the heat pump is resumed only when at least one of the heating circuits has switched to heating mode In heating mode the electric immersion heater is operated as described under setting Substitute Always DHW charging is always effected by the electric immersion heater When using this setting an electric immersion heater must be available There will be no DHW charging by the heat pump Cooling mode DHW charging is effected by the electric immersion heater when the producers operate in cooling mode Also when using this setting the electric immersion heater is released under the conditions mentioned under Substitute Emergency operation The electric immersion heater is used only when emergency operation is selected on the controller Legionella function The electric immersion heater is only used when the DHW storage
76. to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope 97 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Floor curing function Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 850 1150 1450 Floor curing function Off Functional heating Curing heating Functional curing heating Manually 851 1151 1451 Floor curing setp manually 856 1156 1456 Floor curing day current 857 1157 1457 Floor curing days completed The Floor curing function ensures controlled drying of the floor It controls the flow temperature according to a certain temperature profile CAUTION Observe the relevant standards and regulations of the company supplying the floor e The Floor curing function demands a correctly installed plant hydraulics electrical installation settings If this is not observed the Floor curing function if activated can damage the floor Ll Floor curing function Floor curing setp manually e The function can be aborted prematurely by selecting Off e Maximum limitation of the flow temperature remains active Off The function is deactivated Functional heating The first section of the temperature profile Fh is completed automatically Curing heating The second section of the temperature profile
77. 0 15 V it is regarded invalid 348 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Example of Humidity measurement 10V Example of flow measurement Hz lil rF A F2 100 Fizo be Hx V U1 0V 0 15V U2 10V r h Relative humidity Hx Input value at Hx U1 Input value 1 F1 Function value 1 U2 Input value 2 F2 Function value 2 If the measured value lies below 0 15 V it is regarded invalid l min 2355Z60 F2 15 F1 1 Hx Hz 5 Hz E1 30 Hz E2 400 Hz l min Flow rate in liters minute Hx Input value at Hx E1 Input value 1 Hz F1 Function value 1 E2 Input value 2 Hz F2 Function value 2 349 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Example of flow l min measurement 10 V S D m N F2 15 F1 1 Hx V 0 15 V U1 0 5 V U2 10 V min Flow rate in liters minute Hx Input value at Hx E1 Input value 1 F1 Function value 1 E2 Input value 2 F2 Function value 2 lil If the measured value lies below 0 15 V or 5 Hz it is seen as No flow Temperature sensors at Line no Operating line H1 and H3 5957 Temperature sensor H1 H3 5967 None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Defines the temperature acquired by the sensor connected to input H1 or H3 The
78. 0 B71 Trw 2840 2 B71 Trw 2840 2 gt 0 B10 Tw 1 K ok_ Off 138 No control sensor HP B21 Tvw 1K ok_ ok Off 138 No control sensor HP B21 Tvw 1 K ok ok 0 B71 Trw 2840 2 B71 Trw 2840 2 gt 0 B21 Tw 1 K ok ok ok 0 B71 Trw 2840 2 B71 Trw 2840 2 gt 0 B21 Tw 1 K Yes On On ok On B10 Tvw 1K ok On B71 Taw 1K ok ok On B10 Tvw 1K ok On B21 Tvw 1K ok ok On B21 Tvw 1K ok Jok On B21 Tvw 1 K ok Jok ok On B21 Tvw 1K Heat request comes from a storage tank DHW heating circuit via buffer forced charging 2 Switching differential Switching diff return temp line 2840 3 Parameter 5810 Differential HC at OT 10 C 4 Safety functions switch compressors off high pressure hot gas max switch off temperature For release of the second compressor stage B21 is used Tvw Flow temperature setpoint Trw Return temperature setpoint 150 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Crankcase heater Restart lock Switch off temperature Line no Operating line 2832 Setpoint crankcase heater The function activates the heater via relay K40 whenever the hot gas temperature falls below the parameterized level line 2832 When the compressor is in operation the crankcase heater is switched off If the hot gas temperature exceeds the setpoint by 5 Kelvin the heater is switched of
79. 10 bar 6148 F Static press supervision 1 None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 6150 0 Water pressure 2 max 3 0 10 bar 6151 O Water pressure 2 min 0 8 0 10 bar 6152 O Water press 2 critical min 0 5 0 10 bar 6154 F Static press supervision 2 None Ditto 6148 6180 0 Water pressure 3 max 3 0 10 bar 6181 O Water pressure 3 min 0 8 0 10 bar 6182 0 Water press 3 critical min 0 5 0 10 bar 6184 F Static press supervision 3 None Ditto 6148 Parameter reset 6200 F Save sensors No No Yes 6201 F Reset sensors No No Yes 6204 F Save parameters No No Yes 6205 F Reset to default parameters No No Yes Plant diagrams 6212 Check no heat source 1 0 199999 6213 1 Check no heat source 2 0 199999 6215 I Check no storage tank 0 199999 6217 I _ Check no heating circuits 0 199999 Device data 6220 1 Software version 0 99 6221 O Development index 0 65535 62220 Device hours run 0 20833 h 6228 O Bootloader version 0 65535 6229 0 Eeprom version 0 65535 z 6345 O Code commissioning 0 99999 6346 O Code engineer 0 99999 6347 O Code OEM 0 99999 ACS F Selection of partial diagram heat pump ACS F Partial diagr
80. 1000 7485 _ Funct value 1 H22 module 3 0 100 500 7486 Input value 2 H22 module 3 10 0 1000 7487 Funct value 2 H22 module 3 100 100 500 7488 1 Temp sensor H22 module 3 None None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 7491 Voltage out GX21 module 3 5 Volt 5 Volt 12 Volt 7492 1 Funct input EX21 module 3 None Electrical utility lock E6 Low tariff E5 Overload compressor 2 E12 Overload source E14 Pressure switch source E26 Flow switch source E15 Flow switch consumers E24 Manual defrost E17 Common fault HP E20 Fault soft starter E25 Low pressure switch E9 High pressure switch E10 Overload compressor 1 E11 Error alarm message Mains supervision E21 Fault soft starter 2 E27 Pressure diff defrost E28 Pres sw source int circ E29 Flow sw source int circ E30 Smart grid E61 Smart grid E62 7493 0 Cont type EX21 module 3 NO NC NO 70 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S T 5 Be lals 5 E Z 3 O O r a 5 Oo 7498 Funct output UX21 module 3 None Source pump Q8 fan K19 DHW pump Q3 DHW interm circ pump Q33 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Collector pu
81. 2 on time min 0 1 255 min 8444 1 _ Remain limit source temp 0 00 01 24 00 hh mm 8446 Compressor sequence 1 2 2 1 8448 F Optg hours ext evap temp 0 199 999 h 8449 F Operating hours refrig circ 0 199 999 h 8450 F Hours run compressor 1 0 199 999 h 8451 F Start counter compressor 1 0 199 999 8452 F Hours run compressor 2 0 199 999 h 8453 F Start counter compressor 2 0 199 999 8454 F Locking time HP 0 199 999 h 8455 F Counter number of locks HP 0 199 999 8456 F Hours run el flow 0 199 999 h 8457 F Start counter el flow 0 199 999 8458 1 State smart grid Draw disabled Draw free Draw wish Draw forced 8460 1 Heat pump throughput 0 65535 l min 8461 1 Source throughput 0 65535 l min 8462 F_ Suction gas temp EVI 50 180 C 8463 F_ Evaporation temp EVI 50 180 C 8463 F Evaporation pressure EVI 1 50 bar 8464 F_ Superheat EVI 10 180 C 8464 F Superheat setpoint EVI 0 140 C 8465 F Expansion valve EVI 0 100 o 8466 F Magnetic valve EVI Off On 8467 F Magn valve injection cap Off On Air to water heat pump 8469 F Fan speed 0 100 8470 Fan Off On 8471 Process revers valve Off On 8475 Evaporator temp 50 50 C 8477 Temp diff defrost act value 50 50 C 8478 1 Temp diff defrost setpoint 50 50 C 8480 1 Remain time defrost lock 0 255 min 8481 1 Remain time forced defrost 00 00 07 00 hh mm 8482 0 Remain time defro
82. 2004 31 12 2099 DD MM YYYY 3142 E Heat delivered heating 4 0 9999999 kWh 3143 E Heat delivered DHW 4 0 9999999 kWh 3144 E Cooling energy delivered 4 0 9999999 kWh 3145 E Energy brought in heating 4 0 3500000 kWh 3146 E Energy brought in DHW 4 0 3500000 kWh 3147 E Energy brought in cooling 4 0 3500000 kWh 3148 E Yearly perf factor 5 0 10 3148 E Fixed day 5 1 9 2004 31 12 2099 DD MM YYYY 3149 E Heat delivered heating 5 0 9999999 kWh 3150 E Heat delivered DHW 5 0 9999999 kWh 3151 E Cooling energy delivered 5 0 9999999 kWh 3152 E Energy brought in heating 5 0 3500000 kWh 3153 E Energy brought in DHW 5 0 3500000 kWh 3154 E Energy brought in cooling 5 i 0 3500000 kWh 3155 E Yearly perf factor 6 0 10 3155 E Fixed day 6 1 9 2004 31 12 2099 DD MM YYYY 3156 E Heat delivered heating 6 0 9999999 kWh 3157 E Heat delivered DHW 6 0 9999999 kWh 3158 E Cooling energy delivered 6 0 9999999 kWh 3159 E Energy brought in heating 6 0 3500000 kWh 3160 E Energy brought in DHW 6 0 3500000 kWh 3161 E Energy brought in cooling 6 0 3500000 kWh 3162 E Yearly perf factor 7 0 10 3162 E Fixed day 7 1 9 2004 31 12 2099 DD MM YYYY 3163 E Heat delivered heating 7 0 9999999 kWh 3164 E Heat delivered DHW 7 0 9999999 kWh 3165 E Cooling energy delivered 7 0 9999999 kWh 3166 E Energy brought in heating 7 i 0 3500000 kWh 3167 E Energy brought in DHW
83. 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 556 E Default values No No Yes Time program 4 DHW 560 E Preselection Mo Su Mo Su Mo Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su 27 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller Overview of settings CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 S So ale S E z O JOJ a 5 O 561 E 1st phase on 00 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 562 E 1st phase off 05 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 563 E 2nd phase on 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 564 E 2nd phase off 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 565 E 3rd phase on 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 566 E 3rd phase off 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 576 E Default values No No Yes Time program 5 e 600 E Preselection Mo Su Mo Su Mo Fr Sa Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su 601 E ist phase on 06 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 602 E ist phase off 22 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 603 E 2nd phase on 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 604 E 2nd phase off 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 605 E 3rd phase on 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 606 E 3rd phase off 24 00 00 00 24 00 hh mm 616 E Default values No No Yes Holidays heating cooling 1 e 641 E Preselection 1 8 Period 1 8 642 E Start 01 01 31 12 DD MM 643 E End 01 01 31 12 DD MM 648 E Operating level Protection Protection Reduced Holidays heating cooling
84. 3 mA Analog inputs H21 H22 safety extra low voltage Operating range DC 0 10 V Internal resistance gt 100 kQ Pulse inputs H21 H22 safety extra low voltage for potentialfree contacts suitable for low voltage Voltage when contact is open DC 12 V Current when contact is closed DC 3 mA Pulse duration min 20 ms Frequency inputs H21 H22 safety extra low voltage Operating range DC 0 0 12 V Low lt 1 7 V High 2 7 V 12 V Internal resistance gt 100 kQ Frequency max 500 Hz Mains input EX21 max AC 230 V Operating range AC 0 253 V Low lt 95 V High gt 115 V Internal resistance gt 100 kQ Sensor inputs BX21 BX22 NTC 10k QAZ36 QAD36 Pt1000 for collector 5053 9671 ohm readjustment of room temperature setpoint Perm sensor cables copper Cross sectional area 0 25 05 0 75 1 0 15 mm Max length 20 40 60 80 120 m Outputs Relay outputs Rated current range AC 0 02 2 2 A Switch on current max 15Afor lt 1s Total current max AC 6 A all relays Rated voltage range AC 24 230 V for potentialfree outputs External supply line protection Refer to section Power supply 455 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Technical data 2014 07 30 Interfaces Degree of protection Directives and Standards Climatic conditions Analog outputs UX21 UX22 Output voltage Current load Ripple Accuracy of zero point Error remaining range safety extra low voltage output is short circuit proo
85. 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Summary Setpoints Setpoint solar heating G G Setpoint source heating Tip Swi diff source 6 7 Swimming pool The controller facilitates swimming pool heating with solar energy or via a heat pump using separately adjustable setpoints In the case of solar heating it is possible to select priority of swimming pool heating over storage tank charging Line no Operating line 2055 Setpoint solar heating 2056 Setpoint source heating 2057 Swi diff source heating When using solar energy the swimming pool is heated up to this setpoint Function Overtemperature protection for the collector can reactivate the collector pump until the maximum swimming pool temperature is reached Solar swimming pool heating can be made dependent on the release of 1 or 2 Hx inputs When using heating by the heat source the swimming pool is heated up to this setpoint It is recommended to set the lowest temperature setpoint which still offers adequate comfort This is to avoid unnecessary energy usage by the main heat source When released see parameter 1952 the charging controller switches the heating swimming pool pump on or off based on Swi diff source heating Also when switching on a heat request is forwarded to the producer 123 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en
86. Air dehumidifier r h SD 5 2 50 5606 F Release air dehumidifier 24h day 24h day Time program HC Time program 5 5608 F Acquisition rel air humidity None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 Configuration Presetting 5700 1 Presetting 1 24 ACS Plant diagram selection validity Changed Changed Unchanged Heating circuits cooling circuit 5710 1 Heating circuit 1 On Off On 5711 1 Cooling circuit 1 Off Off 4 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling 5712 1 Use of mixing valve 1 Heating and cooling None Heating Cooling Heating and cooling 5715 Heating circuit 2 Off Off On 5716 Cooling circuit 2 Off Off 4 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling 5717 Use of mixing valve 2 Heating and cooling None Heating Cooling Heating and cooling 5721 1 Heating circuit 3 Off Off On DHW storage tank instantaneous water heater 5731 1 DHW ctrl elem Q3 Charging pump No charging request Charging pump Diverting valve 5734 F Basic position DHW div valve Heating circuit Last request Heating circuit DHW 5736 DHW separate circuit Off Off On 5740 I Output el imm heater K6 10 0 1 99 kW 5742 F_ Restart lock pump Q34 Off Off On 5743F Cooling during DHW charging Off Off
87. C 5144 0 Flow setp compensation Tn 120 1 650 s 5145 0 Flow setp compensation Tv 0 0 60 Ss 5146 F Full charging with B36 No No Yes 5147 0 Min overrun time Q33 10 0 250 Ss 5148 F Min start temp diff Q33 0 20 20 C 5156 0 Int circuit actuator run time 120 30 650 s 5157 0 Int circuit mixing valve Xp 24 1 100 C 5158 0 Int circuit mixing valve Tn 90 10 650 Ss 5159 0 Use int circuit mixing valve Always Always Only hi temp charging 52 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 o 2 a D Belals 5 g 3 O O r a 0 Mixing pump 5160 F Legionella funct mixing pump With charging and duration Off With charging With charging and duration 5165 F Restratification Off Off On 5166 F Restrat temp min 8 8 95 C 5167 F Restrat temp diff min 8 0 40 C High temperature charging 5170 F Hi temp charging Off e Off Own source heating mode Own source heat cool mode All sources heating mode 5171 F Hi temp charging setpoint a 40 80 C 5172 0 Hi temp min ch diff flow 5 0 5 20 C 5173 0 Hi temp min ch diff hot gas 10 0 5 20 C ACS O DHW high temp charging duration start kick 0 120 S DHW heat pump 5177 O DHW HP off time min 20 0 120
88. C min 3722 F Switching diff off 15 0 20 C 3723 F Locking time 30 0 120 min 3725 F Control sensor Common flow temp Common flow temp Buffer sensor B4 ACS O Flow temperature hybrid source Max value flow temp HP boiler temp Max value flow temp HP boiler temp Mean value flow temp HP boiler temp Flow temp heat pump Boiler temp ACS O Pump hybrid source Separately Separately Boiler pump Q1 Condenser pump Q9 Configuration 3750 F Source type Oil gas boiler Other Solid fuel boiler Heat pump Oil gas boiler 3755 F Delay lockout position 1 1 40 min Solar 3810 F Temp diff on 8 Line 3811 40 C 3811 F Temp diff off 4 0 Line 3810 C 3812 F Charg temp min DHW st tank 20 8 95 C 3813 O Temp diff on buffer line3814 40 C 3814 O Temp diff off buffer 0 Line 3813 C 3815 F Charging temp min buffer 20 8 95 C 3816 0 Temp diff on swi pool line3817 40 C 3817 O Temp diff off swi pool 0 Line 3816 C 3818 F Charging temp min swi pool 20 8 95 C 3822 F Charging prio storage tank DHW storage tank None DHW storage tank Buffer storage tank 3825 F Charging time relative prio 2 60 min 3826 F_ Waiting time relative prio 5 1 40 min 3827 F Waiting time parallel op ies 0 40 min 3828 F Delay secondary pump 60 0 600 S 3830 F Collector start function 5 60 min 3831 F Min run time collector pump 20 5 120 Ss 3832 0 Collector start function on
89. E Hours run solid fuel boiler 0 199 999 h ACS F Status Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Off On ACS F _ Solid fuel boiler mixing valve opens Y9 Off On ACS F Solid fuel boiler mixing valve closes Y10 Off On Supplementary generator 8585 F Control temperature 0 140 C 8586 F Suppl source setpoint 0 140 C ACS F Status heat demand K27 Off On ACS F State suppl source control K32 Off On 77 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S ies So a l S g 3 o joj a 5 Oo Diagnostics consumers Meteo 8700 E Outside temp 50 50 C 8701 E Outside temp min 50 50 C 8702 E Outside temp max 50 50 C 8703 1 Outside temp attenuated 50 50 C 8704 1 Outside temp composite 50 50 C Dehumidifier 8723 Relative air humidity 0 100 ACS F State air dehumidifier K29 Off On Heating circuit 1 cooling circuit 1 8730 I Heating circuit pump 1 Off On 8731 Heat circ mix valve 1 open Off On 8732 Heat circ mix valve 1 close s Off On 8735 F_ Speed heating circuit pump 1 0 100 8739 E Relative room humidity 1 0 100 8740 E Room temp 1 0 50 C 8741 E Room setpoint 1 4 35 C 8742 0 Room temp 1 model 0 5
90. HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K19 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 443 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 17 Brine to water heat pump DHW storage tank with DHW diverting valve Q3 and solar collector pump heating circuit 2355A17 Multifunctional RVS6N terminals BX BX3 Collector sensor B6 BX4 DHW sensor B31 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 QX3 QX5 Collector pump Q5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 QX10 QX11 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 444 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 18 Brine to water heat pump combi storage tank with DHW diverting valve Q3 and solar collector mixing or pump heating circuit B214T Ro K1 E11 Q9 Y1 Y2 2355A18 Multifunctional SEEN A uffer sensor terminals BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 Collector sensor B6 BX4 DHW sensor B31 BX7 Hot
91. In the situations described above the flow temperature is not monitored during the settling time if a negative value is set for Red switch off temp max parameter 2845 Other monitoring functions such as hot gas high pressure etc are not affected Controller internal Measures taken by the controller influence plant components in a way that Switch measures off temp max will not be exceeded They try to maintain the level of Switch off temp max minus Red switch off temp max line 2845 The following plant components if installed and controllable are influenced in the following order Strategy Heating Component Internal measure 1 Maximization of output delivered Condenser pump Speed is increased 2 Reduction of output Compressor Output is reduced 2nd stage is switched off 3 1 Reduction of input Expansion valve Evaporation pressure is reduced 3 2 Reduction of input Or Source pump fan Speed is reduced 4 Suppression of requests Consumer Storage tank charging DHW is aborted For technical principle refer to parameter 3056 155 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Maximum switch off temperature with negative reduction Behavior of Q9 with buffer storage tank at the maximum switch off temperature Hot gas temp max Swi diff hot gas temp max Reduction hot gas temp max Reduction max Tempera
92. Limit hot gas compr2 No 2 customer service 117 Water pressure too high Hx 6 No No Yes 1 installer 118 Water pressure too low __ Hx 6 No No No 1 installer 378 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 No Error text Place Error Acknowled Function Error repetition Heat pump Responsibility gement operation prio manually _ active 1st status message No 121 Flow temp HC1 3 No No Yes 1 installer too low 122 Flow temp HC2 3 No No Yes 1 installer too low 126 DHW charg temp 6 No No Yes 1 installer 127 Legionella temp 6 No No Yes 1 installer 134 Common fault HP E20 9 Yes Num Fault No 1 installer 138 No control sensor HP 1 No No No 1 installer 146 Configuration error 3 No No Yes 5 none 171 Alarm contact 1 active H1 H31 6 No No l Yes 1 installer 172 Alarm contact 2 active H2 H21 H22 H32 6 No No Yes 1 installer 173 Alarm contact 3 active Ex 6 No No Yes 1 installer 174 Alarm contact 4 active H3 H33 6 No No Yes 1 installer 176 Water press 2 too high Hx 6 No No Yes 1 installer 177 Water press 2 too low Hx 6 No No No 1 installer 178 Limit thermostat HC1 3 No No Yes 1 installer 179
93. Min on time of stage 1 or 2 is active these operating lines show the remaining off time on time is displayed only when the minimum off times have elapsed so that the heat pump can be released again Line no Operating line 8444 Remain limit source temp If the source inlet temperature B91 is too low the pumps and the compressor are locked for the period of time T limit source temp min brine line 2822 This operating line shows the remaining time for pumps and the compressor to be released again 412 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Compressor Hours run start counter Optg hours ext evap temp Operating hours refrig circ Hours run compressor 1 2 Start counter compressor 1 2 Line no Operating line 8446 Compressor sequence 1 2 2 1 Shows the current compressor sequence that is the order in which the compressors are put into operation 1 2 First compressor 1 is put into operation then compressor 2 2 1 First compressor 2 is put into operation then compressor 1 Line no Operating line 8448 Optg hours ext evap temp 8449 Operating hours refrig circ 8450 Hours run compressor 1 8451 Start counter compressor 1 8452 Hours run compressor 2 8453 Start counter compressor 2 Meters the time the heat pump operated in the extended range see parameter 282
94. Protective earth QX23 Multifunctional output QX23 L Live conductor AC 230 V C AGP8S 03K 109 FX23 Power supply QX23 EX21 Multifunctional input EX21 Use Socket Connector type Connection to extension module X30 AVS82 490 109 AVS82 491 109 Connection to basic unit or extension X50 AVS82 490 109 module AVS82 491 109 BX21 Sensor input BX21 AGP4S 02F 109 M Ground n BX22_ Sensor input BX22 AGP4S 02F 109 M Ground n H2 Digital DC 0 10 V input AGP4S 02F 109 M Ground n Parameters e Function extension module 1 line 7300 e Function extension module 2 line 7375 e Function extension module 3 line 7450 are used to define usage of the respective module 23 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller Mounting and installation CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 3 4 Modbus clip in OCI350 01 101 Front view 23552350 Terminating resistor with DIP switches FF Position ON W H Position OFF LED yellow Indication of communication Dimensions and drilling plan 5 A SIEMENS 0C1350 01 101 Country of Origin P OFFI Switzerland 090709A AC 7 Siemens Switzerland Ltd Wat a L y i X60 a Pa 16 53 Assignment of terminals Low voltage Use Connector type X60 __ Connecting cable to RVS Direct LP connector A TxD RxD noninverting pin B TxD RxD inverting pin REF Reference pin
95. Room temp limitation e Room temperature sensor not present e Room influence line 928 that is weather compensation alone Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 770 1070 1370 Boost heating Boost heating is used to reach the new setpoint more quickly when switching from the Reduced setpoint to the Comfort setpoint thus reducing the heating up time During boost heating the room temperature setpoint is raised by the value set here Higher settings lead to shorter heat up times lower settings to longer heat up times Boost heating is possible with or without room temperature sensor C 20 9 TRx A 15 x 5 N t gt TRw Room temperature setpoint TRx Actual value of room temperature DTRSA Increase of room temperature setpoint 93 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Quick setback Function with room sensor Function without room sensor Example Optimum start stop control Optimum start control max Optimum stop control max Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 780 1080 1380 Quick setback Off To Reduced setpoint To frost Prot setpoint During the Quick setback function the heating circuit pump is deactivated and in the case of mixing valve circuits the mixing valve is fully closed The temperature level down to which quick setback may ta
96. SF SS SS HE ous PUTT ETUtt IM im Q 6B S Module address with When using several extension modules the modules unambiguous address must DIP switches be set with the DIP switch Per default the modules are set to Address 1 Ifa second or third module is connected their addresses must be changed according to the following assignment OBa Address 1 Module 1 WA Address 2 Module 2 BE Address 3 Module 3 The assignment table is also shown on the extension module Black means Switch position 17 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Mounting and installation 2014 07 30 Terminal markings AVS75 370 Mains voltage Low voltage Assignment of Use Socket Connector type L Mains connection live conductor AC 230 V L AGP4S 03E 109 L Mains connection protective earth N Mains connection neutral conductor N QxX21_ Multifunctional output QX21 T AGP8S 04B 109 N Neutral conductor L Protective earth QX22 Multifunctional output QX22 N Neutral conductor S AGP8S 03B 109 L Protective earth QX23 Multifunctional output QX23 L Live conductor AC 230 V C AGP8S 03K 109 FX23 Power supply QX23 EX21 Multifunctional input EX21 Use Socket Connector type Connection to basic unit or extension X50 AVS82 490 109 module AVS82 491 109 Connection to basic unit or extension X50 AVS82 490 109 module AVS82 491 1
97. Sog 2 Starting from the calculated position the valve is driven to its mechanical end position 0 and in addition overdriven by the number of steps Sog e Calibration method 1 is only used after a power failure with Power Up calibration method 2 is used periodically e After calibration the mechanical valve position accords again with the internally stored step position end position 0 Line no ACS Operating line Calibration WX21 module 1 2 3 Calibration WX21 module 1 3 ACS is used to set the time for the next periodic calibration i For periodic calibration calibration method 2 is always used The overview below shows events and settings as well as the associated calibration methods and valve behaviors Event setting Calibration method Response Periodic calibration Compressor off and No calibration period not reached Closing to position So 2 Compressor off and calibration period reached Yes method 2 Closing to position So Sog Compressor off and calibration period 0 h Yes method 2 with each off Closing to position So Sog Compressor off and calibration period Never Closing to position So 2 Non periodic calibration Power up upon power down Yes method 1 Closing by Sn Soa Quit output test Yes method 2 Closing to position Sox Sou 399 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_
98. Special temp 1 0 140 C 9017 1 Special temp 2 0 140 C States of relays triac QX ZX 9031 1 Relay output QX1 Off On 9032 I Relay output QX2 Off On 9033 1 Relay output QX3 Off On 80 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S Be jsjS g 3 S O O x a 5 Oo 9034 Triac output ZX4 Off On 9035 Relay output QX5 Off On 9036 Relay output QX6 Off On 9037 Relay output QX7 Off On 9038 Relay output QX8 Off On 9039 Relay output QX9 Off On 9040 Relay output QX10 Off On 9041 Relay output QX11 Off On 9042 Relay output QX12 Off On 9043 Relay output QX13 Off On 9050 Relay output QX21 module 1 Off On 9051 Relay output QX22 module 1 Off On 9052 Relay output QX23 module 1 Off On 9053 Relay output QX21 module 2 Off On 9054 Relay output QX22 module 2 Off On 9055 Relay output QX23 module 2 Off On 9056 Relay output QX21 module 3 Off On 9057 Relay output QX22 module 3 Off On 9058 Relay output QX23 module 3 Off On ACS F State alarm relay K10 Off On ACS F Status time program 5 relais K13 Off On ACS F Status delta T controller 1 K21 Off On ACS F _ Status delta T controller 2 K22 Off On 81 471 Siemens Heat pu
99. T limit source temp min brine 2827 Time limit source temp TQa Source outlet temperature K1 Compressor Q8 Source pump Anf Heat request f Error Line no Operating line 2812 Operation limit OT min air 2813 Operation limit OT max air If with an air to water heat pump the outside temperature falls below the level set here the controller locks the heat pump It will be released again as soon as the outside temperature exceeds the set limit by 2 Kelvin If with an air to water heat pump the outside temperature exceeds the set level the controller locks the heat pump It will be released again as soon as the outside temperature falls 2 Kelvin below the set limit 141 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Minimum and maximum source temperature Source temp max lil Distinction between heat pump types Source temp min water Line no Operating line 2814 Source temp max 2815 Source temp min water 2816 Source temp min brine 2817 Switching diff source prot 2818 Incr source temp min fl cur ACS Increase source temp min If the source inlet temperature B91 lies above the maximum source temperature parameter dependent on the type of heat pump see below the compressor is not switched on and the source pump keeps running If the source inlet temperature drops below the maximum source temp
100. The settings in detail 2014 07 30 As soon as the setpoint is reached at the buffer storage tank sensor at the top the control system locks the stage released last provided more than one stage is released If the temperature at the buffer storage tank sensor in the middle reaches the setpoint release of the last but one stage is canceled If the temperature drops below the setpoint the stage is released again The same behavior applies to the buffer storage tank sensor at the bottom If all buffer storage tank sensors acquire temperatures above the required flow temperature setpoint and the generation lock is not yet active additional stages are switched on or off depending on the temperature acquired by the common flow temperature sensor B10 and the lead strategy Late on late off Output band min max The values are used as switching on off criteria according to the selected lead strategy Stage sequence Parameter Stage sequence is used to select the required sequence of stages The sequence of stages determines the order in which the cascade master releases and locks the available generator stages The recommended sequence of stages depends on the types of generators used in the cascade oil gas boilers heat pumps etc Serial release all 2nd stage With this sequence of stages every generator is released with its basic stage first and then with its second stage modulation stage in accordance with its priorities The second
101. This means that when the crossing is significant the supplementary source is released earlier or locked earlier than with minor crossings TVxSch TVwSch TVx Actual value of flow temperature TVw Flow temperature setpoint Int Surplus integral Int Deficit integral ti Overrun time not fully completed t2 Overrun time fully completed K27 Release output K27 K32 Control K32 253 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Switching diff off If the common flow temperature exceeds the flow temperature setpoint by the 1 3 amount of the switch off differential switching off takes place immediately independent of the switching integral of the supplementary source K32 and the request for heat K27 is aborted on completion of the overrun time Locking time 1 2 3 The locking time enables the heat pump to reach a stable operating state before the supplementary source is allowed to switch on The supplementary generator is released only when the locking time has elapsed The locking time starts as soon as a valid flow temperature setpoint is available Calculation of the release integral starts only when the locking time has elapsed TVwSch TVxSch A K27 TVxSch Actual value of common flow temperature TVwSch Setpoint of common flow temperature A Request K27 Release output K27 t Locking time lil No consideration is given to the lo
102. V 7849 I _ Input signal H2 module 3 0 65535 7849 Output signal H2 module 3 None None Closed 000 Open Frequency Hz Voltage V 7849 1_ Input signal H21 module 3 0 65535 7849 Output signal H21 module 3 None None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage V 7850 1_ Input signal H22 module 3 0 65535 7850 Output signal H22 module 3 None None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage V 7858 I __ Input signal H3 7 0 65535 78581 Output signal H3 None None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage V 7911 1 Input EX1 a OV 230V 7912 Input EX2 OV 230V 7913 1 Input EX3 OV 230V 7914 1 Input EX4 OV 230V 79151 Input EX5 E OV 230V 79161 Input EX6 OV 230V 7917 Input EX7 OV 230V 79191 Input EX9 OV 230V 7945 Input EX10 OV 230V 7946 Input EX11 OV 230V 7950 Input EX21 module 1 OV 230V 7951 Input EX21 module 2 OV 230V 7952 Input EX21 module 3 5 OV 230V ACS O Output test Modbus Port 1 8 0 100 73 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S 3 o a S g 3 z o Joli a 5 O ACS O Output state Modbus Port 1 8
103. VK1 10V Consumer request VK2 10V e Release swi pool source heat e Operating lines 5750 and 5751 are available to select whether the consumer circuits are used for heating or cooling e The pumps are to be connected to the appropriately defined multifunctional relay outputs Qx The consumer circuit pumps Q15 Q18 are put into operation when there is a heat or refrigeration request at the respective Hx input or when excess heat draw is called for The swimming pool circuit Q19 is put into operation when there is a release at the respective Hx input and when the swimming pool temperature lies below Setpoint source heating line 2056 Line no Operating line VK1 VK2 SC 1854 1904 1954 Request opt energy Off On On When used in connection with producers operating with optimum efficiency condensing boilers heat pumps etc the consumer circuit makes non mandatory heat requests Only heat sources supporting the function Producers with optimum efficiency parameter 2867 handle such requests Off The consumer circuit makes no requests that demand optimum efficiency 120 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Consumer circuits 1 and 2 swimming pool circuit DHW charging priority Excess heat draw With buffer Line no Operating line VK1 VK2 SC 1859 1909 1959 Flow temp setp cons request Flo
104. With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 5826 Press acquisition EVI H86 Same as 5822 5827 Hum acquis air inlet H91 Same as 5823 Press acquisition evap Selection of input Hx to be used for acquiring the evaporation pressure for the H82 superheat controller and for minimum and maximum pressure supervision Press acquisition cond Selection of Hx input to be used for acquiring the condensation pressure H83 Press acquisition EVI Selection of Hx input to be used for acquiring the evaporation pressure for vapor H86 injection Hum acquis air inlet H91 Selection of input Hx to be used for acquiring the humidity at the air inlet 334 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Solar controlling element External solar exchanger Electric immersion heater and buffer storage tank Solar Line no Operating line 5840 Solar controlling element Charging pump Diverting valve 5841 External solar exchanger Jointly DHW storage tank Buffer storage tank In place of a collector pump and diverting valves for integrating the storage tanks the solar plant can also be operated with charging pumps When using a diverting valve the flow can only pass through one heat exchanger at a
105. and DHW storage tank with DHW charging pump Q3 K1 E11 F881 E10 M B83 2355A10 Multifunctional RVS61 terminals BAS BX2 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B84 QX1 Process revers valve Y22 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 QX10 QX11 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K19 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 437 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 11 Air to water heat pump with pump heating circuit and DHW storage tank with DHW diverting valve Q3 K1 E11 T B81 E10 M B83 2355A11 Multifunctional BYES 1 terminals ae BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B84 QX1 Process revers valve Y22 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 QX10 QX11 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K19 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Over
106. any further T Kelvin 8 Adaptive 6 8 superheat a setpoint 2355D105 Compressor t s 1 Adaption lock upon compressor start 2 Adaption lock upon change of superheat setp 3 Wait time up to red superheat setp adapt 4 Adaption lock upon increase of superheat setp 5 Min deviation superheat setp adapt 6 Max deviation superheat setp adapt 7 Critical deviation superheat setp adapt not shown 8 Adaption step superheat setp 9 Max increase superheat setpoint adapt not shown 211 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Superheat setp adaption Compressor start Evaluation of control deviation Decrease of superheat Increase of superheat Stabilization after a change MOP control 212 471 The function is enabled via Superheat setp adaption It can be activated in Heating mode Cooling mode or Heating and cooling mode Upon compressor start or changeover of the process reversing valve adaption remains disabled for an adjustable period of time Adaption lock upon compressor start 1 If adaption is disabled or deactivated superheat is controlled according to the fixed parameter 3042 or source dependent various ACS parameters superheat setpoint General rule Evaluation of the control deviation always waits until the settling times Adaption lock upon compressor start 1 A
107. automatically 3 position The controller uses 2 relay outputs to drive the actuator One output is used for opening the connected valve the other for closing it For a 2 position actuator Switching differential 2 pos might have to be adapted With 3 position actuators the switching differential has no impact In the case of 3 position control the running time of the mixing valve actuator can be adjusted With 2 position control the actuator running time has no impact By setting the right proportional band Xp and integral action time Tn the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the l action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope Defines the position of the mixing valve in heating mode This parameter is only active when using heating cooling circuits with a common mixing valve Control The mixing valve provides control in heating and cooli
108. basic cooling position None The valve may also change its position when the compressor is off When the compressor is off the valve changes over only if permitted by Pressure diff min process reversal ACS and Min compr run time prior to process reversal ACS Line no Operating line ACS Compressor modulation on process reversal When the compressor is in operation the process reversing valve is allowed to change over only when the compressor s output has dropped to a certain level This is ensured by function Compressor modulation on process reversal which reduces the compressor s output to the set level before the process is reversed The function reduces wear and tear e g when defrosting with process reversal that is when changing from heating to defrost mode In the case of modulating or 2 stage compressors a fixed time of 25 seconds need to elapse after output reduction until the process reversing valve is allowed to change over Setting Compressor modulation on process reversal for different types of compressors Type of compressor Selection Process reversing valve changes over when 0 compressor off Modulating 1 100 compressor output lt value and waiting time has elapsed 0 compressor off 2 stage 1 50 compressor stage 2 off and waiting time has elapsed 51 100 setting without impact 0 compressor off no waiting time 1 stage 1
109. be selected for cooling mode K1 E11 B81 235578588 Condenser Evaporator If 2 suction gas sensors B85 and B88 are installed and configured the sensor for superheat control is selected depending on operation B85 Heating mode B88 Cooling mode defrosting If one suction gas sensor is used for both heating and cooling mode B85 must be configured If only B88 is configured a configuration error is displayed 207 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Superheat controller Parameters Xp Tn and Tv Superheat controller Xp Superheat controller Tn Superheat controller Tv Expansion valve run time Lil Line no Operating line 3042 Superheat setpoint 3043 Superheat controller Xp 3044 Superheat controller Tn 3045 Superheat controller Tv 3046 Expansion valve run time 3047 Min superheat 3049 Superheat setp cooling mode 3050 Superheat incr silent mode ACS SHC setp source 20 ACS SHC setp source 15 ACS SHC setp source 7 ACS SHC setp source 2 ACS SHC setp source 7 ACS SHC setp source 15 ACS SHC setp source 25 The superheat controller is a PID controller P l and D action can be adjusted lines 3043 3044 and 3045 By setting the right proportional band Xp integral action time Tn and derivative action time Tv the control action can be matched to the type
110. be charged next Simultaneous operation can be delayed by a waiting time This way in the case of simultaneous operation switching on of the storage tanks can be effected in steps Setting deactivates simultaneous operation To remove cold water from the primary circuit operation of the secondary pump of the external heat exchanger can be delayed Line no Operating line 3830 Collector start function 3831 Min run time collector pump 3832 Collector start function on 3833 Collector start function off 3834 Collector start funct grad 3835 Min collector temp start fct If the collector temperature cannot be accurately acquired during the time the pump is deactivated especially in the case of vacuum tubes the pump can be switched on from time to time This setting defines the interval at which the collector pump is put into operation Then it always runs for the time set Min run time collector pump line 3831 The function activates periodically the collector pump for at least the set minimum running time 259 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Collector start function on Collector start function off Collector start funct grad Min collector temp start fct Defines the time of day from which the collector start function is enabled Defines the time of day from which the collector start function is de
111. boiler Flow measurement Hz frequency input The controller receives a signal for the flow measured The respective flow is calculated via the linear characteristic which is defined by 2 fixed points input value 1 function value 1 and input value 2 function value 2 Consumer request VK1 10V and Consumer request VK2 10V analog input The controller receives a voltage signal DC 0 10 V for the heat refrigeration demand flow temperature of consumer circuit 1 or 2 The required flow temperature is calculated via the linear characteristic which is defined by 2 fixed points input value 1 function value 1 and input value 2 function value 2 lil A constant temperature request via contact is made with settings Consumer request VK1 and VK2 346 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 lil Contact type Contacts H1 H3 Contact type H1 H3 Pressure measurement 10V analog input The controller receives a voltage signal DC 0 10 V for the pressure The respective flow is calculated via the linear characteristic which is defined by 2 fixed points input value 1 function value 1 and input value 2 function value 2 Humidity measurement 10V analog input The controller receives a voltage signal DC 0 10 V for the relative humidity The respective humidity is calculated via the linear characteristic which is defined by 2 fixed points input value 1 f
112. can be set separately for heating mode and DHW heating The running time is acquired with an accuracy of 1 minute In heating mode the state of condenser pump Q9 is acquired in DHW heating mode the state of charging pump diverting valve Q3 The calculated volume is multiplied by the acquired temperature differential and the specific heat capacity of water and then added as thermal energy to the meter reading for the amount of heat delivered Using this function and the acquired temperature differential the amount of thermal energy delivered can be acquired without having to install a heat meter To ensure sufficient accuracy for the temperature differential we recommend to calibrate sensors B21 and B71 relative to one another If the thermal energy shall not be metered through internal volume calculation the function must be deactivated via both parameters 223 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Pulse count energy Pulse valency Energy input electricity gas Line no Operating line 3100 Pulse count energy None With input H1 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 Parameter Pulse count energy is used to select an input Hx for metering the electrical energy or the volumetric flo
113. connected DHW charging pump or diverting valve Source pump Q8 fan K19 Source pump for brine to water or water to water heat pumps Fan for air to water heat pumps Condenser pump Q9 The relay is used to control the condenser pump 339 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Compressor stage 1 K1 The relay is used for control of the first compressor stage Suppl source control K32 Control relay K32 is used together with release relay K32 for control of the supplementary source see lines 3690 3755 The control relay provides 2 position control of the supplementary source to the setpoint of the selected control sensor Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 The connected pump serves as circulating pump for heating circuit 2 Instant WH ctrl elem Q34 The connected pump serves as circulating pump for the instantaneous water heater Common flow valve Y13 Switches the heating circuit connection at the combi storage tank between top and middle Cooling circ pump CC1 Q24 KK2 Q28 The connected pump serves as a circulating pump for heating circuit 1 2 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Connection of a solid fuel boiler requires a circulating pump for the boiler circuit Crankcase heater K40 The relay is used for the crankcase heater of the compressor Drip tray heater K41 The relay is used for the drip tray heater of the evaporator Valve evaporator K81 The relay is u
114. considered are only those that currently deliver heat to it e When there is no request for heat all existing generators are considered Internal source value The cascade master s own generator determines the common flow temperature If this generator is not available or if its temperature sensor is faulty the common flow temperature is not valid Mean source value The temperature values of the generators currently released are averaged The parameterized rated output of the individual generators is considered when averaging the common flow temperature Generators with great capacity have a greater impact on common flow temperature averaging than generators with small capacity If no request to the cascade is made a common flow temperature backup value is not calculated 243 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Generator sequence heating and cooling Absolute priority Auto source seq ch over 244 471 Line no Operating line 3540 Auto source seq ch over 3541 Auto source seq exclusion None First Last First and last 3544 Leading source see 1 16 If several generators use function Output optimum parameter 2867 they are always the first to change over regardless of the settings made on operating lines 3540 3541 and 3544 Function Auto source seq ch over can be used to balance capacity utilization of th
115. constant building line 6110 Temperature variations are strongly averaged Dehumidifier Line no Operating line 8723 Relative air humidity ACS State air dehumidifier K29 On Off Display of the measured relative air humidity and of the state of a connected external dehumidifier Heating circuits cooling circuits Line no Operating line 8730 8760 8790 Heating circuit pump 1 2 3 On Off 8731 8761 8791 Heat circ mix valve 1 open Heat circ mix valve 2 open HC mixing valve 3 open On Off 8732 8762 8792 Heat circ mix valve 1 close Heat circ mix valve 2 close HC mixing valve 3 closed On Off The display of Off means that the relevant plant component is currently off The display of On means that the relevant plant component is currently on 419 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Setpoints actual values Speed heating circuit pump 1 3 Relative room humidity 1 2 Room temp 1 3 Room setpoint 1 3 Room temp 1 model Room temp 3 model Line no Operating line 8735 8765 8795 Speed heating circuit pump 1 2 3 8739 8769 Relative room humidity 1 2 8740 8770 8800 Room temp 1 2 3 8741 8771 8801 Room setpoint 1 2 3 8742 8772 8802 Room temp 1 model 2 3 8743 8773 8803 Flow temp 1 2 3 8744 8774 8804 Flow te
116. consumers are delivered only when the pump can be activated again e Heat or refrigeration sources are switched on again only when the pump is again allowed to be activated 360 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Water pressure max Water pressure min Water pressure critical min Static press supervision Static monitoring of pressure 1 3 Line no Operating line 1 2 3 6140 6150 6180 Water pressure max 6141 6151 6181 Water pressure min 6142 6152 6182 Water pressure critical min If the water pressure acquired via input Hx exceeds the limit value set here the respective error message is delivered e 117 Water pressure too high e 176 Water press 2 too high e 322 Water press 3 too high If the pressure drops by one switching differential below the limit value the error is cleared If the water pressure acquired via input Hx drops below the set limit value an appropriate maintenance message is delivered e 5 Water pressure too low e 18 Water pressure 2 too low e 22 Water pressure 3 too low If the water pressure exceeds the limit value by one switching differential the message is cleared If the water pressure acquired via input Hx drops below the limit value set here the respective error message is delivered and the heat pump switched off e 118 Water pressure too low e 177 Water press 2
117. earth U AGP88S 03C 109 QX12_ Multifunctional output QX12 N Neutral conductor iL Protective earth V AGP8S 03D 109 QX13 Multifunctional output QX13 QX1__ Multifunctional output QX1 N Neutral conductor Ww AGP8S 04E 109 iL Protective earth QX2___ Multifunctional output QX2 N Neutral conductor L Protective earth X AGP8S 03E 109 QX3___ Multifunctional output QX3 N Neutral conductor L Protective earth Y AGP8S 03G 109 ZX4 Triac output ZX4 QX5 ___ Multifunctional output QX5 N Neutral conductor Z AGP8S 04C 109 L Protective earth QX6 Multifunctional output QX6 14 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Mounting and installation 2014 07 30 Low voltage Use Socket Connector type Connection service tool OCI700 LPB LPB all controllers visible operable Connection service tool OCI700 BSB _ BSB 1 controller visible operable RF module AVS71 390 or X60 Modbus clip in OCI350 01 Extension modules AVS75 xxx or X50 AVS82 490 109 operating unit HMI AVS37 xxx AVS82 491 109 Extension modules AVS75 xxx or X30 AVS82 490 109 operating unit HMI AVS37 xxx AVS82 491 109 DB LPB data bus AGP4S 02H 1 MB LPB ground bus Z ee a CL BSB data bus b AGP4S 02A 109 CL BSB ground bus CL Data bus room unit 2 b AGP4S 02 A 109 CL Ground bus room unit 2 CL Data bus room unit 1 CL Ground bus room unit 1 b AGP4S 03D 109 G
118. eeeeceecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 362 Quick iNCrEASE eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeteeetsetaeees 110 SD Quick Setback iaaiaee palaa taa ni niaaa 94 Setp hot gas temp sssesesseeesssssssesrrnssssesrrens 157 Quick setback boost heating ccceeeee 420 SD ch over cooling pas act eeeseeeeeeeeee 196 QX21 QX23 oe eeccccccccsssececcssseeeeessseeesesseeeeesseees 390 Segment address ccccceeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeesteeeeees 368 Sensor calibration ereenn 264 R Sensor characteristics ccccccsseeeeseeeeees 460 461 Readjustm outside Sensor 357 Sensor input test eessen nenese 401 Recooling ssssssssesessssssssrrrssssessrerrrnsssesrrenrnnsssens 291 Sensor inputs BX1 BX14 o ae 343 Recooling temMp esseeeesessssserrrrsssssrrrrrrssssssrerns 291 Sensor readjustment ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 264 Red c d Moderna 84 103 Sensor readjustMents ssseeeeeerr nnen n nrnna 357 Reduced Setpoint cccccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeees 85 104 SENSORLESH e e ha an ateeateu ss 401 Reduced setpoint increase 95 Sensor type see eeeeccsceeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeees 357 Reduction hot gas gas temperature 2 157 Sensors Reference FOOM ccccccceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 92 109 SAV Csaiisiaisasichev sass chaverad cb sisal ob aavaahobaavnanebasennbee 362 Refrigeration request ccceeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeees 339 Slated hse a ae A ese eh 362 Refrigeration r
119. evaporator Brine to water heat pump Fan air to water heat pumps Electric immersion heater 1 flow Electric immersion heater 2 flow Flow sensor Return sensor Source flow sensor Source return sensor Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 To acquire the energy flows depicted above the controller provides the following functions Size Function in the controller Reference Eg Calculating the electrical energy required to operate the source pump or the fan via Line 3108 adjustable output parameter kW and the effective running time Ex Metering the electrical energy kWh to operate the compressor with an external Line 3100 electricity meter and connection to the pulse count input Line 3102 of Line 3103 Line 3104 Metering the volumetric gas flow m3 with an external gas meter and connection to the Line 3106 pulse count input Calculation of the gas energy kWh required to operate the compressor based on the adjustable mean gas energy content kWh m3 En Decision whether the thermal energy delivered Enn by the electric immersion heater Line 3109 shall also be regarded and metered as electrical energy input En Enn Eein Metering the total amount of electrical energy kWh required to operate the system Line 3113 compressor source and electric immersion heater with an external electricity meter
120. external controller is able to run the compressor at minimum output e Control is basically provided to the flow temperature setpoint regardless of whether it is a heating circuit or storage tank request Line no Operating line 2870 Compressor modulation max 2871 Compressor modulation min 2873 Compressor mod run time 2874 Compressor mod Xp 2875 Compressor mod Tn 2878 PWM period digital scroll 2879 Compr mod run time closing For modulating heat pumps the control action can be preselected via the following parameters Compressor modulation is limited in both directions by setting these minimum and maximum limitations The value should be set such that the controller of other manufacture will be able to operate the external heat pump at minimum output The maximum ramp up and ramp down rate of compressor modulation can be adjusted The time for ramping down the modulation can be set separately If Compr mod run time closing is set to the ramp down time equals the ramp up time 2355251 100 lt 80 2 5 3 60 fo E Q 40 wn p 20 Q O 0 167 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Parameters Xp and Tn Compressor mod Xp Compressor mod Tn By setting the right proportional band Xp and integral action time Tn the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled sys
121. flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 7396 1 Function input H21 module 2 Optg mode change HCs DHW Optg mode changeover DHW Optg mode changeover HCs Optg mode changeover HC1 Optg mode changeover HC2 Optg mode changeover HC3 Error alarm message Consumer request VK1 Consumer request VK2 Release swi pool source heat Release swi pool solar Operating level DHW Operating level HC1 Operating level HC2 Operating level HC3 Room thermostat HC1 Room thermostat HC2 Room thermostat HC3 DHW flow switch Pulse count Dewpoint monitor Flow temp setp incr hygro Swi on command HP stage 1 Swi on command HP stage 2 Status info suppl source Charg prio DHW sol fuel boil Flow measurement Hz Consumer request VK1 10V Consumer request VK2 10V Pressure measurement 10V Humidity measurement 10V Room temp 10V Flow measurement 10V Temp measurement 10V 7397 1 Contact type H21 module 2 NO NC NO 7399 _ Input value 1 H21 module 2 0 0 1000 7400 I Funct value 1 H21 module 2 0 100 500 7401 I Input value 2 H21 module 2 10 0 1000 7402 Funct value 2 H21 module 2 100 100 500 7403 1 Temp sensor H21 module 2 None None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 7406 1 Function input H22 module 2 Ditto 7396 7407 1 Contact type H22 module 2 NO NC NO 7409 1 Input value 1 H22 module 2 0 0 1000 7410 Funct value 1 H22 module 2 0 100 500 7411 1 Input value 2
122. frost protection for the plant is active The setting defines whether the pump shall run when there is a valid request or only when the compressor is in operation Automatically The controller decides when the condenser pump needs to be switched on based on the origin of the requests Temp request The condenser pump starts running as soon as there is a valid temperature request Parallel compr operation The condenser pump runs when the compressor is in operation The condenser pump also runs when the electric immersion heater installed in the flow is in operation The condenser pump can also be activated by the following functions e Frost protection for the plant e Frost protection for the heat pump e Storage tank recooling e Passive cooling In the event of a heat pump failure the condenser pump is deactivated until the fault is corrected Prior to starting the compressor the condenser pump must be activated enabling the sensors to acquire the correct temperature When the compressor is switched off the condenser pump continues to run for the set overrun time 136 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Temperature differential Condenser Max temp diff condenser Req temp diff condenser Req temp diff condens DHW Condenser Line no Operating line 2804 Max temp diff condenser 2805 Req temp dif
123. generators first put into operation within their optimum output are those operating with optimum efficiency line 2867 e Full capacity of these generators is released only when the initial output is no longer sufficient e When all generators with optimum efficiency operate at full output the generators without optimum efficiency are switched on as well e Inthe case of requests forwarded to the generators with optimum efficiency only outputs above this permitted limit will not be released Parallel release last stage With this sequence of stages all generators are released with their basic stage first in accordance with their priorities Only when all generators with their basic stages are released will the second stages modulation stages be switched on as well if required The stage modulation stage released last is the only stage given release of control This means e Only the output stage switched on last may provide control according to the setpoint and the generator s temperature This sequence of stages is used primarily in connection with condensing boilers Line no Operating line 3516 Max sources forced charg 3517 Max source force charg OT Defines the maximum permissible number of generators used for forced charging The number of released generators also depend on the attenuated outside temperature see setting below line 3517 Defines the attenuated outside temperature at which
124. heat pump shall make only one charging attempt or if after the selected number of attempts the DHW has still not reached the required temperature DHW charging is aborted the controller stores the current DHW temperature and readjusts the switch on point to the DHW temperature minus the DHW switching differential With diagnostics the stored temperature appears on the display as Curr DHW charg temp HP parameter 7093 The value is maintained until due to a limitation the heat pump is again forced to abort DHW charging If Curr DHW charg temp HP lies below the adjustable value DHW charg temp HP min parameter 7092 a maintenance message appears If the Reduced setpoint lies below DHW charg temp HP min and the heat pump can end DHW charging the controller will not deliver a maintenance message Line no Operating line 2894 Delay mains fault The compressor is switched off if the mains fault is constantly present for the period of time set here When Min off time has elapsed the heat pump is switched on again If within Duration error repetition the 3 phase current error occurs again for at least the delay time the heat pump initiates lockout provided the permitted preset number of faults has been exceeded 177 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Delay flow switch Source consumers Flow switch source active Line
125. heat up gradient is set automatically Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 800 1100 1400 Reduced setp increase start 801 1101 1401 Reduced setp increase end The function is used primarily in connection with heating systems with only little spare capacity e g low energy houses In such cases the heat up time at low outside temperatures would be too long When the Reduced setpoint is increased the rooms are prevented from cooling down excessively thus shortening the heat up time when changing to the nominal setpoint TR f TRwA1 TRwA2 TRwA1 Reduced setp increase end TRwA1 Reduced setp increase start TRK Comfort setpoint TRR Reduced setpoint TAgem Composite outside temperature TRK TRR 2358206 15 5 TAgem 95 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Frost protection for the plant HC pump Overtemperature protection pump heating circuit Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 810 1110 1410 Frost prot plant HC pump Off On When selecting On the respective heating circuit pump is put into operation when frost protection for the plant is active refer to parameter 6120 Frost protection plant Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 820 1120 1420 Overtemp prot pump circuit Off On In the case of heating plants with pump heating circuits
126. in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Pumping off refrig man Pumping off refrig man 254 Frost protection HP 48 Frost protection active 24 Forced defrost compressor 192 Forced defrost fan 193 Dripping 126 Defrost with compressor 194 Defrost with fan 195 Defrost active Defrost active 125 Pumping off refrigerant 256 Comp run time min activ cool 207 Compr 1 and 2 on cooling 208 Compr 1 on cooling mode 209 Compr 2 on cooling mode 210 Active cooling mode 127 Cooling down evaporator 129 Start delay defrost 257 Compr run time min active 38 Compensation heat deficit 39 Preheating for defrost 130 Pumping off refrigerant 256 Limit diff condens max 40 Limit diff condens min 41 Limit diff evap max 42 Limit diff evap min 43 Compr and electric on 44 Compressors 1 and 2 on 45 Compressor 1 on 46 Compressor 2 on 47 Electric on 197 Heating mode 137 Locked source temp max 259 Locked source temp min 260 Locked return temp max 261 Locked return temp min 262 Locked flow temp max 263 Locked flow temp min 264 Locked cond temp max 265 Locked evap temp min 266 Locked hot gas temp max 267 Compressor locked 258 Limit source temp min cooling 196 Passive cooling mode Passive cooling mode 128 Frost prot plant active 23 Frost protection active 24 Flow active 49 Overrun active 17 Released compressor ready 50 Restratification active 242 No request 51 Off 25 407 471 Siemens Heat pump controlle
127. independent of time programs DHW release The electric immersion heater is switched on off according to setting Release line 1620 Time program 4 DHW The electric immersion heater is released according to the setting made on operating page Time program 4 DHW of the local controller The release is effected only if the electric immersion heater may be operated according to setting El imm heater optg mode line 5060 In the case of DHW heating with electric immersion heater the storage tank temperature can be monitored either with an external thermostat in the heater or the controller s inbuilt sensors Control with external thermostat The controller releases constantly DHW heating with the electric immersion heater within the release period regardless of the storage tank temperature The controller s current DHW setpoint has no impact The required storage tank temperature must be adjusted on the external thermostat The manual push cannot be activated The Legionella function is deactivated Control with DHW sensor The controller releases constantly DHW heating with the electric immersion heater within the release period regardless of the storage tank temperature The controller s current DHW setpoint is maintained The manual push can be activated When the Legionella function is activated charging to the legionella setpoint takes place To ensure that setpoint compensation operates as required the externa
128. index back 1 place If the storage entry is empty is displayed as the counter value 229 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Overview of the respective operating lines Fixed day Yearly perffactor Heat delivered Heat delivered Cooling energy Energy brought Energy brought Energy brought storage 1 10 heating 1 10 DHW 1 10 delivered 1 10 in heating 1 10 in DHW 1 10 in cooling 1 10 Fixed day 1 10 1 year 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 2 year 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3 year 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 4 year 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 5 year 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 6 year 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 7 year 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 8 year 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 9 year 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 10 year 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 Yearly performance factorCalculation of the yearly performance factor is based on the following definition The yearly performance factor is the quotient of energy delivered Eab and energy input Eein over a period of one year Yearly performance factor energy delivered energy input over a period of one year Energy deliveredThermal energy for space heating and DHW heating together Energy inputEnergy required to operate the heat pum
129. input H2 module 2 None Optg mode change HCs DHW Optg mode changeover DHW Optg mode changeover HCs Optg mode changeover HC1 Optg mode changeover HC2 Optg mode changeover HC3 Error alarm message Consumer request VK1 Consumer request VK2 Release swi pool source heat Release swi pool solar Operating level DHW Operating level HC1 Operating level HC2 Operating level HC3 Room thermostat HC1 Room thermostat HC2 Room thermostat HC3 DHW flow switch Dewpoint monitor Flow temp setp incr hygro Swi on command HP stage 1 Swi on command HP stage 2 Status info suppl source Charg prio DHW sol fuel boil Consumer request VK1 10V Consumer request VK2 10V Pressure measurement 10V Humidity measurement 10V Room temp 10V Flow measurement 10V Temp measurement 10V 67 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 o eas 2 DIS g gt o a S els z S ae als T D O JOJ QO D oO 7387 1 Contact type H2 module 2 NO NC NO 7389 _ Voltage value 1 H2 module 2 0 0 10 V 7390 1 Funct value 1 H2 module 2 0 100 500 7391 Voltage value 2 H2 module 2 10 0 10 V 7392 Funct value 2 H2 module 2 100 100 500 7393 1 Temp sensor H2 module 2 None None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP
130. interm circ pump 8827 Speed inst DHW heater pump 8830 DHW temp 1 8831 DHW temp setpoint 8832 DHW temp 2 8835 DHW circulation temp 8836 DHW charging temp 8837 DHW charging setpoint 8840 Hours run DHW pump 8841 Start counter DHW pump 8842 Hours run el DHW 8843 Start counter el DHW 8850 DHW primary controller temp 8851 DHW primary controller setp 8852 DHW consumption temp 8853 Instant WH setpoint Display of the actual values and setpoints of DHW the current speed of the DHW pumps as percentages the DHW circulation and charging temperature plus the hours run and start counters and temperatures and setpoints of the primary controller and instantaneous water heater 421 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 States of DHW 422 471 Line no Operating line ACS State DHW circulating pump Q4 ACS State of DHW precontr mix valve Open Y31 ACS State of DHW precontr mix valve Closed Y32 ACS Status instantaneous heater opens Y33 ACS Status instantaneous heater closes Y34 ACS State storage transfer pump Q11 ACS State DHW stirring pump Q35 ACS DHW intermediate circuit pump Q33 ACS Zustand TWW Zwischenkreismischer Auf Y37 ACS Zustand TWW Zwischenkreismischer Zu Y38 ACS State DHW Heatpump K33 ACS Operating mode changeover DHW ACS Flowswitch Shows various states of DHW Consumer circ
131. is active and during the time that follows line 1646 The Restratification function can be activated deactivated No There will be no restratification with the mixing pump Nevertheless restratification can be activated during the time the Legionella function is active Yes The Restratification function compares the 2 DHW storage tank sensors B3 and B31 For the Restratification function to be performed storage tank sensor B31 at the bottom must have reached the set level When the temperature at sensor B31 at the bottom of the storage tank exceeds the temperature at sensor B3 at the top by more than the adjustable restratification temperature differential line 5167 mixing pump Q35 is put into operation The switching differential is 2 Kelvin 305 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 High temperature and normal charging Configuration and makeup lil Plant diagram 1 Mixing valve High temperature charging with heat pump With high temperature charging an extra hot gas heat exchanger integrated in the heat pump is used to extract at a high temperature level part of the produced heat This way high DHW temperatures can be reached with good efficiency With high temperature charging the DHW storage tank is charged along with normal heating or cooling mode not on request High temperature charging rund along with heating or coo
132. is not installed and the compressor does not operate the temperature at the return sensor B71 is used and when the compressor runs the temperature at B71 plus parameter Req temp diff condenser line 2805 e lf the heating curves are set to the return line 5810 the return temperature sensor B71 and the return temperature setpoint are used for computing the integral e lf that is not the case the return sensor B71 and the return temperature setpoint are used 175 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 In the following situations the integral is set to 0 e No valid temperature request delivered e Setpoint change gt 2 Kelvin e Frost protection for the heat pump is active e The heat pump has gone to lockout or cannot deliver any heat for a longer period of time e The heat pump is in active cooling mode e A buffer storage tank is being charged e The function is deactivated With active DHW charging the integral value is frozen In the following example of compensation surplus heat occurs during the minimum compressor on time This surplus heat is reduced again on completion of the set minimum compressor off time in that the compressor will not yet be released S N 3 amp amp a 8 a Tvt RLX Actual value of flow or return temperature Tvt RLW Flow or return temperature setpoint 2842 Compressor run time min 2843 Compresso
133. is the master The master has no address e All other devices are slaves and are assigned an unambiguous slave address enabling them to be distinguished Whether the RVS61 is to be configured as a master or slave depends on the type of application e Slave address RVS61 is the master This setting is required for the control of actuators pumps fans and compressors e Slave address 1 247 RVS61 is a slave with the set address This setting is required with the applications Controller network and BACS operating unit Baud rate All devices in the Modbus network must use the same setting for the rate of transmission The higher the rate of transmission the shorter the lines between the devices must be Rule of thumb When baud rate is doubled line length needs to be cut in half For more information refer to Technical data Parity Parity identifies erroneously transmitted data bytes All devices in the Modbus network must use the same parity setting Stop bit All devices in the Modbus network must use the same setting for the number of stop bits If 2 stop bits are set parity must be set to None 373 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 1 Actuators Pumps fans and compressors Slave address port 1 8 Device port 1 8 The RVS61 is capable of controlling up to 8 actuators via Modbus The RVS61 must be configured as the master the a
134. line 2838 For water to water heat pumps a separate minimum value Min evaporation temp water can be set If the evaporation temperature approaches Min evaporation temp increase within measures less than 3 Kelvin can be set via Min evaporation temp increase ACS the following measures are initiated concurrently The input is maximized by e increasing the speed of the source pump fan in heating mode e increasing the speed of the condenser pump in cooling mode The integral action time of the superheat controller is reduced in a linear manner to 50 of the set time line 3044 Superheat controller Tn This means that the valve opens more quickly This measure necessitates an expansion valve It suits a faster drop of the evaporation temperature e g in the case of quick load changes 146 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Max evaporation temp Cooling mode Controller internal lil Line no Operating line 2826 Max evaporation temp ACS Max evaporation temp delay ACS Repetition Error 491 Max evaporation temp ACS Max evaporation temp cooling mode ACS Max evaporation temp reduction When the compressor is in operation and the evaporation pressure exceeds Max evaporation temp line 2826 the compressor is switched off The compressor may be switched on again only when the minimum off time line 2843 Com
135. lockout and can only be restarted by making a reset e With the error message a distinction is made if at the time the fault occurred DHW charging was active 223 Hi press on start HC When the heating circuit is started 224 Hi press on start DHW When DHW charging is started Both the flow temperature B21 and the return temperature B71 lie above 20 C e On completion of the minimum off time line 2843 Compressor off time min the heat pump is switched on again e lf within the adjustable Duration error repetition line 2889 high pressure switch E10 trips several times the heat pump initiates lockout if the number of Repetition Error 222 High pressure HP adjustable via ACS tool is exceeded e lf the heat pump goes to lockout it can only be restarted by making a reset e Inthe case of 2 stage heat pumps high pressure switch E10 acts on both compressors e For information about low pressure switch E9 refer to parameter 2825 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 High pressure supervision Max condensation temp Max condensation temp SD Error repetition Controller internal measures Max condensation temp red Line no Operating line 2785 Max condensation temp 2786 Max condensation temp SD ACS Repetition Error 222 High pressure HP 2787 Max condensation temp red The objective is to prevent trippin
136. manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s l action Tn is the time required by the l action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope The derivative action time Tv influences the controller s D action Tv is the time required by the P action with a constantly rising input signal ramp to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the D action The smaller Tv the smaller the D action Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Pump setpoint reduction With pump setpoint reduction Without pump setpoint reduction Line no Operating line 2799 Pump setpoint reduction The purpose of pump setpoint reduction is that in the case of speed control to the heat pump setpoint and an output controlled compressor the speed of the condenser pump is reduced to the permissible minimum line 2792 only when the compressor operates at full capacity A Setpoints Source setpoint Speed setpoint Pump setpoint reduction 0 2355250 gt Output heat pump When the compressor operates at low output lt 66 the setpoint for speed control is reduced by a selectable difference When the c
137. max will not be exceeded They try to maintain the adjusted setpoint Hot gas temp max minus Reduction hot gas temp max The following plant components if installed and controllable are influenced in the following order Strategy Heating Cooling Component Internal measure Component Internal measure 1 Cooling the compressor Compressor Vapor injection EVI Compressor Vapor injection EVI 2 Maximization of output delivered Condenser pump Speed is increased Source pump Speed is increased 3 Reduction of output Compressor Output is reduced Compressor Output is reduced 4 Suppression of requests Consumer Storage tank charging DHW is aborted Hot gas temperature Setpoint hot gas temp SD setp hot gas temp Cont type setp hot gas temp See description of EVI parameter 3071 ff Line no Operating line 2849 Setpoint hot gas temp 2850 SD setp hot gas temp 2851 Cont type setp hot gas temp NC NO When the hot gas temperature of the compressor B81 exceeds the Setpoint hot gas temp set here relay Hot gas temp K31 is energized When the hot gas temperature of the compressor falls below the Setpoint hot gas temp minus the switching differential set here relay Hot gas temp K31 is deenergized The type of contact for relay Hot gas temp K31 can be selected here NC The contact opens when the hot gas temperature K31 is exceeded NO factory setting The co
138. min 5178 O DHW HP source temp min 4 0 20 C 5179 O DHW HP source pump None None Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Condenser pump Q9 Cooling circ pump CC1 Q24 Cooling circ pump CC2 Q28 Instantaneous water heater 5406 F Min setp diff to tank temp 4 0 20 C 5407 F Storage tank setpoint incr 6 0 20 C 5530 F Pump speed min 0 0 Line 5531 5531 0 Pump speed max 100 Line 5530 100 5532 O Speed Xp 16 1 100 C 5533 O Speed Tn 8 4 650 Ss 5534 O Speed Tv 0 0 60 S 5544 F_ Actuator running time 15 7 5 480 S 55450 Mixing valve Xp 20 1 200 C 5546 O Mixing valve Tn 150 4 650 S 5547 O Mixing valve Tv 4 5 0 30 S General functions Delta T controller 1 5570 F_ Temp diff on dT contr 1 20 0 40 C 5571 F Temp diff off dT contr 1 10 0 40 C 5572 F On temp min dT contr 1 0 30 120 C 5573 F Sensor 1 dT controller 1 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Outside sensor B9 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 Room sensor B5 Room sensor B52 Room sensor B53 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 Primary c
139. no Operating line 4163 Actuator running time 4164 Mixing valve Xp 4165 Mixing valve Tn Setting the running time for the actuator used with the mixing valve By setting the right proportional band Xp and integral action time Tn the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope 267 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Frost protection Line no Operating line 4170 Frost prot plant boiler pump The solid fuel boiler pump is activated depending on the current outside temperature even if there is no request for heat CAUTION Frost prot plant boiler pump works only if Frost protection plant line 6120 is activated Below the overriding settings resulting from F
140. no Operating line 2895 Delay flow switch 2896 Flow switch source active The compressor is switched off if the flow switch signal is constantly present during the period of time set here When Min off time has elapsed the heat pump is switched on again If within Duration error repetition the flow switch trips again the heat pump initiates lockout if the permitted preset number of faults is exceeded A flow switch connected to one of the Ex inputs is monitored The incoming signal is only active when the source pump runs the prerun time has elapsed and the switch shall be monitored as defined below Always The flow switch is monitored in heating and cooling mode Heating mode only The flow switch is monitored in heating mode only Line no Operating line 2898 Min flow switch source 2899 Min flow switch consumers If flow measurement is installed on the source or consumer side it can also assume the flow switch function E15 E24 In that case flow measurement source consumers must be configured and the required minimum flow must be stated Line no Operating line 2900 Refrigerant None R134A R236FA R290 R404A R407A R407B R407C R410A R410B R413A R417A R422A R422D R427A R507A R600 R6OOA R744 R1270 Selection of refrigerantTo make possible superheat control the type of refrigerant used must be parameterized CAUTION
141. of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s l action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope The derivative action time Tv influences the controller s D action Tv is the time required by the P action with a constantly rising input signal ramp to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the D action The smaller Tv the smaller the D action Setting the running time of the expansion valve This is the time required by the valve to travel from the fully closed to the fully open position Parameter Expansion valve run time is used only if the valve is controlled via one of the outputs UX DC 0 10 V If a WX output is parameterized for use with an expansion valve the running time is calculated from the stepper motor data 208 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 S
142. of the functions of the EX contact apply when an NO contact is selected 393 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Function output UX21 Function output UX22 394 471 Line no Operating line Mod 1_ Mod 2 Mod 3 7348 7423 7498 Funct output UX21 module 1 2 3 None Source pump Q8 fan K19 DHW pump Q3 DHW interm circ pump Q33 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Collector pump Q5 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar pump buffer K8 Solar pump swi pool K18 Collector pump 2 Q16 Instant WH pump Q34 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Condenser pump Q9 HP setpoint Output request Heat request Refrigeration request Compressor modulation Expansion valve evapor V81 Expansion valve EVI V82 7349 7424 7499 Sign logic out UX21 module 2 3 Standard Inverted 7350 7425 7500 Signal output UX21 module 1 2 3 0 10V PWM 7354 7429 7504 Temp val 10V UX21 module 2 3 The settings for output UX21 on the extension module correspond to those for the UX outputs on the controller For descriptions refer to operating line Function output UX1 and UX2 and following Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 7355 7430 7505 Funct output UX22 module 1 2 3 Ditto 7348 7356 7431 7506 Sign logic out UX22 module1 2 3 Sta
143. pump No Yes If a buffer storage tank is installed enter whether the heating circuit can draw heat from it Select whether the heating circuit shall receive its heat via the primary controller or with the help of the system pump depending on the type of plant 100 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Speed control Remote control Optg mode changeover Frost protection for the heating circuit Speed controlled pumps can be connected to outputs Zx and Ux Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 882 1182 1482 Pump speed min 883 1183 1483 Pump speed max Pump speed min maxUsing these settings minimum and maximum limitation of the pump speed is provided Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 900 1200 1500 Optg mode changeover None Protection Reduced Comfort Automatic In the case of external changeover via the Hx inputs the operating mode to be used after changeover can be selected Frost protection for the heating circuit is always active If the flow temperature falls below 5 C the controller switches on the heating circuit pumps regardless of the heating system s current operating mode When the flow temperature returns to a level above 7 C the controller will switch the pumps off again after 5 minutes 101 471 Siemens Building
144. pump B15 Y19 Y20 Q14 DHW primary controller B35 Y31 Y32 Q3 Instantaneous water heater B38 Y33 Y34 Q34 Cooling circuit 1 B16 Y23 Y24 Q24 Heating circ cooling circ 1 B1 Y1 Y2 Q2 Ret temp contr sol fuel boil B72 Y9 Y10 Q10 Cooling circuit 2 B17 Y41 Y42 Q28 Heating circ cooling circ 2 B12 Y5 Y6 Q6 DHW interm circuit controller B36 Y37 Y38 Q33 DHW flow switch FS ready connected to H1 Multifunctional With setting Multifunctional the terminals intended for use with the mixing group BX11 QX10 QX11 and QX9 can be used for other applications Heating circuit 1 3 According to the settings in chapter Heating circuits Primary contr system pump According to the settings in chapter Primary controller system pump DHW primary controller According to the settings in chapter DHW Instantaneous water heater According to the settings in chapter Instantaneous water heater Cooling circuit 1 2 According to the settings in chapter Cooling circuits Heating circ cooling circ 1 2 According to the settings in chapters Heating circuits and Cooling circuits Ret temp contr sol fuel boil According to the settings in chapter Solid fuel boiler DHW interm circuit controller According to the settings in chapter DHW 355 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Function output UX1 2 UX1 2 10V PWM basic unit Lin
145. reversal 45 0 300 S 2839 F Settl time ch over DHW HC 120 15 600 5 2840 1 Switching diff return temp 4 1 20 C 2841 F Keep compr run time min No No Yes 2842 Compressor run time min 20 0 120 min 2843 I Compressor off time min 20 0 120 min 2844 F Switch off temp max 55 8 100 C 2845 F Red switch off temp max 2 20 20 C 2846 O Hot gas temp max 125 20 180 C 2847 0 Swi diff hot gas temp max 10 1 40 C 2848 O Reduction hot gas temp max 10 0 20 C 2849 O Setpoint hot gas temp 100 20 180 C 2850 O SD setp hot gas temp 5 1 40 C 2851 O Cont type setp hot gas temp NO NC NO 2852 F LP delay on startup 5 0 120 s 2853 0 LP delay during operation 2 0 120 s 2854 0 LP supervision Without defrosting Always Without defrosting ACS O Supervision soft starter Always Always With compr operation ACS O Pressure diff min process reversal ot 0 1 5 bar ACS O Min compr run time prior to process reversal 3 0 30 s ACS O Delay pressure diff error process reversal 30 5 120 S ACS O Basic position process reversing valve Last request Last request Heating Cooling None ACS O Compressor modulation on process reversal mes 0 100 39 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30
146. sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B84 QX1 Process revers valve Y22 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K19 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 440 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 14 Air to water heat pump with buffer storage tank DHW storage tank with diverting valve Q3 and mixing or pump heating circuit Q9 a3 B84 B91 K19 E14 7 Multifunctional RVS61 terminals BX1 Buffer sensor B4 BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B84 QX1 Process revers valve Y22 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K19 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 441 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 15 Air to water heat pump wit
147. sensors line 6200 or automatically at midnight provided the controller was previously in operation for at least 2 hours Line no Operating line 6204 Save parameters The current parameter settings can be stored as new default settings Exempted from this are the settings made on the OEM level the time of day and date the operator section wireless and all time programs plus the number of hours run and the various meters CAUTION With this process the factory settings are overwritten and can no longer be retrieved This might cause damage depending on the plant s operating state 362 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Check numbers Line no Operating line 6205 Reset to default parameters The parameters can be reset to their default values Exempted from this are the following operating pages Time of day and date Operator section Wireless and all time programs plus the number of hours run and the various meters Plant diagram Line no Operating line 6212 Check no heat source 1 6213 Check no heat source 2 6215 Check no storage tank 6217 Check no heating circuits To identify the current plant diagram the controller generates a check number The check number is made up of the lined up partial diagram numbers without the preceding zeros Str
148. signal signal type H2 H21 H22 Input test EX By selecting a setting from the sensor input test the relevant input is displayed allowing checking Line no Operating line 7911 Input EX1 7912 Input EX2 7913 Input EX3 7914 Input EX4 7915 Input EX5 7916 Input EX6 7917 Input EX7 7919 Input EX9 7945 Input EX10 7946 Input EX11 7950 Input EX21 module 1 7951 Input EX21 module 2 7952 Input EX21 module 3 The display of 0 V means that no voltage is applied 230 V means that AC 230 V is available at the respective input 402 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Modbus test parameters Output test Modbus Port 1 8 Output state Modbus Port 1 8 Output signal Modbus Port 1 8 Input signal Modbus Port 1 8 Putting Modbus in operation Function test Line no Operating line ACS Output test Modbus Port 1 8 ACS Output state Modbus Port 1 8 ACS Output signal Modbus Port 1 8 ACS Input signal Modbus Port 1 8 Every Modbus port offers the following test parameters and display values 0 100 The actuator is controlled with the degree of modulation set here in regardless of the current control state The output test is deactivated The control determines the output value Oor1 Shows the positioning command currently output to the actuato
149. source Y28 When no request is pending Cascade Q25 Cascade pump Q25 Q26 Cascade bypass pump Y25 Return mixing valve open Y26 Return mixing valve close Y13 Common flow valve Solar Q5 Collector pump Q5 Q16 Collector pump 2 Q16 K9 Solar pump ext exch K9 K8 Solar ctrl elem buffer K8 K18 Solar ctrl elem swi pool K18 Solid fuel boiler Q10 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Y9 Return mixing valve open Y10 Return mixing valve close Buffer storage tank Y4 Heat gen shutoff valve Y4 Y15 Return valve DHW Q3 DHW ctrl elem Q3 When no request is pending Y31 Primary controller mixing valve open Y32 Primary controller mixing valve close Q35 DHW mixing pump Q35 425 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Relay Type of pump or valve Note Q33 DHW interm circ pump Q33 Y37 Intermediate circuit mixing valve open Y38 Intermediate circuit mixing valve close Q11 St tank transfer pump Q11 Instantaneous water heater Q34 Instant WH ctrl elem Q34 When no request is pending Y33 Instantaneous water heater mixing valve open Y34 Instantaneous water heater mixing valve close Q4 Circulating pump Q4 General functions K11 Overtemperature protection K11 K21 Delta T controller 1 K21 Depending on parameter 5577 K22 Delta T controller 2 K22 Depending on parameter 5587 Heating circuit 1
150. speed e The resulting speed is delivered via the speed output selected during configuration e If the charging priority is changed the controller regulates the speed according to the new charging setpoint By setting the right proportional band Xp and integral action time Tn the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The controller operates with a neutral zone of 1 Kelvin Speed Xp The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable Speed Tn The integral action time Tn influences the controller s l action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope 261 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Yield measurement Antifreeze Pump capacity lil Yield measurement pulse Pulse count yield Line no Operating line 3880 Antifreeze 3881 Antifreeze concentration 3884 Pump capacity To ensure accurate solar yield measurement both additional sensors B63 in the solar fl
151. storage tank Buffer storage tank Swimming pool A Line 1610 Buffer setpoint slave pointer Line 2055 B Line 5050 Line 4750 Line 2055 C Line 5051 Line 4751 Line 2070 When priority for the swimming pool is activated Charging priority solar line 2065 the swimming pool is heated before the storage tanks are charged 1610 Nominal setpoint 5050 Charging temp max 5051 Storage tank temp max 4750 Charging temp max 4751 Storage tank temp max 2055 Setpoint solar heating 2070 Swimming pool temp max If for some reason the preferred storage tank cannot be charged in accordance with charging control priority is transferred to the next storage tank or the swimming pool for the period of time set e g because the temperature differential of collector and storage tank is too great As soon as the preferred storage tank according to setting Charging prio storage tank is again ready to be charged the transfer of priority is immediately aborted If the parameter is disabled priority always follows the settings for Charging prio storage tank During the period of time set the transfer of priority is delayed This prevents relative priority from intervening too frequently If solar output is sufficient and solar charging pumps are used simultaneous operation is possible In that case the storage tank of the priority model can be the next to be charged at the same time in addition to the storage tank to
152. supplementary source setting must be selected on the respective operating lines e f both release values are enabled the outside temperature must satisfy both criteria for the supplementary generator to be released The function is also ensured with application 2 LMS The application limits are to be parameterized on the LMS Line no Operating line 3705 Overrun time Release relay K27 is deenergized at the earliest when the set overrun time has elapsed If the common flow temperature drops below its setpoint before the overrun time has elapsed release relay K27 remains energized If the set overrun time elapses before the common flow temperature drops below its setpoint release relay K27 is deenergized Overrun of the boiler pump is ensured by the LMS In addition using a forced signal the LMS makes certain that the consumer pump or the DHW diverting valve also perform their overrun If acommon hybrid pump is configured that pump performs its overrun also Setpoint min Line no Operating line 1 3 3710 Setpoint min Active only if a control sensor is used If the supplementary generator is released relay K27 energized that generator s setpoint is raised to the Setpoint min adjusted here During overrun Setpoint min acts as the minimum switch on temperature 252 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2
153. switch on point for the heat pump may not be reached in the summer The return temperature needed for switching on the heat pump is calculated based on the flow temperature setpoint minus the required temperature differential Differential HC at OT 10 C parameter 5810 If the temperature acquired by the return sensor lies above that temperature the heat pump is not put into operation so that the Floor curing function is started too late only when the temperature increase according to the Floor curing function necessitates switching on 99 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Excess heat draw Buffer storage tank primary controller With buffer With prim contr system pump Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 861 1161 1461 Excess heat draw Off Heating mode Always Excess heat draw can be triggered from some other device via bus or through storage tank recooling When dissipation of excess heat is activated it can be drawn by space heating This can be selected separately for each heating circuit Off Excess heat draw is deactivated Heating mode Excess heat is drawn only when the controller operates in heating mode Always Excess heat is drawn in all operating modes Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 870 1170 1470 With buffer No Yes 872 1172 1472 With prim conir system
154. system is shut down If the attenuated outside temperature drops e g in autumn the heating is switched on only when the temperature reaches a level of 1 Kelvin below the limit temperature Increase e Change from winter to summer operation will be later e Change from summer to winter operation will be earlier Decrease e Change from winter to summer operation will be earlier e Change from summer to winter operation will be later Example SWHG Summer winter heating limit TA TAged Attenuated outside temperature C TAged T Temperature 20 t Time in days 19 18 17 SWHG 16 SWHG 1 C ON S 7 OFF 7 0 5 10 15 t lil e The function is not active in Comfort mode e For definition of attenuated outside temperature refer to parameter 8703 Tip Summer operation means that space heating is no longer used required and cooling mode is possible if installed 87 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 24 hour heating limit Parameter setting 24 hour heating limit produces a limit temperature If the outside temperature exceeds this limit the heating system is shut down in the course of the day If in the course of the day the outside temperature drops again the heating system is switched on again only when the outside temperature reaches a level of 1 Kelvin below the limit temperature Parameter 24 hour heating limit itself is a temperature differe
155. temperature or output limitation released generators do not reach the required generator setpoint Function Central setp compensation Central setp compens cooling increases decreases with cooling cascades the setpoints to the individually released generators in a way that the common flow temperature at sensor B10 with cooling cascades B10 or B11 will be reached The controller calculates the difference between the current heat request sent to the generator and the common flow temperature currently acquired by sensor B10 The previous heat request is adjusted upward by this differential and sent to the generators as the new heat request Line no Operating line 6118 Setpoint drop delay Setpoint drop delay Multistage sources are prevented from being switched off too quickly or freely modulating sources from being switched off promptly due to their output control This way the generators do not cool down since there is still a certain demand for heat allowing them to resume operation within short Temp Source setpoint Off delay dT dt time lil The drop off delay acts only when there is a setpoint change but not when there is no more request for heat 359 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Pump valve Line no Operating line 6120 Frost protection plant Off On The following pumps can be activated depending on
156. the installed second generator e g calculated from the gas or oil price lil e Energy prices are to be entered without their units But to be able to make comparisons a uniform currency unit e g cent kWh must be used e The energy price information can be used to switch several generators according to ecological or economical criteria see parameter 2903 ff 236 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Generator sequences Heating and cooling cascades Operating mode strategy heating only Lead strategy 6 11 Cascade heating and cooling The basis used to operate heating or cooling cascades is the generators sequence that is the order in which the different generators are switched on and off To set the generator sequence a number of parameters are available e g selection of lead generator Basis for the generator sequence is the order of the device addresses This chapter describes heating and cooling cascades at the same time because many parameters apply to both applications Main differences in terms of settings e There are no different switch on strategies for cooling cascades in contrast to lines 3510 and 3514 for heating cascades e Inthe case of cooling cascades the existing generator sequence can be mirrored line 3542 Line no Operating line 3510 Lead strategy Late on early off Late on late off
157. the locking time after the compressor start set here has elapsed The locking time is considered only if the electric immersion heater is used for Complementary operation parameter 2880 It is not taken into consideration when using the Substitute setting 172 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Release integr electric flow Reset integr electric flow When using a 2 or 3 stage electric immersion heater the stages are released in accordance with the release and the reset integral lines 2882 and 2883 Release integral with setting 2880 Substitute After release of the electric immersion heater s first stage K25 the controller compares the actual temperature value with the switch on point and generates an integral based on the heat deficit if there is any When the value of the integral reaches the set maximum Release integr electric flow line 2882 the second stage is released K25 off K26 controls The controller continues to compare the actual value of the temperature with the switch on point and calculates again the heat deficit in the release integral When the release integral reaches the set value line 2882 the third stage of the electric immersion heater is released K25 fixed on and K26 controls Release integral with setting 2880 Complem operation HC DHW HC DHW When Locking time electric flow has elapsed the controller st
158. the meter used for metering the heat delivered It is important that the count input selected here is set in the configuration for the pulse count as well 262 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Pulse measurement Line no Operating line 3887 Pulse unit yield None kWh Liter 3888 Pulse value yield numer 3889 Pulse value yield denom Every pulse received can be interpreted as a value kWh or liters The pulse value is defined on operating lines 3887 3889 unit numerator and denominator Examples Numerator Line 3888 1 pulse value corresponds to _ Line 3887 Denominator Line 3889 1 TL In other words for example kWh or liters 10 2 lil e The pulses are counted by input Hx selected via operating line 3886 e The sum of the counted pulses is displayed by the respective pulse counter lines 7842 7856 7987 7992 and 7997 263 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Pulse unit yield Flow measurement yield Flow measurement yield Sensor calibration None The pulse value will not be counted kWh The pulse value is interpreted as kWh and added to 24 hour yield solar energy line 8526 Liter The pulse value is counted as liters The yield in kWh is determined based on the flow and the temperature diff
159. the pressure switch of the source intermediate circuit If during source pump operation the contact closes for at least 3 seconds preselected monitoring always or in heating mode only is active and the prerun time has elapsed the heat pump is shut down When Min off time has elapsed the heat pump is switched on again If the pressure switch trips again within Duration error repetition the heat pump initiates lockout and operation can only be resumed by making a reset Flow sw source int circ E30 Takes the signal delivered by the flow switch of the source intermediate circuit If during source pump operation the contact closes for at least the preset delay time line 2895 preselected monitoring always or in heating mode only is active and the prerun time has elapsed the heat pump is shut down and operation can only be resumed by making a reset When Min off time has elapsed the heat pump is switched on again If the flow switch trips again within Duration error repetition the heat pump goes to lockout 353 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Smart grid E61 Smart grid E62 Smart grid information can be read in via inputs E61 and E62 E61 E62 Operating state SG Ready Smart grid state 1 0 1 Draw locked 0 0 2 Draw free 0 1 3 Draw wish 1 1 4 Draw forced Inputs EX1 EX2 EX3
160. the relay is energized when the temperature falls below the limit value TPC 2355D107 i 5575 poe eee T bon eee i K21 oO O O 5574 Sensor 2 dT controller 1 5572 On temp min dT contr 1 5571 Temp diff off dT contr 1 5575 On time min dT contr 1 Relay K21 is energized when the following condition is satisfied e Sensor value 2 line 5574 falls below On temp min dT contr 1 line 5572 Relay K21 is deenergized when the following condition is satisfied e Sensor value 2 line 5574 exceeds On temp min dT contr 1 line 5572 by more than Temp diff off dT contr 1 line 5571 If On time min dT contr 1 line 5575 is parameterized the relay will not be deenergized before this time has elapsed 317 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Differential temperature This function can be used to compare 2 freely selectable temperature values At controller the same time an absolute minimum value is monitored TPC 5573 Sensor 1 dT controller 1 5571 Temp diff off dT contr 1 5574 Sensor 2 dT controller 1 5572 On temp min dT contr 1 5570 Temp diff on dT contr 1 5575 Ontime min dT contr 1 Relay energized Relay K21 is energized when the following condition is satisfied e Sensor value 1 line 5573 exceeds Sensor value 2 line 5574 by more than Temp diff on dT contr 1 line 5570 and e Sensor value 1 line 5573 ex
161. the same as that with the compressor The only difference is that the compressor remains off The required heat is supplied to the iced up heat exchanger from an installed storage tank through changeover of diverting valve Y81 Line no Operating line 2958 Max num defrost repetitions If the defrost process could not be successfully ended another attempt is made after a preheating phase see Duration defrost lock If it is still not possible to normally end the defrost process after the number of attempts set here the heat pump is switched off and an error message is delivered error 247 Defrost fault For the heat pump to resume operation the fault must be manually reset Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Defrost settling time Duration dT start defrost Duration defrost lock Time up to forced defrost Settings for process reversal Defrost time max Dripping time evapor Line no Operating line 2959 Defrost settling time 2960 Duration dT start defrost 2962 Duration defrost lock 2963 Time up to forced defrost 2964 Defrost time max 2965 Dripping time evapor 2966 Cooling down time evapor Defrost settling time can be used to define the period of time the heat pump requires after resuming heating mode to reach a steady operating state When after successful defrost
162. the table indicates Number it can be selected how many times the error shall be reset before the heat pump goes to lockout This indicates whether or not the heat pump can continue to operate should a fault occur Yes Heat pump operation is continued although an error message was delivered No Error causes the heat pump to shut down The errors are assigned priorities From priority 5 priorities 5 9 alarm messages are delivered which are used for remote monitoring OCI In addition the alarm relay is set Line no Operating line 6820 Reset history No Yes The error history with the last 10 errors the associated actual values and setpoints and the relay output states will be deleted Number of error Line no Operating line repetitions ACS Repetition Error 107 Hot gas compressor 1 ACS Repetition Error 108 Hot gas compressor 2 ACS Repetition Error 134 Disturbance heat pump ACS Repetition Error 204 Fan fault overload ACS Repetition Error 222 High pressure HP ACS Repetition Error 225 Low pressure HP ACS Repetition Error 226 Compressor 1 overload ACS Repetition Error 227 Compressor 2 overload ACS Repetition Error 228 Flow switch heat source ACS Repetition Error 229 Pressure switch heat source ACS Repetition Error 230 Source pump overload ACS Rep Error 355 385 Three phase current undervolt ACS Repetition Error 356 Flow switch consumers ACS R
163. the top B3 reaches its setpoint The sensor at the bottom B31 is not taken into consideration Full charging The DHW storage tank is fully charged Storage tank sensors B3 and B31 must reach their setpoints Full charging legio The storage tank is charged with sensor B3 only For the Legionella function both sensors B3 and B31 must reach their setpoints 286 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Setpoint reduction B31 Switching diff Full charg 1st time day The first DHW storage tank charging in the morning means full charging with sensors B3 and B31 Further chargings and the Legionella function are performed with B3 only Full charg 1st time legio The first DHW storage tank charging in the morning and the Legionella function mean full charging with sensors B3 and B31 Further chargings are effected with B3 When using stratification storage tanks with external heat exchanger and charging pump Q33 the DHW temperature setpoint for the lower storage tank section B31 might have to be reduced prerequisite B3 and B31 are installed For thermal reasons in the case of full charging the charging temperature of the lower storage tank section remains below that of the upper storage tank section The factors that have an impact on the adjustment of Setpoint reduction B31 are storage tank size charging boost and the location of sensor B31 If the DHW t
164. time Only alternative operation is possible When using a charging pump the flow can pass through all heat exchangers at the same time Parallel or alternative operation is possible In the case of solar plants with 2 storage tanks it must be selected whether the external heat exchanger shall be used for DHW and as a buffer storage tank or for one of the two only Buffer storage tank Line no Operating line 5870 Combi storage tank No Yes No If hydraulically speaking a combi storage tank is used a partial diagram Buffer and partial diagram DHW become active in the device software This means that with the combi storage tank the functions are performed the same way as if buffer storage tank and DHW storage tank were separate Yes The DHW request is always forwarded to the buffer storage tank regardless of the setting for DHW storage tank with buffer storage tank DHW pump Q3 is activated only when the temperature at buffer storage tank sensor B4 also lies under the DHW setpoint minus the switching differential During heat transfer the DHW controlling element Q3 is not switched on The system allows a certain waiting time for the temperatures to level out Selection Operating line 5872 Output el imm heater K16 Defines the output of electric immersion heater K16 installed in the buffer or combi storage tank The output entered is used to calculate the yearly performance factor
165. valve Pressure diff min process reversal ACS Delay pressure diff error process reversal ACS Min compr run time prior to process reversal ACS Line no Operating line ACS Supervision soft starter Always With compr operation It can be selected when a fault of the soft starter shall be considered Always The input is always taken into consideration With compr operation The input is considered only when the compressor is in operation When the compressor is started no consideration is given to the fault for the first 3 seconds Line no Operating line ACS Pressure diff min process reversal ACS Min compr run time prior to process reversal ACS Delay pressure diff error process reversal ACS Basic position process reversing valve Last request Heating Cooling None To change its position a pilot controlled 4 port valve requires a minimum differential between evaporation and condensation pressure If the pressure differential is too small and an attempt is made to move the valve it might get stuck in an intermediate position In that case a hydraulic short circuit might occur between high and low pressure In the worst case the valve will have to be removed and manually repositioned The process reversing valve may be moved only when the condensation pressure exceeds the evaporation pressure by the set pressure differential The function is active only when both e
166. without built in process reversing valve in the refrigeration circuit can also be used for passive and active cooling by implementing hydraulic changeover outside the heat pump unit see parameter 2941 In active cooling mode process reversal causes the direction of flow of the refrigerant through the heat exchanger to change To enable the heat exchanger to continue its operation with the more efficient counterflow the direction of flow on the consumer side can be reversed as well If a buffer storage tank is integrated a positive side effect is that when in cooling mode the buffer storage tank is correctly charged from below The following hydraulic diagram shows one possibility how reversal of the direction of flow can be implemented Condenser If reversal of the direction of flow is accomplished with a Cond reversing valve Y91 following applies e Cond reversing valve Y91 is activated as soon as the heat pump operates in active cooling mode 328 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Heat source Device address ext source Selection Configuration errors Source prot sens brine HP Heat pump Line no Operating line 5800 Heat source Brine Water Air Externally brine Externally water Externally air 5803 Device address ext source 5804 Source prot sens brine HP Selecting the generator used by the heat
167. 0 Electric immersion heater and heat pump Location el imm heater flow Selection Operating line 5805 Location el imm heater flow After flow sensor B21 Before flow sensor B21 Flow desuperheater 5806 Type el imm heater flow 3 stage 2 stage excluding 2 stage complementary 5811 Output el imm heater K25 5813 Output el imm heater K26 To be able to ensure control and monitoring of the heat pump parameter Location el imm heater flow is to be used to inform the controller about the location of the electric immersion heater After flow sensor B21 The electric immersion heater is installed downstream from flow sensor B21 The electric immersion heater has no impact on the information provided by flow sensor B21 If possible preference should be given to the following layout B21 K25 K26 2355253054 Condenser B71 E24 Q9 Before flow sensor B21 The electric immersion heater is installed upstream of flow sensor B21 Operation of the electric immersion heater has no impact on the information delivered by flow sensor B21 K25 K26 B21 235525805b Condenser B71 E24 Q9 With this layout flow sensor B21 cannot and will not be used to monitor the heat pump e g maximum switch off temperature when the electric immersion heater is on For this reason this variant should be used only if due to plant layout the sensor cannot be installed between condenser and electric immersion heat
168. 0 C 8743 E Flow temp 1 0 140 C 8744 E Flow temp setpoint 1 0 140 C 8747 E Dewpoint temp 1 0 50 C 8749 E Room thermostat 1 No demand Demand 8751 I Cooling circuit pump 1 Off On 8752 Cool circ mix valve 1 open gt Off On 8753 l__ Cool circ mix valve 1 close Off On 8754 I _ Diverting valve cooling 1 Off On 8756 E Flow temp cooling 1 0 140 C 8757 E Flow temp setp cooling 1 0 140 C ACS F State 2nd speed heating circuit pump Q21 Off On ACS F_ Operating mode changeover heating circuit 1 Inactive Active Heating circuit 2 cooling circuit 2 8760 1 Heating circuit pump 2 Off On 8761 I Heat circ mix valve 2 open Off On 8762 Heat circ mix valve 2 close Off On 8765 F_ Speed heating circuit pump 2 0 100 8769 E Relative room humidity 2 i 0 100 8770 E Room temp 2 0 50 C 8771 E Room setpoint 2 4 35 C 8772 0 Room temp 2 model 0 50 C 8773 E Flow temp 2 F 0 140 C 8774 E Flow temp setpoint 2 0 140 C 8777 E Dewpoint temp 2 0 50 C 8779 E Room thermostat 2 No demand Demand 8781 Cooling circuit pump 2 Off On 8782 Cool circ mix valve 2 open Off On 8783 1 Cool circ mix valve 2 close Off On 8784 1 Diverting valve cooling 2 Off On 8786 E Flow temp cooling 2 0 0 140 C 78 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30
169. 0 10V PWM 7354 Temp val 10V UX21 module 100 5 130 C 7355 Funct output UX22 module 1 Ditto 7348 7356 1 Sign logic out UX22 module1 Standard Standard Inverted 66 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 o 3 e 2 DISE 3 3 S gt o 3 8 3 E l 5 ae als 5 g g O JOJ a D Oo 7357 Signal output UX22 module 1 0 10V 0 10V PWM 7361 I _ Temp val 10V UX22 module1 100 5 130 C 7362 0 Funct output WX21 module 1 None None Expansion valve evapor V81 Expansion valve EVI V82 ACS O Operating mode WX21 module 1 Halbschritt Halbschritt Vollschritt 1 phasig ACS JO Rotating direction WX21 module 1 Inverted Standard Inverted ACS O Step rate WX21 module 1 30 30 300 ACS O Number of steps WX21 module 1 500 0 6400 ACS O Steps at setpoint 0 WX21 module 1 12 0 6400 S ACS O Steps at setpoint 100 WX21 module 1 500 0 6400 AGS O Steps overdrive WX21 module 1 50 0 6400 ACS O Calibration WX21 module 1 50 0 255 h Module 2 7375 Function extension module 2 None Multifunctional Heating circuit 1 Heating circuit 2 Heating circuit 3 Solar DHW Primary contr system pump DHW primary controller Instantaneous water heater Cooling circuit 1 Heating circ cooling circ 1 Solid fuel boiler Cooling circuit 2 Heating cir
170. 0 5896 Relay output QX6 None Ditto 5890 5897 1 Relay output QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 Ditto 5890 5898 Relay output QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 Ditto 5890 5899 Relay output QX9 None Ditto 5890 5900 1 Relay output QX10 None Ditto 5890 5901 1 Relay output QX11 None Ditto 5890 5902 Relay output QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Ditto 5890 5903 1 Relay output QX13 Condenser pump Q9 Ditto 5890 ZX module basic unit 5909 1 Function output ZX4 Mod None Source pump Q8 fan K19 DHW pump Q3 DHW interm circ pump Q33 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Collector pump Q5 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar pump buffer K8 Solar pump swi pool K18 Collector pump 2 Q16 Instant WH pump Q34 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Condenser pump Q9 Compressor modulation BX basic unit 5930 1 Sensor input BX1 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 Hot gas sensor B82 Refrig sensor liquid B83 DHW charging sensor B36 DHW outlet sensor B38 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Hot gas sensor B81 Outside sensor B9 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 Room sensor B5 Room setp r
171. 0 temperature Duration of quick setback h 35 C 0 1 2 3 0 6 0 12 0 30 1 30 C 0 2 4 6 1 12 2 24 3 60 8 Line no Operating line CCi1 CC2 937 1237 Frost prot plant CC pump Off On When selecting On cooling circuit pump 1 2 is put into operation when frost protection for the plant is active refer to parameter 6120 Frost protection plant Line no Operating line CCI CC2 938 1238 Mixing valve decrease 939 1239 Actuator type 2 position 3 position 940 1240 Switching differential 2 pos 941 1241 Actuator running time 942 1242 Mixing valve Xp 943 1243 Mixing valve Tn 945 1245 Mixing valve in heating mode Control Open 110 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Mixing valve decrease Actuator type Switching differential 2 pos Actuator running time Parameters Xp and Tn Mixing valve Xp Mixing valve Tn Mixing valve in heating mode The refrigeration request from the mixing circuit to the producer is reduced by the set value The purpose of this reduction is to enable the mixing valve controller to compensate for the temperature variations produced by the refrigeration source 2 position control 2 position The controller uses only one relay output to drive the actuator When the output delivers a signal the connected valve opens When there is no signal the valve closes
172. 0 0 Superheat incr silent mode 0 0 10 C 42 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S IPE 5 g E a S O O r a 5 0 ACS O SHC setp source 20 8 0 25 C ACS O SHC setp source 15 8 0 25 C ACS O SHC setp source 7 8 0 25 C ACS O SHC setp source 2 8 0 25 C ACS O SHC setp source 7 8 0 25 C ACS O SHC setp source 15 8 0 25 C ACS O SHC setp source 25 8 0 25 C 3051 O Delay compressor start 0 0 30 S 3052 0 Pos expansion valve start 0 0 100 3053 0 Delay superheat controller 0 0 30 s 3054 O Superheat setp adaption Off e Off Heating mode Cooling mode Heating and cooling mode ACS O Adaption lock upon compressor start 10 0 30 min ACS O Adaption lock upon change of superheat setp 90 0 600 S ACS O Wait time up to red superheat setp adapt 210 0 600 S ACS O Adaption lock upon increase of superheat setp 10 0 30 min ACS O Min deviation superheat setp adapt 0 39 0 1 5 C ACS O Max deviation superheat setp adapt 0 80 0 1 5 C ACS O Critical deviation superheat setp adapt 1 2 0 1 5 C ACS O Adaption step superheat setp 0 2 0 1 5 C ACS O Max increase superheat setpoint adapt 0 0 10 C ACS O Output limitation with SHC Off
173. 0 100 7785 Output signal UX21 module 2 None Voltage V PWM 7786 Output test UX22 module 2 rere 0 100 7787 Output signal UX22 module 2 0 100 7787 Output signal UX22 module 2 None Voltage V PWM 7788 1 Output test UX21 module 3 0 100 7789 Output signal UX21 module 3 0 100 7789 1 Output signal UX21 module 3 None Voltage V PWM 7790 1 Output test UX22 module 3 0 100 7791 1 Output signal UX22 module 3 0 100 7791 1 Output signal UX22 module 3 None Voltage V PWM 7796 Output test WX21 module 1 0 100 7797 _ Pos step motor WX21 mod 1 0 65535 7798 _ Output test WX21 module 2 ies 0 100 7799 _ Pos step motor WX21 mod 2 0 65535 7800 1 Output test WX21 module 3 0 100 7801 _ Pos step motor WX21 mod 3 0 65535 7804 1 Sensor temp BX1 28 350 C 7805 1 _ Sensor temp BX2 28 350 C 7806 1 Sensor temp BX3 28 350 C 7807 1 Sensor temp BX4 28 350 C 7810 1 Sensor temp BX7 28 350 C 7811 Sensor temp BX8 28 350 C 7812 I _ Sensor temp BX9 2 28 350 C 7813 1 _ Sensor temp BX10 28 350 C 7814 _ Sensor temp BX11 28 350 C 7815 I Sensor temp BX12 i 28 350 C 7816 _ Sensor temp BX13 28 350 C 7817 _ Sensor temp BX14 28 350 C 7830 I _ Sensor temp BX21 module 1 28 350 C 7831 Sensor temp BX22 module 1 28 350 C 7832 _ Sensor temp BX21 module 2 28 350 C 78331 _ Sensor tem
174. 0 32 857 Floor curing days completed 0 0 32 E Forced amp Lock 861 F Excess heat draw Always Off Heating mode Always 29 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S So a S g 3 O JOJ a gt O Buffer storage tank primary controller 870 IF With buffer Yes No Yes 872 F With prim contr system pump Yes No Yes Speed controlled pump 882 F Pump speed min 40 0 Line 883 883 F Pump speed max 100 Line 882 100 Remote control 900 F Optg mode changeover Protection None Protection Reduced Comfort Automatic Cooling circuit 1 Operating mode 901 E Operating mode Automatic Protection Automatic Reduced Comfort Setpoints 902 E Comfort setpoint 24 Line 905 Line 903 _ C 903 E Reduced setpoint 26 Line 902 Line 904 C e 904 E Protection setpoint 35 Line 903 40 C 905 F Comfort setpoint min 5 5 Line 902 C v Cooling curve 908 I Flow temp setp at OT 25 C 20 6 35 C e 909 I Flow temp setp at OT 35 C 16 6 35 C e Eco functions 912 Cooling limit at OT 20 8 35 C v 913 F Lock time at end heat cool 24 8 100 h v 914 F 24 hour cooling limit 3 10 10 C e 915 O Ext n 24 hour cooling limit Yes e No
175. 001 State heating circuit 2 8002 State heating circuit 3 8003 State DHW 8004 State cooling circuit 1 8006 State heat pump 8007 State solar 8008 State solid fuel boiler 8010 State buffer 8011 State swimming pool 8022 State supplementary source 8025 State cooling circuit 2 The following state messages all tables represent messages of the Albatros2 range which do not necessarily apply to all types of controllers End user info level Commissioning heating engineer State code Limiter has tripped Limiter has tripped 3 Manual control active Manual control active 4 Floor curing function active Floor curing function active 102 Overtemp prot active 56 Restricted boiler protection 103 Restricted DHW priority 104 Restricted buffer 105 Heating mode restricted 106 Forced draw buffer 107 Forced draw DHW 108 Forced draw source 109 Forced draw 110 Overrun active 17 Forced draw 110 Party function active Party function active 236 Opt start ctrl boost heating 111 Optimum start control 112 Boost heating 113 Comfort heating mode Comfort heating mode 114 Optimum stop control 115 Reduced heating mode Reduced heating mode 116 Frost prot room active 101 Frost protection flow active 117 Frost prot plant active 23 Frost protection active 24 Continuous pump operation Continuous pump operation 248 Summer operation Summer operation 118 24 hour Eco active 119 Setback reduced 120 Setback frost
176. 014 07 30 Flow temperature control Release via K27 K32 The 2 relays K27 and K32 operate as simple release control when the switching 1 3 integral and the switch on differential are deactivated or when the selected control sensor is not installed Line no Operating line 3718 Release integral 3719 Reset integral 3720 Switching integral 3722 Switching diff off 3723 Locking time 3725 Control sensor Common flow temp Buffer sensor B4 ACS Flow temperature hybrid source Max value flow temp HP boiler temp Mean value flow temp HP boiler temp Flow temp heat pump Boiler temp Active only if a control sensor is used Release integral In the case of application 2 LMS specific parameters lines 3718 and 3719 are Reset integral 2 available for both the switch on and the switch off integral lil When an LMS is used to control a gas boiler a switch on and switch off differential can be parameterized for the basic stage These switching differentials for space and DHW heating can be parameterized separately Switching integral 1 3 The temperature time integral is a continuous summation of the temperature differential over time In this case the decisive criterion is the difference by which the temperature lies above or below the common flow temperature setpoint The temperature time integral gives consideration not only to the period of time but also to the extent of over undershoot
177. 016 Charging opt energy contact Off Nominal setpoint Legionella funct setpoint Off Charging control 5020 F Flow setpoint boost 8 0 30 C 5021 F Transfer boost 8 0 30 5022 F Type of charging Recharging Full charging Full charging legio Full charg 1st time day Full charg ist time legio Full charging 5023 F Setpoint reduction B31 20 5024 F Switching diff 20 SIS Charging limitation 5030 F Charging time limitation 600 min 5032 F Max charg abortion temp 80 C Discharging protection 5040 0 Discharging protection Off Always Automatically Automatically 5041 0 Discharging prot sensor With B3 With B31 With B31 Overtemperature protection 5050 F Charging temp max 80 8 Line 5051 5051 O Storage tank temp max 90 Line 5050 95 SIS ag Recooling 5055 F Recooling temp 70 8 95 5056 F Recooling heat gen HCs Off On Off 5057 F Recooling collector Off Summer Always Off Electric immersion heater 5060 F El imm heater optg mode Substitute Summer Always Cooling mode Emergency operation Legionella function Substitute 5061 F El immersion heater release 24h day DHW release Time program 4 DHW DHW release 51 471 Siemens Building Technologies He
178. 046 18 0 1 320 48 0 436 11 0 4 804 19 0 1 268 49 0 421 10 0 4 574 20 0 1 218 50 0 407 9 0 4 358 21 0 1 170 8 0 4 152 22 0 1 125 7 0 3 958 23 0 1 081 6 0 3 774 24 0 1 040 5 0 3 600 25 0 1 000 4 0 3 435 26 0 962 3 0 3279 27 0 926 2 0 31131 28 0 892 1 0 2 990 29 0 859 460 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Technical data 2014 07 30 8 5 2 NTC 5k T C Rfohm T ec Rohm Tlec R ohm 30 0 87 602 50 0 1 803 130 0 149 25 0 64 645 55 0 1494 135 0 131 20 0 48 180 60 0 1 245 140 0 116 15 0 36 251 65 0 1 042 145 0 103 10 0 27524 70 0 877 150 0 91 5 0 21 079 75 0 740 0 0 16 277 80 0 628 5 0 12 670 85 0 535 10 0 9 936 90 0 458 15 0 7 849 95 0 393 20 0 6244 100 0 339 25 0 5 000 105 0 293 30 0 4 030 110 0 254 35 0 3 267 115 0 221 40 0 2665 120 0 193 45 0 2186 125 0 169 8 5 3 NTC 10k T C Rlohm T C Rfohm T c Rohm 30 0 175203 50 0 3605 130 0 298 25 0 129289 55 0 2989 135 0 262 20 0 96360 60 0 2490 140 0 232 15 0 72502 65 0 2084 145 0 206 410 0 55047 70 0 1753 150 0 183 5 0 42158 75 0 1481 155 0 163 0 0 32555 80 0 1256 160 0 145 5 0 25339 85 0 1070 165 0 130 10 0 19873 90 0 915 170 0 117 15 0 15699 95 0 786 175 0 105 20 0 12488 100 0 677 180 0 95 25 0 10000 105 0 586 185 0 85 30 0 8059 110 0 508 190 0 77 35 0 6535 115 0 4
179. 052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Output test relays 6 25 Input output test The input output test is used to check the correct functioning of the connected plant components When selecting a setting from the relay test the relevant relay is energized thus putting the connected component into operation Line no Operating line 7700 Relay test No test Everything off Relay output QX1 Relay output QX2 Relay output QX3 Output QX4 ZX4 Relay output QX5 Relay output QX6 Relay output QX7 Relay output QX8 Relay output QX9 Relay output QX10 Relay output QX11 Relay output QX12 Relay output QX13 Relay output QX21 module 1 Relay output QX22 module 1 Relay output QX23 module 1 Relay output QX21 module 2 Relay output QX22 module 2 Relay output QX23 module 2 Relay output QX21 module 3 Relay output QX22 module 3 Relay output QX23 module 3 CAUTION When making the relay test limitations are not active Triac output test ZX4 modulated Mod setpoint ZX4 relay test Modulation signal ZX4 Output test UX1 UX2 Output test UX1 UX2 Output signal UX1 UX2 Output signal UX1 UX2 e When using a multifunctional output for compressor K1 the output will be deactivated for about 1 to 2 seconds e After 8 minutes the relay test switches itself automatically off timeout By selecting a setting from output test ZX4 an appropriate sign
180. 07 00 00 00 23 50 hh mm 48 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S 2 g So lals D g E 8 o oje A 5 Oo 3833 0 Collector start function off 19 00 00 00 23 50 hh mm 3834 F Collector start funct grad 1 20 min C 3835 F Min collector temp start fct 0 30 C 3840 F_ Collector frost protection 20 5 C 3850 F Collector overtemp prot 30 350 C 3860 F Evaporation heat carrier 60 350 C 3862 F Impact evaporation superv On own collector pump On own collector pump On both collector pumps 3870 F Pump speed min 40 0 Line 3871 3871 F Pump speed max 100 Line 3870 100 3872 O Speed Xp 24 1 100 C 3873 O Speed Tn 40 10 650 s 3880 F Antifreeze None None Ethylene glycol Propylene glycol Ethyl and propyl glycol 3881 F Antifreeze concentration 30 1 100 3884 F Pump capacity 10 1500 l h 3886 F_ Pulse count yield None None With input H1 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 3887 F Pulse unit yield None None kWh Liters 3888 F Pulse value yield numer 10 1 1000 3889 F Pulse value yield denom 10 1 1000 3891 F Flow
181. 07 30 Function port 1 8 Selecting the use or the function of the actuator in the field The RVS61 does not provide a speed control signal for all types of pumps These pumps are then only controlled as single speed pumps on off Function Speed controlled System pump Q14 No Cascade pump Q25 No Circulating pump Q4 No St tank transfer pump Q11 No DHW interm circ pump Q33 Yes DHW mixing pump Q35 No Collector pump Q5 Yes Collector pump 2 Q16 Yes Solar pump ext exch K9 Yes Solar ctrl elem buffer K8 Yes Solar ctrl elem swi pool K18 Yes Cons circuit pump VK1 Q15 No Cons circuit pump VK2 Q18 No Swimming pool pump Q19 No Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Yes Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Yes DHW ctrl elem Q3 Yes Source pump Q8 fan K19 No Condenser pump Q9 Yes Compressor stage 1 K1 Yes Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Yes Instant WH ctrl elem Q34 Yes Cooling circ pump CC1 Q24 No Cooling circ pump CC2 Q28 No Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Yes Source int circ pump Q81 No System pump 2 Q44 No For every port menu Input output test offers 4 ACS parameters used to check the functioning of an actuator For description of the test parameters and display values refer to the respective chapter 375 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 2 Controller network Settings 3 BACS operati
182. 08 Slope sists nnana a S 86 Lock electrical Utility cceeeeeeeeeeeeeestteeeeeees 351 Heating Up time sisicata 93 Lock stage 2 with DHW nsee 161 High pressure supervision s es 129 Lock time at end of heat cool eeeeeee 105 History reset ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 382 409 Locking criteria 161 165 Holiday program esseeeeeesesseseerresseserrrrneessses 83 Locking time stage 2 1 161 165 466 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Index 2014 07 30 Lockout POSITION ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 256 Operating mode LOW DIOSSUIC ceeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeteenaaaes 158 COON Mite Nh teat tet teat aaa 103 LOW DpreSSUre SUPEIVISION i e 146 Cooling circuits eeens 102 Low pressure SWITCH eeseeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeereeeeee 156 ECO Ano a a A ee 115 LOW tar iff cc cecicecheeeesestehetetelenstetedensteneheneteedabentie 351 Heating circuits ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeetees 84 EP Oclay ee tenor ee eee eee 158 Operating mode changeover 101 119 369 LP delay on StartUp ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 156 Operating mode changeover sssssssseeseeeees 344 LP SUPCLVISION 0 cicdcedddadddedddasece 158 Operation limit air cece eeeeseteeeeeeeeetaees 141 LPB telesditisQeretectetdisteantsdetesetdistvantsdsteaeteistvantnedts 368 Optimum start control cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeees 94 Optimum stop
183. 09 CL BSB data bus AGP4S 02A 109 CL BSB ground bus b AGP4S 03D 109 G Power supply 12 V optional lighting UX21 Output UX21 DC 0 10 V PWM output e AGP4S 03G 109 M Ground UX22 Output UX22 DC 0 10 V PWM output BX21 Sensor input BX21 e AGP4S 03G 109 M Ground BX22 _ Sensor input BX22 GX21 Power supply 5 V 12 V for active sensors g AGP4S 04D 109 H21 Digital DC 0 10 V input H21 H22 Digital DC 0 10 V input H22 M Ground Connection facility for stepper motor WX21 expansion valve A Coil A B Coil B A Coil A B Coil B C DC 12 V C DC 12 V Parameters terminals e Function extension module 1 line 7300 e Function extension module 2 line 7375 e Function extension module 3 line 7450 are used to define usage of the respective module 18 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Mounting and installation 2014 07 30 3 3 Extension modules AVS75 39x lil For engineering mounting location and mounting method the information given for the basic units applies Dimensions and 7 drilling plan L1 a Dimensions in mm ii id mj a ya Or L B H L1 B1 AVS75 39x 109 121 52 98 110 Electrical Use connecting cable AVS82 490 109 or AVS82 491 109 to connect the AVS75 390 extension module via socket X50 to socket X50 or X30 of the basic unit Th
184. 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Outside sensor B9 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 Room sensor B5 Room sensor B52 Room sensor B53 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 Primary contr sensor B15 5574 5584 Sensor 2 dT controller 1 2 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Outside sensor B9 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 Room sensor B5 Room sensor B52 Room sensor B53 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 Primary contr sensor B15 5575 5585 On time min dT contr 1 2 The Delta T controller function offers 3 choices e Monitoring of maximum temperature limit crossings e Monitoring of minimum temperature limit crossings e Differential temperature controller Two delta T controllers are available which can be independently configured and used The following graphs and explanations use the operating lines of delta T controller 1 as an example parameters 5570 5575 All interrelationships apply an
185. 1 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 General settings Speed max fan source pump line 3010 Speed min fan source pump line 3011 Locking time speed control line 3017 Start speed fan sce pump line 3019 Max deviation suction gas temp ACS Principle of operation Cooling mode 202 471 Line no Operating line 3010 Speed max fan source pump 3011 Speed min fan source pump 3017 Locking time speed control 3019 Start speed fan sce pump ACS Max deviation suction gas temp ACS Outp limit with mod source Off Heating mode Cooling mode Heating and cooling mode This limits the control range of the fan or source pump speed at the top In heating mode this setting defines the constant speed This limits the control range of the fan or source pump speed at the bottom During Locking time speed control the fan operates at Start speed fan sce pump The speed is limited by the set minimum and maximum speed When switching on during the set Locking time speed control the fan runs at the set Start speed fan sce pump If the source s output is sufficient and the heat exchanger is not undersized the suction gas temperature is nearly at the level of the source inlet temperature If the temperature differential exceeds a few tenths of a degree it is an indication that the amount of heat transmitted via the evaporat
186. 100 C 1136 O0 Mixing valve Tn 90 10 650 5 Floor curing function 1150 1 Floor curing function Off Off Functional heating Curing heating Functional curing heating Manually 1151 1 Floor curing setp manually 25 0 95 C 1156 Floor curing day current ce 0 32 C 1157 I Floor curing days completed 0 0 32 Forced amp Lock 1161F _ Excess heat draw Always Off Heating mode Always Buffer storage tank primary controller 1170 F_ With buffer Yes No Yes 1172 F With prim contr system pump Yes No Yes Speed controlled pump 1182 F Pump speed min 40 0 Line 1183 1183 F Pump speed max 100 Line 1182 100 Remote control 1200 F Optg mode changeover Protection None Protection Reduced Comfort Automatic Cooling circuit 2 Operating mode 1201 E Operating mode Automatic Protection Automatic Reduced Comfort Setpoints 1202 E Comfort setpoint 24 Line 1205 Line 1203 C 32 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S AIHE 5 g E S o O r a 5 0 1203 E Reduced setpoint 26 Line 1202 Line 1204 C 1204 E Protection setpoint 35 Line 1203 40 C 1205 F Comfort setpoint min 5 5 Line 1202 C Cooling curve 1208 Flow temp setp at OT 25 C 20 6 35 C e 1209 Fl
187. 100 r h ACS Parameter Defrost with fan above outside temp at 100 r h ACS is used to set the limit temperature that is still permitted transition from defrosting with fan to defrosting through process reversal when the relative humidity is at its maximum of 100 Parameter 2971 Defrost fan above is the limit value for dry air controller internally defined at 50 relative humidity From this the limit temperature valid at the currently measured relative humidity for the transition from defrosting with the fan to defrosting through process reversal is calculated in the following graph Position 2 t 235522971 BZ 2973 BZ 2972 B91 C 1 2 BZ 2971 BZ 2951 2951 Defrost release below OT 2971 Defrost fan above relative humidity 50 2972 Defrost time fan min 2973 Defrost time fan max 1 Defrost with fan above outside temp at 100 r h 2 Defrost fan above at current humidity calculated Line no Operating line ACS Defrost with electrical utility lock No Yes ACS Delay forced defrost after power up Heat pump and electric immersion heaters can be locked via an AC 230 V input parameterized as Electrical utility lock E6 If in the case of an air to water heat pump locking occurs during the defrost process setting Defrost with electrical utility lock decides whether defrosting is first ended Yes or whether the compressor is immediat
188. 10V 7322 7397 7472 Contact type H21 module 1 2 3 NC NO 7324 7399 7474 Input value 1 H21 module 1 7325 7400 7475 Funct value 1 H21 module 1 7326 7401 7476 Input value 2 H21 module 1 7327 7402 7477 Funct value 2 H21 module 1 7328 7403 7478 Temp sensor H21 module 1 None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 The settings for input H21 on the extension module correspond to those for the Hx inputs on the controller For descriptions refer to operating line Function input H1 H3 and following Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 7331 7406 7481 Function input H22 module 1 2 3 Ditto 7321 7332 7407 7482 Contact type H22 module 1 2 3 7334 7409 7484 Input value 1 H22 module 1 2 3 7335 7410 7485 Funct value 1 H22 module 1 2 3 7336 7411 7486 Input value 2 H22 module 1 2 3 7337 7412 7487 Funct value 2 H22 module 1 2 3 7338 7413 7488 Temp sensor H22 module 1 2 3 None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 The settings for input H22 on the extension module correspond to those for the Hx inputs on the controller For descriptions refer to operating line Function input H1 H3 and following Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Volta
189. 1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Use of mixing valve 1 2 Heating circuit 3 Heating circuit 3 322 471 The parameter is active under 2 conditions e Only with a 4 pipe system e f arelay output Qx is used as a diverting valve Y21 for cooling Heating Cooling Heating and cooling HK KK B1 TA Y21 O H y p e YuN2 er H A ia G C C e HC Heating circuit KK Cooling circuit H Common heating flow C Common cooling flow Line no Operating line 5721 Heating circuit 3 Off On Using this setting heating circuit 3 can be switched on and off Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 DHW ctrl elem Q3 Basic position DHW div valve lil Separate DHW circuit Electric immersion heater DHW Selection Operating line 5731 DHW ctrl elem Q3 No charging request Charging pump Diverting valve 5734 Basic position DHW div valve Last request Heating circuit DHW No charging request No DHW charging via Q3 Charging pump DHW charging is effected with a pump connected to terminal Q3 Diverting valve DHW charging is effected with a diverting valve connected to terminal Q3 Defines the basic position of the diverting valve Q3 in the waiting state Last request The diverting valve maint
190. 2 0 7076 Diff condens max week 1 250 7077 Cur diff condens max week 0 0 250 7078 Diff condens min week 1 250 7079 1 Cur diff condens min week 0 0 250 7080 1 Diff evap max week 1 250 7081 1 Cur diff evap max week 0 0 250 7082 Diff evap min week 1 250 7083 1 _ Cur diff evap min week 0 0 250 7090 1 DHW storage tank interval 1 240 Month 7091 1 DHW stor tank since maint 0 0 240 Month 7092 1 DHW charg temp HP min 40 8 80 C 7093 1 Curr DHW charg temp HP 8 80 C 7119F Economy function Locked Locked Released 7120 E Economy mode Off Off On 7141 E Emergency operation Off Off On 7142 F Emergency op function type Manually Manually Automatically 7150 I Simulation outside temp ie 50 50 C 7152 1 Triggering defrost No No Yes 7153 1 Pumping off refrigerant Off Off On 7180 0 Text responsibility No display of responsibility No display of responsibility Only display of phone no Service Customer service Installer Janitor Administration Refrigeration engineer Hotline 7181 _ Phone no responsibility 1 0 16 Digits 7182 0 Text responsibility 2 No display of responsibility No display of responsibility Only display of phone no Service Customer service Installer Janitor Administration Refrigeration engineer Hotline 7183 _ Phone no responsibility 2 0 16 Digits 7184 0 Text responsibility 3 No dis
191. 2 e 651 E Preselection 1 8 Period 1 8 652 E Start 01 01 31 12 DD MM 653 E End 01 01 31 12 DD MM 658 E Operating level Protection Protection Reduced Holidays heating circuit 3 e 661 E Preselection 1 8 Period 1 8 662 E Start 01 01 31 12 DD MM 663 E End 01 01 31 12 DD MM 668 E Operating level Protection Protection Reduced Heating circuit 1 Operating mode 700 E Operating mode Automatic e Protection Automatic Reduced Comfort Setpoints 710 E Comfort setpoint 20 0 Line 712 Line 716 C 712 E Reduced setpoint 19 Line 714 Line 710 714 E Frost protection setpoint 10 0 4 Line 712 C 716 F Comfort setpoint max 35 0 Line 710 35 C e Heating curve 720 E Heating curve slope 0 8 0 10 4 00 721 F Heating curve displacement 0 0 4 5 4 5 C 28 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S IHE 5 g E 8 o oO r a 5 0 726 F Heating curve adaption Off Off On Eco functions 730 E Summer winter heating limit 18 8 30 C e 732 _ F 24 hour heating limit 3 10 10 C 733 O Ext n 24 hour heating limit Yes e No Yes Limitations of flow temperature setpoint 740 Flow temp setpoint min 8 8 Line 741 C
192. 21 UX22 WX21 the following restrictions should be considered e Per extension module only 1 electronic expansion valve for application 1 V81 or V82 can be controlled e Valve and sensor of an application must be connected to and configured for the same extension module no split between basic unit and extension module or several extension modules Line no Operating line Mod 1_ Mod 2 Mod 3 7362 7437 7512 Funct output WX21 module 1 2 3 None Expansion valve evapor V81 Expansion valve EVI V82 e Expansion valve evapor V81 for superheat control SHC e Expansion valve EVI V82 for vapor injection EVI 395 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Connection WX21 for Output WX21 controls valves driven by stepper motors stepper motors The controller s standard settings are suited for use with Siemens valves VEL 71 xx and coils SRA91 xx refer to chapter Summary 1 The parameters required for stepper motor control are accessible via the ACS tool Connections of extension module AVS75 370 A S A N 7 A A B x A B C cy C The stepper motor is excited via 8 successive cyclic electrical states Each change of state performs a single step gt 2355Z7362a T s 1 step rate For the other direction of rotation the states are run through in t
193. 22 2nd pump speed HC3 Q23 Div valve HC CC1 Y21 Air dehumidifier K29 Heat request K27 Refrigeration request K28 Alarm output K10 Time program 5 K13 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 DHW ctrl elem Q3 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Condenser pump Q9 Compressor stage 1 K1 Suppl source control K32 Heat circuit 55 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 o va 2 lols 3 8 w 3 lt 5 c ee amp x D 2g joj5 D S Z O JOJ Q D oO pump HC2 Q6 Instant WH ctrl elem Q34 Common flow valve Y13 Div valve HC CC2 Y45 Cooling circ pump CC1 Q24 Cooling circ pump CC2 Q28 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Flue gas relay K17 Assisted firing fan K30 Crankcase heater K40 Drip tray heater K41 Valve evaporator K81 Valve EVI K82 Valve injection capillary K83 dT controller 1 K21 dT controller 2 K22 Source int circ pump Q81 Source int circ div Y81 DHW heat pump K33 System pump 2 Q44 Div valve cooling cond Y27 Div valve cooling flow Y29 Cond reversing valve Y91 Buffer reversing valve Y47 Status info heating K42 Status info cooling K43 Status info DHW charg K44 5891 1 Relay output QX2 None Ditto 5890 5892 Relay output QX3 None Ditto 5890 5894 Triac output ZX4 None Ditto 5890 5895 Relay output QX5 None Ditto 589
194. 22 Source int circ pump Q81 Source int circ div Y81 DHW heat pump K33 System pump 2 Q44 Div valve cooling cond Y27 Div valve cooling flow Y29 Cond reversing valve Y91 Buffer reversing valve Y47 Status info heating K42 Status info cooling K43 Status info DHW charg K44 7452 Relay output QX22 module 3 Ditto 7451 7453 Relay output QX23 module 3 Ditto 7451 7457 Sensor input BX21 module 3 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 Hot gas sensor B82 Refrig sensor liquid B83 DHW charging sensor B36 DHW outlet sensor B38 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Hot gas sensor B81 Outside sensor B9 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 Room sensor B5 Room setp readjustment 1 Room sensor B52 Room setp readjustment 2 Room sensor B53 Room setp readjustment 3 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 Suction gas sensor B85 Suction gas sensor EVI B86 Evaporation sensor EVI B87 DHW prim contr sensor B35 Common flow sensor 2 B11 Common return sensor B73 Source int circ flow B93 Source int circ return B94 Suction gas sensor cool B88 7458
195. 2355en_052 2014 07 30 Heat pump controller The settings in detail Pump overrun Pump overrun time Overtemperature protection Excess heat discharge Limitation of return temperature Return setpoint min Flow influence return ctrl Line no 4140 Operating line Pump overrun time If the temperature of the solid fuel boiler drops below the minimum temperature differential or the minimum setpoint the boiler pump keeps running for the parameterized overrun time Line no 4141 Operating line Excess heat discharge If the boiler temperature reaches the set maximum value excess heat discharge is activated This forces the connected consumers to draw heat from the solid fuel boiler At the same time the boiler pump is activated Line no Operating line 4153 Return setpoint min 4158 Flow influence return ctrl Off On The controller prevents the return temperature from falling below the level set here by adding hot flow water If desired the return temperature controller can help reach the flow temperature setpoint Influence of the flow on the control of the return temperature can be switched on or off NOTE For both functions 4153 and 4158 a return sensor B72 must be connected Maintained boiler return temperature Actuator running time Parameters Xp and Tn Mixing valve Xp Mixing valve Tn Line
196. 26 A WARNING Electric immersion heaters must be fitted with a safety limit thermostat The relay is used to control the second stage of an electric immersion heater installed in the flow K26 Div valve cool source Y28 Control of optional diverting valve Y28 in the source circuit For changeover to passive cooling 336 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 System pump Q14 The connected pump serves as a system pump for supplying heat to other consumers The system pump is put into operation when one of consumers calls for heat If there is no request for heat the pump is deactivated followed by overrun Cascade pump Q25 Common pump for all generators in a cascade Heat gen shutoff valve Y4 If the buffer storage tank holds a sufficient amount of heat the consumers can draw their heat from it no need to put the heat sources into operation Automatic generation lock locks the generators and hydraulically disconnects them from the rest of the plant with the help of a diverting valve Y4 This means that the heat consumers draw the energy they require from the buffer storage tank and wrong circulation through the generators is prevented El imm heater DHW K6 A WARNING Electric immersion heaters must be fitted with a safety limit thermostat Using the connected electric immersion heater the DHW can be charged according to El imm
197. 3 7 B31 295 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Heat exchanger outside the DHW storage tank and sensor B36 in the flow The controller calculates the speed of the speed controlled pump such that the charging temperature at sensor B36 exceeds the DHW setpoint by Intermediate circuit boost line 5140 and partial diagrams 22 and 23 If the sensor fails Q33 delivers the parameterized maximum speed B36 T Heat exchanger outside the storage tank with primary controller Without B36 The controller calculates the speed of the speed controlled pump such that the charging temperature at sensor B35 exceeds the DHW setpoint by Intermediate circuit boost line 5140 In this case primary controller sensor B35 must be located in the intermediate circuit With B36 If B36 is connected as well B35 must be positioned as the primary controller sensor The controller calculates the speed of charging pump Q3 such that the temperature acquired by sensor B35 represents the DHW setpoint plus charging boost The controller calculates the speed of intermediate circuit pump Q33 such that the charging temperature at sensor B36 exceeds the DHW setpoint by Intermediate circuit boost line 5140 If the sensor fails Q33 delivers the parameterized maximum speed Y31 Y32 B Q33 B36 HD B3 Hut B31 Y31 Y32 B35
198. 37 Actual values DHW cccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeenees 421 Changeover of operating MOdE cssseseeeee 344 Actuator Charging DW nna a E 298 Once d ay sssesesessseeiiesessssrrirnrrrssssrrrrnnressens 284 Instantaneous water heater 314 Several time S day c ccccccecceeceteeeeeeeeetee 284 RUNNING tiMe cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeetees 97 126 Charging Control ccccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaees 286 TY DC AAAA IAA 97 Charging controller solar CT ccccceeeeeeees 257 Actuator running time Charging DEV IEAA a E R 284 Return mixing valve eessen 267 Charging prio nty sisirin aiaia neniatn 117 Adaption Charging priority DHW 265 Heating CUIVE sssnssssnnsssnsnensseererrrrrrrrrrerrrerereen 87 Charging pump Adaption of partial diagramS cceeee 320 eE EEEN EEE E E EEEE ENEE EEEE 335 Adaptive superheat setpoint cccccccecceeees 210 Charging temp MaX sssssssssrnnrrnnnnrnnnnnnnnnn nrnna 290 Air to water heat pUMpS seeeeeseeseeeeeeseseeee 436 Charging temperature Alaittictissisiaterteiesesiaiaraasaaisiatncactcneweaedcaeaeacanaeataas 368 Buffer storage tank MAXIMUM ceseeeeeeeee 278 Temperatures ccccccccccceeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 377 Charging temperature solar cccceeeeeeee 257 Alarm message ext cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeteee 345 Charging temperature minimum 00008 257 Alar GUDU Gn SS 339 Charging ti
199. 4 Pressure switch source Ditto 5980 E26 5987 0 Cont type input EX4 NO NC NO 5988 l Function input EX5 None Electrical utility lock E6 Low tariff E5 Overload compressor 2 E12 Overload source E14 Pressure switch source E26 Flow switch source E15 Flow switch consumers E24 Manual defrost E17 Common fault HP E20 Fault soft starter E25 3 phase current Low pressure switch E9 High pressure switch E10 Overload compressor 1 E11 Error alarm message Mains supervision E21 Fault soft starter 2 E27 Pressure diff defrost E28 Pres sw source int circ E29 Flow sw source int circ E30 Smart grid E61 Smart grid E62 5989 0 Cont type input EX5 NO NC NO 5990 1 Function input EX6 Flow switch consumers E24 Ditto 5988 599110 Cont type input EX6 NO NC NO 5992 1 Function input EX7 None Ditto 5988 5993 0 Cont type input EX7 NO NC NO 5996 Function input EX9 Low pressure switch E9 Ditto 5980 5997 Function input EX10 High pressure switch Ditto 5980 E10 5998 Function input EX11 Overload compressor 1 Ditto 5980 E11 5999 0 Cont type input EX9 NC NC NO 6000 0 Cont type input EX10 NC NC NO 6001 0 Cont type input EX11 NC NC NO Mixing groups 1 basic unit 6014 1 Function mixing group 1 Multifunctional Heating circuit 1 Heating circuit 2 Heating circuit 3 Primary contr system pump DHW primary controller Instantaneous water heater Cooling circuit 1 Heating circ cooling circ 1 Ret t
200. 4 ooo eeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeenaaeeeeees 459 8 5 Sensor Character istiCS ccecccseceeceeeeeeeeccaeeeeeeeeeeeecaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaes 460 8 5 1 NG IKara AOAR Nne An hAnna 460 8 5 2 ING E E E EE E 461 8 5 3 NIC OK Iua a a a 461 8 5 4 POOO Xe a aa a a a aa A 462 8 5 5 Room setpoint readjustment ceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeees 462 Index aE A hie eel ein A A N 463 5 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Table of contents 2014 07 30 6 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Table of contents 2014 07 30 RVS61 843 Albatros2 range 1 Summary This User Manual gives a detailed description of the Albatros2 heat pump controller RVS61 843 the compatible extension modules AVS75 370 and AVS75 39x and the Modbus clip in OCI350 01 Product no ASN Description RVS61 843 Basic unit for heat pump AVS75 370 Extension module with connection facility for stepper motor AVS75 39x Extension module OCI350 01 Modbus clip in The User Manual contains settings and configurations for the access levels end user heating engineer and OEM Heat pump controller RVS61 843 is part of the Albatros2 range which has been developed for all control tasks in the heating field The Albatros2 range comprises the following pieces of equipment and devices e Service tool for commissioning web server visualiza
201. 413 F_ Compressor modulation 0 100 8415 Hot gas temp 1 0 180 C 8417 Hot gas temp 2 0 180 C 8420 Refrig temp liquid 0 140 C 8423 F_ Condensation temp z 50 180 C 8423 F_ Condensation pressure 1 50 bar 8425 Temp diff condenser 50 140 C 8426 Temp diff evaporator 50 140 C 8427 I _ Source inlet temp 50 50 C 8427 l Switch off threshold 50 50 C 8428 I Source inlet temp min A 50 350 C 8429 Source outlet temp 2 50 50 C 8429 Switch off threshold 50 50 C 8430 Source outlet temp min 50 350 C 8431 Source int circ flow temp 50 50 C 8432 Source int circ return temp 50 50 C 8434 F Suction gas temp 50 180 C 8435 F Evaporation temp 50 180 C 8435 F_ Evaporation pressure 1 50 bar 8436 F Superheat 10 180 C 8436 F Superheat setpoint 0 140 C 8437 F Expansion valve 3 0 100 8438 F Magnetic valve Off On 8440 1 Remain stage 1 off time min 0 1 255 min 8441 1 _ Remain stage 2 off time min 0 1 255 min 8442 l_ Remain stage 1 on time min 0 1 255 min 75 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S ee So a S g 3 z 8 o JOJ a 5 O 8443 1 Remain stage
202. 43 195 0 70 40 0 5330 120 0 387 200 0 64 45 0 4372 125 0 339 461 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Technical data 2014 07 30 462 471 8 5 4 Pt1000 T CC 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 R ohm 882 2 901 9 921 6 941 2 960 9 980 4 1000 0 1019 5 1039 0 1058 5 1077 9 1097 3 1116 7 1136 1 1155 4 1174 7 T CC 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 R ohm 1194 0 1213 2 1232 4 1251 6 1270 8 1289 9 1309 0 1328 0 1347 1 1366 1 1385 1 1404 0 1422 9 1441 8 1460 7 1479 5 TIC 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 R ohm 1498 3 1517 1 1535 8 1554 6 1573 3 1591 9 1610 5 1629 1 1647 7 1666 3 1684 8 1703 3 1721 7 1740 2 1758 6 8 5 5 Room setpoint readjustment T K 3 2 5 2 1 5 1 0 5 0 0 5 1 1 5 2 2 5 3 R ohm 5053 5736 6329 6849 7308 7717 8083 8413 8712 8984 9233 9461 9671 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller Technical data CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Index Basic plant diagrams cccceeeeeeeeesetteeeeeees 427 BOOSt NCAtin ies saidina taitaiina 93 DHW storage tank Boost of flow temperature setpoint 2 286 Maximum temperature 290 Brine to water heat pump ceee
203. 5 7789 Output signal UX21 module 1 2 3 Voltage V PWM 7782 7786 7790 Output test UX22 module 1 2 3 7783 7787 7791 Output signal UX22 module 1 2 3 7783 7787 7791 Output signal UX22 module 1 2 3 Voltage V PWM See operating line 7710 ff By selecting a setting from the stepper motor output test an appropriate signal is delivered or displayed Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 7796 7798 7800 Output test WX21 module 1 2 3 7797 7799 7801 Pos step motor WX21 mod 1 2 3 The stepper motor is driven to the position set here Shows the current position of the stepper motor By selecting a setting from the sensor input test the relevant input is displayed allowing checking Line no Operating line 7804 Sensor temp BX1 7805 Sensor temp BX2 7806 Sensor temp BX3 7807 Sensor temp BX4 7810 Sensor temp BX7 7811 Sensor temp BX8 7812 Sensor temp BX9 7813 Sensor temp BX10 7814 Sensor temp BX11 7815 Sensor temp BX12 7816 Sensor temp BX13 7817 Sensor temp BX14 7830 Sensor temp BX21 module 1 7831 Sensor temp BX22 module 1 7832 Sensor temp BX21 module 2 7833 Sensor temp BX22 module 2 7834 Sensor temp BX21 module 3 7835 Sensor temp BX22 module 3 Shows the temperature acquired by the sensor The selected sensor values are refreshed within a maximum of 5 s
204. 52 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 The example below shows a heat pump in heating and defrost mode with process reversal Plant in heating mode In normal heating mode of an air to water heat pump condensation can occur at low temperatures causing the evaporator to ice up This reduces the heat pump s output and can lead to malfunction on the low pressure side or even damage to the evaporator Gas low pressure Gas high pressure Liquid t E17 ae z ce B71 Plant in defrost mode process reversal The iced up evaporator is defrosted either with the fan or as shown in the example below with process reversing valve Y22 For process reversal a HP partial diagram with process reversing valve Y22 must be used Demand dependent defrost control ensures that the defrost energy drawn from the heating circuit in the case of process reversal is kept at a minimum During the defrost process with process reversal the fan remains deactivated gt mages eects ee Gas low pressure H acme s Gas high pressure i Liquid B21 Q9 Et J Sp B71 A a o 2355712 186 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Progression of defrosting Start defrost 8478 Start defrost 8478 Actual diff ice free 2954 2951 l
205. 5810 Differential HC at OT 10 C The function is not active when Compensation heat deficit is switched on line 2886 Line no Operating line 2841 Keep compr run time min No Yes 2842 Compressor run time min 2843 Compressor off time min Determines whether the minimum compressor running time set on operating line 2842 shall be observed if the heat request becomes invalid before No The minimum compressor running time is not taken into consideration When there is no more request for heat the compressor is switched off Yes The minimum compressor running time is also observed when there is no more request for heat NOTE When using this setting the plant must be designed such that the produced heat is also dissipated when the consumer is not in operation e g via the buffer storage tank Compressor run time min Compressor off time min pio To prevent the compressor from getting damaged due to too frequent cycling it always operates for at least the period of time set here each time it is switched on For the same reason the compressor remains off for the minimum period of time set here The minimum compressor on and off time prevents short switching cycles under low load conditions When operation changes heating cooling DHW charging there is no waiting until these times have elapsed To ensure the compressor s off times are not too short para
206. 6 Collector PUMP cceeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 338 Temperature differential seeeeeeeeeeeees 197 Minimum running time s e 259 Cooling Circuit 1 2 0 eee cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeetneeeeeees 321 Collector start function eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 259 Cooling circuit mixing valve 421 Collector temperature 1 2 ccceeeeseeeeeees 416 Cooling Circuit PUMP 1 ce eeeeeeeeeeteeettteeeeeees 421 Comfort setpoint 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeetees 85 104 Cooling CUIVE ccceeeeceeeeeteeectteeeeeeeeteeetneeeeeees 105 Comfort Setpoint Max ccccececeeeteeeeeeeeeeeetaees 85 Cooling limit cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeees 105 Comfort Setpoint MIN 104 Crankcase heater ccccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeesttneeeeeees 151 GOMIMISSIONING aerias iaa aiaia 25 Curing heating a scnnanendennaneadriidiien 98 Commissioning code 367 GUIVG E AEE E E TE E E E E 86 Common fault heat pump 352 Curve for cooling s eesesessssereeesssserrrnrsessserens 105 Common flow info Values cceeeeeteeeeeeees 423 Compensation heat defiCit cccccceeeeeeees 175 D Compensation variant seeeeeeeeeees 92 108 Default ValUGS 2a wa tecatiitiatietitiiirisitinans 82 Complementary operation 172 Defrost Compressor OE Tea at ates t a atasee 194 Off IME nnan E 153 D rationloCK seanna 190 SENOS ieteica ataare 153 D rati n maX etta 191 Switch off temperature
207. 6 3 Heating circuits BoC A number of functions are available for the heating circuits which vane can be individually set for each heating circuit Qe Os HO T RG1 Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 700 1000 1300 Operating mode Protection Automatic Reduced Comfort In Protection mode the heating system is off However the room remains protected against frost Frost protection setpoint line 714 Characteristics of Protection mode e Heating mode off e Temperature according to the Frost protection setpoint line 714 e Eco functions active In Automatic mode the room temperature is controlled according to the selected time program Characteristics of Automatic mode e Heating mode according to the time program e Temperature setpoints according to heating program Comfort setpoint line 710 or Reduced setpoint line 712 e Eco functions active Many of the integrated energy saving functions such as the time and holiday programs or summer winter changeover are active when Automatic mode is selected In Reduced mode the room temperature is maintained at the set Reduced setpoint line 712 Characteristics of Reduced mode e Heating mode without time program e Eco functions active In Comfort mode the room temperature is maintained at the set Comfort setpoint line 710 Characteristics of Comfort mode e Heating mode without t
208. 60 0 100 950 F Flow temp diff dewpoint 2 0 5 C 953 I Acquisition room r h None None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 954 I Acquisition room temp None Ditto 953 Buffer storage tank primary controller 962 F With buffer No No Yes 963 F With prim contr system pump No No Yes Remote control 969 F Optg mode changeover Protection None Protection Reduced Comfort Automatic Heating circuit 2 1000 E Operating mode Automatic e Protection Automatic Reduced Comfort Setpoints 1010 E Comfort setpoint 20 0 Line 1012 Line 1016 C e 1012 E Reduced setpoint 19 Line 1014 Line 1010 C e 1014 E Frost protection setpoint 10 0 4 Line 1012 C 1016 F Comfort setpoint max 35 0 Line 1010 35 C e Heating curve 1020 E Heating curve slope 0 8 0 10 4 00 e 1021 F Heating curve displacement 0 0 4 5 4 5 C 1026 F Heating curve adaption Off Off On Eco functions 1030 E Summer winter heating limit 18 8 30 C e 1032 F 24 hour heating limit 3 10 10 C e 1033 0 Ext n 24 hour heating limit Yes e No Yes Limitations of flow temperature setpoint 1040 I Flow temp setpoint min 8 8 Line 1041 C 1041 Flow temp setpoint max 50 Line 1040 95 C 1042 E Flow temp setpoint room st
209. 61 Contact type H3 NO NC NO 5963 1_ Input value 1 H3 0 0 1000 5964 Function value 1 H3 0 100 500 5965 1 _ Input value 2 H3 10 0 1000 5966 Function value 2 H3 100 100 500 5967 1 Temperature sensor H3 None None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 57 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 o 2 J ls 3 8 So 2 lg E s ae als gt a O JOJ Q D EX E basic unit 5980 1 Function input EX1 None Electrical utility lock E6 Low tariff E5 Overload compressor 2 E12 Overload source E14 Pressure switch source E26 Flow switch source E15 Flow switch consumers E24 Manual defrost E17 Common fault HP E20 Fault soft starter E25 Low pressure switch E9 High pressure switch E10 Overload compressor 1 E11 Error alarm message Mains supervision E21 Fault soft starter 2 E27 Pressure diff defrost E28 Pres sw source int circ E29 Flow sw source int circ E30 Smart grid E61 Smart grid E62 5981 O Cont type input EX1 NO NC NO 5982 1 Function input EX2 Low tariff E5 Ditto 5980 5983 0 Cont type input EX2 NO NC NO 5984 1 Function input EX3 Overload source E14 Ditto 5980 5985 0 Cont type input EX3 NO NC NO 5986 1 Function input EX
210. 7 0 3500000 kWh 3168 E Energy brought in cooling 7 0 3500000 kWh 3169 E Yearly perf factor 8 0 10 45 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S i T T Bola 2 Z 2 o O i A 5 O 3169 E Fixed day 8 1 9 2004 31 12 2099 DD MM YYYY 3170 E Heat delivered heating 8 0 9999999 kWh 3171 E Heat delivered DHW 8 0 9999999 kWh 3172 E Cooling energy delivered 8 0 9999999 kWh 3173 E Energy brought in heating 8 0 3500000 kWh 3174 E Energy brought in DHW 8 0 3500000 kWh 3175 E Energy brought in cooling 8 0 3500000 kWh 3176 E Yearly perf factor 9 0 10 3176 E Fixed day 9 1 9 2004 31 12 2099 DD MM YYYY 3177 E Heat delivered heating 9 0 9999999 kWh 3178 E Heat delivered DHW 9 0 9999999 kWh 3179 E Cooling energy delivered 9 0 9999999 kWh 3180 E Energy brought in heating 9 0 3500000 kWh 3181 E Energy brought in DHW 9 0 3500000 kWh 3182 E Energy brought in cooling 9 0 3500000 kWh 3183 E Yearly perf factor 10 0 10 3183 E Fixed day 10 1 9 2004 31 12 2099 DD MM YYYY 3184 E Heat delivered heating 10 0 9999999 kWh 3185 E Heat delivered DHW 10 0 9999999 kWh 3186 E Cooling energy delivered 10 0 9999999 kWh 3187 E Energy brought in
211. 7 Swi off temp sat vapor op 3078 Thresh hot gas temp satur 3080 Thresh source temp satur Saturated vapor injection is activated when the hot gas temperature B81 exceeds Thresh hot gas temp satur It is switched off again when the hot gas temperature is at a level of SD hot gas temp EVI line 3072 below the switch on threshold Saturated vapor injection is activated when the source temperature drops below Thresh source temp satur It is switched off again when the source temperature is at a level of SD source temp EVI line 3074 above the switch on threshold Saturated vapor injection is also activated when the maximum switch off temperature line 2844 Switch off temp max in the reduced range see lines 2836 and 2837 is exceeded For operation with saturated vapor injection a separate reduced switch off temperature line 3077 Swi off temp sat vapor op can be set The graph shows this range below the green line Max switch off temperature C 2355256 60 2844 55 A 3077 lt j X gt a por opg a 50 2837 2836 10 5 0 5 10 Twa C Tmin Depending on the type of source line 2812 2815 2816 or 2825 2836 Start swi off temp red Tva Evaporation source temperature 2837 Swi off temp max reduced Bahavior of the valve Magnetic valve and injection capillary Electronic expansion valve 2844 Switch off temp max As soon as one of the conditions for saturated vapor injection is satisfied
212. 71 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Collector pump Q5 For control of the collector pump of the solar collector circuit Collector pump 2 Q16 For control of the circulating pump of a second solar collector circuit Solar pump ext exch K9 For the external heat exchanger Solar pump ext exch K9 must be selected at the multifunctional relay output QX If both a DHW and a buffer storage tank are installed External solar exchanger line 5841 must be set as well Solar ctrl elem buffer K8 If several heat exchangers are used the buffer storage tank must be set at the respective relay output and in addition the type of solar controlling element must be defined Solar controlling element line 5840 Solar ctrl elem swi pool K18 If several heat exchangers are used the swimming pool must be set at the respective relay output and in addition the type of solar controlling element needs to be defined Solar controlling element line 5840 El imm heater buffer K16 A WARNING Electric immersion heaters must be fitted with a safety limit thermostat 338 471 The relay is used for control of an electric immersion heater installed in the buffer storage tank Cons circuit pump VK1 Q15 Consumer circuit pump 1 can be used for an additional consumer Together with the respective external request for heat cooling energy at input Hx the applica
213. 741 Flow temp setpoint max 50 Line 740 95 C 742 _ E Flow temp setpoint room stat line 740 Line 741 C 744 O Swi on ratio room stat 1 99 Room influence 750 F Room influence 20 1 100 o Room temperature limitation 760 F Room temp limitation 1 0 4 C Boost heating quick setback 770 F Boost heating 0 20 C 780 F Quick setback To Reduced setpoint ba Off To Reduced setpoint To frost Prot setpoint Optimum start stop control 790 F Optimum start control max 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 06 00 hh mm ss 791 F Optimum stop control max 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 06 00 hh mm ss 794 F Heat up gradient 60 0 600 min K Increase of Reduced setpoint 800 F Reduced setp increase start line 801 10 C 801 F Reduced setp increase end 15 30 Line 800 Heating circuit pump 810 F Frost prot plant HC pump On Off On Overtemperature protection 820 F Overtemp prot pump circuit Off Off On Control of mixing valve 830 Mixing valve boost 0 0 50 C 832 Actuator type 3 position 2 position 3 position 833 F Switching differential 2 pos 2 0 20 C 834 F Actuator running time 120 30 650 s 835 O Mixing valve Xp 24 1 100 C 836 O Mixing valve Tn 90 10 650 s Floor curing function 850 I Floor curing function Off Off Functional heating Curing heating Functional curing heating Manually 851 Floor curing setp manually 25 0 95 C 856 I Floor curing day current 0
214. 84 QX1 Process revers valve Y22 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K19 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 451 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Power supply Wiring of terminals 8 Technical data 8 1 Basic unit RVS61 843 Rated voltage AC 230 V 410 15 Rated frequency 50 60 Hz Power consumption max 12 VA External supply line protection Fuse slow max 10A Or Circuit breaker max 13 A Characteristic B C D according to EN 60898 Power supply and outputs solid or stranded wire twisted or with ferrule 1 core 0 5 2 5 mm 2 cores 0 5 1 5 mm 3 cores not allowed Function data Software class A Mode of operation to EN 60730 1 B automatic operation Inputs Mains inputs EX1 EX4 EX9 EX11 max AC 230 V Operating range AC 0 253 V Low lt AC 95 V High gt AC 115V Internal resistance gt 100 kQ Mains inputs EX5 EX6 EX7 max AC 230 V Operating range AC 0 253 V Low lt AC 160 V High gt AC 180 V Internal resistance gt 100 kQ Sensor input BX1 BX4 BX7 BX14 NTC 1k QAC34 outside sensor NTC 10k QAZ36 QAD36 Pt1000 optionally for collector and flue gas sensor 5053 9671 ohm
215. 880 1 Use electric flow Complem operation HC e Substitute Complem operation HC Complem operation DHW Complem operation HC DHW End DHW charging Emergency operation Legionella function 2881 Locking time electric flow 30 0 255 min 2882 Release integr electric flow 250 0 500 C min 2883 Reset integr electric flow 10 0 500 C min 2884 Release el flow below OT 30 30 C 2885 O0 Electric on below flow temp ate 5 20 C General parameters 2886 F Compensation heat deficit On Off On Only with floor curing fct 2889 0 Duration error repetition 24 1 40 h 2893 F_ Number DHW charg attempts 1 1 10 2894F _ Delay mains fault 3 1 40 2895 F_ Delay flow switch 0 0 10 2896 0 Flow switch source active Always Always Heating mode only 40 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S gt Be als g 2 S O O r a 5 Oo 2898 1 Min flow switch source 1 1000 l h 2899 Min flow switch consumers 1 1000 l h 2900 0 Refrigerant None None R134A R236FA R290 R404A R407A R407B R407C R410A R410B R413A R417A R422A R422D R427A R507A R600 R600A R744 R1270 2903 I Release strategy COP COP Energy price COP and energy price COP or energ
216. 9 Meters the period of time during which at least one compressor is in operation These operating lines show the total number of hours run and the number of starts of compressor 1 and 2 since they were first commissioned Line no Operating line 8454 Locking time HP This operating line shows the total number of heat pump locking hours enforced by the electrical utility via E6 since the plant was first commissioned Line no Operating line 8455 Counter number of locks HP This operating line shows the total number of heat pump locking actions enforced by the electrical utility via E6 since the plant was first commissioned Line no Operating line 8456 Hours run el flow 8457 Start counter el flow The hours run and the number of starts of the electric immersion heater installed in the flow can be read out here 413 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Vapor injection Line no Operating line 8458 State smart grid Draw disabled Draw free Draw wish Draw forced To read in smart grid information inputs Smart grid E61 and Smart grid E62 are used Meaning of the 4 smart grid states Draw disabled Same behavior as with the active electrical utilitly lock E6 Heat pump and all electric immersion heaters are locked Draw free Normal operation no measures to be taken
217. 967 Temp thresh drip tray heat If at the time the defrost process is started the outside temperature B9 or the source inlet temperature B91 lies below the set temperature threshold the drip tray heater K41 is switched on On completion of the defrost process the drip tray heater remains switched on for another 3 minutes Line no Operating line 2968 Max compr output defrost ACS Position expansion valve when defrost During the defrost process the compressor s current output is maintained If the compressor s current output exceeds Max compr output defrost the output is reduced to the set value On completion of the defrost process and when the delay time has elapsed the restriction is negated again The following differentiation is made e With 1 stage heat pumps the parameter has no impact e With 2 stage heat pumps the second stage is locked when the parameter setting is lt 50 When the function is activated the expansion valve is driven to a fixed position during the defrost process with the compressor In that case superheat control remains deactivated during this period of time 192 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Defrost with DHW charging Switch off temp min Line no Operating line 2969 Defrost with DHW charging Automatically DHW Heating circuit HC defrost delayed
218. 999 8850 DHW primary controller temp 7 0 140 C 8851 DHW primary controller setp 0 140 C 8852 DHW consumption temp 0 140 C 8853 Instant WH setpoint 0 140 C ACS F State DHW circulating pump Q4 Off On ACS F State of DHW precontr mix valve Open Y31 Off On ACS F State of DHW precontr mix valve Closed Y32 Off On ACS F Status instantaneous heater pump Q34 Off On ACS F Status instantaneous heater opens Y33 Off On ACS F Status instantaneous heater closes Y34 Off On ACS F State storage transfer pump Q11 Off On ACS F State DHW stirring pump Q35 Off On ACS F_ DHW intermediate circuit pump Q33 Off On ACS F Zustand TWW Zwischenkreismischer Auf Y37 Off On ACS F_ Zustand TWW Zwischenkreismischer Zu Y38 Off On ACS F State DHW Heatpump K33 Off On ACS F_ Operating mode changeover DHW Off On 79 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S So a e S g 3 O JOJ a 5 O ACS F Flowswitch Off On Consumer circuits 8875 Flow temp setp VK1 0 130 C 8885 Flow temp setp VK2 0 130 C ACS F State CC1 pump Q15 Off On ACS F State CC2 pump Q18 Off On Swimming pool 8895 Flow temp setp swim
219. Acquisition rel air humidity must refer to this input Hx 319 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Procedure Presetting Manual setting adaption of partial diagrams lil Plant diagram selection validity ACS 320 471 6 19 Configuration First make use of the preselection and enter the plant diagram that comes closest to the plant in question Then modify manually the individual partial diagrams to match them to your requirements Select the extra functions only then and make the fine tuning via the operating lines of the individual parameters Presetting Line no Operating line 5700 Presetting ACS Plant diagram selection validity Changed Unchanged The diagrams in chapter Plant diagrams can be preselected by entering a diagram number The plant diagram is the result of presetting plus the connected sensors For more information about the selection of plant diagrams refer to chapter Application diagrams A plant diagram is made up of several partial diagrams The partial diagrams needed can be used to manually produce the required final plant diagram It is also possible to adapt partial diagrams of a plant diagram that were generated via Presetting line 5700 A separate catalog with partial diagrams contains the partial diagrams implemented in the controller classified according to groups Also listed
220. B71 7321 1 Function input H21 module 1 Optg mode change HCs DHW Optg mode changeover DHW Optg mode changeover HCs Optg mode changeover HC1 Optg mode changeover HC2 Optg mode changeover HC3 Error alarm message Consumer request VK1 Consumer request VK2 Release swi pool source heat Release swi pool solar Operating level DHW Operating level HC1 Operating level HC2 Operating level HC3 Room thermostat HC1 Room thermostat HC2 Room thermostat HC3 DHW flow switch Pulse count Dewpoint monitor Flow temp setp incr hygro Swi on command HP stage 1 Swi on command HP stage 2 Status info suppl source Charg prio DHW sol fuel boil Flow measurement Hz Consumer request VK1 10V Consumer request VK2 10V Pressure measurement 10V Humidity measurement 10V Room temp 10V Flow measurement 10V Temp measurement 10V 7322 Contact type H21 module 1 NO NC NO 7324 1 Input value 1 H21 module 1 0 0 1000 7325 Funct value 1 H21 module 1 0 100 500 7326 I Input value 2 H21 module 1 10 0 1000 7327 Funct value 2 H21 module 1 100 100 500 7328 Temp sensor H21 module 1 None None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 7331 Function input H22 module 1 Ditto 7321 7332 I Contact type H22 module 1 NO NC NO 7334 1 Input value 1 H22 module 1 0 0 1000 7335 Funct value 1 H22 module 1 0 100 500 7336 I _ Input value 2 H22 module 1 10 0 1000 7337 Fu
221. BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 QX3 Div valve HC CC1 Y21 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 448 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 22 Brine to water heat pump DHW storage tank with DHW charging pump Q3 buffer storage tank mixing or pump heating circuit mixing cooling circuit for passive cooling Y1 Y2 2355A22 Multifunctional RVS61 terminals BX1 Buffer sensor B4 BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 Div valve cool source Y28 QX3 Div valve HC CC1 Y21 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 449 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Pla
222. COP depends on the current source temperature and the current flow temperature The result is a heat pump specific COP characteristic which needs to be defined in advance For description of ACS parameters relating to the COP characteristic refer to chapter 6 9 section Output data 180 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Release according to the outside temperature Release below outside temp above outside temperature OT limit with DHW charging For forced buffer charging Full charging buffer Line no Operating line 2909 Release below outside temp 2910 Release above outside temp 2908 OT limit with DHW charging Ignore Note When the composite outside temperature lies below or above the set temperature the heat pump is put into operation The release also applies to active cooling mode In the case of DHW charging the effect of releasing locking lines 2909 and 2910 can be negated Line no Operating line 2911 For forced buffer charging Locked Released 2912 Full charging buffer Off On Using function For forced buffer charging forced charging of the storage tank can be demanded independent of the request e g during low tariff periods If the heat pump is released via parameter For forced buffer charging it is switched on while forced storage tank charging is pending In that c
223. Connection Modbus 3 pole screw terminal 24 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Mounting and installation 2014 07 30 Prerequisites Start Calling up Commissioning Configuring the basic settings Resetting the attenuated outside temperature Commissioning 4 Commissioning Mounting and electrical installation especially that of the sensors are completed All wireless connections if required are made The controller is to be set up in connection with the operating unit HMI The operating unit HMI is to be installed by the source producer The operating unit shows the basic display The basic display can always be retrieved by pressing the ESC button once or several times The operating unit s function and the operating buttons are intended for practical usage Commissioning by contrast takes place in programming mode at the user level Commissioning 1 Press the OK button on the operating unit The device changes to programming mode 2 Press the INFO button for 3 seconds The user level menu appears 3 Use the knob to select user level Commissioning and confirm by pressing the OK button Basic settings are made on operating page Configuration for example e The configuration of inputs and outputs e The selection of the plant diagram line 5700 1 Call up user level Commissioning as described above 2 Use the knob to select ope
224. DHW charg temp HP Setting the interval in months at which the heat pump requires service Display of the period of time in months since the last service visit If the value lies above setting HP interval e symbol appears on the display and e a maintenance message on the info level 17 HP interval priority 6 This parameter can be reset provided the respective access right is granted Maximum number of starts of compressors 1 2 per hour run Setting the maximum permissible number of starts of compressor 1 or 2 per hour run Average number of starts of compressor 1 or 2 per hour run reached over the last 6 weeks If the value lies above setting Max starts comprt hrs run or Max starts compr2 hrs run e symbol A appears on the display and e on the info level maintenance message 8 Too many starts compr1 or 9 Too many starts compressor 2 both having priority 9 Reset This parameter can be reset provided the respective access right is granted 383 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Diff condens max week Cur diff condens max week Reset Diff condens min week Cur diff condens min week Reset Diff evap max week Cur diff evap max week Reset Diff evap min week Cur diff evap min week Number of times per week the temperature differential across the condenser exceeded the maximum Setting the number of
225. Display and connection to the pulse count input or Adding the calculated energy required to operate the source and the electric immersion heater to the metered energy required to operate the compressor Eg En Ex Enn Calculating the thermal energy delivered by the electric immersion heaters via Line 5811 adjustable output parameters kW and the effective operating time Line 5813 Eko Metering the volumetric flow through the condenser I with an external flow meter and Line 3090 connection to the pulse count input or metering the volumetric flow l min with an Line 3092 external flow meter and connection to the metering input Line 3093 Measuring the temperature differential of heat pump flow B21 and return B71 and Line 3094 calculation of the amount of heat delivered Line 3095 or Calculating the volumetric flow through the condenser via the adjustable pump flow Line 3097 rate I h and the effective running time speed Line 3098 Measuring the temperature differential of heat pump flow B21 and return B71 and calculation of the amount of heat delivered Es Metering the total amount of thermal energy kWh delivered with an external heat Line 3110 meter and connection to the pulse count input Display or Adding the calculated and metered amounts of thermal energy of the electric immersion heater and the condenser Enn Exo E aut Metering the volumetric flow through the source I with an external flow meter and Line 3112
226. E g 3 z S O O r a 5 0 Fault 6710 Reset alarm relay No No Yes 6711 Reset HP No No Yes 6740 F Flow temp 1 alarm 10 240 min 6741 F_ Flow temp 2 alarm Jas 10 240 min 6742 F Flow temp 3 alarm THa 10 240 min 6745 F DHW charging alarm a 1 48 h 6746 F_ Flow temp cooling 1 alarm 10 240 min 6747 F_ Flow temp cooling 2 alarm anh 10 240 min 6800 F History 1 6801 F Error code 1 0 255 6802 F History 2 6803 F Error code 2 0 255 6804 F History 3 6805 F Error code 3 0 255 6806 F History 4 6807 F Error code 4 0 255 6808 F History 5 6809 F Error code 5 0 255 6810 F History 6 6811 F Error code 6 0 255 6812 F History 7 6813 F Error code 7 0 255 6814 F History 8 6815 F Error code 8 0 255 6816 F History 9 6817 F Error code 9 0 255 6818 F History 10 6819 F Error code 10 0 255 6820 0 Reset history No E No Yes ACS O Repetition Error 107 Hot gas compressor 1 2 0 50 5 ACS O Repetition Error 108 Hot gas compressor 2 2 0 50 E ACS O Repetition Error 134 Disturbance heat pump sias 0 50 ACS O Repetition Error 204 Fan fault overload 2 0 50 ACS O Repetition Error 222 High pressure HP 2 0 50 ACS O Repetition Error 225 Low pressure HP 2 0 50 ACS O Repetition Error 226 Compressor 1 overload 2 0 50 ACS O Repetition Error 227 Compressor 2 overload 2 0 50
227. E1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Auto heat gen lock SD Temp diff buffer HC Temp diff buffer CC When there are no sensors the following backup order applies Selection Sensors Backup 1 Backup 2 Backup 3 With B4 and B42 B41 Only B4 B42 B41 B71 With B42 B42 B4 With B42 and B41 B42 B4 B41 B71 With B4 and B71 Only B4 B71 With solar integration B41cannot be used or cannot replace a missing sensor The heat refrigeration source is put into operation only if the buffer storage tank is no longer capable of satisfying the current heat cooling demand The switching differential can be adjusted If there is only one sensor B4 in the buffer storage tank a minimum switching differential of 2 Kelvin applies even if a smaller value is parameterized If 2 or more sensors are used the parameterized value applies see graph shown with lines 4720 and 4722 In plants with great switching differentials a mixing valve boost is usually set to switch producers on and off This mixing valve boost is not required when drawing heat from a storage tank and can be readjusted via parameter Temp diff buffer HC If the temperature differential AT between the buffer storage tank and the cooling request from the cooling circuit is sufficiently large the cooling energy required by the cooling circuit is drawn from the buffer storage tank The refrigeration source is locked e The refriger
228. F Request opt energy Off e Off On 1909 1 _ Flow temp setp cons request 30 8 120 C e 1910 F Frost prot plant VK pump On Off On 1924 0 DHW charging priority Yes No Yes 1925 F Excess heat draw On Off On 1928 F With buffer Yes No Yes 1930 F With prim contr system pump Yes No Yes Swimming pool circuit 1952 F Release source heating 24h day e None 24h day Time program 5 1954 F Request opt energy Off e Off On 1959 1_ Flow temp setpoint 30 8 120 C e 1960 F Frost prot plant pool pump Off Off On 1973 F Last priority to charge No No Yes 1974 O DHW charging priority Yes No Yes 1975 F Excess heat draw On Off On 1978 F With buffer Yes No Yes 1980 F With prim contr system pump Yes No Yes 36 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S IHE 5 g E 8 O O r a 5 0 Swimming pool 2055 E Setpoint solar heating 26 8 Line 2070 C 2056 E Setpoint source heating 22 8 Line 2070 C 2057 F Swi diff source heating 0 5 0 5 3 C 2065 F Charging priority solar Priority 3 e Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3 2070 0 Swimming pool temp max 32 Line 2055 95 C 2080F With solar integration Yes No Yes Primary contr system pump 2110 0 Flow temp setpoint min 8 8 Line 2111 C 2111 O Fl
229. F Module and OCI350 01 only alternatively Key BSB W Boiler System Bus wired BSB W Boiler System Bus wireless LPB Local Process Bus 9 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Summary 2014 07 30 1 1 2 The communication choices in detail 2 S Remote D s Fel N ACS790 a oy Web Browser Internet Router Y Network f WwW ACS790 Web Browser Service ACS790 Web Browser Webserver OZW672 Controller TaN OZS164 23 A Modbus l OCI350 01 Controller pom a j RVS61 Only with OZW672 Internet GSM Telephone network Ethernet WLAN Local RS 232 octet Extension Module Key PSTN Public switched telephone network x WLAN Wireless LAN GSM Global System for Mobile Communications 10 471 Siemens Heat pump controller Building Technologies Summary CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Basic concept 2 Safety notes RVS61 843 e The controller is designed for mounting in a heat pump a control panel or in a housing fitted to the wall e The connections for mains and low voltage are physically separated A WARNING
230. H2 module 3 None None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 7471 Function input H21 module 3 Optg mode change HCs DHW Optg mode changeover DHW Optg mode changeover HCs Optg mode changeover HC1 Optg mode changeover HC2 Optg mode changeover HC3 Error alarm message Consumer request VK1 Consumer request VK2 Release swi pool source heat Release swi pool solar Operating level DHW Operating level HC1 Operating level HC2 Operating level HC3 Room thermostat HC1 Room thermostat HC2 Room thermostat HC3 DHW flow switch Pulse count Dewpoint monitor Flow temp setp incr hygro Swi on command HP stage 1 Swi on command HP stage 2 Status info suppl source Charg prio DHW sol fuel boil Flow measurement Hz Consumer request VK1 10V Consumer request VK2 10V Pressure measurement 10V Humidity measurement 10V Room temp 10V Flow measurement 10V Temp measurement 10V 7472 Contact type H21 module 3 NO NC NO 7474 _ Input value 1 H21 module 3 0 0 1000 7475 Funct value 1 H21 module 3 0 100 500 7476 Input value 2 H21 module 3 10 0 1000 7477 _ Funct value 2 H21 module 3 100 100 500 7478 Temp sensor H21 module 3 None None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 7481 Function input H22 module 3 Ditto 7471 7482 Contact type H22 module 3 NO NC NO 7484 1 Input value 1 H22 module 3 0 0
231. H22 module 2 10 0 1000 7412 Funct value 2 H22 module 2 100 100 500 7413 1 Temp sensor H22 module 2 None None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 7416 Voltage out GX21 module 2 5 Volt 5 Volt 12 Volt 7417 1 Funct input EX21 module 2 None Electrical utility lock E6 Low tariff E5 Overload compressor 2 E12 Overload source E14 Pressure switch source E26 Flow switch source E15 Flow switch consumers E24 Manual defrost E17 Common fault HP E20 Fault soft starter E25 Low pressure switch E9 High pressure switch E10 Overload compressor 1 E11 Error alarm message Mains supervision E21 Fault soft starter 2 E27 Pressure diff defrost E28 Pres sw source int circ E29 Flow sw source int circ E30 Smart grid E61 Smart grid E62 7418 0 Cont type inp EX21 module 2 NO NC NO 7423 Funct output UX21 module 2 None Source pump Q8 fan K19 DHW pump Q3 DHW interm circ pump Q33 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Collector pump Q5 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar pump buffer K8 Solar pump swi pool K18 Collector pump 2 Q16 Instant WH pump Q34 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Condenser pump Q9 HP setpoint Output request Heat request Refrigeration request Compressor modulation Expansion valve evapor V81 Expansion valve EVI V82 7424 1 Sign logic out UX21 module2 Standard Standard Inverted 7425 1
232. HW Optg mode changeover DHW Optg mode changeover HCs Optg mode changeover HC1 Optg mode changeover HC2 Optg mode changeover HC3 Error alarm message Consumer request VK1 Consumer request VK2 Release swi pool source heat Release swi pool solar Operating level DHW Operating level HC1 Operating level HC2 Operating level HC3 Room thermostat HC1 Room thermostat HC2 Room thermostat HC3 DHW flow switch Dewpoint monitor Flow temp setp incr hygro Swi on command HP stage 1 Swi on command HP stage 2 Status info suppl source Charg prio DHW sol fuel boil Consumer request VK1 10V Consumer request VK2 10V Pressure measurement 10V Humidity measurement 10V Room temp 10V Flow measurement 10V Temp measurement 10V 7312 Contact type H2 module 1 NO NC NO 7314 Voltage value 1 H2 module 1 0 0 10 V 7315 l_ Funct value 1 H2 module 1 0 100 500 7316 Voltage value 2 H2 module 1 10 0 10 V 65 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 o a 2 IS g gt e a m 5 Jalg z S 2e al5S 5 3S E g O JOJ QO D oO 7317 Funct value 2 H2 module 1 100 100 500 7318 1 Temp sensor H2 module 1 None None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor
233. HW heat pump K33 System pump 2 Q44 Div valve cooling cond Y27 Div valve cooling flow Y29 Cond reversing valve Y91 Buffer reversing valve Y47 Status info heating K42 Status info cooling K43 Status info DHW charg K44 7377 1 Relay output QX22 module 2 Ditto 7376 7378 Relay output QX23 module 2 Ditto 7376 7382 Sensor input BX21 module 2 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 Hot gas sensor B82 Refrig sensor liquid B83 DHW charging sensor B36 DHW outlet sensor B38 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Hot gas sensor B81 Outside sensor B9 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 Room sensor B5 Room setp readjustment 1 Room sensor B52 Room setp readjustment 2 Room sensor B53 Room setp readjustment 3 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 Suction gas sensor B85 Suction gas sensor EVI B86 Evaporation sensor EVI B87 DHW prim contr sensor B35 Common flow sensor 2 B11 Common return sensor B73 Source int circ flow B93 Source int circ return B94 Suction gas sensor cool B88 7383 Sensor input BX22 module 2 Ditto 7382 7386 Function
234. Infrastructure amp Cities TT eee ee a a a aa a fi Albatros Series E Heat pump controller RVS61 843 User Manual AVS75 370 AVS75 39x Edition 1 0 Controller series E CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Building Technologies Siemens Switzerland Ltd Infrastructure amp Cities Sector Building Technologies Division Gubelstrasse 22 6301 Zug Switzerland Tel 41 41 724 24 24 www siemens com sbt 2 471 2009 2014 Siemens Switzerland Ltd Subject to change Siemens Heat pump controller Building Technologies CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Warning concept Legal notes The instructions contained in this User Manual must be observed to ensure your personal safety and to prevent damage to equipment or property Instructions relating to your personal safety are highlighted by a warning triangle Instructions relating solely to equipment or property damage are without a warning triangle The warning notes are presented in descending order as follows depending on the hazard level A WARNING Means that death or severe personal injury can occur if the respective precautionary measures are not taken A CAUTION With warning triangle means that minor personal injury can occur if the respective precautionary measures are not taken CAUTION Without warning triangle means that property damage can occur if the respective precautionary measures are not taken NOTE Means that an undesired
235. K22 States of other relays Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 6 30 Pump and valve kick To ensure that pumps and valves do not suffer from standstill damage they are operated for a short time at regular intervals Kick function The table below lists the relays controlled by the Kick function and the associated pumps or valves The Kick function is performed every Friday morning at 10 00 o clock non adjustable The Kick function is performed only if the pump or the valve has not been operated since the last Kick function The Kick function activates the pump or the valve one by one the interval being 30 seconds The pumps and valves are kicked for 20 seconds In the case of speed controlled pumps modulation output ZX or UX used is set to the parameterized start speed together with the relay If no starting speed is parameterized the maximum speed is used UX outputs that have no relay assigned use the starting speed or maximum speed for the kick e Mixing valves are driven to their fully open and then back to their fully closed position They are kicked only if at the time of kicking they receive no valid request Relay Type of pump or valve Note Heat pump Q8 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q9 Condenser pump Q9 Y28 Div valve cool
236. Limit thermostat HC2 3 No No J Yes 1 installer 201 Frost alarm B21 9 Yes No No 1 installer 204 Fan overload E14 9 Yes Num Fan overload No 1 installer 222 Hi press on HP op E10 9 Yes Num High press HP in operation No 1 installer 223 Hi press on start HC E10 9 Yes No J No 1 installer 224 Hi press on start DHW E10 9 Yes No l No 1 installer 225 Low pressure E9 9 Yes Num Low pressure No 2 customer service 226 Compressor 1 overlaod E11 9 Yes Num Compressor 1 overload No 2 customer service 227 Compressor 2 overlaod E12 9 Yes Num Compressor 2 overload No 2 customer sevice 228 Flow swi heat source E15 9 Yes Num Flow switch heat source No 1 installer 229 Press swi heat source E15 9 Yes Num Press switch heat source No 1 installer 230 Source pump overload E14 9 Yes Num Source pump overload No 1 installer 241 Flow sensor yield B63 6 No No l Yes 1 installer 242 Return sensor yield B64 6 No No l Yes 1 installer 243 Swimming pool sensor B13 6 No No Yes 1 installer 247 Defrost fault 9 Yes Num Preheating for defrost No 1 1 installer 260 Flow sensor 3 B14 6 No No Yes 320 DHW charging sensor B36 6 No No Yes 321 DHW outlet sensor B38 6 No No Yes 322 Water press 3 too high Hx 6 No No J Yes 323 Water press 3 too low Hx 6 No No l No 324 BX same sensors 3 No No Yes 325 BX e module same sens 3 No No Yes ese 326 BX m grp same sens 3 No No Yes 327 E module s
237. Line no Operating line 5981 Cont type input EX1 EX2 EX3 EX4 EX5 EX6 EX7 EX9 EX4 EX5 EX6 EX7 E E10 a i cmp 5983 EX10 EX11 5985 NC NO 5987 5989 5991 5993 5999 6000 6001 Contact type The type of contact can be selected NC The input s function is active when voltage is not present NO The input s function is active when voltage is present i The descriptions of the functions of the EX contact apply when an NO contact is selected 354 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Mixing group 1 basic unit Line no Operating line 6014 Function mixing group 1 Multifunctional Heating circuit 1 Heating circuit 2 Heating circuit 3 Primary contr system pump DHW primary controller Instantaneous water heater Cooling circuit 1 Heating circ cooling circ 1 Ret temp contr sol fuel boil Cooling circuit 2 Heating circ cooling circ 2 DHW interm circuit controller Terminals BX11 QX10 QX11 and QX9 are assigned as follows depending on the setting of parameter 6014 Function mixing group 1 Terminal BX11 Terminal QX10 Terminal QX11 Terminal QX9 None Without function Without function Without function Without function Multifunctional BX4 QX1 QX2 QX5 Heating circuit 1 B1 Y1 Y2 Q2 Heating circuit 2 B12 Y5 Y6 Q6 Heating circuit 3 B14 Y11 Y12 Q20 Primary contr system
238. M Pump Grundfos Pump Wilo Fan Ebm papst Inverter Invertek 6672 I Function port 3 None None System pump 2 Q44 6675 Slave address port 4 1 1 247 6676 Device port 4 None None OEM Pump Grundfos Pump Wilo Fan Ebm papst Inverter Invertek 6677 1 Function port 4 None None System pump 2 Q44 6680 I Slave address port 5 1 22207 247 6681 1 Device port 5 None None OEM Pump Grundfos Pump Wilo Fan Ebm papst Inverter Invertek 6682 Function port 5 None None System pump 2 Q44 6685 Slave address port 6 1 seal 247 6686 Device port 6 None None OEM Pump Grundfos Pump Wilo Fan Eom papst Inverter Invertek 6687 Function port 6 None None System pump 2 Q44 6690 I Slave address port 7 1 E 247 6691 1 Device port 7 None None OEM Pump Grundfos Pump Wilo Fan Ebm papst Inverter Invertek 6692 Function port 7 None None System pump 2 Q44 6695 Slave address port 8 1 1 247 6696 Device port 8 None None OEM Pump Grundfos Pump Wilo Fan Eom papst Inverter Invertek 6697 1 Function port 8 None None System pump 2 Q44 62 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S IH
239. Me cceesssssstseseessteseseessseseeseteeeaes 258 Antifreeze AGENTS cc cccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 262 Charging time limitation cc csesseseesseeeeeeeeee 288 Applications ccceeccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetneeeeeeeeeteee 427 Check NUMDETS ccceeeeeeeeeeeccteeeeeeeeeeeeenaaaes 363 Auto generation lOCK cccccccccceeeeeeeeeees 272 275 Circulating PUMP cceeeesteeeeeeteeeetteeeeeees 119 337 Automatic DHW puSh 0 cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 294 Legionella function 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 118 Automatic MOdC cccccecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 84 103 Clearing Sensors ssssssnnenennnr annn n rnnr rnnr nrnna 362 PN ST DSO rnan a a a Vai ie alia ie allele ai 84 Glock Mode ocs 371 Orc io lt Warr errrerrrerreerrerrreerrerrreerrerrreerreerrrerreerreer reer 367 B Collector BIO ran AA E TASR 302 0 Ree EE TEE ee rere E E E E eee et 257 463 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Index 2014 07 30 Sensor type ee 357 Speed control locking time ceeeeeeee 202 Start function 000 0 eee cece eee e eee eeetteeeeeeeeeeteee 259 Speed I 10 Coe 202 Collector frost protection eceeeeeeeeeeees 260 Speed tn eee 202 Collector overtemperature protection 260 417 Switching diff source off 199 Collector overtemperature protection function 123 Switch off temp MaX ee eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaees 19
240. OT 25 C Flow temp setp min OT 35 C Room influence Compensation variants Weather compensation alone Line no Operating line CC1 CC2 923 1223 Flow temp setp min OT 25 C 924 1224 Flow temp setp min OT 35 C The flow temperature required for cooling can be limited to a minimum The limit curve is determined by defining 2 fixed points In addition there is a minimum limit for the resulting flow temperature setpoint which must not fall below 5 C Defines the lowest permissible flow temperature at a composite outside temperature of 25 C Defines the lowest permissible flow temperature at a composite outside temperature of 35 C If no valid outside temperature is available the controller uses the value of Flow temp setp min OT 35 C TVKw 2355Z07 923 924 ee 25 C 35 TAgem TVKw Flow temperature setpoint for cooling with minimum limitation TVKw_unb Flow temperature setpoint for cooling without minimum limitation TAgem Composite outside temperature Line no Operating line CC1 CC2 928 1228 Room influence When using a room temperature sensor there is a choice of 3 different types of compensation Selection Compensation variant Weather compensation alone 1 99 Weather compensation with room influence 100 Room compensation alone Outside sensor is mandatory The flow temperature i
241. Off Heating mode Cooling mode Heating and cooling mode 3056 0 Output control with SHC Off Off Heating mode Cooling mode Heating and cooling mode ACS O Output control with SHC Xp 20 1 200 C ACS O Output control with SHC Tn 60 1 650 Ss ACS O Max deviation superheat 2 0 5 10 C ACS O Delay expansion valve evaporator error 20 0 255 S 3058 0 Pump off function Off Off Automatic 3059 O Pump off funct press limit eG 0 100 bar Vapor injection EVI 3062 O Superheat setpoint EVI 6 1 15 C 3063 0 EVI controller Xp 10 1 200 C 3064 0 EVI controller Tn 30 4 650 s 3065 O EVI controller Tv 0 0 60 S 3066 O Expansion valve EVI run time 5 1 1000 S 30710 Threshold hot gas temp EVI saf 20 180 C 3072 O0 SD hot gas temp EVI 10 1 20 C 3073 O Threshold source temp EVI a 50 50 C 3074 O SD source temp EVI 5 1 20 C 3077 O Swi off temp sat vapor op e 8 100 C 3078 O Thresh hot gas temp satur san 20 180 C 3080 O Thresh source temp satur Sols 50 50 C 43 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S TAE S g 3 O JOJ a 5 O Energy meter Heat delivered 3090 Pulse count heat None None With input H1 With input H21 module 1
242. On 54 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 o 3 2 sle 3 8 amp 3 8 s Se lal g O O x a 5 Oo Consumer circuits 5750 Consumer circuit 1 Heating Heating 4 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling 5751 1 Consumer circuit 2 Heating Heating 4 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling Heat pump 5800 1 Heat source Brine Brine Water Air Externally brine Externally water Externally air 5803 F Device address ext source 1 16 5804 O Source prot sens brine HP Source inlet B91 Source inlet B91 Source outlet B92 5805 0 Location el imm heater flow After flow sensor B21 After flow sensor B21 Before flow sensor B21 Flow desuperheater 5806 O Type el imm heater flow 3 stage 3 stage 2 stage excluding 2 stage complementary 5807 Refrigeration Off Off Active and passive cooling Active cooling Passive cooling 5808 Cooling system 2 pipe system cooling 4 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling 5810 Differential HC at OT 10 C 7 0 20 C 5811 l Output el imm heater K25 10 0 1 99 kW 5813 Output el imm heater K26 20 0 1 99 kW 5822 O Press acquisition evap H82 None None With input H1 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With
243. Plant state Note Condition Speed behavior 1 Frost protection for the Line 2800 Condenser pump operates only if frost protection for the plant is Minimum speed plant required 2 1 Condenser pump operates only if frost protection for the condenser Minimum speed Frost protection for the A S r quireu 7 2 2 condenser Line 2810 Condenser pump operates only if frost protection for the condenser According to strategy is required and electric immersion heater or compressor is in operation 3 Pump prerun Line 2802 According to strategy 4 Pump overrun Line 2803 According to strategy 5 1 Generally when electric immersion heater is in operation Maximum speed 5 2 With electric immersion Strategy HP setpoint and electric immersion heater located According to this heater emergency upstream of flow temperature sensor B21 strategy 5 3 operation Not for Strategy Temp diff condenser and electric immersion heater According to this emergency located upstream of flow temperature sensor B21 and compressor strategy operation in operation 6 Passive cooling mode Maximum speed 7 Automatic sensor readjustment Line 3030 Maximum speed 8 1 Strategy HP setpoint or Temp diff condenser and compressor on Maximum speed 8 2 Strategy HP setpoint or Temp diff condenser and compressor off Minimum speed Process drs Defrost with compressor reversal dripping 8 3 Strategy Compressor output A
244. Signal output UX21 module 2 0 10V 0 10V PWM 68 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 o 3 e 2 DISE 3 3 gt o S 2 z S ae als 5 E O JOJ a gt Oo 7429 Temp val 10V UX21 module2 100 5 130 C 7430 1 Funct output UX22 module 2 Ditto 7423 7431 1 Sign logic out UX22 module2 Standard Standard Inverted 7432 Signal output UX22 module 2 0 10V 0 10V PWM 7436 Temp val 10V UX22 module2 100 5 130 C 7437 O Funct output WX21 module 2 None None Expansion valve evapor V81 Expansion valve EVI V82 ACS O Operating mode WX21 module 2 Halbschritt Halbschritt Vollschritt 1 phasig ACS JO Rotating direction WX21 module 2 Inverted Standard Inverted ACS O Step rate WX21 module 2 30 30 300 ACS O Number of steps WX21 module 2 500 0 6400 ACS O Steps at setpoint 0 WX21 module 2 12 0 6400 ACS O Steps at setpoint 100 WX21 module 2 500 0 6400 ACS O Steps overdrive WX21 module 2 50 0 6400 i ACS O Calibration WX21 module 2 50 0 255 h Module 3 7450 Function extension module 3 None Multifunctional Heating circuit 1 Heating circuit 2 Heating circuit 3 Solar DHW Primary contr system pump DHW primary controller Instantaneous water heater Cooling circuit 1 Heating circ cooling cir
245. Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 6 4 Cooling circuit eat A number of functions are available for the cooling circuits we yesvea Which can be set individually for each cooling circuit Q24 KDB 6 T cO RG1 2 pipe system KK e Cooling and heating circuit draw their Bie O cooling energy heat from the same a24 CN common flow Mees e Cooling mode active cooling is interrupted if one of the consumers calls for heat 4 pipe system KK e Cooling and heating circuit draw their Bie O cooling energy heat from separate a24 CN common flows cia J e DHW charging and heating with some other heating circuit during cooling mode are possible 102 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Operating mode Protection Automatic Tip Reduced Comfort Line no Operating line CC1 CC2 901 1201 Operating mode Protection Automatic Reduced Comfort In Protection mode the cooling system is off However the room remains protected against too high temperatures Protection setpoint line 904 Characteristics of Protection mode e Cooling mode off e Temperature according to the Protection setpoint line 904 e Eco functions active In Automatic mode the room temperature is controlled according to th
246. W B 24 x x DHW 25 x x DHW 26 x x B 27 x x B 31 h 33 DHW B 35 x 37 x DHW B 38 xX DHW B 39 xX DHW 40 x DHW 41 x B 42 x 44 x DHW B 45 DHW B 46 X 48 x x DHW B 49 x x DHW B 50 x X DHW 51 x x DHW 52 x x B The DHW storage tank is charged via collector pump Q5 Solid fuel boiler No solid fuel boiler Solid fuel boiler boiler pump Solid fuel boiler boiler pump integration DHW storage tank Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Check no heat source 2 Heat pump Heat pump No heat pump 10 Brine to water heat pump 1 stage 14 Brine to water heat pump 1 stage with passive cooling 18 Brine to water heat pump 1 stage with process reversing valve 22 Brine to water heat pump 1 stage with process reversing valve and passive cooling 30 Water to water heat pump 1 stage 34 Water to water heat pump 1 stage with passive cooling 38 Water to water heat pump 1 stage with process reversing valve 42 Water to water heat pump 1 stage with process reversing valve and passive cooling 50 Air to water heat pump 1 stage with process reversing valve 60 Heat pump 1 stage for external monitoring Check no storage tank Buffer storage tank DHW storage tank 0 No buffer storage tank 00 No DHW storage tank 1 Buffer storage tank 01 Electric immersion heater 2 Buffer stora
247. With prim contr system pump With solar integration Configuration Line no Operating line 5085 Excess heat draw Off On Excess heat draw can be triggered by the following functions e Inputs Hx e Storage tank recooling e Excess heat draw by the solid fuel boiler When dissipation of excess heat is activated it can be discharged to the DHW storage tank Line no Operating line 5090 With buffer No Yes 5092 With prim contr system pump No Yes 5093 With solar integration No Yes If a buffer storage tank is installed enter whether the DHW storage tank can draw heat from it It must be selected whether the DHW storage tank shall be charged via the primary controller or the system pump It must be selected whether the DHW storage tank can be charged by solar energy Speed controlled pumps controlled mixing valve Heat exchanger in the storage tank and sensor B36 in the return i A The controller calculates the charging pump speed such that the E return temperature acquired by sensor B36 is 2 Kelvin above the DSN T storage tank temperature B3 B36 B3 T JI BA Heat exchanger outside the storage tank with primary controller Y31 32_ az B35 py ey OLA The controller calculates the charging pump speed such that the T cl Pa DHW setpoint plus charging boost at sensor B35 is achieved A T B
248. X Xp 97 111 126 134 168 201 208 214 216 261 TODOlOGY e A ERA RERE 9 267 269 297 298 302 313 Total solar yield ceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeee 417 Transfer DOOSt cccccseeccccceceeeseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 286 Y Transfer pump storage tank eessen 337 N24 NAS n aaa aa a a 339 Transfer strategy 299 M22 E E E EE EE EE EE EE E E ET 336 UE AA AE EES 134 201 208 217 297 302 313 2B A A AA E T 336 Type of building construction 358 S AA E A A erence 337 Yearly performance factor 229 U Yield ME ASUFEMENL cccccccceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 261 Use of mixing valve 1 2 ssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn na 321 UXT UX2 anana a aiaa ae aaae eaae iaia 400 Z Z4 MOQ iinit aia 343 Vv TA E O E A AE cts ahd choc atl 356 Valve KICK ccccccccccsssesecccceeeeceeeseeeeeceeeesaeaeeees 425 470 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Index 2014 07 30 Siemens Switzerland Ltd Infrastructure amp Cities Sector Building Technologies Division Gubelstrasse 22 6301 Zug Switzerland Tel 41 41 724 24 24 www siemens com sbt 2009 2014 Siemens Switzerland Ltd Subject to change 471 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies 2014 07 30
249. Y19 Y20 Q14 B15 il DHW primary controller Y31 Y32 Q3 B35 i 2 Instantaneous water heater Y33 Y34 Q34 B38 B39 FS 7 Cooling circuit 1 Y23 Y24 Q24 B16 Heating circ cooling circ 1 Y1 Y2 Q2 B1 E Solid fuel boiler Y9 Y10 Q10 B72 B22 Cooling circuit 2 Y41 Y42 Q28 Bi7 Heating circ cooling circ 2 Y5 Y6 Q6 B12 i i DHW interm circuit controller Y37 Y38 Q33 B36 i Freely selectable in QX BX FS DHW flow switch AVS75 390 H2 AVS75 370 H21 389 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 QX extension module Defines usage of the Qx relay outputs Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 7301 7376 7451 Relay output QX21 module 1 2 3 7302 7377 7452 Relay output QX22 module 1 2 3 7303 7378 7453 Relay output QX23 module 1 2 3 None Compressor 2 K2 Process revers valve Y22 Hot gas temp K31 El imm heater 1 flow K25 El imm heater 2 flow K26 Div valve cool source Y28 System pump Q14 Cascade pump Q25 Heat gen shutoff valve Y4 El imm heater DHW K6 Circulating pump Q4 St tank transfer pump Q11 DHW interm circ pump Q33 DHW mixing pump Q35 Collector pump Q5 Collector pump 2 Q16 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar ctrl elem buffer K8 Solar ctrl elem swi pool K18 El imm heater buffer K16 Cons circuit pump VK1 Q15 Cons circuit pump VK2 Q18 Swimming pool pump Q19 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 2n
250. Yes Summer compensation 918 F Summer comp start at OT 26 20 Line 919 C e 919 F Summer comp end at OT 35 Line 918 50 C e 920 F Summer comp setp increase 4 1 10 C e Limitations of flow temperature setpoint 923 F Flow temp setp min OT 25 C 18 6 35 C 924 F Flowtemp setp min OT 35 C 18 6 35 C Room influence 928 F Room influence 80 1 100 e Room temperature limitation 932 F Room temp limitation 0 5 0 4 C Optimizations 935 IF Quick increase To Reduced setpoint e Off To Reduced setpoint To Protection setpoint Frost protection 937 F Frost prot plant CC pump Off Off On Control of mixing valve 938 F Mixing valve decrease 0 0 20 C 939 F Actuator type 3 position 2 position 3 position 940 F Switching differential 2 pos 2 0 20 C 30 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S rc Se lals 5 E 8 O O r a 5 0 941 F Actuator running time 120 30 650 s 942 O Mixing valve Xp 12 1 100 C 943 O Mixing valve Tn 90 10 650 5 945 F Mixing valve in heating mode Open Control Open Dewpoint monitoring 946 F Lock time dewpoint monitor 60 10 600 min 947 F Flow temp setp incr hygro 10 1 20 C 948 F Flow setp incr start at r h
251. _052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Priority Overtemperature protection Plant hydraulics Line no Operating line 2065 Charging priority solar Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3 Priority 1 Swimming pool heating is assigned the first priority Priority 2 Swimming pool heating is assigned the second priority after the buffer storage tank before the DHW storage tank or after the DHW storage tank before the buffer storage tank Priority 3 Swimming pool heating is assigned the last priority after the buffer and the DHW storage tank Line no Operating line 2070 Swimming pool temp max When the swimming pool temperature reaches the maximum set here the collector pump is deactivated Line no Operating line 2080 With solar integration This setting defines whether the swimming pool can be heated by solar energy 124 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Summary Limitations of flow temperature setpoint Flow temp setpoint min and max Flow temp setp cooling min Primary controller system pump Frost prot plant syst pump 6 8 Primary controller system pump Y19 a The primary controller allows lower or higher flow aa BS temperatures by mixing to obtain flow temperatures for heating cooling zones with setpoints higher or lower than those of the
252. a aaas 382 Primary controller system pump 006 295 EMOS a a a ES 377 Solar integration eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeees 295 Evapor temp defrost end eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 189 DHW charging priOrity cc cccceeeeseeseeeeeeeeees 117 Evaporation heat carrier eessen 261 DHW controlling element cceeeeeeeeeees 323 Evaporator temperature 415 DHW controlling element Q3 ceeeeeees 339 EX1 EXA1 eeeeeeerersesrrrrnrrrserrrreee 354 DHW USD a a A A 294 Excess heat Araw ccccccssceseeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 100 295 DHW request ccccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeetteeencaeeeeeees 288 Extension module 84 DHW switching differential cceeeeees 286 BX A 391 Digital Scroll COMpressSor cccceeeceeeeeteeeeeees 169 LO Coane ere eee career teecoa eects 390 DIMENSIONS 35 die lecs atiictearience cannes 12 Extension module AVS75 370 cseeeeeeeeeeees 16 Discharging protection Extension modules 1 2 3 si 389 DAW aiarra aaaea i 289 Diverting valve eeeeesesseeeesssesrrrrrrreesserrns 336 F DO fe TAREE A E EEES 335 Factory SCttinQ 0 ccccceeeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeesenneeeeeees 363 Diverting valve COoling ceeee 336 339 421 Factory settings eerren 82 Drilling plan sssseseeeeseeessseesesrrrresssssrrrrrnsssssseens 12 FAI Oke ance A E A A a ES 415 qt Fault DefrOStING 0ccccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeettteeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaes 189 3 PNASE current 352 End of defrost fan
253. aaaaeeeeeeeeteeseaaeeeeees 315 6 19 COnfiQ uration iiiaae aiaa iaaii aeaaea aea aaa aeaea oaaae aaa aaa 320 6 20 MOP EAA AAAA A seach naar 368 6 21 MODUS Aae AEEA AE E AEA EE aaduiedaatuiedlsadvtsendaaadss 372 6 22 ESOP E E S E E E 377 6 23 Maintenance special operation eeeesesssssseeriessssrerirrrrssssrrrrrnnssssne 383 6 24 Configuring the extension modules eeeseeeeeeeseserrrrrrrsssrerrrne 389 4 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Table of contents 2014 07 30 6 25 INPUt OUtPUt tOSt cece cee cece ee eeeeccaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeseeesaeeeeeees 400 6 26 State coun Lec em por ma Vien nn eaten Dae Nt 2 ean 404 6 27 Diagnostics cascade cccceeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeecaaeeeeeeeesteeesnaaeeetess 410 6 28 Diagnostics heat generation eseeeeeeessessssrrrtessssrrrirrrrsssrrrrrrnnnssene 411 6 29 Diagnostics CONSUMETS c ccccceeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeteeccaeeeeeeeeeteenscaaeeeeees 419 6 30 Pump and valve kicks scsi nena aaa 425 7 Plant diagrams a oa rusat L TaD TELE 427 7 4 Basic plant GiagGrams ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeccneeeeeeeeeeeeecaaaeeeeeeeeeeennaaeeeeees 427 8 Technical datas adada anaana 452 8 1 Basic unit RVS61 848 nnana cdedetenetetenanane 452 8 2 Extension module AVS75 370 eeeseeeeesesssserrrrsssrrrrrrrrrssssrrrrrnnssssne 455 8 3 Extension module AVS75 390 cceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeees 457 8 4 Modbus clip in OCI350 01 101
254. activated e g during the night If the temperature increase at the collector sensor exceeds the set Collector start funct grad the collector pump is activated The collector pump may be activated only if the temperature acquired by the collector sensor reaches at least the level set here Collector frost Line no Operating line protection 3840 Collector frost protection If there is risk of frost at the collector the collector pump is put into operation to prevent the heat transfer medium from freezing e f the collector temperature falls below the frost protection level the collector pump is activated e When the collector temperature returns to a level 1 Kelvin above frost protection the collector pump is deactivated again Collector Line no Operating line overtemperature 3850 Collector overtemp prot protection ae on If there is a risk of overtemperature at the collector storage tank charging is continued to reduce the amount of surplus heat Charging is aborted when the storage tank reaches its safety temperature TKolUe TSpSi Storage tank safety temperature TSp Storage tank temperature TKolUe Collector temperature for overtemperature protection TSpmax Maximum charging temperature Tkol Collector temperature On Off Collector pump T Temperature t Time 260 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Supe
255. adient Modulation is released only if on completion of the second locking time the anticipated actual value lies below the required setpoint The compressor can only be switched off again when modulation is locked and the stage2 mod reset integral has been fulfilled line 2864 Reset integral stage2 mod Line no Operating line 2867 Output optimum See explanation given in section Compressor 2 166 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Compressor modulation Compressor modulation max min lil Compressor mod run time and Compr mod run time closing As long as the compressor is off K1 off or not released D3 off the output setpoint is maintained at 0 When the compressor is switched on K1 on and Locking time stage2 mod line 2862 has elapsed the output setpoint is shifted to Compressor modulation min line 2871 and maintains that level as long as modulation is locked As soon as modulation is released the control generates an output setpoint between Compressor modulation min and Compressor modulation max line 2870 based on the deviation of the current heat pump setpoint from the flow temperature B21 e During the defrost process D6 at X75 the control is frozen in which means that the current output setpoint is maintained during defrosting e Parameter Compressor modulation min must be set such that the
256. age Uout 0 10 V Current load 2 mA RMS 2 7 mA peak Ripple lt 50 mVpp Accuracy of zero point lt 80 mV Error remaining range lt 130 mV PWM outputs UX1 UX2 safety extra low voltage output is short circuit proof Output voltage high 10 V low 0 V Current load UX min 6 V 5 mA Frequency 3 kHz G power supply safety extra low voltage output is short circuit proof Output voltage 11 3 130 2 V Current load max 88 mA Interfaces BSB 2 wire connection noninterchangeable Cable length basic unit peripheral device max 200 m Total cable length max 400 m max cable capacitance 60 nF Cross sectional area min 0 5 mm LPB copper cable 1 5 mm With controller bus power supply per 2 wire connection noninterchangeable controller 250 m With central bus power supply 460 m Bus loading number E 3 Modbus optionally with for details refer to Technical Data of Modbus clip in OCI350 01 at X60 OCI350 01 453 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Technical data 2014 07 30 Degree of protection Directives and Standards Climatic conditions Protection class If correctly installed low voltage live parts meet the requirements of safety class II according to EN 60730 1 Protection degree of housing IPOO according to EN 60529 Degree of pollution 2 according to EN 60730 1 Product standard EN 60730 1 Automatic electrical controls for household and similar use
257. ail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Address power supply Device address and Segment address Example Bus power supply function Bus power supply state Errors maintenance alarms Display system 6 20 LPB Line no Operating line 6600 Device address 6601 Segment address 6604 Bus power supply function Off Automatic 6605 Bus power supply state Off On The controller s LPB address consists of two 2 digit numerals 14 16 Segment address Device address Bus power supply enables the bus system to be powered directly by the individual controllers no central bus power supply The type of bus power supply can be selected Off No bus power supply via the controller Automatic The bus power supply LPB via the controller is automatically switched on and off depending on the power requirements of the LPB The display shows whether the controller currently supplies power to the bus Off The bus power supply via controller is currently inactive On The bus power supply via controller is currently active At the moment the controller supplies some of the power required by the bus Line no Operating line 6610 Display system messages 6612 Alarm delay This setting allows system messages transmitted via LPB to be suppressed at the messages connected operator unit Alarm delay Delivery of an alarm to the OCI can be delayed in the basic u
258. ain after reaching Hot gas temp max line 2846 the hot gas temperature B81 B82 must drop below its maximum by at least the switching differential set here DHW charging or forced buffer storage tank charging via the heat pump is aborted prematurely if the hot gas temperature B81 B82 reaches the level of maximum hot gas temperature line 2846 minus the reduction set here The controller switches to space heating if required In this case the heat pump continues to operate without interruption provided the switch off condition has not yet been satisfied If there is no request for heat from space heating the heat pump is shut down 156 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Controller internal It can be put back into operation only when the minimum off time line 2843 Compressor off time min has elapsed provided the hot gas temperature has dropped below the reduced maximum hot gas temperature by the amount of the adjustable hot gas switching differential line 2847 Swi diff hot gas temp max If an electric immersion heater is installed DHW charging can be completed Otherwise for DHW charging to be resumed the DHW storage tank temperature B3 must drop by the amount of the DHW switching differential line 5024 Switching diff Measures taken by the controller influence plant components in a way that Hot measures gas temp
259. ains the position assumed last Heating circuit When there is no request for heat the diverting valve assumes the Heating circuit position DHW When there is no request for heat the diverting valve assumes the DHW position The function acts only if DHW ctrl elem Q3 is configured as Diverting valve Line no Operating line 5736 DHW separate circuit In the case of multiboiler plants cascades one of the boilers can temporarily be used for DHW charging only When DHW charging is activated that boiler disconnects itself hydraulically from the system by means of the so called separate circuit and is not available for space heating during that period of time On completion of DHW charging the boiler is again available for space heating which means that it informs the cascade about it Off The separate DHW circuit is off Every available generator can charge the DHW storage tank On The separate DHW circuit is on DHW charging takes place solely by the generator selected for it Selection Operating line 5740 Output el imm heater K6 Defines the output of the electric immersion heater installed in the DHW storage tank The output entered is used for calculating the yearly performance factor 323 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Restart lock pump Q34 Cooling during DHW charging Selection Operating l
260. al is delivered allowing checking Line no Operating line 7705 Mod setpoint ZX4 relay test 7708 Modulation signal ZX4 When the relay test is active Relay test Output QX4 ZX4 the modulation value set here is delivered via triac output ZX34 Shows the modulation value currently delivered via triac output ZX4 By selecting a setting from output test UX1 or UX2 an appropriate signal is delivered or displayed allowing checking Line no Operating line 7710 Output test UX1 7711 Output signal UX1 7711 Output signal UX1 Voltage V PWM 7716 Output test UX2 7717 Output signal UX2 7717 Output signal UX2 Voltage V PWM The value entered here is delivered via output UX Test is not active Controller sets the value Shows the value currently delivered and its type of signal 400 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Output test UX21 UX22 lil Stepper motor output test Output test WX21 Pos step motor WX21 Sensor input test Sensor temperature Bx By selecting a setting from output test UX21 or UX22 an appropriate signal is delivered or displayed allowing checking Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 7780 7784 7788 Output test UX21 module 1 2 3 7781 7785 7789 Output signal UX21 module 1 2 3 7781 778
261. aller voltage range e g on DC 0 5 V in place of DC 0 10 V Sensor types readjustments Line no Operating line 6096 Sensor type device NTC 10k 1k NTC 5k 6097 Sensor type collector 6098 Readjustm collector sensor 6099 Readjustm coll sensor 2 6100 Readjustm outside sensor 6101 Sensor type flue gas temp 6102 Readjustm flue gas sensor 6104 Sensor type solar flow ret Setting the NTC sensor characteristic used by the controller see chapter 8 5 Selecting the type of sensor for B6 B61 and B8 The controller uses the respective temperature characteristic For tables showing the temperatures and corresponding resistances refer to chapter Sensor characteristics at the end of the document The measured value of the temperature sensors can be corrected Selection of the type of sensor for B63 and B64 The controller uses the respective temperature characteristic For tables showing the temperatures and corresponding resistances refer to chapter Sensor characteristics at the end of the document 357 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Building and room model Line no Operating line 6110 Time constant building As the outside temperature varies the room temperature changes at different rates depending on the type of building construction The above setting is used to adjust the rate
262. alogously to delta T controller 2 parameters 5580 5585 315 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Exceeding the temperature limit Relay energized Relay deenergized 316 471 This function can be used to compare a freely selectable temperature value with an adjustable limit value Sensor value 2 line 5574 must be deactivated None Here the relay is energized when the temperature exceeds the limit value TC 2355D106 5573 Sensor 1 dT controller 1 5572 On temp min dT contr 1 5571 Temp diff off dT contr 1 5575 On time min dT contr 1 Relay K21 is energized when the following condition is satisfied e Sensor value 1 line 5573 exceeds On temp min dT contr 1 line 5572 Relay K21 is deenergized when the following condition is satisfied e Sensor value 1 line 5573 drops below On temp min dT contr 1 line 5572 by more than Temp diff off dT contr 1 line 5571 If On time min dT contr 1 line 5575 is parameterized the relay will not be deenergized before this time has elapsed Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Falling below the temperature limit Relay energized Relay deenergized This function can be used to compare a freely selectable temperature value with an adjustable limit value Sensor value 1 line 5573 must be deactivated None Here
263. alue set here e f the temperature differential is too small DHW charging is aborted e f several charging attempts are permitted line 2893 Number DHW charg attempts the next charging attempt is made when Compressor off time min line 2843 has elapsed e lf the charging attempts are unsuccessful charging can be finished via the electric immersion heater installed in the flow or the DHW storage tank For detailed information about the process after abortion of the charging attempt refer to the description given under Number DHW charg attempts line 2893 Temp frost alarm provides a function for internally controlled and external heat pumps e Inthe case of internally controlled heat pumps the process reversing valve is monitored If valve seizing occurs e g after defrosting the plant is prevented from freezing up e With external heat pumps the plant is prevented from freezing up when the heat pump operates in cooling mode in place of heating mode If the temperature at the flow sensor B21 drops below the adjustable frost alarm level the heat pump is shut down and can only be put back into operation by making a reset fault 201 Frost alarm For the alarm to be delivered a process reversing valve must be parameterized and the compressor must run for a minimum of 15 seconds The function can be deactivated setting T C Elow temperature 2355D104 Return temperature _ C
264. alve cool source On Off These operating lines can be used to check the operating states of the plant components controlled via the heat pump relays 411 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Setpoints and actual values Superheat controller Remaining times Line no Operating line 8410 Return temp HP 8411 Setpoint HP 8412 Flow temp HP 8413 Compressor modulation 8415 Hot gas temp 1 8417 Hot gas temp 2 8420 Refrig temp liquid 8423 Condensation temp 8423 Condensation pressure 8425 Temp diff condenser 8426 Temp diff evaporator 8427 Source inlet temp 8427 Switch off threshold 8428 Source inlet temp min 8429 Source outlet temp 8429 Switch off threshold 8430 Source outlet temp min 8431 Source int circ flow temp 8432 Source int circ return temp These operating lines can be used to query the different setpoints and actual values of the heat pump 8434 Suction gas temp 8435 Evaporation temp 8435 Evaporation pressure 8436 Superheat 8436 Superheat setpoint 8437 Expansion valve 8438 Magnetic valve Shows the current values of superheat control Line no Operating line 8440 Remain stage 1 off time min 8441 Remain stage 2 off time min 8442 Remain stage 1 on time min 8443 Remain stage 2 on time min If the Min off time or
265. am solar collector ACS F Partial diagram dhw storage ACS F Partial diagram buffer ACS F Partial diagram heat circuit 1 ACS F Partial diagram cooling circuit 1 ACS F Partial diagram heat circuit 2 60 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S rc 3o a B 5 g a 8 O O r a 5 Oo ACS F Partial diagram cooling circuit 2 ACS F Partial diagram heat circuit 3 ACS F Partial diagram converter ACS F Partial diagram solid fuel boiler ACS F Partial diagram swimming pool ACS F Partial diagram hydraulic balancing ACS F Partial diagram instantaneous heater ACS F Partial diagram Consumer circuit 1 ACS F Partial diagram Consumer circuit 2 ACS F Partial diagram Consumer circuit 3 ACS F Partial diagram suppl source ACS F Cascade status A Inactive Active LPB system 6600 I Device address 1 0 16 6601 F Segment address 0 0 14 6604 F Bus power supply function Automatically Off Automatically 6605 F Bus power supply state On ff On 6610 O Display system messages Yes No Yes 6612 O Alarm delay 2 60 min 6620 F_ Action changeover functions System Segment System 6621 F Summer changeover Locally Locally Centrally 6623 F Optg mode changeover Centrally Locally Centrally 6625 F
266. ame funct 3 No No Yes one 328 Mix group same funct 3 No No l Yes 329 E mod m grp same funct 3 No No Yes ae 330 BX1 no function 3 No No Yes 331 BX2 no function 3 No No Yes Ee 332 BX3 no function 3 No No Yes ie 333 BX4 no function 3 No No Yes ca 334 BX5 no function 3 No No Yes re 335 BX21 no function 3 No No Yes 336 BX22 no function 3 No No Yes ane 337 B1 no function 3 No No Yes 338 B12 no function 3 No No Yes aE 339 Coll pump Q5 missing 3 No No Yes a 340 Coll pump Q16 missing 3 No No Yes me 341 Coll sensor B6 missing 3 No No J Yes 342 Solar DHW B31missing 3 No No Yes ose 343 Solar integration missing 3 No No l Yes 344 Solar buffer K8 missing 3 No No l Yes 345 Sol swi pool K18 missing 3 No No Yes 346 Boiler pump Q10 missing 3 No No Yes 347 Solid fuel boil comp sens 3 No No l Yes 348 Solid fuel boil addr err 3 No No Yes P 349 Buff valve Y15 missing 3 No No Yes aoe 379 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 No Error text Place Error Acknowled Function Error repetition Heat pump Responsibility gement operation prio manually _ active 1st status messa
267. an be displayed on the info level by pressing the info button The display describes the cause of the error Line no Operating line 6710 Reset alarm relay No Yes 6711 Reset HP No Yes When a fault is pending an alarm can be set off via relay Qx Relay Qx must be configured accordingly This setting is used to reset the relay but the alarm is maintained Pending error messages from the heat pump are reset via this operating line The preset switch on delay is bridged thus avoiding undesirable waiting times during commissioning or fault tracing This function should not be used in normal operation This function can be used for monitoring adherence to the required flow functions temperature If the flow temperature deviates constantly from the required level for more than the period of time set an error message is delivered If during an active alarm the setpoint is maintained again the error message is cleared An alarm message can be delivered if within a parameterized time the DHW storage tank cannot be charged to a temperature level at least within the switching differential Line no Operating line 6740 Flow temp 1 alarm 6741 Flow temp 2 alarm 6742 Flow temp 3 alarm 6745 DHW charging alarm 6746 Flow temp cooling 1 alarm 6747 Flow temp cooling 2 alarm The temperatures are constantly monitored If an actual value deviates from the setpoint for a period of time ex
268. angeover HCs Optg mode changeover HC1 Optg mode changeover HC2 Optg mode changeover HC3 Error alarm message Consumer request VK1 Consumer request VK2 Release swi pool source heat Release swi pool solar Operating level DHW Operating level HC1 Operating level HC2 Operating level HC3 Room thermostat HC1 Room thermostat HC2 Room thermostat HC3 DHW flow switch Pulse count Dewpoint monitor Flow temp setp incr hygro Swi on command HP stage 1 Swi on command HP stage 2 Status info suppl source Charg prio DHW sol fuel boil Flow measurement Hz Consumer request VK1 10V Consumer request VK2 10V Pressure measurement 10V Humidity measurement 10V Room temp 10V Flow measurement 10V Temp measurement 10V Changeover of operating mode digital The current operating mode of the respective heating circuit s cooling circuit is changed to the setting made under Operating mode changeover Protection Reduced Comfort Automatic when contact Hx closes The settings are made on the following operating lines Line 900 Optg mode changeover for heating circuit 1 Line 969 Optg mode changeover for cooling circuit 1 Line 1200 Optg mode changeover for heating circuit 2 Line 1500 Optg mode changeover for heating circuit 3 Line 1680 Optg mode changeover for DHW heating When the contact opens the various consumers resume the operating mode initially selected The contact serves for remot
269. ank and upstream of the DHW storage tank Cond reversing valve Y91 Changes the direction of flow in cooling mode through the heat pump s condenser Buffer reversing valve Y47 Swiches over the connections of the buffer storage tank in cooling mode top bottom Status info heating K42 Output of current operating state for heating mode space heating e g to an external energy allocation system Status info cooling K43 Output of current operating state for cooling mode e g to an external energy allocation system Status info DHW charg K44 Output of current operating state for DHW charging e g to an external energy allocation system Invalid settingsThe following settings are invalid and do not provide any functions Flue gas relay K17 Assisted firing fan K30 342 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Function output Line no Operating line 5909 Function output ZX4 Mod ZX4 Mod None Source pump Q8 fan K19 DHW pump Q3 DHW interm circ pump Q33 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Collector pump Q5 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar pump buffer K8 Solar pump swi pool K18 Collector pump 2 Q16 Instant WH pump Q34 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Condenser pump Q9 Compressor modulation This setting determines the pump to be modulated Modula
270. aporator must be accepted Line no Operating line 3056 Output control with SHC Off Heating mode Cooling mode Heating and cooling mode ACS Output control with SHC Xp ACS Output control with SHC Tn The compressor s output can be influenced indirectly via superheat control This internal output control is used when controlling to the flow temperature setpoint B21 Principle Refrigeration output is reduced by increasing the superheat The refrigerant flow is reduced causing the evaporation temperature to drop and the superheat to increase Internal output control is especially suited for multistage compressors thus allowing the implementation of continuous output control When using modulating compressors Internal and normal output control have their restricted fields of use e Internal output control lower range interferes only when the compressor s output cannot be reduced any further e Normal output control upper range is started only when internal output control no longer influences the superheat setpoint Internal output control lowers the evaporation temperature to a limit 3 Kelvin above Min evaporation temp line 2825 The use of internal Output control with SHC can be restricted to heating or cooling SHC stands for Super Heat Control 213 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Parameters Xp and Tn
271. are more favorable than those of the alternative generator If one of the 2 criteria is not met the heat pump is locked If one of the 2 criteria cannot be calculated because information is missing e g no information on energy prices only the other criterion is considered e Release of COP line 2904 e COP characteristic chapter 6 9 section Output data e Energy prices At least own electricity high tariff alternative tariff practical COP or energy price The heat pump remains in operation as long as the COP or the energy price is more favorable than that of the alternative generator The heat pump is locked only when both criteria are not met If one of the 2 criteria cannot be calculated because information is missing e g no information on energy prices only the other criterion is considered e Release of COP line 2904 e COP characteristic chapter 6 9 section Output data e Energy prices At least own electricity high tariff alternative tariff practical Energy prices are to be entered without their units But to be able to make comparisons a uniform currency unit e g cent kWh must be used The energy prices are to be entered on lines 3264 through 3267 Line no Operating line 2904 Release of COP The setting to be made is the COP Release of COP up to which the heat pump shall be operated If the COP drops below the set limit the heat pump is locked The heat pump s
272. arging prot sensor Discharging protection Line no Operating line 5040 Discharging protection Off Always Automatically 5041 Discharging prot sensor With B3 With B31 This function ensures that the DHW charging pump Q3 is activated only when the temperature of the generator is sufficiently high The charging pump is only activated when the temperature of the heat source lies by half the charging boost above the DHW temperature If during the charging process the temperature of the generator drops to a level below the DHW temperature plus 1 8 the charging boost the charging pump is deactivated again If 2 DHW sensors are parameterized for DHW charging the lower temperature is considered for the Discharging protection function usually sensor B31 Off The function is deactivated Always The function is always active Automatically The function is active only if the generator is not able to deliver heat or is not available fault heat generation lock If 2 DHW sensors are parameterized for DHW charging the sensor intended for discharching protection can be selected via Discharging prot sensor B3 or B31 289 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Overtemperature protection Line no Operating line 5050 Charging temp max The DHW storage tank is charged by the solar collector until the
273. arts calculating the heat deficit if there is any The first stage of the electric immersion heater K25 is released only when the heat deficit has reached the value set here For the second and third stage of the electric immersion heater the locking time is not taken into consideration but the release integral must again reach the set value Tw Verd1 0 K25 9 k i SD TRL Switching differential return temperature Evaporator 1 Compressor K25 Electric immersion heater relay K25 K26 Electric immersion heater relay K26 Tw Temperature setpoint switch on point Tx Actual value of temperature 2881 Locking time electric flow 2882 Release integr electric flow t Time If the actual value lies above the switch off point the controller switches off the controlling stage switched on last and based on surplus heat if available starts to compute the reset integral The next lower stage is switched off each time surplus heat reaches the set reset integral line 2883 For a new release the release integral must be filled again 173 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Release el flow below OT _ The electric immersion heater is released only when the attenuated outside temperature lies below the temperature set here lil This setting is considered only if the electric immersion heater is used as a complement to heat pump operation li
274. ase the minimum off time Compressor off time min line 2843 and any active Minimum running time of the heat pump are adhered to Locked The heat pump is not put into operation for forced buffer storage tank charging Released The heat pump may be put into operation for forced buffer storage tank charging Full charging buffer only applies to heating mode It takes effect when due to the Automatic generation lock the resulting request from the storage tank is dropped Full charging can extend the heat pump s running time The heat pump contributes to full charging only if it is in operation and the function is activated via parameter Full charging buffer In that case the heat pump s Minimum running time is adhered to Off The heat pump remains locked until the buffer storage tank is fully charged by some other generator It is released only when the current demand for heat cannot be satisfied Auto generation lock line 4720 On The heat pump is released when the buffer storage tank is fully charged 181 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Condenser overtemperature protection Condenser overtemp prot Switch on lock Cooling down Condens prot buffer sensor Line no Operating line 2922 Condenser overtemp prot Off Cooling down Switch on lock cool down 2923 Condens prot buffer sensor None With B4 With B41 Wi
275. at miei line1040 Line 1041 C 1044 0 Swi on ratio room stat 1 99 Room influence 1050 F Room influence 20 1 100 e Room temperature limitation 1060 F_ Room temp limitation 1 0 4 C 31 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Overview of settings 2014 07 30 Building Technologies S Bo lo g 3 Z 3 o O i a O Boost heating quick setback 1070 F Boost heating 0 20 C 1080 F jQuick setback To Reduced setpoint e Off To Reduced setpoint To frost Prot setpoint Optimum start stop control 1090 F Optimum start control max 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 06 00 _ hh mm ss 1091 F Optimum stop control max 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 06 00 hh mm ss 1094 F Heat up gradient 60 0 600 min K Increase of Reduced setpoint 1100 F Reduced setp increase start line 1101110 C 1101 F Reduced setp increase end 15 30 Line 1100 C Heating circuit pump 1110 F Frost prot plant HC pump On Off On Overtemperature protection 1120 F Overtemp prot pump circuit Off Off On Control of mixing valve 1130 F_ Mixing valve boost 0 0 50 C 1132 F Actuator type 3 position 2 position 3 position 1133 F Switching differential 2 pos 2 0 20 C 1134 F Actuator running time 120 30 650 S 1135 0 Mixing valve Xp 24 1
276. at pump the use of the intermediate circuit mixing valve can be specifically adapted For more detailed information about high temperature charging refer to parameter 5170 ff When using high temperature charging of the heat pump and parameter 5159 Use int circuit mixing valve with setting Only hi temp charging following applies e Inthe case of normal DHW charging the intermediate circuit pump operates at maximum speed e The mixing valve is only controlled in connection with high temperature charging With normal DHW charging the mixing valve is fully opened 304 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Legionella funct mixing pump Restratification Restrat temp min Restrat temp diff min Mixing pump Q35 restratification The mixing pump can be used either as a mixing pump in connection with the Legionella function or as a restratification pump Line no Operating line 5160 Legionella funct mixing pump Off With charging With charging and duration 5165 Restratification No Yes 5166 Restrat temp min 5167 Restrat temp diff min Off With setting Off the mixing pump is not used when the Legionella function is active With charging Mixing pump Q35 is put into operation while the Legionella function is active With charging and duration Mixing pump Q35 is put into operation while the Legionella function
277. at pump controller Overview of settings CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 S TARIE S g 3 O JOJ a 5 O 5062 F El immersion heater control DHW sensor External thermostat DHW sensor DHW push 5070 0 Automatic push Off e Off On 5071 0 Charging prio time push 0 0 120 min Configuration 5085 F Excess heat draw On Off On 5090 F With buffer No No Yes 5092 F With prim contr system pump No No Yes 5093 F With solar integration Yes e No Yes Speed controlled pumps 5101 F Pump speed min 40 0 Line 5102 5102 F Pump speed max 100 Line 5101 100 5103 O Speed Xp 24 1 100 C 5104 O Speed Tn 40 10 650 S 5105 0 Speed Tv 1 0 60 s 5108 0 Starting speed charg pump 0 100 5109 O St speed interm circ pump 40 0 100 Precontrol of mixing valve 5120 0 Mixing valve boost 0 0 50 C 5124 0 Actuator running time 120 30 650 5 5125 0 Mixing valve Xp 24 1 100 C 5126 0 Mixing valve Tn 90 10 650 S Transfer of heat 5130 F_ Transfer strategy Always Off Always DHW release 5131 F_ Comparison temp transfer With B3 With B3 With B31 With B3 and B31 Stratification storage tank intermediate circuit 5140 F_ Intermediate circuit boost 2 0 10 C 5142 0 Flow setp compensation delay 0 60 S 5143 0 Flow setp compensation Xp 24 1 100
278. ating circuits are restricted until the DHW reaches the required temperature level To ensure the temperature available for DHW charging is high enough and to be able to end DHW charging the request to heat pump fix is raised by 6 Kelvin DHW target 6 Kelvin i This does not apply to separate DHW circuits No priority DHW charging and space heating take place at the same time In the case of tightly sized heat sources and mixing heating circuits the DHW setpoint might not be reached if space heating calls for considerable amounts of heat Mixing heating circuit shifting pump heating circuit absolute The pump heating circuits remain locked until the DHW storage tank is heated up If the heat source is no longer able to meet the demand the mixing heating circuits will be restricted as well NOTE e Plants without buffer or combi storage tanks Parameter Charging priority should be set to Absolute to ensure that the consumers are switched off If this is not observed the required DHW temperature might not be reached e Plants with buffer or combi storage tanks Parameter Charging priority should be set to None If this is not observed the heating circuits of plants using storage tanks will be unnecessarily restricted i Parameter Charging priority has no impact on condenser pump Q9 117 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Legionella fu
279. ating mode Own source heat cool mode All sources heating mode Activating high temperature charging Parameter Hi temp charging is used to activate the function and at the same time the configuration is adapted to the different types of usage resulting from the system hydraulics Off No high temperature charging Own source heating mode Plant diagrams 1 3 High temperature charging is only effected by own heat pump High temperature charging in heating mode is possible Heat pump and DHW storage tank are connected to the same controller Own source heat cool mode plant diagrams 4 and 5 High temperature charging is only effected by own heat pump High temperature charging is possible in heating cooling and defrost mode Heat pump and DHW storage tank are connected to the same controller All sources heating mode High temperature charging is effected by all installed generators lil DHW storage tank and heat pump can be connected to separate controllers The same criterion applies to generator cascades Several controllers are used In the case of separate controllers or a cascade following applies e The function can only be used in heating mode not in cooling mode e No consideration can be given to the hot gas temperature see parameter 5173 308 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Setpoint s with high temperature charging Fixed setpoint Automat
280. ation during Overrun cond frost protect line 2811 e Then the 3 aggregates are switched off The function can be deactivated CAUTION e lf the function is deactivated frost protection is no longer ensured e Frost protection temperatures below 5 C are permitted only if the distribution system on the consumer side is filled with antifreeze If the temperature is extremely low the heat exchanger can be damaged beyond repair Overrun cond frost protect Cooling mode In cooling mode frost protection for the condenser operates in the reverse sense If the flow temperature B21 or the return temperature B71 falls below the set frost protection level line 2810 the condenser pump is activated If both the flow and the return temperature reach the frost protection level line 2810 plus 1 Kelvin the heat pump remains locked during Overrun cond frost protect line 2811 The condenser pump remains in operation during the whole time 140 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Source pump Functional interrelationships Operation limit Operation limit OT min air Operation limit OT max air Evaporator Anf 2355209 _ _ La 2822 2827 2821 2819 2820 2821 A 2815 Source temp min water 2817 Switching diff source prot 2821 Source startup time max 2822
281. ation source is released as soon as the temperature at both buffer storage tank sensors exceeds the required flow temperature by Temp diff buffer CC plus 1 Kelvin e The refrigeration source is locked as soon as the temperature at both buffer storage tank sensors exceeds the required flow temperature by less than Temp diff buffer CC 2355214 TVLKw TVLKw Flow temperature setpoint in cooling mode K Refrigeration source 273 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Min st tank temp heat mode Max st tank temp cool mode Rel temp diff buffer HC If the buffer storage tank temperature falls below the set value the heating circuits are shut down if no heat source is available meaning that lockout occurred If the storage tank temperature lies above the set Max st tank temp cool mode cooling mode is locked The cooling circuit pumps are switched off and the mixing valves close The cooling request to the refrigeration sources is maintained If the storage temperature falls below the maximum storage temperature minus 1 Kelvin cooling will be enabled again 2355210 K Refrigeration source QK YK Cooling circuit pumps cooling circuit mixing valves Rel temp diff buffer HC parameter 4728 can be used to parameterize an undersupply in relation to the setpoint as a percentage This means that higher temperature requests allow greater dev
282. ators first put into operation optimum efficiency within their optimum output are those operating with optimum efficiency line 2867 e Full capacity of these generators is released only when the initial output is no longer sufficient e When all generators with optimum efficiency operate at full output the generators without optimum efficiency are switched on as well Example 1 Generator priority 1 through 3 Active and passive _ Active stage 2 locked S 2 2 Active stage 1 ZA released ge 3B Passive cooling EE Passive forced Active full output No cooling Cooling demand demand x Switch on switch off i G 1d amy Switchon 4 Switch off lt J Switch on W n switch off Switch on s Switch off Switch on Switch off lt a i J Switchon A A Switch off Ban Switch on k x Switch off z J N maia I 3 P v Switchion q _ switch off ts aieeaa 246 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Example 2 e Generator priority 1 Active and passive e Generator priority 2 Active only e Generator priority 3 Passive only _ Active stage 2 1 locked 5 2 Active stage 1 released 29
283. ature is regarded maintained if the deviation from the setpoint is less than 2 Kelvin The periods of time the flow temperature is correct are added up by a meter If the required temperature is not reached for more than 1 hour the meter is stopped until the deviation drops again below 2 Kelvin In the event of a power failure the plant resumes the Floor curing function at the point in time the power failure occurred In Automatic modes the controller ensures automatic completion of the selected temperature profile TVW f e 55 9 ise 50 O R 45 40 35 30 25 4 20 gt ofh 5 7f 5 10 15 18 Tag P 4 Fh Bh 1 25 p Fh Bh X Start day Fh Functional heating Bh Curing heating The temperature change is always made at midnight The start day day 0 that is the period of time from activation to midnight does not count as a functional day The setpoint used for the start day is the value of the first functional day During floor curing mode the profile temperature is limited within the 2 limit values Flow temp setpoint max TVMax and Flow temp setpoint min TVmin The function is ended when the functional days have elapsed or when the function is deactivated via the respective parameter NOTE In the case of heat pumps controlled according to the return temperature the
284. brid e Parameter Use of supplementary source hybrid The following table shows the various functions possible with the applications including the parameters to be used for setting the functions Function Application 1 Application 2 LMS Application 3 supplementary generator hybrid Control Ux heat request Yes LMS Yes Control Ux output Yes LMS No Feedback from operation Hx Yes LMS Yes Setpoint increase main generator Line 3690 Line 3690 Line 3690 Output limit main generator Release with output limit Line 3691 Line 3691 Line 3691 Lock with output limit No SwitchDiffOutLimMainS ACS No Release of supplementary generator In heating mode Yes Yes Yes With DHW charging Line 3692 restrictions Line 3692 Line 3692 restrictions OT limits with DHW Line 3694 Line 3694 Line 3694 Operation limit according to OT Lines 3700 and 3701 LMS Lines 3700 and 3701 Overrun Line 3705 LMS Line 3705 Minimum flow temperature setpoint Line 3710 LMS BZ 3710 Control Release via K27 K32 Yes No Yes Switch on and off Line 3720 Lines 3718 3719 Line 3720 integrals Switch off differential Line 3722 LMS Line 3722 Locking time Line 3723 Line 3723 Line 3723 Control sensor Line 3725 Flow temperature hybrid source ACS Line 3725 Generator pump Yes K27 Pump hybrid source ACS Yes K27 Release of burner Yes K32 LMS Yes K32 Control of burner Yes K32 LMS No LMS with means that function is implemented on the LMS side Compa
285. c 1 Solid fuel boiler Cooling circuit 2 Heating circ cooling circ 2 DHW interm circuit controller 7451 Relay output QX21 module 3 None Compressor 2 K2 Process revers valve Y22 Hot gas temp K31 El imm heater 1 flow K25 El imm heater 2 flow K26 Div valve cool source Y28 System pump Q14 Cascade pump Q25 Heat gen shutoff valve Y4 El imm heater DHW K6 Circulating pump Q4 St tank transfer pump Q11 DHW interm circ pump Q33 DHW mixing pump Q35 Collector pump Q5 Collector pump 2 Q16 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar ctrl elem buffer K8 Solar ctrl elem swi pool K18 El imm heater buffer K16 Cons circuit pump VK1 Q15 Cons circuit pump VK2 Q18 Swimming pool pump Q19 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 2nd pump speed HC1 Q21 2nd pump speed HC2 Q22 2nd pump speed HC3 Q23 Div valve HC CC1 Y21 Air dehumidifier K29 Heat request K27 Refrigeration request K28 Alarm output K10 Time program 5 K13 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 DHW ctrl elem Q3 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Condenser pump Q9 Compressor stage 1 K1 Suppl source control K32 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Instant WH ctrl elem Q34 Common flow valve Y13 Div valve HC CC2 Y45 Cooling circ pump CC1 Q24 Cooling circ pump CC2 Q28 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Flue gas relay K17 Assisted firing fan K30 Crankcase heater K40 Drip tray heater K41 Valve evaporator K81 Valve EVI K82 Valve injection capillary K83 dT controller 1 K21 dT controller 2 K
286. c cooling circ 2 DHW interm circuit controller 7376 Relay output QX21 module 2 None Compressor 2 K2 Process revers valve Y22 Hot gas temp K31 El imm heater 1 flow K25 El imm heater 2 flow K26 Div valve cool source Y28 System pump Q14 Cascade pump Q25 Heat gen shutoff valve Y4 El imm heater DHW K6 Circulating pump Q4 St tank transfer pump Q11 DHW interm circ pump Q33 DHW mixing pump Q35 Collector pump Q5 Collector pump 2 Q16 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar ctrl elem buffer K8 Solar ctrl elem swi pool K18 El imm heater buffer K16 Cons circuit pump VK1 Q15 Cons circuit pump VK2 Q18 Swimming pool pump Q19 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 2nd pump speed HC1 Q21 2nd pump speed HC2 Q22 2nd pump speed HC3 Q23 Div valve HC CC1 Y21 Air dehumidifier K29 Heat request K27 Refrigeration request K28 Alarm output K10 Time program 5 K13 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 DHW ctrl elem Q3 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Condenser pump Q9 Compressor stage 1 K1 Suppl source control K32 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Instant WH ctrl elem Q34 Common flow valve Y13 Div valve HC CC2 Y45 Cooling circ pump CC1 Q24 Cooling circ pump CC2 Q28 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Flue gas relay K17 Assisted firing fan K30 Crankcase heater K40 Drip tray heater K41 Valve evaporator K81 Valve EVI K82 Valve injection capillary K83 dT controller 1 K21 dT controller 2 K22 Source int circ pump Q81 Source int circ div Y81 D
287. can be reduced is the storage tank temperature setpoint Setpoint compensation can be switched on and off via parameter Flow setp compensation delay line 5142 off or value between 0 60 seconds If in addition to setpoint compensation speed control of pump Q33 is active the setpoint is increased only when speed control reached the allowed minimum and the temperature at B36 still lies below the setpoint Also the request for heat is reduced only when speed control reaches the allowed maximum and the temperature at sensor B36 is still too high If the request had to be updated the pump runs at the minimum or maximum speed This function is performed automatically and cannot be deactivated 301 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Flow setp compensation delay Flow setp compensation Xp Tv Tv Parameters Xp Tn and Tv Xp Tn Tv Full charging with B36 After switching on the intermediate circuit pump short time temperature fluctuations in the intermediate and primary circuit can occur These are ignored due to the delay of setpoint compensation Setpoint compensation is released when intermediate circuit pump Q33 runs for at least the time set here Operation of pump Q33 is started with the setpoint plus charging boost The PID controller s control action can be influenced by parameters Xp Tn and Tv The controller operates with a n
288. ccording to this strategy Defrost with fan According to strategy 10 Defrost with external Input Same Defrost with heat pump at X75 compressor 11_ Pump off refrigerant Line 3058 According to strategy 12 Pump off refrigerant Line 7153 Maximum speed manually 1 In practical operation usually minimum speed 2 When controlling to the setpoint and there is no more request the setpoint valid last is maintained Pump speed min max Line no Operating line 2792 Pump speed min 2793 Pump speed max These settings ensure minimum and maximum limitation of the condenser pump speed 133 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Pump speed Parameters Xp Tn and Tv Speed Xp Speed Tn Speed Tv 134 471 Line no Operating line 2794 Speed Xp 2795 Speed Tn 2796 Speed Tv The speed of the pump is controlled by a PID controller By setting the right proportional band Xp integral action time Tn and derivative action time Tv the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the
289. cecccesscseeeeeeeeeeseeeaees 305 State reset 0 ccc ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaes 409 Solid fuel boiler eee eee eeecteeeeeeeeeeee 265 States multifunctional relayS 0 ccceeeeees 424 Temperature differential condenser 004 330 469 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Index 2014 07 30 Terminal markings AVS 75 370 noes 2 eee ee ee ee 18 ANS 755390 ienai A nti 21 AVS 75539 lens oecy tu a 23 RVS61 848 ce ee inut aan taitaa anata aaia 14 Text responsibility ccceeceeeeeeeeeecteeeeeeeeeeeee 388 Thermostatic radiator valves ceeeeeeeeee 92 Time constant building 0 2 0 eect etter eee 358 Time constant setp COMPENG ceeeeeeee 359 Time of day legionella function ceeeee 118 Time program 5 ou eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeee eee eeeeteeeeeeeeeetees 339 Time PFOQrAMS eeeeeeeeeeeeee cette eeeeeecteeeeeeeeeetees 82 Tn 97 111 126 134 168 201 208 214 217 261 267 269 297 298 302 313 Vapor injection EVI 216 Ww Waiting time priority eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereenneeene 258 W rmepumpe Sperren sssssssseeeeesssserereresssse 413 Water pressure cccccceeeseeectcteeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 361 Weather compensation alone 068 92 108 Weather compensation with room influence 92 109 Wirksinn Eingang EX rannira 354 With DUff er eee ceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeenaeees 100
290. ceeding the time set here an alarm is delivered including display of the associated error message Error code 121 Flow temperature heating circuit 1 too low line 6740 Error code 122 Flow temperature heating circuit 2 too low line 6741 Error code 371 Flow temperature heating circuit 3 too low line 6742 Error code 126 Monitoring DHW charging line 6745 Error code 357 Flow temperature cooling circuit 1 not reached line 6746 Error code 474 Flow temperature cooling circuit 2 not reached line 6747 The flow temperature is regarded as having been maintained if the deviation from the setpoint is less than 1 Kelvin If the flow temperature setpoint is reduced by more than 4 Kelvin the monitoring function will be deactivated until the flow temperature has dropped to the new setpoint The function is also passive when the heating circuit pump is off due to an Eco function or quick setback 377 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Error history Line no Operating line 6800 68 Time stamp and error history 1 10 19 The controller stores the last 10 errors in a nonvolative error memory Any additional entry clears the oldest entry in the memory For each error entry error code and time of occurrence are stored lil The ACS tool can be used to display the relevant actual values setpoints and relay outputs for each error
291. ceeds On temp min dT contr 1 line 5572 by more than Temp diff on dT contr 1 minus Temp diff off dT contr 1 5570 minus 5571 Note Compare the last switch on point in the graph Relay deenergized Relay K21 is deenergized when the following condition is satisfied e Sensor value 1 line 5573 approaches Sensor value 2 line 5574 from above by more than Temp diff off dT contr 1 line 5571 or e Sensor value 1 line 5573 falls below On temp min dT contr 1 line 5572 Note Compare the last switch off point in the graph If On time min dT contr 1 line 5575 is parameterized the relay will not be deenergized before this time has elapsed Line no Operating line 5577 5587 Pump valve kick K21 K22 Off On Pump valve kick For relays K21 and K22 it can be selected whether they shall be included in the K21 K22 Pump valve kick function On per default For description of the Pump valve kick function refer to chapter 6 28 318 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Air dehumidifier Release air dehumidifier Air dehumidifier r h on Air dehumidifier r h SD Acquisition rel air Air dehumidifier Line no Operating line 5600 Air dehumidifier Off On 5602 Air dehumidifier r h on 5603 Air dehumidifier r h SD 5606 Release air dehumidifier 24h day Time program HC Tim
292. charge 90 60 140 C 4153 F Return setpoint min 8 8 95 C 4158 F Flow influence return ctrl Off Off On 4163 0 Actuator running time 120 30 650 S 4164 O Mixing valve Xp 24 1 100 C 4165 0 Mixing valve Tn 90 10 650 s 4170 O Frost prot plant boiler pump Off Off On 4190 F Residual heat fct dur max 5 60 min 4192F Residual heat fct trigg Once Once Several times 4201F Pump speed min 40 0 Line 4202 4202 F Pump speed max 100 Line 4201 100 4203 O Speed Xp 24 1 100 C 4204 0 Speed Tn 40 1 650 s Buffer storage tank Forced charging 4705 0 Forced charging Demand e Off Demand Always 4708 F Forced charging setp cooling 6 35 C 4709 Forced charg setp heat min 40 20 Line 4710 C 4710 Forced charg setp heat max 50 Line 4709 80 C 4711 Forced charging time 00 00 23 50 hh mm 4712 1 Forced charg duration max 4 1 20 h v Automatic generation locks 4720 F_ Auto generation lock With B4 e None With B4 With B4 and B42 B41 With B42 With B42 and B41 With B4 and B71 4721 O Auto heat gen lock SD 2 0 20 C 4722 F_ Temp diff buffer HC 0 20 20 C 4723 O Temp diff buffer CC 0 20 20 C 4724 O Min st tank temp heat mode iets 8 95 C 4726 O Max st tank temp cool mode 25 10 40 C 4728 F_ Rel temp diff buffer HC 0 50 50 4735 F_ Setpoint reduction B42 B41 0 0 20 C Stratification discharging protection 4739 F Stratification protection Off Off Always 474010 Stra
293. charging 4708 Forced charging setp cooling 4709 Forced charg setp heat min 4710 Forced charg setp heat max 4711 Forced charging time 4712 Forced charg duration max To benefit from low electricity tariffs forced charging of the buffer storage tank usually can be triggered As a result operation of the heat pump is maintained until the required setpoint for forced buffer storage tank charging is reached or until forced charging is no longer released Off Forced charging of the buffer storage tank is not possible Demand In summer operation or when all heating circuits are in Protection mode forced charging is locked Always Forced charging of the buffer storage tank is always possible e When the plant operates in cooling mode Forced charging setp cooling is used e In heating mode the slave pointer is used as the setpoint It can be limited via operating lines Forced charg setp heat min and Forced charg setp heat max e f forced charging is triggered by smart grid state Draw forced Charging temp max line 4750 is used as the setpoint Forced charging can be triggered either via low tariff input E5 one of the Ex inputs or Forced charging time line 4711 Smart grid states Draw wish and Draw forced are considered like low tariff 270 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Forced charging setp cooling Forced charg setp heat min Forced charg setp
294. cking time if the heat pump malfunctions or is locked or if the supplementary generator must end DHW charging Setting can be used to deactivate the function 254 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Control sensor 1 3 Control sensor 2 Pump hybrid source 2 Control of the supplementary generator is effected based on the temperature acquired by the sensor defined here e Common flow temp B10 e Buffer sensor B4 To produce the generator temperature the heat pump s generator sensor and or that of the LMS can be used The selection is made via parameter Flow temperature hybrid source ACS Max value flow temp HP boiler temp The generator temperature used is the higher temperature value of the 2 generators Mean value flow temp HP boiler temp The generator temperature used is the mean temperature value of the 2 generators Flow temp heat pump The sensor value of the heat pump is used Boiler temp The sensor value of the LMS is used For generation of the maximum and mean value 2 exceptions are to be considered e The LMS operates in instantaneous water heater mode and at the same time the heat pump is in heating mode line 3692 Alone e The LMS receives a request for separate DHW circuit and at the same time the heat pump is in heating mode line 3692 Alone In both cases the generator tempera
295. common flow The system pump can be used to overcome the pressure drop to remote heating cooling zones Line no Operating line 2110 Flow temp setpoint min 2111 Flow temp setpoint max 2112 Flow temp setp cooling min This limitation can be used to select a range for the flow temperature setpoint in heating mode If the requested flow temperature setpoint reaches the relevant limit and the request for heat continues to increase or decrease the flow temperature setpoint is maintained at the maximum or minimum limit respectively TV max 4 TVmax 2355Z09 akt 4 TVmin min 4 fr errr 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 C TVw Current flow temperature setpoint TVmax Flow temperature setpoint maximum TVmin Flow temperature setpoint minimum This limitation can be used to define the low limit for the flow temperature setpoint in cooling mode Line no Operating line 1 2 2120 2160 Frost prot plant syst pump Off On It can be selected if in the case of frost protection for the plant system pumps 1 and 2 shall be activated 125 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Control of mixing valve Mixing valve boost Mixing valve decrease Actuator type Switching differential 2 pos Actuator running time Mixing valve Xp Mixing valve Tn DHW charging priority
296. connection to the pulse count input or metering the volumetric flow l min with an Display external flow meter and connection to the metering input Line 3250 Measuring the temperature differential of source flow B91 and return B92 and Line 3252 calculating based on volumetric flow and heat capacity of the source medium the Line 3253 amount of heat drawn Line 3254 Line 3255 or Calculating the volumetric flow through the source via adjustable pump flow rate l h BZ 3257 and effective running time speed Measuring the temperature differential of source flow B91 and return B92 and BZ 3260 calculating based on volumetric flow and heat capacity of the source medium the BZ 3261 amount of heat drawn Ey Not acquired 221 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Pulse count Pulse count heat Pulse valency Heat delivered Line no Operating line 3090 Pulse count heat None With input H1 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 Parameter Pulse count heat is used to select input Hx for metering the amount of heat or the volumetric flow of water None No metering via input Hx This setting is important if the inputs are used for other pulse counts With input Hx The pulse counter is read via the
297. control ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeceteeeeeees 94 M Ol maxik ennnen aa aaa Aa 141 Magro PUMD oani TAA 337 EIEE EE EE EEEE EE 141 Mame taulia itd tute 177 Output Manual Control ccceeeeeeeeeecneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 387 Electric immersion heater flow 331 335 Manual defrost errereen 352 Relays QX iaaiiai 336 Manual defrosting ccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaees 387 TA N oTo EA EE EE E E E 343 Max dev temp diff cond eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 137 Output band 2 0 22 cece ec eeeeee cece eeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeetaaaes 237 Max dev temp diff evap 145 Output test relays s nenene 400 Maximum condensation temperature 129 Output test UX1 UX2 n 400 Maximum evaporation temperature s 147 Output UX ooo cece teense a aa 356 Maximum nominal setpoint 00 cceeceeeeee 116 Outside temp SOUICE eeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeeettaees 371 Maximum pump Speed ceeeeeeeeeeees 261 297 Outside temperature displays ceeee 419 Minimum charging temperature 257 Overrun tiM SOUICE eeeeeeeeeeecetteeeeeeeeeeeetaees 144 Minimum evaporation temperature 00 146 Overtemperature protection 252 290 Minimum Off time 412 CONdENSEF ananya es 182 Minimum pump speed 261 297 DHW storage tank 290 Minimum running time 412 Solid fuel boiler 2 cece eeeeetteeeeeeeeteee 267 Minimum superheat ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 209 Overtempe
298. ctuators as slaves Each actuator slave is assigned a virtual port on the RVS61 A total of 8 ports are available For every port used the following parameters must be set Line no Operating line 6660 6695 Slave address port 1 8 6661 6696 Device port 1 8 None OEM Pump Grundfos Pump Wilo Fan Ebm papst Inverter Invertek 6662 6697 Function port 1 8 None System pump 2 Q44 No actuator slave connected If the port is not used a slave address must not be set If not observed an error message is delivered 1 247 Communication address of an actuator slave controlled by the RVS61 If the RVS61 being the master at this address receives no reply after several queries after a total of about 1 minute an error message is delivered Data formats and data addressing of Modbus actuators are not standardized and therefore supplier specific The RVS61 provides a list of actuators from certain suppliers Selection Type Pump Grundfos Grundfos E pumps with CIM CIU200 Modbus interface Pump Wilo Wilo pumps with DigiCon IF module Fan Ebm papst Ebm papst fans iof the 84 112 150 line Inverter Invertek Invertek VSD OPTIDRIVE OEM Configurable actuator For a description of the parameters of the configurable actuators OEM contact your Siemens partner 374 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014
299. cy when a certain output is called for the generator sequence is subdivided into 2 groups 1 Generators that can be operated with optimum efficiency 2 Generators that cannot be operated with optimum efficiency e When the generators are released those of the first group are released first The generators of the second group are switched on only when all generators of the first group are no longer able to satisfy the demand e f a request applies only for the generators with optimum efficiency the generators of the second group will not be released e lf the consumers make a request with optimum efficiency to a cascade without generators with optimum output none of the generators will be released If the described functionality is deactivated via parameter Source seq with opt energy No the resulting generator sequence gives no consideration to optimum efficiency of the generators Line no Operating line 3590 Temp differential min This function prevents excessive cascade return B10 temperatures and improves the cascade s switch off behavior If the temperature differential of flow and return sensor B10 and B70 becomes smaller than the set minimum temperature differential line 3550 one of the generators B70 is switched off as early as possible independent of the selected lead strategy When the temperature differential returns to the normal level the selected lead strategy is res
300. d outside temperature are overridden by the set simulated temperature During the simulation calculation of the 3 mentioned outside temperatures continues and the temperatures are available again when the simulation is completed The function is deactivated by setting on this operating line or automatically after a timeout of 5 hours Line no Operating line 7152 Triggering defrost No Yes 7153 Pumping off refrigerant Off On The heat pump s Defrost function can be manually triggered via this operating line Pumping off the refrigerant can be manually triggered via this operating line 387 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Definition of responsibilities Text responsibility 5 Phone no responsibility 1 5 L 388 471 Line no Operating line 7180 Text responsibility No display of responsibility Only display of phone no Service Customer service Installer Janitor Administration Refrigeration engineer Hotline 7181 Phone no responsibility 1 7182 Text responsibility 2 7183 Phone no responsibility 2 7184 Text responsibility 3 7185 Phone no responsibility 3 7186 Text responsibility 4 7187 Phone no responsibility 4 7188 Text responsibility 5 7189 Phone no responsibility 5 These operating lines are used to select the responsibility f
301. d points are not considered when generating the setpoint This curve only applies to heating mode In cooling mode it is ways the fixed Superheat setpoint that is used T Kelvin ise o Q WQ o ise N Ta Source temperature The minimum superheat is continuously monitored If the superheat falls below the set limit value Min superheat the superheat setpoint is increased causing the expansion valve to reduce the refrigerant flow This is independent of the way the superheat setpoint is determined 209 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Behavior on compressor start Adaptive superheat setpoint Physical interrelationships 210 471 Line no Operating line 3051 Delay compressor start 3052 Pos expansion valve start 3053 Delay superheat controller The expansion valve s behavior on compressor start can be influenced via the following settings e Degree of valve opening when compressor is started Pos expansion valve start start controller 100 80 60 40 Opening expansion valve 20 0 3051 3053 Superheat control gt 4 gt Time period with valve fully open until compressor is started Delay compressor Delay time upon compressor start until superheat is released Delay superheat 235523051 Compressor K1 3051 Delay compressor start 3052 Pos e
302. d pump speed HC1 Q21 2nd pump speed HC2 Q22 2nd pump speed HC3 Q23 Div valve HC CC1 Y21 Air dehumidifier K29 Heat request K27 Refrigeration request K28 Alarm output K10 Time program 5 K13 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 DHW ctrl elem Q3 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Condenser pump Q9 Compressor stage 1 K1 Suppl source control K32 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Instant WH ctrl elem Q34 Common flow valve Y13 Div valve HC CC2 Y45 Cooling circ pump CC1 Q24 Cooling circ pump CC2 Q28 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Flue gas relay K17 Assisted firing fan K30 Crankcase heater K40 Drip tray heater K41 Valve evaporator K81 Valve EVI K82 Valve injection capillary K83 dT controller 1 K21 dT controller 2 K22 Source int circ pump Q81 Source int circ div Y81 DHW heat pump K33 System pump 2 Q44 Div valve cooling cond Y27 Div valve cooling flow Y29 Cond reversing valve Y91 Buffer reversing valve Y47 Status info heating K42 Status info cooling K43 Status info DHW charg K44 Refer to the function descriptions operating line Relay output QX1 390 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 BX extension module Defines usage of the BX sensor inputs Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 7307 7382 7457 Sensor input BX21 module 1 2 3 7308 7383 7458 Sensor input BX22 m
303. d type of application 1 3 The following table shows the dependencies DHW function Application 1 Application 2 Application 3 suppl generator LMS hybrid DHW storage tank charge Yes Yes Yes Separate DHW circuit No Yes Yes Instantaneous water heater No Yes No OT limit with DHW Parameter OT limit with DHW charging can be used to negate the operating limit charging for DHW charging according to the outside temperature 1 2 3 If Ignore is selected the supplementary generator put into operation for DHW charging according to parameter setting 3692 although it would be locked because of the outside temperature level 251 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Operating limit according to the outside temperature Release below outside temp above outside temperature 1 3 Overrun time Overrun time 1 3 Overrun 2 Line no Operating line 3700 Release below outside temp 3701 Release above outside temp Operation of the supplementary source is released only when the composite outside temperature lies above or below the set temperature limit This enables the supplementary generator to lock in a selected outside temperature range to ensure bivalent operation of supplementary generator and heat pump Also refer to operating lines 2909 and 2910 e To ensure continuous release of the
304. daption lock upon change of superheat setp 2 and Adaption lock upon increase of superheat setp 4 have elapsed If the deviation of the actual value from the adaptive setpoint always remains within Wait time up to red superheat setp adapt 5 during Min deviation superheat setp adapt 3 either upward or downward the setpoint is lowered by one Adaption step superheat setp 8 The magnitude of the adaption step can be adjusted If the deviation of the actual value from the adaptive setpoint exceeds Max deviation superheat setp adapt 6 either upward or downward the setpoint is immediately increased by one adaption step If the deviation of the actual value from the adaptive setpoint exceeds Critical deviation superheat setp adapt 7 not shown in the graph either upward or downward the setpoint is immediately increased by 2 adaption steps After an increase no more decrease is allowed during Adaption lock upon increase of superheat setp 4 The superheat setpoint can also be increased to a level above the initial value but by no more than Max increase superheat setpoint adapt 9 not shown in the graph If the superheat setpoint is changed through adaption the function remains disabled for further setpoint changes during Adaption lock upon change of superheat setp 2 At high source temperatures temperatures above Max evaporation temp line 2826 must be prevented By closing the expansion valve
305. e AVS75 370 extension module normal usage see note below via socket X50 to socket X50 or X30 of the basic unit The connectors are coded Additional modules are connected from socket X50 of the first module to socket X50 of the next module A maximum of 3 extension modules can be connected to the basic unit e When observing the maximum number of extension modules compatible extension modules can be freely combined e Extension module AVS75 370 can also be connected to the controllers BSB terminals Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Mounting and installation 2014 07 30 3 2 1 Connection terminals AVS75 370 Mains voltage connections Diagram of AVS75 370 2355237 Terminal markings AVS75 370 a is f OJ O EX21 FX23 L QX23 N Q2 N Qx2 NOL SIEMENS AVS75 370 109 230V 50 60Hz 11VA 110629A 230V 000020 sea gyro oT aD A CE Siemens Switzerland Ltd OIA A 110629000020 HOU MOT A I T 1PAVS75 370 109 7 H22 Piet cr M Bese 7 UX21 Ge Gl T ana
306. e ensuring that it is not switched off or that the degree of modulation is not reduced e This prevents the main generator from reducing its output when the supplementary source is in operation e When locking the supplementary generator the setpoint of the main source is continuously shifted again to its own setpoint Line no Operating line 3691 Ouput limit main source ACS Switching differential ouput limit main source The supplementary generator is released only when the main generator output exceeds the level set here This prevents the supplementary generator from being switched on while the main generator modulates at low output The locking time starts only when the main generator s output exceeds the set level In the case of application 2 LMS the output of the main generator can also influence the supplementary generator s lock in addition to the release The supplementary generator is locked again when the main generator alone is capable of satisfying the current demand for heat The supplementary generator is locked when the main generator s output after locking does not exceed the switch on limit minus the adjustable switching differential Output after locking lt line Switching differential ouput limit main source ACS 250 471 Siemens Building Technologies CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Heat pump controller The settings in detail Release supple
307. e 4728 minus Auto heat gen lock SD line 4721 below the required flow temperature setpoint the generation lock is active The heat sources are locked When using a storage tank sensor at the bottom B41 B42 or B71 heat pump return a setpoint reduction can be parameterized for it via Setpoint reduction B42 B41 The permissible differential of setpoint and sensor at the bottom is increased by the set value Line no Operating line 4721 Auto heat gen lock SD 4723 Temp diff buffer CC 4724 Min st tank temp heat mode 4726 Max st tank temp cool mode The heat refrigeration source is put into operation only if the buffer storage tank is no longer capable of satisfying the current heat cooling demand The switching differential can be adjusted If there is only one sensor B4 in the buffer storage tank a minimum switching differential of 2 Kelvin applies even if a smaller value is parameterized If 2 or more sensors are used the parameterized value applies see graph shown with lines 4720 and 4722 275 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Temp diff buffer CC Min st tank temp heat mode Max st tank temp cool mode If the temperature differential AT between the buffer storage tank and the cooling request from the cooling circuit is sufficiently large the cooling energy required by the cooling circuit is drawn from the bu
308. e Slo fala tls tly Al loo 8 PRPPFPE SAIS aIS als alsalsal l l olo ol o sa Connection diagram CE za eelas SRLS asee Zl a an 4 ar 4 4 DZD m m m m m m m m m 0 oo Z OJOLOJO O O O 13 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Mounting and installation 2014 07 30 Terminal markings RVS61 843 Mains voltage Use Socket Connector type L Mains connection live conductor AC 230 V L L Mains connection protective earth 4 AGP4S 03E 109 N Mains connection neutral conductor N EX9 __ Multifunctional input EX9 EX10 Multifunctional input EX10 ASE Oar 109 Alternative to AGP4S 03E 109 and AGP4S 02J 109 AGP4S 05A 109 EX1 Multifunctional input EX1 EX2__ Multifunctional input EX2 EX3 Multifunctional input EX3 EX4 Multifunctional input EX4 B AGP8S 07A 109 EX5 Multifunctional input EX5 EX6 __ Multifunctional input EX6 EX7 Multifunctional input EX7 EX11__ Multifunctional input EX11 QX7__ Multifunctional output QX7 5 NAASE N Neutral conductor L Protective earth R AGP88 03A 109 QX Multifunctional output QX8 N Neutral conductor L Protective earth S AGP8S 03B 109 QX9 Multifunctional output QX9 QX10 Multifunctional output QX10 N Neutral conductor T AGP8S 04B 109 L Protective earth QX11 _ Multifunctional output QX11 N Neutral conductor i Protective
309. e compressor operates below Compressor kick release ACS during the Compressor kick interval ACS the compressor kick is triggered With the valve kick the compressor operates on Compressor kick modulation ACS for the Compressor kick duration ACS e When the compressor is off the measurement of time is stopped but the time is not reset e The measurement of time is stopped but the time is not reset even above Compressor kick release ACS e The time is reset when during operation or due to a compressor kick during Compressor kick duration ACS the compressor was operated on Compressor kick modulation ACS When the speed changes the maximum rates of change of compressor modulation are observed 170 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Electric immersion heater in the flow Relays K25 and K26 are used for an electric immersion heater installed in the flow They are controlled via 2 appropriately configured multifunctional relay outputs QX1 QX6 If both relays are available the electric immersion heater is controlled in 3 stages 1st stage K25 2nd stage K26 and 3rd stage K25 and K26 If a flow temperature sensor B21 is connected it is used to provide control to the flow temperature setpoint The switching differential is 1 Kelvin If the flow temperature sensor is missing but a common flow temperature sensor B10 is a
310. e connectors are coded Additional modules are connected from socket X50 of the first module to socket X50 of the next module connections A maximum of 3 extension modules can be connected to a basic unit lil e When observing the maximum number of extension modules compatible extension modules can be freely combined 19 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Mounting and installation 2014 07 30 Mains voltage connections Diagram of AVS75 390 Terminal markings AVS75 390 Module address with DIP switches 20 471 3 3 1 Connection terminals AVS75 390 TIN L m N x x S S O t z o Zz O Z 4 s Tl NOLITO XA N ax2 Nax NOL SIEMENS AVS75 390 109 230V 50 60Hz 4VA 101026B o 230V 0000 eran Tey Siemens Switzerland Ltd S101026000020 1PAVS75 390 109 M H2 M BX22 M BX21 O 23597249 n h fp When using several extension modules the modules unambiguous address must be set with the DIP switch Per default the modules are set to Address 1 Ifa second or third module is connected their addresses must be changed according to the following ass
311. e control of the operating mode e g via a remote telephone switch When the contact is closed local operation of the operating mode is locked 344 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 DHW The current operating mode of DHW charging changes to the setting made under Optg mode changeover off on when contact Hx is closed DHW charging is only changed when using setting HCs DHW or DHW When DHW charging is deactivated frost protection remains ensured Error alarm message digital By closing input Hx an external error message can be forwarded and displayed Consumer request VK1 and VK2 digital When input Hx closes a consumer request heating or cooling is forwarded to the controller The value of the request is set on operating line 1859 or 1909 A voltage proportional temperature request is made with settings Consumer request VK1 10V and VK2 10V Release swi pool source heat digital When input Hx closes e g via a manual switch swimming pool heating is released Heating is provided by the generator Release swi pool solar digital When using 1 Hx input solar swimming pool heating can be released from a remote location e g via a manual switch When using 2 Hx inputs the charging priority of swimming pool heating against the storage tanks can be defined for function description refer to Charging priority solar line 2065 O
312. e generators in a heating cooling cascade This is accomplished by defining the order of switching lead and lag generators Setting LPB device addresses According to the number of hours run On completion of the number of hours set the order of generators within the cascade changes When changing over the generator with the next higher device address assumes the function of the lead generator and the previous lead generator is moved to the end of the generators or generator group Sce 1 1st changeover 2nd changeover Sce2 Sce3 Sce4 Sce5 Sce6 Sce7 G2 G5 G8 G9 S EN BM os e oe oe FN BN oe oe oe os Erz Heat refrigeration generator Gx Device address defines a firm order The generators are switched in the order of the Heat sources with opt efficiency Heat sources without opt efficiency 2355244 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Auto source seq exclusion Leading source lil Electric immersion heaters in the cascade Setting the generator sequence exclusion is only used in connection with the activated generator sequence line 3540 With generator exclusion the first and or last generator can be exempted from automatic changeover None The order of switching on the generators chan
313. e heat pump s setpoint by more than half the switching differential the compressor is locked provided the reset integral is zero or fulfilled To prevent short on off cycles minimum compressor on and off times should be parameterized The compressor is switched only when the respective time has elapsed Line no Operating line 2862 Locking time stage2 mod 2863 Release integral stage2 mod 2864 Reset integral stage2 mod After switching the compressor on modulation remains locked during Locking time stage2 mod line 2862 The locking time prevents additional output from being released before the heat pump reaches a stable operating state During the time modulation is locked the output setpoint is maintained at the output defined under Compressor modulation min line 2871 165 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Release integral stage2 mod Reset integral If the required flow temperature setpoint cannot be attained with the minimum compressor output modulation is released when the release integral is fulfilled line 2863 Release integral stage2 mod When modulation is released the compressor is kept in operation and control to the setpoint is ensured by modulation If the release integral is filled the anticipated actual value is calculated on completion of a further locking time based on the current temperature gr
314. e no Operating line UX1 UX2 6070 6078 Function output UX1 and UX2 None Source pump Q8 fan K19 DHW pump Q3 DHW interm circ pump Q33 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Collector pump Q5 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar pump buffer K8 Solar pump swi pool K18 Collector pump 2 Q16 Instant WH pump Q34 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Condenser pump Q9 HP setpoint Output request Heat request Refrigeration request Compressor modulation Expansion valve evapor V81 Expansion valve EVI V82 6071 6079 Signal logic output UX1 and UX2 Standard Inverted 6072 6080 Signal output UX1 and UX2 0 10V PWM 6075 6084 Temp value 10V UX1 and UX2 6076 6087 Output voltage UX1 and UX2 Voltage or PWM modulated output for speed control of pumps or for temperature and or output requests Speed controlled pumps The output signal at UX corresponds to the speed required for the selected pump CAUTION If the pump is controlled in a way that voltage output UX modulates while a triac output ZX4 switches power on and off it must be made certain that modulation of the triac output is switched off None see line 5909 HP setpoint The output signal at UX corresponds to the heat pump setpoint for heating or cooling Output request The output signal at UX is proportional to the demand via the common flow Heat request and Refrigeratio
315. e of the Hx inputs as Flow temp setp incr hygro Flow setp incr start at r h To prevent condensation due to excess indoor air humidity Acquisition room r h can be used to implement a continuous increase of the flow temperature setpoint If the relative humidity in the room exceeds the level of Flow setp incr start at r h the flow temperature setpoint is continuously increased The start of increase line 948 and the maximum increase line 947 can be set NOTE The humidity sensor must be assigned to one of the Hx inputs as Humidity measurement 10V 112 471 dT TVKw BZ947 i r F BZ948 100 dT TVKw Increase of flow temperature setpoint r F Relative humidity BZ Operating line Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Flow temp diff dewpoint The dewpoint temperature is determined based on the relative room humidity and the associated room temperature To prevent condensation on surfaces a minimum limit can be applied to the flow temperature meaning that it always remains above the dewpoint temperature by the value set here line 950 Setting deactivates the function NOTE The humidity sensor must be assigned to one of the Hx inputs as Humidity measurement 10V and a room temperature sensor must be installed Hx input as Room temp 10V or room unit Acquisition room r h
316. e program 5 5608 Acquisition rel air humidity None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 An external air dehumidifier is to be connected as follows e Configure one of the Qx relays as Air dehumidifier K29 e Set one of the inputs Hx to Humidity measurement 10V e Set Acquisition rel air humidity line 5608 to this input Hx Parameter Air dehumidifier switches the external air dehumidifier on and off Off Off On According to parameter Release air dehumidifier 24h day The air dehumidifier is released 24 hours a day Time program HC The air dehumidifier is released according to Time prog heating cooling 1 Time program 5 The air dehumidifier is released according to Time program 5 If the relative humidity acquired via the input Hx exceeds the setpoint adjusted here the air dehumidifier is switched on If the relative humidity falls by the switching differential set here below Air dehumidifier r h on the air dehumidifier is switched off again r h 2355210 Relative room humidity Air dehumidifier r h on Air dehumidifier r h SD Air dehumidifier K29 The relative humidity is acquired via one of the inputs Hx using setting Humidity humidity measurement 10V
317. e selected time program Characteristics of Automatic mode e Cooling mode based on time program e Temperature setpoints according to cooling program Comfort setpoint line 902 or Reduced setpoint line 903 e Eco functions active Many of the integrated energy saving functions such as the time and holiday programs or restrictions in cooling mode are active only when Automatic mode is selected In Reduced mode the room temperature is maintained at the set Reduced setpoint line 903 Characteristics of Reduced mode e Cooling mode without time program e Eco functions active In Comfort mode the room temperature is maintained at the set Comfort setpoint line 902 Characteristics of Comfort mode e Cooling mode without time program e Eco functions are not active 103 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Setpoints Comfort setpoint Tip Reduced setpoint Tip Protection setpoint Comfort setpoint min Line no Operating line CCI CC2 902 1202 Comfort setpoint 903 1203 Reduced setpoint 904 1204 Protection setpoint 905 1205 Comfort setpoint min Room temperatureThe different setpoint setting ranges are interlocked which means that the next higher setpoint cannot be lower than the next lower and vice versa The individual setpoints required for each cooling circuit can be adjust
318. e setpoint The adapted value is stored and retained should a power failure occur For the adaption a preselected on time ratio of the room thermostat is used as the target value 1 99 If during the Comfort phase the on time is too long the setpoint is increased If the on time is too short the setpoint is decreased If boost heating has been parameterized this is taken into account when calculating the required readjustment The setpoint is readjusted at midnight If at midnight the room thermostat is off the setpoint is readjusted when the thermostat switches on again The dynamic readjustment adapts the current demand for heat if the current flow temperature setpoint is too low When making the readjustment the current on time ratio of the room thermostat is compared with the target value If during the Comfort phase the on time is too long the setpoint is increased Since an on time ratio is not yet available when changing to the Comfort level the setpoint is increased if the room thermostat maintains the on state for more than 2 hours To prevent the flow temperature from rising too quickly the off time for dynamic readjustments is limited to a minimum of 30 minutes 91 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Room influence Compensation variants Weather compensation alone Weather compensation with room influence Example Room co
319. e setpoint with the actual value and integrates the surplus heat and heat deficits Differences are compensated for by extending the compressor on and off times If the compressor is not switched on or off due to surplus heat heat deficits the controller displays an appropriate status message This function is not active during the time the DHW storage tank is charged Even in plants with buffer combi storage tanks the function is not active Compensation heat deficit only acts in heating mode The parameter is inactive in cooling mode The maximum switch off temperature is given priority over the Compensation function In the case of sudden setpoint changes both integrals are cleared Behavior with the Floor curing function When activating the Floor curing function the integral is set to a level representing 1 5 times the predefined value factory setting If the current temperature lies at least 2 Kelvin below the required setpoint the heat pump is immediately switched on If compensation of surplus heat heat deficits shall act Only with floor curing fct the respective setting must be selected This means that the parameter is deactivated in normal heating mode Calculation of integral e f aflow temperature sensor B21 is connected and the heating curve is set to the flow temperature setpoint the controller uses the flow temperature and the flow temperature setpoint for computing the integrals e f sensor B21
320. eadjustment 1 Room sensor B52 Room setp readjustment 2 Room sensor B53 Room setp readjustment 3 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 Suction gas sensor B85 Suction gas sensor EVI B86 Evaporation sensor EVI B87 DHW prim contr sensor B35 Common flow sensor 2 B11 Common return sensor B73 Source int circ flow B93 Source int circ return B94 Suction gas sensor cool B88 5931 1 Sensor input BX2 None Ditto 5930 5932 1 Sensor input BX3 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 Hot gas sensor B82 Refrig sensor liquid B83 DHW charging sensor B36 DHW outlet sensor B38 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Hot gas sensor B81 Outside sensor B9 Room sensor B5 Room setp readjustment 1 Room sensor B52 Room setp readjustment 2 Room sensor B53 Room setp readjustment 3 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 DHW prim contr sensor B35 Common flow sensor 2 B11 Common return sensor B73 5933 1 Sensor input BX4 None Ditto 5932 56 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of setti
321. eat usage Residual heat usage 241 Charging DHW Charging DHW 58 Charging buffer Charging buffer 59 In operation In operation 18 Frost prot plant active 23 Boiler frost prot active 141 Frost protection active 24 Off Off 25 End user info level Commissioning heating engineer State code Frost prot cooling active Frost prot cooling active 202 Locking time after heating 135 Charging locked 81 Charging restricted 124 Forced charging active 67 Full charging active 203 Charging active 69 Charged forced temp 72 Charged required temp 73 Charged min charging temp 143 Charged 75 Hot Hot 147 No request No request 51 Frost protection active Frost protection active 24 Electric charging forced 164 Electric charging substitute 165 Charg el imm heater 66 Charging locked 81 Restricted DHW priority 104 Charging restricted 124 Forced charging active 67 Full charging active 203 Charging active 69 Source released Source released 244 Recooling via collector 77 Recooling via DHW HCs 142 Recooling active 53 Charged max st tank temp 70 Charged max charging temp 71 Charged forced temp 72 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 State swimming pool State supplementary source Charged required temp 73 Charged min charging temp 143 Charged 75 Cold Cold 76 No request No requ
322. eating and cooling mode Buffer storage tank Line no Operating line 8970 El imm heater buffer Off On 8980 Buffer temp 1 8981 Buffer setpoint 8982 Buffer temp 2 8983 Buffer temp 3 8990 Hours run el buffer 8991 Start counter el buffer ACS Output heat generation lock Y4 Display of the buffer storage tank s actual values and setpoints Also displayed are the operating state the number of hours run and the start counter of the electric immersion heater Inputs H Line no Operating line 9005 Water pressure 1 9006 Water pressure 2 9009 Water pressure 3 Display of the water pressure of static pressure monitoring measured via the assigned Hx input with setting Pressure measurement 10V Line no Operating line 9010 Measurement room temp 1 9011 Measurement room temp 2 9012 Measurement room temp 3 Display of the room temperature acquired at the assigned Hx input with setting Room temp 10V Line no Operating line 9016 Special temp 1 9017 Special temp 2 Display of the measured values if at one of the sensor inputs Bx a Special temp sensor 1 or 2 is configured 423 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Relay states of extension modules 1 2and3 Other relays 424 471 States of relays triac QX ZX
323. ecific monitoring functions give consideration to the DHW HC settling time and ensure smooth changeover When a change is made from DHW to heating mode or vice versa while the compressor is running the heat pump continues to operate during the settling time while the compressor delivers its current output Nevertheless safety functions are allowed to reduce the compressor s output 152 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Switching diff return temp pio pio Setting the compressor Keep compr run time min Line no Operating line 2840 Switching diff return temp If the return temperature exceeds the setpoint by half the switching differential the heat pump is switched off if it falls below the setpoint by half the switching differential the controller demands operation of the heat pump If the return temperature setpoint drops below 30 C the switching differential is reduced in a way that the switch on point approaches the setpoint At a return temperature setpoint of 20 C the switch on point is identical with the return temperature setpoint T OFF OFF Switch off point ON Switch on point 2840 TRLw 2840 Switching diff return temp N Ta Outside temperature o T Heat pump return temperature 30 C TRLw Return temperature setpoint 20 C Ta Calculation of the return temperature setpoint is explained on line
324. econds The display is made with no measured value correction 401 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Input test Hx By selecting a setting from the Hx input test the respective input is displayed Line no Operating line 7844 Input signal H1 7844 Output signal H1 None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage V 7858 Input signal H3 7858 Output signal H3 None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage V Input signal H1 H3 Shows the current input value and its type of signal Output signal H1 H3 By selecting a setting from the Hx input test the respective input is displayed Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 7845 7847 7849 Input signal H2 module 1 2 3 7845 7847 7849 Output signal H2 module 1 2 3 None Closed 000 Open Frequency Hz Voltage V 7845 7847 7849 Input signal H21 module 1 2 3 7845 7847 7849 Output signal H21 module 1 2 3 None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage V 7846 7848 7850 Input signal H22 module 1 2 3 7846 7848 7850 Output signal H22 module 1 2 3 None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage V lil H2 and H21 never occur at the same time Input signal H2 H21 H22 Shows the current input value and its type of
325. ection K82 MV2 Magnetic valve saturated vapor injection K83 lil EVI stands for Enhanced Vapor Injection Parameters Xp Tn and Superheat control is effected by the PID controller P l and D action can be Tv adjusted By setting the right proportional band Xp integral action time Tn and derivative action time Tv the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system EVI controller Xp The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable 216 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 EVI controller Tn EVI controller Tv Expansion valve EVI run time Vapor injection Threshold hot gas temp EVI SD hot gas temp EVI Threshold source temp EVI SD source temp EVI The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the l action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope The derivative action time Tv influences the controller s D action Tv is the time required by the P action with a c
326. ed The Comfort setpoint is the room temperature setpoint for normal room usage e g during the day It is used as the setpoint when the plant operates in Automatic mode during the Comfort phase and in Comfort mode It is recommended to have the setpoint for cooling at a sufficiently high level to prevent a feeling of draft or cold Also it is advisable to leave a dead zone between the setpoints for heating and cooling thus enhancing comfort and improving the system s stability The Reduced setpoint is the room temperature setpoint for reduced room usage e g during the night or when absent for several hours It is used as the setpoint when the plant operates in Automatic mode during the Reduced phase and in Reduced mode If the space is not used the temperature level for cooling can be raised e g by allowing a natural room temperature increase during such non occupancy times The Protection setpoint represents the desired room temperature when the space is not used e g during holidays However the space is protected from reaching too high temperatures It is used as the setpoint when the plant operates in Protection mode Comfort setpoint min ensures minimum limitation of the adjustable Comfort setpoint The Comfort setpoint cannot be set to a level lower than the level defined here 104 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Cooling cur
327. eeeaaeeeeeeeeteeeeaaaes 256 GOONING a 114 Speed System PUMP 2 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeteeeeaaaes 341 Collector PUMP 0 00 2 cece ee eeeteteeeeeeeeeeteetteeeeeeees 416 Solar HUMPS aiaa a tiaeiaee 416 T Speed CONLOL cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 199 Technical data Collector PUMP 0 0 2 eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettaeeeeeees 261 PANS PDB IO aT E 2 tend 457 DHW PUumM ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 295 297 RVS61 843 oo eccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaeees 452 Instantaneous water heater 313 Temp diff defrOst ccccccceeecseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaees 415 OS See a ene AEA RA EA AA AA 295 Temperature Speed control locking time s 202 Solar GrG Ut eina enei aai 417 Speed max fan source pump 202 Temperature alarms 377 Speed min fan source PUMP cceeeeeeeees 202 Temperature differential Stage SEQUENCE cccceeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeetteeeeaaees 237 Buffer storage tank cooling circuit 273 276 Start COUNLER si ccratitetivecenaterninenhivetenstecnenensasereneas 413 CasCade s taian iaaa aan nala EA RAA 248 Start function collector 259 Collector sseesesesssseresessssssirnnrsssserrrrnnressens 257 Start temperature differential 000 eeee 301 070100 C1 A E 137 State Cooling mode sssseeeeeeesseeerresesesrrrrnressens 197 Demosta a a a a 415 Evaporator re 145 Relay heat pump ssssseeeeseeeeeeererereeserrrnresssne 411 Restratification ccccc
328. eeeeeeeeeeees 428 Buffer storage tank cccseeceeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeees 271 2 Cooling eet tert a ee ae 114 24 hour Cooling limit 105 Frost Protection cccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeees 277 24 hour heating limit n 87 Full charging cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseetnneeeeeees 181 24 hour yield Solar energy 417 Temp Max COOLING sses 274 276 2nd pump speed ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeetees 338 Buffer storage tank function 100 114 295 Buffer storage tank temperature 3 MIN MAX 000 cee cece ce eecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaes 274 276 3 PNASE CUITEME eee e ee eeceeee eee e eee eeeetteeeeeeeeeeteee 352 Building and room model 358 Building MaS Siram a 358 A Building time Constant cc ccceeeteeeseteeeeeees 420 Absolute PIiOrity eiciia 117 Bus power supply Acknowledgements 377 FUNCTION cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 368 Acting direction LALO ananin ea aaa 368 a 810 al EX e anaa aeaaaee aa ea aa aa 351 BXA BXTA aiaa A 343 Action changeover functions eee 369 BX2 1 22 eka Ya SAYS SAAS SA ABSA AR AR ARNE ae 391 Actual value Heat PUMP 0 eeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 412 c Primary controller temperature 00008 422 CASCAdC cma O 241 SWIMMING pool 0 eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettaeeeeeees 422 Cascade mastera ratsie mi a naa ak 369 Actual value buffer storage tank cccccccee 423 Gascade DUMP r 3
329. eeeeeeeeees 85 eet oa soe rns E 344 Full charging FAV ONO seren a u a a a aa 346 WIth BIG nananana aai 302 Han rece rrererererr rere cereireererny 346 Full charging of buffer storage tank 2 181 Function l Ut 2 nan aaa a ih 391 Increase of Reduced setpoint ceeeeeeee 95 Function extension module 0006 18 21 23 Increase source temperature floor eee 143 Function extension module 1 2 and 3 389 INPUT EX ia ccn ioe A E 351 Function input HX eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeees 344 put H2 aat AO PAR A aana 391 Function output UX eeeeessseeeesseeseerrerrsesssenns 356 Input ls bre 344 Functional heating cceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 98 tristall ation ir g2 22205 250 tis oe siticateatadetiads satiate 11 Intermediate circuit DOOSt eeeeeeteee eee 301 G Internal output control Gas energy content 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 225 el m OE E E cecauslcaansauanereen 213 Generation lOCK cccccceeeceeceeeaeeeeeeeaeeees 272 275 Gradient collector start func c eee 259 K NG RRS a eee ene eae Rae en ea RATT ES 340 H KIO Rav Aa Se e Ae a Ae ee 339 FIA rai aiian a aA E 391 KII a a 339 Heat deficit surplus heat 175 KIO ata ee ere ee ne SE ere E E ore re nee 338 Heat generation lock 1G E A E E E ET 338 By solid fuel boiler eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 265 a sissies monemm tices 415 Heat PUMP iiini iaeia aeeai 127 E E A E ET E E E N A E EE 336 Setpo
330. efrost settling time has elapsed the current differential is acquired and stored Now this differential serves as the starting point for the next calculation of the differential of B91 and B84 If the differential increases by setting Swi diff defrost line 2952 the next defrost process is triggered The stored differential plus Swi diff defrost produce Temp diff defrost setpoint line 8478 Defrosting can also be performed manually Either via an input EX1 EX4 or via line 7152 Triggering defrost When defrosting manually no consideration is given to the release temperature line 2951 Defrost release below OT and to Duration defrost lock line 2962 When a heat pump lock is pending any active defrost process is ended 188 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Defrost release below OT Swi diff defrost Temp diff defrost max Evapor temp defrost end Defrosting settings Line no Operating line 2951 Defrost release below OT The Defrost function can be released only when the current source inlet temperature B91 lies below the release temperature set here Above this source inlet temperature the automatic Defrost function is not active locked when B91 gt line 2951 1 Kelvin Line no Operating line 2952 Swi diff defrost 2953 Temp diff defrost max 2954 Evapor temp defrost end
331. egral Pump Speed solar 261 Electric immersion heater 173 PLUS A PEE EE E EE E EEES 294 Reset to default parameters 363 PWM Signal sietina a aaa aa 400 Residual heat function 269 Responsibility phone no 388 Q Responsibility text c ccecceeeseeeeeeeeesteeeeees 388 QM AA cae ote AA 337 Restratification cccceecceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeetees 305 PA ih veh Sea wah wea wai 337 Return mixing valve EN Le E EE E EET 338 Solid fuel boiler eseese 267 sO Se ee Pere rere reee rere A a 338 Room compensation alone cceeeeeeeeeeeetees 92 CVS ec AaS ESE EEEE EEES 338 ROOM influence seeeeeeeseserresssesrrrrrrrsssssrrnns 92 QTIS e E 338 Room influence cooling seeen 108 nn err er n a ee a 339 340 ROOM temperature cccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 104 347 OO eee eee eee 338 Room temperature limitation 93 Q21 Q23 ee 338 Room temperature limitation cooling 109 07L E 337 Room temperature model cccccccccccceeeeeeeees 420 OS aa 295 297 339 Running time Oar ee A A 295 337 Instantaneous water heater cccceeeceeeeeeees 314 QI Baniottannutasn iaa a eN 305 337 Return mixing VAIVE ccc ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 267 LO eet e terete A recht eerie 119 337 Running time actuator cccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 97 QI E 341 Q5 om a a a a a a 338 S OB EEEE EE EA E A EE EN 339 Saturated vapor injection 218 OERA RERE ERENER EEEE ee ers eer 339 Save ParAMe tel
332. eleased passive cooling ACS I Priority cooling source 1 16 0 16 8138 I Cascade flow temp 0 140 C 8139 Cascade flow temp setp 0 140 C 8140 1 Cascade return temp 0 140 C 8141 Cascade return temp setp 0 140 C 74 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S Be lals 5 g 3 z S O O r a 5 0 8144 1 Cooling casc flow temp 0 140 C 8145 Cooling casc flow temp setp 0 140 C 8150 Source seq ch over current 0 990 h 8155 Source seq ch ov cool curr 0 990 h ACS F State cascade pump Q25 Off On Diagnostics heat generation Heat pump brine water air 8395 I Heat delivered 0 999 9 kW 8396 1 Heat draw source 0 999 9 kW 8397 Power consumption 0 999 9 kW 8398 Coefficient of performance 0 20 8400 Compressor 1 Off On 8401 Compressor 2 Off On 8402 Elimm heater 1 flow Off On 8403 1 El imm heater 2 flow Off On 8404 Source pump Off On 8405 F_ Speed of source pump 0 100 8406 __ Condenser pump 7 Off On 8407 F Speed condenser pump 2 0 100 8408 Diverting valve cool source Off On 8410 E Return temp HP 0 140 C 8411 E Setpoint HP i 0 140 C 8412 E Flow temp HP 0 140 C 8
333. elected This means that the data usually produced by test rig measurements can be used COP 35 10 Flow temperature Source temperature Point coordinates 1 1 COP at source temp 1 and flow temp 1 1 2 COP at source temp 1 and flow temp 2 2 1 COP at source temp 2 and flow temp 1 2 2 COP at source temp 2 and flow temp 2 164 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Flow temp B21 Te Par 2864 Modulating compressors Par Paes Setpoint SD Neutral zone Mod max Par 2870 Mod min Par 2871 Mod signal Ux Comp relay K1 23592115 Cpo n k Par 2862 Par 2873 Par 2842 Par 2843 Control of compressor On Off Releasing and locking modulation modulating compressor Locking time stage2 mod BZ 2842 Compressor run time min BZ 2843 Compressor off time min BZ 2862 Locking time stage2 mod BZ 2863 Release integral stage2 mod BZ 2864 Reset integral stage2 mod BZ 2873 Compressor mod run time SD BZ 2840 Switching diff return temp Control is ensured by a 2 position controller with an adjustable switching differential line 2840 Switching diff return temp If the flow temperature drops by more than half the switching differential below the heat pump s setpoint the compressor is released via relay K1 If the flow temperature exceeds th
334. ely locked No When after power up the state of icing is not known forced defrosting is triggered Per default the defrost process is started 60 seconds after the compressor This time period can be adjusted 195 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Switch off temp max cooling L Source temp min cool mode Frost protection SD ch over cooling pas act 196 471 Cooling Line no Operating line 3000 Switch off temp max cooling 3002 Source temp min cool mode 3004 SD ch over cooling pas act 3007 In passive cooling mode Condenser pump off Condenser pump on 3008 Temp diff cond cooling mode If the return temperature B71 lies above Switch off temp max cooling the compressor must not be put into operation If already running it will be switched off On completion of the set pump prerun times but not before 2 minutes have elapsed the pumps are deactivated if the temperatures are still too high Another compressor startup attempt is made on completion of the minimum compressor off time Compressor off time min line 2843 This function is only active in the case of active cooling It has no impact with passive cooling For more information about active passive cooling refer to chapter Cooling circuit To prevent the formation of ice in the heat exchanger during passive cooling a minimum source t
335. emp contr sol fuel boil Cooling circuit 2 Heating circ cooling circ 2 DHW interm circuit controller 58 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S T Zo lalS 5 E 8 O O r a 0 UX1 10V PWM basic unit 6070 I Function output UX1 None Source pump Q8 fan K19 DHW pump Q3 DHW interm circ pump Q33 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Collector pump Q5 i Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar pump buffer K8 Solar pump swi pool K18 Collector pump 2 Q16 Instant WH pump Q34 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Condenser pump Q9 HP setpoint Output request Heat request Refrigeration request Compressor modulation Expansion valve evapor V81 Expansion valve EVI V82 6071 1 Signal logic output UX1 Standard Standard Inverted 6072 Signal output UX1 0 10V 0 10V PWM 6075 I Temp value 10V UX1 100 5 130 C 6076 O Output voltage UX1 10 0 10 V UX2 10V PWM basic unit 6078 Function output UX2 None Ditto 6070 6079 1 Signal logic output UX2 Standard Standard Inverted 6080 I Signal output UX2 0 10V 0 10V PWM 6084 Temp value 10V UX2 100 5 130 C 6087 O Output voltage UX2 10 0 10 V Sensor types readjustments 6096 0 Sensor type device NTC 10
336. emperature acquired by sensor B6 B61 Display of the temperature differential of collector sensor B6 B61 and DHW sensors B3 and B31 Display of the temperature differential of collector sensor B6 B61 and buffer storage tank sensors B4 and B41 Display of the temperature differential of collector sensor B6 B61 and swimming pool sensor B13 Display of the solar flow temperature acquired by sensor B63 Display of the solar return temperature acquired by sensor B64 Display of the current flow through the solar circuit in l min Display of the energy input to the plant by the solar collector in the course of the day Display of the total of all 24 hour solar yields since the controller was reset last Display of the number of hours the solar plant produced energy hours run Display of the number of hours during which overtemperature protection for the collector was active Current state of output K9 Current state of output K8 Current state of output K18 417 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 418 471 Solid fuel boiler Line no Operating line 8560 Solid fuel boiler temp 8561 Solid fuel boiler setpoint 8563 Solid fuel boiler return temp 8564 Solid fuel boiler return setp 8565 Flue gas temp 8567 Flue gas temp max 8568 Speed solid fuel boiler pump 8570 Hours run solid fuel boiler ACS Status S
337. emperature can be entered If the temperature at the source outlet sensor B92 falls below the value set via parameter Source temp min cool mode the consumers are locked until the source outlet temperature exceeds the minimum temperature by 1 Kelvin If the source inlet temperature drops below the cooling setpoint minus the switching differential set here and the minimum compressor on time has elapsed the controller switches to passive cooling TA B91 Twcool Cact Cpas Cact t B91 Source inlet sensor Twcool Setpoint for cooling 3004 SD ch over cooling pas act Cact Active cooling mode Cpas Passive cooling mode T Temperature t Time Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 In passive cooling mode Defines the behavior of the condenser pump in passive cooling mode Condenser pump off The condenser pump remains deactivated during passive cooling mode Condenser pump on The condenser pump remains activated during passive cooling mode Temp diff cond cooling To obtain the return temperature setpoint for active cooling mode the current flow mode temperature setpoint according to the cooling curve is increased by the value set here If the setting is 0 the cooling curve in plants with return temperature control must be based on the return plants with pump heating circuits and without buffer or combi storage tanks The setting is used for speed con
338. emperature is constantly too low or too high the room temperature setpoint should be readjusted It is recommended to readjust the setpoints only once per day and only in small steps Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Heating curve displacement A parallel displacement of the heating curve produces a general change of the flow temperature uniformly across the whole outside temperature range If the room temperature is always too high or too low it is recommended to make use of the parallel displacement Heating curve adaption Function Heating curve adaption is used by the controller to automatically adapt the heating curve to the type of building structure NOTE To assure this function following must be observed e A room sensor must be connected e Room influence must be set to a value between 1 and 99 e There should be no thermostatic radiator valves in the reference room location of room sensor if such valves are installed they must be fully opened Eco functions Summer winter Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 730 1030 1330 Summer winter heating limit 732 1032 1332 24 hour heating limit 733 1033 1333 Ext n 24 hour heating limit No Yes If the attenuated outside temperature exceeds the Summer winter heating limit heating limit e g in spring the heating
339. emperature is lower than the current setpoint minus the Switching diff set here DHW charging is started DHW charging is ended when the temperature reaches the current setpoint The first DHW storage tank charging cycle in the morning is also started when the DHW temperature lies within the switching differential provided it does not lie less than 1K below the setpoint 287 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Charging time limitation lil Abortion of DHW charging by the heat pump Max charg abortion temp Charging time limitation Line no Operating line 5030 Charging time limitation 5032 Max charg abortion temp During DHW charging space heating may receive no or too little heat depending on the selected charging priority line 1630 and the type of hydraulic circuit For this reason it is often practical to set a time limit for DHW charging Charging time limitation is deactivated The DHW is heated up until the current DHW temperature setpoint is reached 10 600 DHW charging is stopped after the set period of time in minutes and then locked for the same time before it is resumed During this time period the heat produced is made available for space heating This cycle repeats itself until the nominal DHW setpoint is reached When space heating is off summer operation Eco function etc DHW charging is not inte
340. engineer 0 99999 6347 Code OEM 0 99999 Operating levels Commissioning Heating engineer and OEM can be assigned individual codes between 0 and 99999 These operating levels can only be accessed after entering the respective code The codes can only be changed at the OEM level Setting 0 requires no code entry Line no Operating line ACS Selection of partial diagram heat pump ACS Partial diagram solar collector ACS Partial diagram dhw storage ACS Partial diagram buffer ACS Partial diagram heat circuit 1 ACS Partial diagram cooling circuit 1 ACS Partial diagram heat circuit 2 ACS Partial diagram cooling circuit 2 ACS Partial diagram heat circuit 3 ACS Partial diagram converter ACS Partial diagram solid fuel boiler ACS Partial diagram swimming pool ACS Partial diagram hydraulic balancing ACS Partial diagram instantaneous heater ACS Partial diagram Consumer circuit 1 ACS Partial diagram Consumer circuit 2 ACS Partial diagram Consumer circuit 3 ACS Partial diagram suppl source Indicates the number of the active partial diagram Line no Operating line ACS Cascade status Inactive Active Indicates the current state of cascade detection Inactive Only one generator installed Active Several generators installed 367 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in det
341. ent state of the Defrost function Shows the current humidity of air at the source inlet 415 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Collector pump 1 and 2 Speed collector pump 1 and 2 Speed solar pump ext exch Speed solar pump buffer Speed solar pump swi pool Collector temp 1 and 2 416 471 Line no Operating line ACS Zustand Olsumpfheizung K40 ACS Drip tray heater K41 ACS State of source interm circuit pump Q81 ACS State of source interm circuit div valve Y81 ACS State of diverting valve cooling condenser Y27 ACS State of condenser reversing valve Y91 ACS State status information heating K42 ACS State status information cooling K43 ACS State status information DHW K44 Shows the current state of the outputs Solar collector field Line no Operating line 8499 Collector pump 1 8505 Speed collector pump 1 8506 Speed solar pump ext exch 8507 Speed solar pump buffer 8508 Speed solar pump swi pool 8510 Collector temp 1 8511 Collector temp 1 max 8512 Collector temp 1 min 8513 dt collector 1 DHW 8514 dt collector 1 buffer 8515 dt collector 1 swimming pool 8519 Solar flow temp 8520 Solar return temp 8521 Solar throughput 8526 24 hour yield solar energy 8527 Total yield solar ener
342. ential line 5406 Line no Operating line 5530 Pump speed min 5531 Pump speed max 5532 Speed Xp 5533 Speed Tn 5534 Speed Tv The minimum permissible speed limits the permissible speed range of the instantaneous heater pump at the bottom The maximum speed for the pump of the instantaneous water heater can be set The highest pump speeds can be locked The speed of the pump for the instantaneous water heater can be controlled By setting the right proportional band Xp integral action time Tn and derivative action time Tv the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope The derivative action time Tv influences the controller s D action Tv is the time required by the P action with a constantly rising input signal ramp to bring about the same change to the manipula
343. eparately for each heating circuit consumer circuit operating page Heating circuit Consumer circuit X When the collector is cold surplus energy can be emitted to the environment via the collector s surfaces Electric immersion heater Line no Operating line 5060 El imm heater optg mode Substitute Summer Always Cooling mode Emergency operation Legionella function 5061 El immersion heater release 24h day DHW release Time program 4 DHW 5062 El immersion heater control External thermostat DHW sensor A WARNING Electric immersion heaters must be fitted with a safety limit thermostat NOTE The DHW operating mode button also acts on the electric immersion heater For the DHW to be heated the DHW operating mode button must be pressed El imm heater optg mode Substitute The electric immersion heater provides DHW charging should the heat pump go to lockout should it be off or should DHW charging be aborted by the heat pump If the electric immersion heater needs to provide DHW charging because the heat pump was not able to end the charging process the controller stores the DHW temperature at which the electric immersion heater took over via Curr DHW charg temp HP line 7093 Also at the changeover point the switch on temperature is adapted If the DHW temperature increases due to the electric immersion heater or some other generator e g solar
344. epetition Error 358 483 Soft starter ACS Repetition Error 491 Max evaporation temp ACS Repetition error 504 Press diff process reversal Number of error repetitions only via ACS tool When the set value is exceeded the heat pump shuts down and can only be unlocked by making a reset 382 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Maintenance functions HP interval HP time since maint Reset Max starts compri hrs run Max starts compr2 hrs ur starts compr1 hrs run Cur starts compr2 hrs run 6 23 Maintenance special operation Maintenance functions can be used as a preventive measure to ensure periodic monitoring of plant All Maintenance functions can be switched individually The controller generates maintenance messages automatically should maintenance function settings be violated Line no Operating line 7070 HP interval 7071 HP time since maint 7072 Max starts comprt hrs run 7073 Cur starts comprt hrs run 7074 Max starts compr2 hrs run 7075 Cur starts compr2 hrs run 7076 Diff condens max week 7077 Cur diff condens max week 7078 Diff condens min week 7079 Cur diff condens min week 7080 Diff evap max week 7081 Cur diff evap max week 7082 Diff evap min week 7083 Cur diff evap min week 7090 DHW storage tank interval 7091 DHW stor tank since maint 7092 DHW charg temp HP min 7093 Curr
345. equests 369 Setpoint Relay test cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeccneeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeees 400 Heat PUMP ccceeeceeeeeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeeeneaeeeeeees 412 Relays QX1 QX13 cecciecceeeeeeeeeeeeteetcteeeeeees 336 Hot gas temp cceeeecceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeees 157 RelCASC nnna 116 161 165 Legionella function ccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 118 SWIMMING POOI 2 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeteee 345 Primary controller temperature c008 422 Release according to OT a e 181 EAA A TET 104 Release integral Solar heating cccccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaees 123 Electric immersion heater ccccccseeseeeeees 173 Solid fuel boiler essensies 265 266 468 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Index 2014 07 30 Supplementary generator cccccceceeeeeeees 252 States relays extension MOdUIES ceeeee 424 SWIMMING pool 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 422 Status messages cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaaes 409 Setpoint buffer storage tank eeeeeesene 423 Storage tank transfer pump 337 Setpoint compensation time constant 359 Storing the parameter settings ee 362 Setpoint DHW ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 421 Stratification Protection ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 277 Setpoint differential to storage tank 000 313 Summer changeover
346. er 331 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Flow desuperheater When using a hot gas heat exchanger for DHW charging see high temperature charging parameter 5170 ff it is possible to install the electric immersion heater in the flow of the hot gas heat exchanger In this case the electric immersion heater can be used for DHW charging only K25 K26 B36 DHW Hot gas heat exchanger HC Condenser 2355258050 B71 E24 lil Installation of the electric immersion heater in the flow of the hot gas heat exchanger configured with Flow hot gas heat exchanger is possible but not mandatory The 2 first positions are possible too see following layouts B36 B36 TWW Hot gas heat exchanger Hot gas heat exchanger B21 K25 K26 Condenser Condenser 235525805q 235525805e B71 E24 B71 E24 332 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Type el imm heater flow If both electric immersion heaters K25 K26 are installed in the flow Type el imm heater flow can be used to select how they shall be controlled 3 stage Used when e the electric immersion heaters have different capacities e the electric immersion heaters may be operated simultaneously 2 stage excluding Used when e the electric immersion heaters have differen
347. er is switched on and off via sensor B4 B42 B41 The electric immersion heater is switched on via sensor B41 and off via sensor B42 If within 1 minute after triggering forced charging none of the heat sources in the system is put into operation for forced charging of the buffer storage tank the electric immersion heater can do it No Electric immersion heater K16 is not used for forced charging Yes If no other heat source provides forced charging electric immersion heater K16 is used Smart grid draw forced Forced charging always takes place via electric immersion heater K16 when the smart grid state is Draw forced Solar integration Line no Operating line 4783 With solar integration Select here whether the buffer storage tank can be charged by solar energy 280 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Diversion of flow Line no Operating line 4830 Flow diversion temp 4831 Swi diff flow diversion ACS Delay flow diversion If the heat pump s condenser is integrated directly in the combi storage tank the storage tank temperature in the tank section intended for DHW can considerable rise the reason being the high temperatures of the hot gas To prevent this common flow valve Y13 can be used to switch the supply for the heating circuit to the upper section of the storage tank lil For this fu
348. er upward or downward If the permitted deviations are not observed a status message is displayed Flow temperature B21 Return temperature B71 Status message 1 Status message 2 Current temp differential 2805 Req temp diff condenser 2806 Max dev temp diff cond Status message 1 Limit diff condens max Status message 2 Limit diff condens min 2805 Temperature differential condenser 2355Z08 e For atoo great or too small a temperature differential to be displayed as a status message the compressor must have run for a minimum of 3 minutes and DHW charging must not be active e When changing from DHW charging to space heating the controller waits another 3 minutes until it displays too great a deviation e With 2 stage heat pumps the messages appear only when the second stage is in operation e The function can be deactivated e In cooling mode the function is automatically deactivated e With air to water heat pumps the function is automatically deactivated Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Min temp diff cond DHW Temp frost alarm Condenser frost protection Function Min temp diff cond DHW is used to abort DHW charging when the external heat pump is shut down During DHW charging the temperature differential across the condenser between sensors B21 and B71 must not drop below the v
349. erator From the initial value the flow temperature setpoint progresses as a straight line until the point of intersection of charging time and increased DHW temperature setpoint is reached The calculated time during which the generator is released at its minimum output is the adjustable time Charging request timed line 5008 In the following cases the flow temperature setpoint for DHW storage tank charging is changed that is function Charging request timed is aborted e The heating circuit also demands heat from the generator e DHW charging push will be activated automatically or manually The change is made according to the parameterized charging strategy parameter 5007 283 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Line no Operating line 5010 Charging Once day Several times day Charging Selection of Once day or Several times day is active only if DHW heating release is set according to the heating circuits time programs Once day Release of DHW charging is given 2 5 hours before the first heat request from the heating circuit is received Then the reduced DHW setpoint applies for the whole day Time program hc Once day DHW release 2 5h In the case of continuous heating with no setback periods release of DHW charging takes place at 0 00 This is also the case if the first request for heat from the heating c
350. erature minus 1 C the compressor is switched on If on completion of the maximum source startup time 2821 the compressor does not run the source pump is switched off After the set minimum off time the controller tries to restart the compressor The pumps are put into operation and the compressor is started provided the maximum source temperature is not exceeded When the compressor is in operation and the source inlet temperature exceeds Source temp max the compressor is switched off and on completion of the minimum off time the controller tries to switch the heat pump on again If the source inlet temperature is not available the function uses the source outlet temperature Parameter 2814 only acts in heating mode e Inthe case of brine to water or water to water heat pumps parameter 2814 is used as the threshold maximum source temperature e Inthe case of air to water heat pumps parameter 2813 is used as the threshold maximum source temperature This means that with air to water heat pumps Source temp max is available without parameterizing operating line 2814 instead the function makes use of parameter 2813 This function prevents the heat pump from operating when the source outlet temperature is too low The function is intended for plants that use water as a heat source If during operation the source outlet temperature drops below Source temp min water both the pumps and the compressor are switched
351. erential of collector flow and return and then added to 24 hour yield solar energy line 8526 Line no Operating line 3891 Flow measurement yield None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 In place of using the pulse count the flow can also be measured with a flow sensor 10 V or Hz connected to input Hx Parameter Flow measurement yield is used to select input Hx used for making the flow measurement None No measurement via input Hx This setting is important if the inputs are used for making other flow measurements e g heat pump With input Hx The flow via the selected input is acquired and used for calculating the volume The determined volume is multiplied by the measured temperature differential and added to 24 hour yield solar energy line 8526 The Hx input selected here must be set in the configuration for the flow measurement Line no Operating line 3896 Readj solar flow sensor 3897 Readj solar return sensor By making sensor readjustments inaccuracies of the sensor s measured values can be compensated for 264 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Summary Operati
352. es Flow measurement 10 V Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Flow measurement Hz Yes Yes No Yes Yes Temperature Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes measurement 10 V The heat pump s flow and return temperatures are acquired either via temperature measurement at one of the inputs Hx or via the resistance temperature sensors connected to Bx 219 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 220 471 The functionality implemented in the controller employed for acquiring the energy input energy delivered and for calculating the yearly performance factor is based on the following model Eein Eab Eaut Ey Ex En Enh Exo dT ko Qko dTa Qa Q8 K19 K25 K26 B21 B71 B91 B92 Eein Energy input Eq Ex En Energy heat delivered for space and DHW heating Enn Exo Energy drawn from the environment geothermal heat ground water air dTa x Qa Technical losses Energy used to operate the source pump fan Energy used to operate the compressor electricity or gas Electrical energy used to operate the electric immersion heaters K25 K26 Energy heat delivered by the electric immersion heaters K25 K26 Energy heat delivered by the condenser dT Ko X Qko Temperature differential across the condenser B21 B71 Volumetric flow through the condenser Temperature differential across the evaporator B91 B92 Volumetric flow through the
353. est 51 End user info level Commissioning heating engineer State code Manual control active Manual control active 4 Fault Fault 2 Heating mode restricted Heating mode restricted 106 Forced draw Forced draw 110 Heating mode source 155 Heating mode 137 Heated max swi pool temp Heated max swi pool temp 156 Heated setpoint solar 158 Heated setpoint source 157 Heated 159 Heating mode solar off 160 Heating mode source off 161 Heating mode off 162 Cold Cold 76 End user info level Commissioning heating engineer State code Fault Fault 2 Locked solid fuel boiler 172 Locked outside temp 176 Locked Economy mode 198 Locked Locked 10 Charging buffer Charging buffer 59 In op for HC DHW In op for HC DHW 170 Released for HC DHW Released for HC DHW 173 In operation for DHW In operation for DHW 168 Released for DHW Released for DHW 174 In operation for HC In operation for HC 166 Released for HC Released for HC 175 Overrun active Overrun active 17 Off Off 25 HMI Basic without text History Line no Operating line 8050 8069 History 1 10 State code 1 10 The last 10 status messages are stored or displayed together with their state codes History 1 keeps the latest message history 10 the oldest i The status displays currently valid for the end user can be retrieved directly via the room unit s info level i Using the ACS 700 PC tool the relevant actual values setpoints and re
354. etees 177 Process reversing valve 336 Error repetitions eeen eene 382 Process reversing valve Y22 415 Protection MOE n se 84 85 103 104 O Pulse COUNL ccccceccececeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanes 222 233 Operating leVel ee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeteectteeeeeeeeeeteee 83 Yolda e A 262 a 0 0 Vee 83 Pulse measurement solar 263 Operating lIN S eee ceeeeee eee e ee eeeecteeeeeeeeeeteee 27 PUMP capacity inaa 262 467 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Index 2014 07 30 Pump heating circuit ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 96 Release of swimming pool 345 Pump heating CirCuitS c cceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 93 Remain time defrost settling ceeeeeeee 415 PUMP KiCK cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseteennaeeeeeees 425 Remaining time defrost lOCK eeeeeeeeeee 415 Pump Off fUNCtION 0000 eee eee eeeteteeeeeeeeeeeeettaeeeeeees 215 Remaining time forced defrosting eee 415 Pump overrun time Remaining tiMe s eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteee 412 Solid fuel DOIEL ce ceeeeceeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaees 267 RESOA AT T 363 377 Pump speed Alarm relay seeeeeeeerreerrrrrerrreerrrsernen 377 DHW ira aN 297 Error history iniii A EEEn 382 Instantaneous water heater eeens 313 State MIStOLY s scictessttasteceteistdistessteeedeaeteasdtaateedte 409 Pump speed MIN MAX 22 cccceeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeees 101 Reset int
355. etting the superheat setpoint Superheat setpoint lil Superheat setp cooling mode Li Superheat incr silent mode SHC setp source 20 to SHC setp source 25 Min superheat To set the superheat setpoint a number of parameters are available 3042 3049 and 3050 plus various ACS settings The control system stabilizes the temperature differential of suction gas and evaporation temperature superheat at the set Superheat setpoint by controlling the refrigerant flow via the electronic expansion valve The control and the magnetic valve MV are released as soon as a compressor is put into operation To ensure that refrigerant does not enter the evaporator during off times the control is locked when the compressor is off and the expansion and magnetic valve are shut For cooling mode the superheat setpoint is adjusted separately When changing from heating to cooling mode or vice versa the higher of the 2 setpoints applies during Settl time process reversal line 2838 When silent mode is active line 3025 and subsequent lines the superheat setpoint is increased by an adjustable value Superheat incr silent mode The superheat setpoint is defined for different source temperatures Values in between are interpolated in a linear manner To activate dependency on the source temperature the fixed Superheat setpoint needs to be deactivated line 3042 There is no need to define all points Deactivate
356. eutral zone of 1 Kelvin The resulting speed is delivered via the speed output selected according to the configuration triac ZX4 or DC 0 10 V By setting the right proportional band Xp integral action time Tn and derivative action time Tv the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the l action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope The derivative action time Tv influences the controller s D action Tv is the time required by the P action with a constantly rising input signal ramp to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the D action The smaller Tv the smaller the D action Line no Operating line 5146 Full charging with B36 No Yes To fully charge the DHW storage tank DHW charging sensor B36 can be used in place of sensor B31 The charging process is completed
357. ew of SettinGS cc eeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeneeeeeees 27 6 The settings in detail cccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeenenees 82 6 1 Mme Progra Sipatna e a aaa ee a 82 6 2 HOolday Shee aea ae aa erra aaiae 83 6 3 FICALING CO U O e a a Sbeesedetadenadatacancdedasacattacencdedasasatetasanctesanananeian 84 6 4 GOOlING KOIKE OTi WEN ME AME EE TAE AEE EOE P Maat E E E E E E EEE E E ET 102 6 5 DAW nema T oe E i reo en nt nh i 115 6 6 Consumer circuits and swimming pool circuit cceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 120 6 7 SWIMMING POOl Siw mata kanndnA aah eave a 123 6 8 Primary controller SySt M PUMDP ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeetees 125 6 9 Heal pun Pp iaiicccdadnsode sees eens aeasaal 127 6 10 Energy Meters 0 ceeeeeecceneee cece ee eeeeaaeee esse eeteeceaaaeeeeeeeeteeecaaaeeeeeeeeeeee 219 6 11 Cascade heating and COOLING ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeecnnaaeeeeees 237 6 12 Supplementary source GeneratOr cccccceceeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeees 249 6 13 SOLA RO haven ue A T aves aovenedsa sues overnite 257 6 14 Solidituel boiler miee eehen eh chee eG he a heeled 265 6 15 Buffer storage tank cic cesierietat etna L 270 6 16 DHW storage tankinis trtne a a a a aa a a 282 6 17 Instantaneous water Neater ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeecteeeeeeeeeeeeeectaaeeeeeeeettees 312 6 18 General FUNCTIONS 2 eee eeccenee cece eee eeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeee
358. f e If 2 hot gas sensors are installed the lower temperature is used e lf there is no hot gas sensor the outside temperature acquired by sensor B9 is used Line no Operating line 2835 Restart lock compressor When a compressor was switched off it is not switched on again until the locking time has elapsed Restart lock is observed under all operating conditions even during defrosting Line no Operating line 2836 Start swi off temp red 2837 Swi off temp max reduced y Max switch off temperature C a 2844 55 50 2837 2836 10 5 0 5 10 Tva C Tmin Depending on the type of source line 2812 2815 2816 or 2825 Twa Evaporation source temperature 2844 Switch off temp max The maximum switch off temperature can be reduced while giving consideration to the evaporation or source temperature Tva The maximum switch off temperature is reduced in a linear manner The reduction curve is defined by 2 points of intersection e Point of intersection of operating lines 2844 and 2836 e Point of intersection of line 2837 with line 2812 2815 2816 or 2825 depending on the type of source 151 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 If the evaporation temperature is not available a backup sensor is used for calculating the reduction The following order applies Prio Sensor S
359. f Uout 0 10 V 2 mA RMS 2 7 mA peak lt 50 mVpp lt 80 mV lt 130 mV PWM outputs UX21 UX22 Output voltage Current load Frequency safety extra low voltage output is short circuit proof high 10 V low 0 V Ux min 6 V 5mA 3 kHz Power supply GX21 switchable safety extra low voltage output is short circuit proof Output voltage 5 V 4 75 50 25 V Output voltage 12 V 11 4 120 6 V Current load max 20 mA WX21 electronic expansion valve Type of stepper motor unipolar Control half step full step 1 phase Step rate 30 300 steps s Output voltage COM 11 3 130 2 V Current load COM 260 mA per phase max 2 phases BSB 2 wire connection noninterchangeable Cable length basic unit peripheral device Total cable length Cross sectional area max 200 m max 400 m max cable capacitance 60 nF min 0 5 mm Protection class If correctly installed low voltage live parts meet the requirements of safety class II according to EN 60730 1 Protection degree of housing IPOO according to EN 60529 Degree of pollution 2 according to EN 60730 1 Product standard EN 60730 1 Automatic electrical controls for household and similar use Electromagnetic compatibility Applications For use in residential commerce light industrial and industrial environments EU Conformity CE CE1T2355xx11 Environmental compatibility The product envir
360. f condenser ACS Req temp diff condens DHW 2806 Max dev temp diff cond 2807 Min temp diff cond DHW 2809 Temp frost alarm 2810 Condenser frost protection 2811 Overrun cond frost protect This is the temperature differential of the medium on the consumer side between condenser inlet B71 and condenser outlet B21 The function described below is only active when both sensors are installed The speed of the condenser pump is only reduced to such a level see line 2799 that the maximum temperature differential across the condenser Max temp diff condenser will not be exceeded Req temp diff condenser is the temperature differential anticipated across the condenser with maximum compressor output in heating mode The setting is used for different functions e g soeed control of condenser pump parameter 2790 ff Req temp diff condens DHW ACS is the temperature differential to be expected at the condenser when the compressor operates at maximum capacity for DHW charging If is selected DHW charging also uses parameter 2805 The setting is used for speed control of the condenser pump parameter 2790 and ACS parameter for DHW charging 137 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Max dev temp diff cond pio 138 471 Setting the maximum deviation from the required temperature differential line 2805 Req temp diff condenser eith
361. f the boiler temperature falls below its minimum level the boiler pump is deactivated again when pump overrun is ended If the temperature increase differential of boiler flow and boiler return temperature is too small the boiler pump is deactivated when pump overrun is ended If a return sensor is not installed the boiler temperature increase is calculated from the boiler temperature and the minimum return temperature setpoint e g when using a thermal return temperature controller Refer to description of Setpoint min 265 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 DHW charging Connection DHW stor tank Boiler temp setp DHW charg DHW charging with Q3 Charging of buffer storage tank Connection buffer Boil temp setp buffer charg 266 471 Line no Operating line 4134 Connection DHW stor tank None With B3 With B31 With B3 and B31 4135 Boiler temp setp DHW charg Storage tank temp Storage tank setpoint Boiler temp setpoint min 4136 DHW charging with Q3 No Yes When using a solid fuel boiler the sensors must be selected This setting is used to select the required calculation of the boiler temperature setpoint during DHW charging Storage tank temp The boiler temperature setpoint is calculated based on the DHW Flow setpoint boost line 5020 and the current DHW storage tank temperature according
362. ffer storage tank The refrigeration source is locked e The refrigeration source is released as soon as the temperature at both buffer storage tank sensors exceeds the required flow temperature by Temp diff buffer CC plus 1 Kelvin e The refrigeration source is locked as soon as the temperature at both buffer storage tank sensors exceeds the required flow temperature by less than Temp diff buffer CC 2355214 TVLKw Flow temperature setpoint in cooling mode K Refrigeration source If the buffer storage tank temperature falls below the set value the heating circuits are shut down if no heat source is available meaning that lockout occurred If the storage tank temperature lies above the set Max st tank temp cool mode cooling mode is locked The cooling circuit pumps are switched off and the mixing valves close The cooling request to the refrigeration sources is maintained If the storage temperature falls below the maximum storage temperature minus 1 Kelvin cooling will be enabled again T 2355Z10 4726 K Refrigeration source QK YK Cooling circuit pumps cooling circuit mixing valves 276 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Frost protection for the buffer storage tank In heating mode In cooling mode Frost protection for the buffer storage tank acts differently in heating and cooling mode If the temperature at the coldest bu
363. ffer storage tank sensor drops below 5 C frost protection generates a temperature request to the heat sources and puts the electric immersion heater if installed into operation until the storage tank temperature returns to a level above 10 C If in cooling mode one of the 2 storage tank temperatures B4 or B41 drops below 5 C the refrigeration sources are shut down They are released again when the temperature at both sensors exceeds 6 C and the locking time of 15 minutes has elapsed Stratification protection Line no Operating line 4739 Stratification protection Off Always 4740 Strat prot temp diff max 4743 Strat prot anticipation time 4744 Strat protection Tn The buffer storage tank s Stratification protection function provides for hydraulic balancing between consumers and producer without the need for additional shutoff valves for the buffer storage tank When the function is active the volume of water on the consumer side is adjusted so that the addition of colder water from the buffer storage tank is avoided whenever possible Off The Stratification protection function is deactivated Always The Stratification protection function is active when the heat source is in operation NOTE The function requires a common flow sensor B10 Bi The buffer storage tank s Stratification protection function provides for hydraulic ba
364. frigeration request pending it cannot be satisfied If passive cooling is effected via the common heating cooling flow parameter In passive cooling mode line 3007 can be used to define whether condenser pump Q9 shall be switched on or off The following cooling choices are provided 1 Refrigeration Active and passive cooling Y27 Y28 Do 1 I H2 qo Q9 B91 B91 1 T 1 Qs Q8 yY28 K we Ff eA Cooling system 4 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling line 5808 IN passive cooling mode n a Condenser pump on Condenser pump off line 3007 The functions of the common flows are then as follows Common flow 1 Heating Heating active or passive Heating active or passive cooling cooling Common flow 2 Active or passive cooling n a n a 326 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 2 Refrigeration Active cooling B91 Qs Cooling system line 5808 4 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling In passive cooling mode line 3007 n a n a The functions of the common flows are then as follows Common flow 1 Heating Heating active cooling Common flow 2 Active cooling n a 3 Refrigeration Passive co
365. g differential Solar heat exchanger external 335 DICTARON NNAS EEA en E EEE EEE TTTS 189 Solar pump external heat exchanget 338 Hot gas temp MaX ssssssseeesessessrrrrersssssrnes 156 Solar yield ceeecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeccneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 417 Switching differential 2 POS cceeceeeeeeeeeees 97 Solid fuel boiler eeens 265 Switching differential DHW eee 286 Frost protection for the plant 268 Switching differential return temperature 153 Source off below temp B83 cceeceeeeeee 199 switching differential source protection 143 Source Output ee 226 Switching points cc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeettteeeeeees 82 Source protection 142 329 Switching times cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeees 82 Source protection Sensor seess 329 Switch off temp MaX sssseessseeeeeeeeserrrrrrsssessrns 154 Source PUMP sssssssseessssssssrrrisssssrrrrrrrsssssrrrrrne 141 Switch off temp max cooling 196 Source pump Q8 eeeeeeeeeeeeererrrresesrrrnn 339 Switch off temp MIn ssseesssseeeessssserrrrrrsssessnes 193 Source SEQUENCE ccceeeeeeeeeeeettteeeeeeeeeteeeaees 244 Switch on command heat pump 0 346 Source startup time MaX eeens 144 System MESSAGES cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 368 Source temp min cooling Mode n 196 System PUMP tividavsctuceteteteieteaeteeeteieteieteieteastnade 337 Source type ooo ee eeeeeeeceeneeeeeeeeee
366. g g Passive cooling EE Passive forced G GB GB Active full output 3 4 No cooling Cooling demand demand Switch on Switch off lt J mm ee Switch on x Switch off J Switch on X x Switch off f ZZ Switchon j Switch off J 2 MEE Switchon Switch off S lt m 9 247 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Source seq cooling mirrored cooling only lil Source seq with opt energy heating and cooling Temperature differential heating only Line no Operating line 3542 Source seq cooling mirrored No Yes In addition to the fixed predefined switch on criteria there is a special presetting for the generator sequence in connection with cooling cascades Source seq cooling mirrored The generator sequence is operated in reverse generator order Yes Mirroring can be practical when simultaneous heating and cooling is implemented possible only with common cooling flow 2 or when together with cooling mode DHW shall be charged via the generator cascade When using this parameterization the resulting generator sequence for cooling is started in the reverse order The priority shown on the Diagnostics cascade menu is mirrored as well Line no Operating line 3543 Source seq with opt energy No Yes If the cascade contains generators that can be operated with optimum efficien
367. g of the DHW storage tank the charging setpoint must not be lower than the current storage tank temperature If 2 storage tank sensors are installed parameter Discharging prot sensor line 5041 can be used to select the sensor to be considered The storage tank setpoint used for high temperature charging is the nominal DHW setpoint line 1610 and Legionella funct setpoint line 1645 when the Legionella function is activated When the temperature at storage tank sensor B3 reaches the setpoint high temperature charging is ended This prevents the storage tank from exceeding a certain temperature level If 2 storage tank sensors are installed the lower sensor B31 is considered Exceptions e Solar integration e Discharging prot sensor line 5041 B3 In the case of a combi storage tank high temperature charging is also continued when the setpoint is reached When the DHW section of the storage tank is fully charged the hot water is fed to the tank s heating section 309 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Start behavior with high temperature charging Start kick Without start kick with charging temperature Impact of hot gas temperature 310 471 Line no Operating line ACS DHW high temp charging duration start kick 5173 Hi temp min ch diff hot gas Depending on the type of plant e g plant diagram 1 the
368. g of the high pressure switch with the described consequences For that function High pressure supervision parameters 2785 and 2786 and controller internal measures parameter 2787 are provided Prerequisite An Hx input is configured as Press acquisition cond H83 line 5823 If the condensation temperature exceeds the set Max condensation temp line 2785 the compressor is switched off The compressor may be switched on again only after the condensation temperature has dropped by Max condensation temp SD line 2786 When using high pressure supervision error repetition counting within Duration error repetition is extended as follows If in addition high pressure supervision with Press acquisition cond H83 is configured e the value of Repetition Error 222 High pressure HP applies can be set with the ACS tool e if High pressure switch E10 still trips it is no longer included in the error count the heat pump goes immediately to lockout and can only be restarted by making a reset Measures taken by the controller influence plant components in a way that Max condensation temp will not be exceeded They intervene as soon as the temperature level of Max condensation temp minus Max condensation temp red is exceeded line 2787 The following plant components if installed and controllable are influenced in the following order Strategy Heating Cooling Component Interna
369. g table contains parameters and extra settings of the release functions The parameters and extra settings are described after the table Release strategy Release of CPO COP characteristic Energy prices Line 2903 line 2904 ACS lines 3264 3267 1 According to COP Yes Yes Not relevant 2a_ According to Energy price AT Not relevant Yes HT AT 2b _ According to Energy price LT Yes Yes HT LT 3 According to COP and energy price Yes Yes HT AT 4 According to COP or energy price Yes Yes HT AT Stated tariffs are required Abbreviations AT Alternative tariff HT High tariff LT Low tariff Another release function is Release according to the outside temperature lines 2908 2910 Line no 2903 Operating line Release strategy COP Energy price COP and energy price COP or energy price Release strategy Release strategy selects the criteria according to which the heat pump is released COP The heat pump is released via Release of COP In plants operating with a second generator this strategy is used to switch off the heat pump outside optimum operation and the second generator alone satisfies the demand e Release of COP line 2904 e COP characteristic chapter 6 9 section Output data Required inputs Energy price The heat pump is released based on the energy prices entered When the COP characteristic is defined the contr
370. gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 QX3 QX5 Collector pump Q5 QX6 Solar ctrl elem buffer K8 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 445 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 19 Air to water heat pump DHW storage tank with DHW diverting valve Q3 and solar collector pump heating circuit K1 E11 F B81 E10 D B83 2355A19 Multifunctional nee BX1 terminals ST BX3 Collector sensor B6 BX4 DHW sensor B31 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B84 QX1 Process revers valve Y22 QX2 QX3 QX5 Collector pump Q5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 QX10 QX11 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K19 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 446 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams
371. ge No 350 Buffer address error 3 No No J Yes 351 Prim sys pump addr err 3 No No Yes a 352 Pr less header addr err 3 No No l Yes 353 Casc sens B10 missing 3 No No J Yes 354 Special sensor 2 Bx 3 No No Yes 355 3 ph curr asymmetric E21 E22 E23 9 Yes Num 3 ph current asymmetric No a 356 Flow switch consumers E24 9 Yes Num Flow switch consumers No 357 Flow temp cooling 1 6 No No Yes not reached 358 Soft starter E25 9 Yes Num No 359 Div valve cool Y21 miss 3 No No l Yes 360 Proc rev va Y22 miss 3 No No Yes 361 Source sens B91 miss 3 No No Yes 362 Source sens B92 miss 3 No No J Yes 363 Compr sens B84 miss 3 No No Yes 364 Cool system HP wrong 3 No No No 365 Inst heater Q34 miss 3 No No J Yes 366 Room temp sensor Hx 6 No No J Yes 367 Room humidity sens Hx 6 No No Yes on 368 Flow temp setp readjHx 6 No No Yes 370 Thermodynamic source 9 No No No z 369 External 9 No No No 371 Flow temp HC3 3 No No Yes Sss too low 372 Limit thermostat HC3 3 No No l Yes 373 Extension module 3 3 No No Yes 385 Mains undervoltage E21 9 Yes Num Mains undervoltage Yes 388 DHW sensor no function 3 No No J Yes 441 BX31 no function 3 No No Yes 442 BX32 no function 3 No No l Yes ase 443 B X33 no function 3 No No Yes 444 BX34 no function 3 No No J Yes To 445 BX35 no function 3 No No l Yes 446 BX36 n
372. ge output GX21 Function input EX21 Contact type EX21 Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 7341 7416 7491 Voltage out GX21 module 1 2 3 5 Volt 12 Volt Defines the voltage used by the extension module for powering the external sensor Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 7342 7417 7492 Funct input EX21 module 1 2 3 None Electrical utility lock E6 Low tariff E5 Overload compressor 2 E12 Overload source E14 Pressure switch source E26 Flow switch source E15 Flow switch consumers E24 Manual defrost E17 Common fault HP E20 Fault soft starter E25 Low pressure switch E9 High pressure switch E10 Overload compressor 1 E11 Error alarm message Mains supervision E21 Fault soft starter 2 E27 Pressure diff defrost E28 Pres sw source int circ E29 Flow ado sw source int circ E30 Smart grid E61 Smart grid E62 The settings for input EX21 on the extension module correspond to those for the EX inputs on the controller For descriptions refer to operating line Function input EX1 Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 7343 7418 7493 Cont type inp EX21 module 1 2 3 NC NO The type of contact can be selected NC The input s function is active when voltage is not present NO The input s function is active when voltage is present The descriptions
373. ge tank solar connection 02 Solar connection 4 Buffer storage tank generator 04 charging pump shutoff valve 05 Charging pump solar connection 5 Buffer storage tank solar connection 13 Diverting valve generator shutoff valve 14 Diverting valve solar connection 16 Primary controller without heat exchanger 17 Primary controller 1 heat exchanger 19 Intermediate circuit without heat exchanger 20 Intermediate circuit 1 heat exchanger 22 Charging pump intermediate circuit without heat exchanger 23 Charging pump intermediate circuit 1 heat exchanger 25 Diverting valve intermediate circuit without heat exchanger 26 Diverting valve intermediate circuit 1 heat exchanger 28 Primary controller intermediate circuit without heat exchanger 29 Primary controller intermediate circuit 1 heat exchanger Check no heating Heating circuit 3 Heating circuit 2 Heating circuit 1 it 0 No heating circuit 00 No heating circuit 00 No heating circuit circuits 2 Heating circuit 02 Heating circuit pump 01 Circulation via boiler pump pump 03 Heating circuit pump 02 Heating circuit pump 3 Heating circuit mixing valve 03 Heating circuit pump pump mixing valve mixing valve 05 07 Heating cooling 2 pipe common distribution 08 10 Cooling only 2 pipe 12 Heating cooling 4 pipe common distribution 14 16Heating cooling 4 pipe common distribution 20 27 Heating cooling 2 pipe separate distribution 30 38 Heating cooling 4 pipe separate distrib
374. ges when the number of hours set is reached line 3540 First The first generator in the addressing scheme always remains the lead generator With the other generators the order of switching on changes when the set number of hours are reached line 3540 Last The last generator in the addressing scheme always remains the last The other generators change when the set number of hours are reached line 3540 First and last The first generator in the addressing scheme always remains the lead generator The last generator in the addressing scheme always remains the last The generators in between change when the set number of hours are reached line 3540 Sce1 Sce2 Sce3 Sce4 Sce5 Sce6 Sce7 G2 G5 G8 G9 C Heat sources with opt efficiency Heat sources without opt efficiency 1st changeover G9 2nd changeover G8 G2 G5 G9 Q a ai Q Q N 4 2355245 Erz Heat refrigeration generator Gx Device address Setting of the Leading source is only used in connection with the fixed order of generator sequence line 3540 The generator defined as the lead generator is always the first to be switched on and the last to be switched off The other generators are switched in the order of their device addresses If generators with optimum efficiency are installed the lead generator must also be able t
375. gies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Low pressure supervision Min evaporation temp Cooling mode Min evaporation temp water Controller internal lil lil Line no Operating line 2825 Min evaporation temp ACS Min evaporation temp switching diff ACS Min evaporation temp cooling mode ACS Min evaporation temp increase 2828 Min evaporation temp water The objective is to prevent tripping of the low pressure switch with the described consequences For that function Low pressure supervision parameters 2825 and 2828 and controller internal measures parameter 2787 are provided Prerequisite An Hx input is configured as Press acquisition evap H82 line 5822 The settings for parameters 2852 2854 also apply to monitoring with a pressure sensor as described here If the evaporation temperature falls below Min evaporation temp line 2825 the compressor is switched off The compressor may be switched on again only when the evaporation temperature has risen by Min evaporation temp switching diff ACS In addition if an electronic expansion valve is installed the evaporation temperature must exceed Min evaporation temp by more than the current superheat setpoint For cooling mode Min evaporation temp cooling mode can be set separately ACS When changing from heating to cooling mode or vice versa the lower of the 2 limit values applies during Settl time process reversal
376. gy 8530 Hours run solar yield 8531 Hours run collect overtemp 8542 Collector pump 2 8543 Speed collector pump 2 8547 Collector temp 2 8548 Collector temp 2 max 8549 Collector temp 2 min 8550 dt collector 2 DHW 8551 dt collector 2 buffer 8552 dt collector 2 swimming pool ACS Status solar pump ext Exchanger K9 ACS Status solar actuator buffer K8 ACS Status solar actuator pool K18 Shows the current state of the collector pumps Shows the current speed of collector pumps 1 and 2 Shows the current speed of the solar pump of an external heat exchanger 1 Shows the current speed of the solar pump for buffer storage tank charging Shows the current speed of the solar pump used for heating the swimming pool Current collector temperature at sensor B6 B61 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 Collector temp 1 max and 2 max Collector temp 1 min and 2min dt collector 1 DHW and 2 DHW dt collector 1 buffer and 2 buffer dt collector 1 swimming pool and 2 swimming pool Solar flow temp Solar return temp Solar throughput 24 hour yield solar energy Total yield solar energy Hours run solar yield Hours run collect overtemp Status solar pump ext Exchanger K9 ACS Status solar actuator buffer K8 ACS Status solar actuator pool K18 ACS Display of the maximum temperature acquired by sensor B6 B61 Display of the minimum t
377. gy input via the electric immersion heater installed in the flow can be added to one of the meter readings None The energy input is not metered Heat delivered The energy input is added to meter reading Heat delivered Energy brought in The energy input is added to meter reading Energy brought in Both The energy input is added to meter readings Heat delivered and Energy brought in The energy input is calculated based on the number of hours run and the output of the electric immersion heaters lines 5811 and 5813 226 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Meters performance factor Heat delivered Energy meter performance factor The following parameters are displayed values of the metered or calculated values Line no Operating line 3110 Heat delivered 3112 Heat drawn by source 3113 Energy brought in 3116 Performance factor The metered and calculated amounts of heat are added to meter reading Heat delivered at 1 minute intervals Heat delivered heat metered dT volume calculated K dT volume metered K heat electric immersion heater Heat drawn by source Lil K Heat capacity e Inside the controller the heat delivered for heating mode and DHW charging is acquired separately but displayed is only the total The fixed day storage shows the values separately h
378. h combi storage tank and DHW charging pump Q3 mixing or pump heating circuit B84 B91 K19 E14 NS 2355A15 Multifunctional naa T 1 uffer sensor B4 terminals BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B84 QX1 Process revers valve Y22 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K19 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 442 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 16 Air to water heat pump with combi storage tank and DHW diverting valve Q3 mixing or pump heating circuit ae Y1 Y2 ITI RG 7 las Multifunctional RVS61 BX1 Buffer sensor B4 rminal te as BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B84 QX1 Process revers valve Y22 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump
379. h no sensor The first numeral that appears on the display is the segment number followed by the device number 371 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Modbus compatible Modbus applications Important note Modbus menus Specification of Modbus Recommended settings 6 21 Modbus Modbus clip in OCI350 01 makes the RVS61 Modbus compatible The RVS61 supports 3 applications via the Modbus interface 1 Actuators Control of pumps fans and compressors 2 Controller network Exchange of process data with a controller of other manufacture 3 BACS operating unit Exchange of process data parameters and operating data e To control actuators the RVS61 must be configured as a communication master e For the 2 other applications the communication slave is used With applications Controller network and BACS operating unit the simultaneous control of actuators is not possible and vice versa the reason being this assignment Parameters and display values for Modbus can be found in the following menus e The Modbus menu contains all parameters for setting the protocols addressing baud rate etc and the control of the Modbus actuators e Menu Input output test contains the parameters display values to check the connection between Modbus and actuators The table below shows the Modbus specification for the RVS61
380. hath leenedaeeenetaee 199 Charging priOvity c cceccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 126 Source TEMP MIN cc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeetetees 196 Charging priority VK 121 Speed control cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 199 Discharging protection cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 289 464 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Index 2014 07 30 Diverting valve 323 Electrical utility lOCK n e 351 Electric immersion heater ssssssseseeeeeees 337 Electronic expansion VAIVES ccccccccceeeeeeeees 395 Nominal setpoint 115 Emergency op function type 006 387 Operating MOdE cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettteeeeeees 115 Emergency operation i e 387 Overtemperature protection cseeeees 290 Energy Drought in eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettneeeeeees 227 Reduced Setpoint cccceccceecceeeeeeeeeeetee 115 Engineer s COC eeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeees 367 Release satin ctrs 0 sas idee Cras cas Seat done fee scaa fon eaneaes 116 Error Stienen aire eta 381 Fransie emna aa a 299 Error M SSAQC ccccccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeteeeetaeeeeeees 345 DHW ASSIONM Nt sototaonteoos 369 Error repetition ccceccceccssceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 177 DHW charging ccccceeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeteeseneeeeeees 284 Error repetitions 382 Buffer storage tank ccccecceeeseeeeeeeeeeetee 295 EIrORreSel cn nnawnan a aa a
381. he Differential HC at OT 10 C line 5810 The adjustable Switching diff return temp line 2840 lies symmetrically about the calculated return temperature setpoint OFF TRLw ON 2840 Switching diff return temp OFF Switch off point ON Switch on point TRLw_ Return temperature setpoint K Compressor The switch on off points are influenced by a number of other functions maximum switch off temperature compensation of heat deficits compressor running time minimum compressor off time minimum pump prerun time and pump overrun time To enable the controller to put the heat pump into operation without control of a buffer or combi storage tank at least the return temperature sensor B71 and the relevant source temperature sensor must be installed In the case of air to water heat pumps the evaporator temperature sensor B84 is required also 149 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Compressor control with buffer or combi storage tank Required sensors lil Overview of setpoint and control sensor selection If a buffer or combi storage tank is installed the controller uses sensors B4 and B41 to control the compressor Switching diff return temp line 2840 has no impact If there is no sensor B41 heat pump return temperature sensor B71 is used The heat pump is switched on as soon as there is a heat request from the buffer sto
382. he reverse order 396 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Basic settings Rotating direction WX21 module 1 2 3 ACS Operating mode WX21 module 1 2 3 ACS Step rate WX21 module Line no Operating line ACS Rotating direction WX21 module 1 2 3 Standard Inverted ACS Operating mode WX21 module 1 2 3 Halbschritt Vollschritt 1 phasig ACS Step rate WX21 module 1 2 3 Number of steps are always calculated as half steps The direction of rotation required to open or close a valve depends on the valve supplier Parameter Rotating direction WX21 module 1 3 ACS can be used to adjust the step sequence and thus the direction of rotation Standard Closing Steps 1 8 opening Steps 8 1 Inverted Closing Steps 8 1 opening Steps 1 8 The step sequence is run through depending on the selected operating mode Halbschritt All steps 1 8 are run through Vollschritt 1 phasig Only steps 1 3 5 and 7 are run through This leads to a smaller resolution and lower power consumption Usually electronic expansion valves EEV use the half step mode The step rate number of steps per second can be set via parameter Step rate 1 2 3 ACS WxX21 module 1 3 ACS It defines the temporal output of the step sequence 397 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Techno
383. heat 10 0 3500000 kWh 3188 E Energy brought in DHW 10 0 3500000 kWh 3189 E Energy brought in cooling 10 0 3500000 kWh 3190 F Reset fixed day storage No No Yes Extended energy metering 3192 Int count el imm heater DHW None None Heat delivered Energy brought in Both 3193 1 Int count el imm heat buffer None None Heat delivered Energy brought in Both 3195 I Electric pump power heating aes 0 01 10 kW 3196 1 Electric pump power DHW 0 01 10 kW Heat input Source 3250 1 Pulse count source None None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 3252 1 Pulse unit source None None kWh Liter 3253 1 Pulse value source numer 1 1 1000 3254 Pulse value source denom 1 1 1000 3255 1 Flow measurement source None None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 3257 1 Flow source 10 60000 l h 46 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30
384. heat max Forced charging starts every day at the time of day set here 00 00 24 00 Setting deactivates forced charging Forced charging is aborted when the required setpoint has not been reached on duration max completion of the period of time set here 271 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Auto generation lock 272 471 Automatic locks If the buffer storage tank is able to satisfy the heat request it receives the request is not passed on to the producer Line no Operating line 4720 Auto generation lock None With B4 With B4 and B42 B41 With B42 With B42 and B41 With B4 and B71 4721 Auto heat gen lock SD 4722 Temp diff buffer HC 4723 Temp diff buffer CC 4724 Min st tank temp heat mode 4726 Max st tank temp cool mode 4728 Rel temp diff buffer HC 4735 Setpoint reduction B42 B41 If the temperature level of the buffer storage tank is high enough the consumers draw the heat they require from the buffer storage tank The heat sources are locked via Auto generation lock None There will be no generation lock due to the buffer storage tank temperature A heat request from the consumers is passed on directly to the heat sources With B4 If the temperature at sensor B4 is high enough the heat source is locked The consumers draw the heat they require from the buffer storage tank If the te
385. heat max Forced charging time Forced charg If forced charging is stopped because the heat pump had to be switched off it will be resumed as soon as the buffer storage tank temperature drops by 5 Kelvin heating or rises by 5 Kelvin cooling At this point in time forced charging must still be released and the number of permissible charging abortions must not be exceeded line 2893 Otherwise the controller waits until forced charging is regularly triggered the next time In summer operation or when all heating circuits are in protection mode forced charging is locked Forced charging of the buffer storage tank is completed when Forced charging setp cooling 4708 is reached When using setting forced charging for cooling is deactivated For forced charging to start the storage tank temperature at the bottom must lie at least 2 Kelvin above the adjusted setpoint If there is no sensor at the bottom the storage tank sensor at the top is used The slave pointer used as setpoint with forced charging heating can be limited at a minimum and a maximum The slave pointer collects the maximum values of the temperature requests from the heating circuit and stores them Every midnight the slave pointer setpoint is reduced by 10 2392Z09 4709 gt 24 00 24 00 24 00 24 00 24 00 24 00 rae individual temperature requests 4709 Forced charg setp heat min 4710 Forced charg setp
386. heat pumps are distinguished as follows e With 1 stage heat pumps the set value is of no importance e With 2 stage heat pumps operation with stage 1 can be defined as optimum efficiency gt Output optimum must then be set to lt 50 e With modulating heat pumps the set degree of modulation applies e The parameterized limits Compressor modulation max min are given priority e If Output optimum is not selected the heat pump is not switched on when there is a request for energy optimized operation e Electric immersion heaters are locked when there is a request for energy optimized operation e f parameter 2867 is activated value between 1 and 100 and cascades are used there is an impact on the cascade s sequence and strategy Setting the heat pump s nominal output heat output in kW This setting may be required in the case of cascades with different types of generators 163 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 COP depending on the The coefficient of performance COP is dependent on the heat pump s design but source and the flow primarily on the source and the flow temperature If the COP at 4 operating points temperature is known it can be roughly calculated for any other operating point This is also possible when the compressor is off lil The 2 source and the 2 flow temperatures of the operating points can be freely s
387. heater optg mode line 5660 and El immersion heater release line 5061 El imm heater optg mode must be appropriately set DHW Circulating pump Q4 The connected pump serves as a DHW circulating pump The time schedule for the circulating pump can be set and adjusted via Circulating pump release line 1660 Circulating pump cycling line 1661 and Circulation setpoint line 1663 can be set St tank transfer pump Q11 If the temperature level of the buffer storage tank is high enough the DHW storage tank can be charged by the buffer storage tank Depending on the hydraulic circuit the transfer of heat can be effected either with charging pump Q3 or transfer pump Q11 which is specifically parameterized for this function The parameter settings for Transfer strategy line 5130 Comparison temp transfer line 5131 and Transfer boost line 5021 apply to both plant configurations If a transfer pump Q11 is installed charging pump Q3 is only used for recharging by the generator Heat transfer with Q11 is effected independently of function With buffer line 5090 If a combi storage tank is used see line 5870 and a transfer pump Q11 is defined the Transfer function is active as well DHW interm circ pump Q33 Charging pump with DHW storage tank using an external heat exchanger DHW mixing pump Q35 Separate pump for storage tank circulation during the time the Legionella function is active 337 4
388. hen in the case of defrosting with the fan this time is reached the defrost process is considered to be successfully completed t 235522971 BZ 2973 BZ 2972 B91 C BZ 2971 BZ 2951 Setting the required temperature differential of source inlet B91 and evaporator B84 needed to successfully end the defrost process with the fan 194 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Defrost with fan above outside temp at 100 r h ACS Example Principle of operation Defrost with electrical utility lock ACS Delay forced defrost after power up ACS The limit temperature at which defrosting with the fan is no longer possible so that process reversal is used can be defined more accurately can be lower if consideration is also given to the current outside air humidity At an outside temperature of 3 C and low relative humidity defrosting with the fan is almost impossible The situation is a different one when the relative humidity is high In that case defrosting with the fan might still be possible To give consideration to outside air humidity the following configuration is required e Assign function Humidity measurement 10V to one of the inputs Hx e Set parameter 5827 Hum acquis air inlet H91 to that input Hx e Set the limit temperature for 100 relative humidity Defrost with fan above outside temp at
389. iations than lower requests The reduction is calculated as follows based on the entered percentage value 50 50 Reduction TVLw Ts Rel temp diff buffer HC 100 TVLw Flow temperature setpoint Ts Basic request 20 C Percentage value 50 50 Example TVLw 60 C or 40 and a tolerance of 10 each Reduction 60 20 10 100 4 Kelvin Reduction 40 20 10 100 2 Kelvin 274 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Generation lock active inactive Generation lock inactive Generation lock active Setpoint reduction B42 B41 Auto heat gen lock SD With B4 With B4 and B42 B41 2355240 2355241 4 TVLw Flow temperature setpoint Buffer setpoint line 8981 B4 Buffer or combi storage tank sensor at the top B41 Buffer or combi storage tank sensor at the bottom 4721 Auto heat gen lock SD 4722 Temp diff buffer HC 4728 Rel temp diff buffer HC E Generation lock 1 active 0 inactive As soon as the temperature at the selected buffer storage tank sensor s lies by Temp diff buffer HC line 4722 plus Rel temp diff buffer HC line 4728 below the required flow temperature setpoint the generation lock is deactivated The heat sources are released When the temperature at the selected buffer storage tank sensor s lies less than Temp diff buffer HC line 4722 plus Rel temp diff buffer HC lin
390. ic flow line 2881 and Release el flow below OT line 2884 If there is no control sensor B21 B10 B71 the electric immersion heater is switched on for emergency operation when there is a valid temperature request When using a 3 stage electric immersion heater both stages K25 and K26 are switched on at the same time Control of the electric immersion heater must be provided by an external thermostat 171 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Locking time electric flow lil Complem operation HC DHW HC DHW If the electric immersion heater installed in the flow is released for support of the heat pump complementing the compressor the time entered via Locking time electric flow parameter 2881 starts to run as soon as the compressor is switched on When the locking time has elapsed calculation of the release integral is started parameter 2882 When the release integral has elapsed the electric immersion heater is released in addition to the compressor for heating only for DHW charge only or for both depending on the selection made In this case the electric immersion heaters act like additional stages End DHW charging During heating mode and DHW charging the electric immersion heater is locked Exception If during DHW charging the compressor must be switched off due to the maximum switch off temperature high pressure or hot gas problems
391. ic generation of setpoint Charging setpoint basic Additional criteria Storage tank setpoint Line no Operating line 5171 Hi temp charging setpoint For high temperature charging a separate sepoint can be parameterized In this case high temperature charging charges the DHW storage tank to the set value The charging setpoint at B36 is the Hi temp charging setpoint plus Intermediate circuit boost line 5140 High temperature charging is effected only when the set charging setpoint at B36 is reached Line no Operating line 5172 Hi temp min ch diff flow If no specific setpoint for high temperature charging is parameterized Hi temp charging setpoint the nominal DHW setpoint line 1610 plus Intermediate circuit boost line 5140 is basically used as the charging setpoint for high temperature charging But depending on the plant s operating state storage tank temperature B3 B31 hot gas temperature B81 flow temperature B21 the charging temperature may also be higher or lower In addition the following 2 criteria apply 1 The charging setpoint must always be higher than the heat pump s flow temperature B21 Otherwise in the case of plants without Q3 this may lead to undesired normal charging For this reason a downward limitation of the charging setpoint at flow temperature B21 plus Hi temp min ch diff flow is made 2 To prevent mixing or even dischargin
392. ignment Sl Address 1 Module 1 WB Address 2 Module 2 AS Address 3 Module 3 The assignment table is also shown on the extension module Black means Switch position Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Mounting and installation 2014 07 30 Terminal markings AVS75 390 Mains voltage Low voltage Assignment of terminals Use Socket Connector type L Mains connection live conductor AC 230 V IL AGP4S 03E 109 L Mains connection protective earth 4 N Mains connection neutral conductor N QX21 Multifunctional output QX21 T AGP8S 04B 109 N Neutral conductor L Protective earth QX22 Multifunctional output QX22 N Neutral conductor S AGP8S 03B 109 Protective earth QX23 Multifunctional output QX23 Use Socket Connector type Connection to basic unit or extension X50 AVS82 490 109 module AVS82 491 109 Connection to basic unit or extension X50 AVS82 490 109 module AVS82 491 109 BX21 _ Sensor input BX21 AGP4S 02F 109 M Ground n BX22_ Sensor input BX22 AGP4S 02F 109 M Ground n H2 Digital DC 0 10 V input AGP4S 02F 109 M Ground n Parameters e Function extension module 1 line 7300 e Function extension module 2 line 7375 e Function extension module 3 line 7450 are used to define usage of the respective module 21 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller Mo
393. im contr sensor B35 Common flow sensor 2 B11 Common return sensor B73 Source int circ flow B93 Source int circ return B94 Suction gas sensor cool B88 5943 Sensor input BX14 Source outl sens Ditto 5942 B92 B84 H1 basic unit 5950 1 Function input H1 Optg mode change HCs DHW Optg mode changeover DHW Optg mode changeover HCs Optg mode changeover HC1 Optg mode changeover HC2 Optg mode changeover HC3 Error alarm message Consumer request VK1 Consumer request VK2 Release swi pool source heat Release swi pool solar Operating level DHW Operating level HC1 Operating level HC2 Operating level HC3 Room thermostat HC1 Room thermostat HC2 Room thermostat HC3 DHW flow switch Pulse count Dewpoint monitor Flow temp setp incr hygro Swi on command HP stage 1 Swi on command HP stage 2 Status info suppl source Charg prio DHW sol fuel boil Flow measurement Hz Consumer request VK1 10V Consumer request VK2 10V Pressure measurement 10V Humidity measurement 10V Room temp 10V Flow measurement 10V Temp measurement 10V 5951 Contact type H1 NO NC NO 5953 1 _ Input value 1 H1 0 0 1000 5954 Function value 1 H1 0 100 500 5955 Input value 2 H1 10 0 1000 5956 Function value 2 H1 100 100 500 5957 I Temperature sensor H1 None None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 H3 basic unit 5960 Function input H3 Ditto 5950 59
394. ime program e Eco functions are not active Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Setpoints Room temperature Comfort setpoint Tip Reduced setpoint Tip Frost protection setpoint Comfort setpoint max Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 710 1010 1310 Comfort setpoint 712 1012 1312 Reduced setpoint 714 1014 1314 Frost protection setpoint 716 1016 1316 Comfort setpoint max The different setpoint setting ranges are interlocked which means that the next lower setpoint cannot be higher than the next higher and vice versa The individual setpoints required for each heating circuit can be adjusted RT_F RT_R RT_K RT_Kmax 2355Z05 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 C RT_Kmax Comfort setpoint max RT_K Comfort setpoint RT_R Reduced setpoint RT_F Frost protection setpoint The Comfort setpoint is the room temperature setpoint for normal room usage e g during the day It is the setpoint used when the plant operates in Automatic mode during the Comfort phase and in Comfort mode The setpoint recommended for heating in terms of comfort and energy efficiency lies typically between 20 and 22 C The Reduced setpoint is the room temperature setpoint for reduced room usage e g during the night or when absent for several hours It is used as the setpoint when the pla
395. ime source 5 0 240 Ss 2821F Source startup time max 5 1 10 min 2822 F T limit source temp min brine 4 1 24 h 38 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building T echnologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S z Be als g E Z 8 O O r a 5 0 2823 0 Req temp diff evaporator 3 5 1 20 C ACS O Required temp diff evaporator cooling mode 1 20 C 2824 0 Max dev temp diff evap 1 10 C 2825 0 Min evaporation temp 50 50 C ACS O Min evaporation temp switching diff 8 0 30 C ACS O Min evaporation temp cooling mode 50 50 C ACS O Min evaporation temp increase 3 0 20 C 2828 0 Min evaporation temp water 2 50 50 C 2826 0 Max evaporation temp 0 50 C ACS O Max evaporation temp delay 5 0 120 s ACS O Max evaporation temp cooling mode 50 50 C ACS O Max evaporation temp reduction 2 0 20 C 2827 F Time limit source temp 15 1 360 min 2829 0 Ext range min evap temp 0 5 20 C 2830 0 Max dur ext min evap temp 2000 10 10000 h Compressor 2832 0 Setpoint crankcase heater 10 30 50 C 28350 Restart lock compressor 10 10 1800 S 2836 0 Start swi off temp red 2 30 20 C 2837 O Swi off temp max reduced 8 100 C 2838 O Settl time process
396. imilar use Electromagnetic compatibility Applications For use in residential commerce light industrial and industrial environments EU Conformity CE CE1T2355xx12 Environmental compatibility The product environmental declaration CE1E2357en12 contains data on environmentally compatible product design and assessments RoHS compliance materials composition packaging environmental benefit disposal Storage to EN 60721 3 1 Transport to EN 60721 3 2 Operation to EN 60721 3 3 class 1K3 20 65 C class 2K3 25 70 C class 3K5 temp 20 50 C noncondensing Weight Excl packaging 35g 459 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Technical data 2014 07 30 8 5 Sensor characteristics 8 5 1 NTC 1k T C R ohm T C R ohm T C R ohm 30 0 13 034 0 0 2 857 30 0 827 29 0 12 324 1 0 2 730 31 0 796 28 0 11 657 2 0 2 610 32 0 767 27 0 11 031 3 0 2 496 33 0 740 26 0 10 442 4 0 2 387 34 0 713 25 0 9 889 5 0 2 284 35 0 687 24 0 9 369 6 0 2 186 36 0 663 23 0 8 880 7 0 2 093 37 0 640 22 0 8 420 8 0 2 004 38 0 617 21 0 7 986 9 0 1 920 39 0 595 20 0 7 578 10 0 1 840 40 0 575 19 0 7 193 11 0 1 763 41 0 555 18 0 6 831 12 0 1 690 42 0 536 17 0 6 489 13 0 1 621 43 0 517 16 0 6 166 14 0 1 555 44 0 500 15 0 5 861 15 0 1 492 45 0 483 14 0 5 574 16 0 1 433 46 0 466 13 0 5 303 17 0 1 375 47 0 451 12 0 5
397. in the catalog are the required operating lines which must be set to produce the respective partial diagrams plus the sensors required for the relevant partial diagram On operating lines 6212 6217 it can be checked whether the adjustments led to the right partial diagram The check number shown there must accord with the relevant components group Display if the plant diagram selected with parameter 5700 was subsequently changed Changed or not Unchanged Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Heating circuits cooling circuits Line no Operating line 1 2 5710 5715 Heating circuit 1 2 Off On 5711 5716 Cooling circuit 1 2 Off 4 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling 5712 5717 Use of mixing valve 1 2 None Heating Cooling Heating and cooling Heating circuit 1 2 Using this setting heating circuit 1 2 can be switched on and off Cooling circuit 1 2 Off Cooling circuit 1 2 is switched off 4 pipe system cooling HK uq Q Qg N Y1 Y2 ow KK seq a24Q Y23 Y24 j 2 pipe system cooling Cooling and heating circuit draw their cooling energy heat from separate common flows HK KK Cooling and heating circuit draw their BIG O Bib OR cooling energy heat from the same a2 AN Q24 common flow Y23 Y24 Y1Y2 O Oe 321 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE
398. ine 2827 Time limit source temp Before putting the compressor into operation the source pump or the fan in the case of an air to water heat pump need be activated ensuring that the refrigerant passes through the evaporator enabling the sensors to acquire the correct temperature When the compressor is switched off the source pump or the fan in the case of an air to water heat pump continues to operate for the set overrun time If during Prerun time source line 2819 the source temperature does not reach the required level line 2815 or line 2816 plus 2817 the heat pump continues to operate until Source startup time max is reached line 2821 If during Source startup time max too the source temperature does not reach the required level line 2815 or line 2816 plus 2817 the heat pump goes to lockout The fault must be manually reset Refer to description of Source temp min brine line 2816 See use of Time limit source temp with function Source temp min water Also note This setting is used in connection with all problems associated with the source In the event of a heat pump failure the source pump will stay deactivated until the fault is corrected 144 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Req temp diff evaporator Required temp diff evaporator cooling mode ACS Max dev temp diff evap lil Low pressure switch E9
399. ine 5742 Restart lock pump Q34 Off On Per default pump Q34 of the instantaneous water heater is exempted from the restart lock line 6123 short response time This parameter can be used to include the pump Selection Operating line 5743 Cooling during DHW charging Off On Without Div valve cooling flow Y29 cooling via the common cooling flow 1 is locked during DHW charging With Div valve cooling flow Y29 the behavior during DHW charging can be selected e Off Cooling via the common consumer cooling flow 1 is locked during DHW charging e On Cooling via the common consumer cooling flow 1 is permitted during DHW charging Consumer circuits Consumer circuits 1 and 2 can be used to operate as heating or cooling circuits e g for a warm air curtain or cooling chamber The consumer circuit is activated when the demand signal contact or DC 0 10 V is parameterized at one of the Hx inputs and usage of the consumer circuit is selected Usage of a pump is optional Line no Operating line VK1 VK2 5750 5751 Consumer circuit 1 2 Off Heating 4 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling Off The consumer circuit is off Heating The respective consumer circuit is used for heating purposes only 4 pipe system cooling The respective consumer circuit draws its cooling energy from the common cooling flow 2 pipe system cooling The respective con
400. ine 2971 either with the fan or through process reversal 187 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 End of defrosting when defrosting through process reversal End of defrosting when defrosting with the fan Starting heating mode and preparing for the next defrost process Lil When defrosting is successful the evaporator temperature B84 rises When the evaporator exceeds Evapor temp defrost end line 2954 the defrost process can be successfully completed and the compressor is switched off during Dripping time evapor line 2965 Then heating mode is resumed With parameter Cooling down time evapor line 2966 the fan s start is delayed This way the evaporator can cool down again before cold outside air is introduced by the fan Defrosting with the fan is considered ended when one of the 2 following conditions is satisfied e The temperature differential Temp diff defrost act value line 8477 of source inlet B91 and evaporator B84 is smaller than parameter 2974 dT end defrost fan e Defrost duration fan has elapsed For Defrost duration fan refer to description of parameters 2972 and 2973 Heating mode is resumed after successful completion of the defrost process through process reversal or with the fan Duration defrost lock Time up to forced defrost and Defrost settling time line 2959 are restarted When the D
401. ing the heat pump switches to heating mode the system waits until the Defrost settling time has elapsed and then stores the Temperature differential when freed from ice Prerequisite is that the temperature drops below the defrost release temperature line 2951 Defrost release below OT The defrost process is started only when the start condition see description Swi diff defrost was continuously satisfied during the parameterized delay time line 2960 When the heat pump is switched on in heating mode Duration defrost lock is started It is at the end of this period of time at the earliest the controller is allowed to start the next evaporator defrost attempt Prerequisite for defrosting is that the source inlet temperature B91 lies below the set release temperature line 2951 After a prematurely aborted defrost attempt see Defrost time max the heating water is preheated during Duration defrost lock If an electric immersion heater is installed in the flow or in the buffer combi storage tank it is switched on to support preheating Then a direct change to defrost mode is made If the heat pump was in operation during the period of time set here with no defrosting in the meantime forced defrosting is activated The same prerequisite applies here in that the source temperature B91 must lie below the set release temperature line 2951 If in the case of defrosting via process reversal it was not pos
402. ing cooling circuits of the controllers in the same segment All HC CC in system DHW heating considers the heating cooling circuits of all controllers in the system A QX output parameterized as Refrigeration request K28 delivers a refrigeration request Depending on setting Refrigeration request the request is delivered by the local cooling circuit or all cooling circuits in the system This option only applies to the device with device address 1 Locally Only cooling circuit 1 is considered Centrally Consideration is given to the refrigeration requests from the entire system The Cascade menu lines 3510 3590 can always be shown or only under certain conditions Always The Cascade menu is always shown irrespective of the number of producers installed Automatically The Cascade menu is only shown when several producers are installed Additional producers connected via LPB can be locked or released according to their own parameters based on the outside temperature e g air to water heat pump This state is distributed via LPB In a cascaded system the master therefore knows whether or not an additional producer slave according to own operating limits outside temperature is available so that it can be switched on if required No The Ecobit of the external producer is not considered NOTE If some other heat source with an LMU boiler management unit slave is connected as an additional p
403. ing the speed of the source pump fan Outp limit with mod source ACS can be used to select in which operating situations this shall be permitted Using this measure the heat pump can work near its operating limit for longer periods of time e g during DHW charging at high flow temperatures On the other hand a lower COP and in the case of air to water heat pumps increased icing up of the evaporator must be accepted Generally the speed of the source pump fan is controlled according to the selected strategy line 3009 ff States However with certain operating states the selected control strategy is not suited or cannot be applied The following table shows the speed behavior of the source pump fan in such cases Plant state Note Speed behavior 1 Pump prerun Line 2802 According to strategy 2 Pump overrun Line 2803 According to strategy 3__ Passive cooling mode Maximum speed 4 Automatic sensor readjustment Line 3030 Maximum speed 5 Defrost with fan According to strategy 6 Pump off refrigerant Line 3058 According to strategy 7 Pump off refrigerant manually Line 7153 According to strategy 1 Usually means minimum speed in practical operation 203 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Silent mode speed max Silent mode on off Silent mode speed incr start end
404. input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 5823 0 Press acquisition cond H83 None None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 5826 O Press acquisition EVI H86 None Ditto 5822 5827 Hum acquis air inlet H91 None Ditto 5823 Solar 5840 1 Solar controlling element Charging pump Charging pump Diverting valve 5841 External solar exchanger Jointly Jointly DHW storage tank Buffer storage tank Buffer storage tank 5870 Combi storage tank No No Yes 5872 Output el imm heater K16 10 0 1 99 kW QX ZX basic unit 5890 Relay output QX1 None Compressor 2 K2 Process revers valve Y22 Hot gas temp K31 El imm heater 1 flow K25 El imm heater 2 flow K26 Div valve cool source Y28 System pump Q14 Cascade pump Q25 Heat gen shutoff valve Y4 El imm heater DHW K6 Circulating pump Q4 St tank transfer pump Q11 DHW interm circ pump Q33 DHW mixing pump Q35 Collector pump Q5 Collector pump 2 Q16 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar ctrl elem buffer K8 Solar ctrl elem swi pool K18 El imm heater buffer K16 Cons circuit pump VK1 Q15 Cons circuit pump VK2 Q18 Swimming pool pump Q19 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 2nd pump speed HC1 Q21 2nd pump speed HC2 Q
405. ints and actual valueS cceeeeee 412 CER Ee a a merece ies 336 Heat PUMP fault 2 0 ee eeeecteeeeeeeeeeeteeeeaaees 144 IK25 26 s cnr a cete te ncetare acetate a 331 335 Heat request 0 ccceeeecceeeeeeeeeeeenceeeeeeeeeteeeeaaees 339 K267 i ita ene E A A 336 Heat SOUICE ninenin ani aaia 329 TA EE E E e E E 339 Heat source DHW charging 295 2G AAA AAE E E fateh ehetetereeceneee 339 Heat source shutoff valve 337 IRS cece teentcen AA 336 Heat Up gradient ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeseseneeeeees 95 IZ 6 ete tan N 340 Heat Gelivered iinan aiiai 227 KG isedtvasttiataicteceten ete eet ete eee 291 337 Heating circuit KS sssaavaccracevanseaiay E A sian E E E T 338 Go ntig rat osii meian eaa aaan 321 KOE Bete is fae ees a fs ie ten ts 338 Heating Circuit 1 2 rence 321 Heating Circuit 3 2 00 anan rarnana 322 L Heating circuit information 419 Lead Strategy cccsceeceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaeeeeeees 237 Heating circuit pump HC1 ossessi 339 Legionella function eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettteeeeeees 118 Heating circuit pump HC2 cceeeeeeeeeeeetees 340 Mixing PUMP cc eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeetaaeeeeees 305 Heating circuit pump Q20 338 Limitation Heating CUVE aiian ioiai kaaniaa iniaa 86 Flow temperature setpoint 108 7AXe 10 0 6 nee 87 Limitation of Charging time 288 Displacement cccceeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeestteeeeeees 87 Limitation of flow temperature setpoint 1
406. ion and the type of plant The slope of the heating curve and the absolute temperature level of the flow temperature setpoints parallel displacement can be set Great differences in the slope lead to great flow temperature changes at low outside temperatures If the room temperature only deviates at low outside temperatures the slope must be readjusted Raises the flow temperature especially at low outside temperatures Lowers the flow temperature especially at low outside temperatures The adjusted heating curve is based on a room temperature setpoint of 20 C If the room temperature setpoint is changed the heating curve adjusts itself automatically ju f P 2 100 1 75 90 15 80 1 25 70 60 0 75 50 Cee ere j 30 2000D02 20 10 0 10 20 30 Typically the maximum setting for floor heating systems is 0 5 The setting should be as low as possible but ensuring a sufficiently high room temperature level When making the setting thermostats should not restrict the heating circuit s output The heating curve is correctly set when the required room temperature is maintained during the entire heating season irrespective of outside temperature variations If the room temperature is too low or too high only at certain outside temperatures it is recommended to make a small upward downward correction of the heating curve If the room t
407. ircuit s setpoint is not taken into consideration This means that the compressor remains in operation regardless of the return temperature enabling the heat pump to settle at the new temperature level If an electric immersion heater is installed in the DHW storage tank it ends DHW charging and the heat pump is immediately made available for space heating If an electric immersion heater is only fitted in the flow and parameter Use electric flow line 2880 is not set to Substitute DHW charging is ended The compressor remains locked during this time If an electric immersion heater is not available DHW charging is aborted Parameter Number DHW charg attempts line 2893 can be used to set the number of attempts the heat pump shall make until storage tank charging is aborted or ended by an electric immersion heater If there is no request for heat from space heating the heat pump is shut down 154 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Behavior with 2 compressors It can only be put back into operation when the minimum off time Compressor off time min line 2843 has elapsed provided the flow or return temperature B21 B71 dropped by the amount of the adjustable switching differential Switching diff return temp line 2840 below the reduced maximum switch off temperature If a negative value is set for the reduction the maximum switch off temperatu
408. ircuit s cooling circuits time program The first switch on point of each phase is shifted forward in time by 1 hour o 2377Z16 Oy MM g Time program 4 DHW DHW heating makes use of time program 4 of the local controller The set switching times of that program are used to change between the nominal and the reduced DHW setpoint This way the DHW storage tank is charged independently of the heating circuits Jp oe Low tariff DHW heating is released when the low tariff input E5 is active Smart grid states Draw wish and Draw imposed are considered like low tariff 116 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Charging priority T prog 4 DHW or low tariff DHW heating is released when the nominal setpoint of DHW program 4 or the low tariff input E5 or smart grid state Draw wish is active Line no Operating line 1630 Charging priority Absolute Shifting None MC shifting PC absolute If the heating circuits and DHW call for heat at the same time the DHW priority function ensures that during DHW charging the heat produced by the heat source is used primarily for DHW Absolute priority Mixing and pump heating circuits are locked until the DHW reaches the required temperature level Shifting priority If the heat source is no longer able to meet the demand the mixing and pump he
409. ircuit is received before 02 30 If a request for heat is made exactly at midnight DHW charging is released after the first setback period but no earlier than 2 5 hours before midnight Time program hc DHW release Several times day When selecting Several times day release of DHW charging is put forward in time by 1 hour against the periods of time the heating circuit calls for heat and is then maintained during these periods of time Time program hc Several times day DHW release 1h 1h 284 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Line no Operating line 5013 Charging opt energy Off Current setpoint Nominal setpoint 5016 Charging opt energy contact Off Nominal setpoint Legionella funct setpoint Charging opt energy In connection with generators delivering optimum efficiency condensing boilers heat pumps etc the DHW storage tank can make a non compelling charging request This request can only be satisfied by generators supporting the function Heat sources with optimum efficiency selectable via parameter 2867 Output optimum e Generally this request is made before the normal request If the storage tank reaches its required setpoint as a result of this conditioned charging request normal charging is no longer required e Ifthe setpoint cannot be attained within the period of time the conditioned charging request is acti
410. isplay of operating mode and strategy of the cascade Line no Operating line ACS State cascade pump Q25 Current state of Q25 410 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 COP based on measurement of output COP based on 6 28 Diagnostics heat generation Heat pump brine water air Line no Operating line 8395 Heat delivered 8396 Heat draw source 8397 Power consumption 8398 Coefficient of performance The measuring equipment used to determine the yearly performance factor can also be used to determine the coefficient of performance COP At the same time the current output is calculated These output values are displayed together with the COP Alternatively the COP can be roughly calculated based on the COP characteristic characteristic entered by the heat pump supplier chapter 6 9 section Output data i The COP can be determined only if the required measured values are acquired or if the COP characteristic is defined If the COP cannot be determined line 8398 displays Components Line no Operating line 8400 Compressor 1 On Off 8401 Compressor 2 On Off 8402 El imm heater 1 flow On Off 8403 El imm heater 2 flow On Off 8404 Source pump On Off 8405 Speed of source pump 8406 Condenser pump On Off 8407 Speed condenser pump 8408 Diverting v
411. ition to the pulse width the duration of the period is changed depending on the compressor s output Duration of period s 2355253 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Compressor output The optimum duration of the period is described as a function of the output signal The controller maps the function using the progression of points as shown in the graph Setting within the value range 5 to 30 s If the setting is made within the value range the duration of the PWM signal s period is fixed 169 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Compressor kick for lubrication ACS Time measurements Line no Operating line ACS Compressor kick release ACS Compressor kick modulation ACS Compressor kick interval ACS Compressor kick duration If the compressor runs at low speed for a longer period of time transport of the lubricant and thus lubrication itself might be inadequate This means that the compressor might get damaged To prevent this a compressor kick can be parameterized 2355Z287x 100 2 4 Compressor modulation t Kick active OY L 1 Compressor kick release ACS 2 Compressor kick interval ACS 3 Compressor kick modulation ACS 4 Compressor kick duration ACS If th
412. k 1k NTC 10k 1k NTC 5k 6097 F Sensor type collector NTC NTC Pt 1000 6098 F Readjustm collector sensor 0 20 20 C 6099 F Readjustm coll sensor 2 0 20 20 C 6100 F Readjustm outside sensor 0 0 3 0 3 0 C 6101 F Sensor type flue gas temp NTC NTC Pt 1000 6102 F Readjustm flue gas sensor 0 20 20 C 6104 F Sensor type solar flow ret NTC NTC Pt 1000 6105 F Sensor type HP flow return NTC NTC Pt 1000 6106 F Sens type source in outlet NTC NTC Pt 1000 Building and room model 6110 F Time constant building 20 0 50 h e Setpoint compensation 6114 O Setp compensation Xp 24 1 100 C 61150 Setp compensation Tn 120 10 650 S 6116 0 Time constant setp compens 0 0 14 6117 F Central setp compensation 20 1 100 C 6118 O Setpoint drop delay 10 1 200 K min 6119 F Central setp compens cooling 5 20 1 C 59 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S ee alale S g 3 O JOJ a 5 O Pump valve 6120 F Frost protection plant On Off On 6123 F Restart lock pumps 0 600 Ss Static pressure supervision 6140 0 Water pressure max 3 0 10 bar 6141 O Water pressure min 0 8 0 10 bar 6142 0 Water pressure critical min 0 5 0
413. kWh pulse Line no Operating line 3106 Mean gas energy content If the pulse count is parameterized for volume pulse unit energy m3 the gas energy input is calculated based on the metered volume and the adjustable mean gas energy content Gas energy kWh volume m3 mean gas energy content kWh m3 The value of the gas energy is then added to the meter reading for the amount of energy input 225 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Electrical source output Line no Operating line 3108 Electrical source output Based on the adjustable electrical source output the running time and speed this function calculates the electrical energy theoretically required to operate the source pump fan Source operation kWh running time min 60 speed electrical source output kW Int count el imm heater flow The running time is acquired with an accuracy of 1 minute The state of source pump Q8 or air fan K19 is acquired The energy determined for source operation is added to the meter reading for the amount of energy input If source energy metering is not desired the function must be deactivated via the output parameter Line no Operating line 3109 Int count el imm heater flow None Heat delivered Energy brought in Both The ener
414. ke place can be set e In any case only To Reduced setpoint or e When changing to the Frost protection setpoint line 714 until that level is reached When using a room sensor the function ensures that the heating system is kept off until the room temperature drops to the level of the Reduced or Frost protection setpoint If the room temperature falls to the reduced or the frost level the heating circuit pump is activated and the mixing valve released Quick setback switches the heating system off for a certain period of time depending on the composite outside temperature and the building time constant Duration of quick setback at different composite outside temperatures and building time constants e Comfort setpoint minus Reduced setpoint 2 Kelvin e g Comfort setpoint 20 C Reduced setpoint 18 C Building time constant h Composite outside 0 2 5 10 15 20 50 temperature Duration of quick setback h 15 C 0 3 1 7 7 15 3 23 30 6 76 6 10 C 0 1 3 3 3 6 7 10 13 4 33 5 5 SE 0 0 9 2 1 4 3 6 4 8 6 21 5 07 0 0 6 1 6 3 2 4 7 6 3 15 8 5 C 0 0 5 1 3 2 5 3 8 5 0 12 5 10 C 0 0 4 1 0 2 1 3 1 4 1 10 3 15 C 0 0 4 0 9 1 8 2 6 3 5 8 8 20 C 0 0 3 0 8 1 5 2 3 3 1 7 7 Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 790 1090 1390 Optimum start control max 791 1091 1391 Optimum stop control max 794 1094 1394 Heat up gradient
415. l 2014 07 30 Quick increase Function with room sensor Function without room sensor Example Frost protection for the plant CC pumps Control of mixing valve Line no Operating line CC1 CC2 935 1235 Quick increase Off To Reduced setpoint To Protection setpoint During the Quick increase function the cooling circuit pump is deactivated and in the case of mixing valve circuits the mixing valve is fully closed The temperature level up to which quick increase may take place can be set e In any case only To Reduced setpoint or e When changing to the Protection setpoint line 904 until that level is reached When using a room sensor the function switches the cooling system off until the room temperature rises to the level of the Reduced or Protection setpoint If the room temperature rises to the Reduced or Protection level the cooling circuit pump is activated and the mixing valve released Function Quick increase switches the cooling system off for a certain time depending on the composite outside temperature and the building time constant Duration of quick increase at different composite outside temperatures and building time constants e Comfort setpoint minus Reduced setpoint 2 Kelvin e g Comfort setpoint 24 C Reduced setpoint 26 C Building time constant h Composite outside 0 2 5 10 20 5
416. l Max ceeeee 189 Connection terminals AVS75 370 eeeeeeeeees 17 DehuMidifier cc eeececeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeecteeeeeeeeeteees 319 Connection terminals AVS75 390 eeee 20 Delay Connection terminals RVS61 843 cee 13 Lockout position 0 cece eeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteeettaeeeeeees 256 Consumer circuit DPUMP 2 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeetteees 338 Mains fault scicssicistancacanesnsnauanieaeceanieanaeaemenasaaens 177 CONSUMER circuits eceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeteeeaees 121 Delay 3 pase Current error 177 Contact type Delay Secondary PUMDP cccceceeeeeteteeeeeeetes 258 INPUT EXOT ei te telat r a Ea ata aE 393 Device address eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeetetee 368 Setp hot gas tOMP cccccececceeeseteeeeeeeeeetee 157 Device address ext SOUICEE eeeeeeeeeeeeees 329 Contact type Contacts H1 H3 eee 347 Device data 2 ceeccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeaeeeeeeeetteees 366 Control condenser PUMD cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 136 Device hours run ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeetetees 366 Control of mixing valve 97 314 Dewpoint monitor eeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeetees 346 Cooling Dewpoint MONitOring cccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeetee 112 Diverting valve 336 339 DHW a aa a a N 385 SD ch over cooling pas act eeeeeeeeeee 196 Charging attempts cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 177 Source Offs erecteechi tee eeendter
417. l measure Component Internal measure 1 Maximization of Condenser pump Speed is Source pump fan Speed is output delivered increased increased 2 Reduction of output Compressor Output is reduced Compressor Output is reduced 2nd stage is switched off 2nd stage is switched off 3 1 Reduction of input Expansion valve Evaporation pressure is reduced Expansion valve Evaporation pressure is reduced 3 2 Or Source pump fan Speed is reduced Condenser pump Speed is reduced 4 Suppression of requests Consumer Storage tank charging DHW is aborted For technical principle refer to parameter 3056 129 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Condenser pump Line no Operating line 2789 Condenser pump with DHW Off On Condenser pump with Parameter Condenser pump with DHW is used to select whether the condenser DHW pump shall operate during DHW charging Application example Condenser pump with DHW off a9 anaa vive B217 K1 E11 ies 2358h13 130 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Speed controlled condenser pump Setting the condenser pump s modulation lil Speed control of the condenser pump is effected via a triac ZX or UX output For that purpose the respective output is t
418. l thermostat must be set to the minimum storage temperature 293 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 DHW push Line no Operating line 5070 Automatic push Off On 5071 Charging prio time push Automatic push The DHW push can be triggered either manually or automatically As aresult the DHW is charged once until the nominal setpoint is reached Off The DHW push can only be triggered manually To do this keep the DHW operating mode button on the operator or room unit depressed for at least 3 seconds It can also be triggered when e the operating mode is off e operating mode changeover acts via Hx or centrally LPB e all heating circuits operate in holiday mode lil When the operating mode changes to Eco or Off a previously triggered manual push is aborted On If the DHW temperature falls by more than 2 switching differentials line 5024 below the reduced setpoint line 1612 one time charging to the nominal DHW setpoint line 1610 is effected again lil The automatic DHW push works only when the DHW heating is activated Charging prio time push With a DHW push the DHW storage tank is charged with absolute priority for the set period of time 294 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Excess heat draw Plant hydraulics With buffer
419. lancing between consumers and producer without the need for additional shutoff valves for the buffer storage tank When the function is active the volume of water on the consumer side is adjusted such that the addition of colder water from the buffer storage tank is minimized The function is active only if at least one of the heat sources delivers heat 277 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Min charging setpoint solar Lil Charging temp max Ll Overtemperature protection Storage tank If the temperature acquired by the common flow sensor B10 downstream from the buffer storage tank drops below the heat source temperature by more than the parameterized temperature differential the volume of water on the consumer side is reduced via locking signals reduction of setpoints If the locking signal reaches 100 for more than 10 minutes it is canceled and recalculated after 1 minute This prevents the water flow on the consumer side from being fully throttled in which case there would be no flow passing sensor B10 Note If a primary controller is configured downstream from the buffer storage tank the function is calculated with the help of sensor B15 if no sensor B10 is connected Solar charging solid fuel boiler Line no Operating line 4749 Min charging setpoint solar 4750 Charging temp max For charging the buffer
420. lating pump from running continuously e DHW setpoint 55 C nominal setpoint e Circulation setpoint 45 C gt The circulating pump is activated when the temperature at the sensor drops below 45 C and then runs for at least 10 minutes e DHW setpoint 50 C e Circulation setpoint 45 C gt The circulating pump is activated when the temperature at the sensor drops below 42 C 50 C 8 K and then runs for at least 10 minutes Line no Operating line 1680 Optg mode changeover None Off On Eco In the case of external changeover via the Hx inputs the operating mode for DHW heating to be used after changeover can be selected 119 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 6 6 Consumer circuits and swimming pool circuit In addition to heating circuits HC1 HC3 and the cooling circuit other consumers can be connected or controlled e g warm air Qasnsns curtain swimming pool etc The controller can receive their temperature requests via one of O the Hx inputs to control the respective pumps via a Qx relay output For the consumer circuits the following settings are available Prerequisite for the use of consumer circuits swimming pool circuit is an appropriately defined Hx input on the controller itself or on an extension module The input can be defined as follows e Consumer request VK1 2 e Consumer request
421. lay outputs can be displayed for each status message History Line no Operating line 8070 Reset history No Yes Reset historyThe state history with the last 10 status messages and the relevant status codes actual values and setpoints plus the relay output states is cleared 409 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 List of generators Setpoints actual values 6 27 Diagnostics cascade Line no Operating line 8100 Priority state source 1 8102 ie 8130 Priority state source 16 8101 Status producer 1 8103 Ku 8131 Status producer 16 ACS Priority cooling source 1 16 Display of state and priority of the generators Line no Operating line 8138 Cascade flow temp 8139 Cascade flow temp setp 8140 Cascade return temp 8141 Cascade return temp setp 8144 Cooling casc flow temp 8145 Cooling casc flow temp setp Display of setpoints and actual values of the cascade l Line 8144 Common cooling flow 1 uses common flow temperature sensor B10 Common cooling flow 2 uses common flow temperature sensor B11 l Line 8145 The currently valid setpoint is displayed The displayed value is not influenced by any setpoint compensation Operating Line no Operating line mode strategy 8150 Source seq ch over current 8155 Source seq ch ov cool curr D
422. lay time set here e f missing the controller signals Fault e f no output relay Supplementary source K32 is configured Delay lockout position starts from the release K27 e Should a fault occur the controller deactivates the release K27 but keeps output relay Supplementary source K32 activated e If no supplementary source K32 is configured the controller also maintains the release K27 e The Lockout position function can be deactivated by switching off the delay time Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 6 13 Solar Summary Jp 2358A26 If sufficient solar energy is available the solar plant can charge the DHW storage tank and the buffer storage tank and heat the swimming pool Priorities for charging the individual storage tanks can be selected The pumps can be speed controlled Protection for the plant is ensured by a Frost protection and an Overtemperature protection function Charging controller dT e no Operating line 3810 Temp diff on 3811 Temp diff off 3812 Charg temp min DHW st tank 3813 Temp diff on buffer 3814 Temp diff off buffer 3815 Charging temp min buffer 3816 Temp diff on swi pool 3817 Temp diff off swi pool 3818 Charging temp min swi pool To charge the DHW storage tank buffer swimming pool via the heat e
423. layed 2970 O Switch off temp min 8 1 40 C 2971 0 Defrost fan above 4 1 Line 2951 C 2972 0 Defrost time fan min 2 1 Line 2973 min 2973 0 Defrost time fan max 10 Line 2972 42 min 2974 O dT end defrost fan 1 0 5 10 C ACS O Defrost with fan above outside temp at 100 r h 2 1 Line 2971 C 41 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S TARIE S g 3 O JOJ a 5 O ACS F Defrost with electrical utility lock Yes No Yes ACS O Delay forced defrost after power up 60 0 240 S Cooling 3000 I _ Switch off temp max cooling 40 20 60 C 3002 F Source temp min cool mode 2 20 30 C 3004 F SD ch over cooling pas act 5 1 10 C 3007 F In passive cooling mode Condenser pump off Condenser pump off Condenser pump on 3008 F Temp diff cond cooling mode 5 0 20 C Output control source 3009 0 Modulation fan source pump Temp diff evaporator e None Compressor output Temp diff evaporator ACS O Modulation fan source pump cooling mode ares None Refrig temp liquid Compressor output Temp diff evaporator 3010 0 Speed max fan source pump 100 Line 3011 100 3011 0 Speed min fan source pump 30 0 Line 3010 3012 0 Source off below temp B83
424. lid fuel boiler pump can be controlled By setting the right proportional band Xp and integral action time Tn the control and Tn action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system Speed Xp The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable Speed Tn The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope 269 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 6 15 Buffer storage tank Summary A buffer storage tank can be integrated in the plant It can be charged via the heat pump by solar energy or by an electric immersion heater B4 In the case of active cooling it can also be used for storing cooling energy The controller controls heating cooling and forced charging of the buffer storage tank protects it against au overtemperatures and maintains stratification whenever possible Forced charging Line no Operating line 4705 Forced
425. ling mode provided this is permitted by the plant s operating state If the storage tank temperature the time program etc call for storage tank charging normal DHW charging is started High temperature charging has no impact on charging by the generator as described in this document With normal DHW charging following applies e High temperature charging will be interrupted e The controlling elements pump and mixing valve are controlled based on the logic of normal DHW charging To control high temperature charging a DHW interm circuit controller or a speed controlled DHW interm circ pump Q33 is required Normally a DHW intermediate circuit is used to make a separation between system and DHW In the case of the hot gas heat exchanger this is not a mandatory requirement as shown by the plant examples illustrated below The electric immersion heater can also be installed in the flow of the hot gas heat exchanger The position is selected via parameter 5805 Location el imm heater flow B81 235925170a B36 DHW M Y37 Y38 HC B4 tT B21 a9 O B41 D B71 This type of plant requires a mixing group lil The associated pump relay can no longer be used 306 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 2 Mixing circuit Plant diagram 3 Speed controlled pump Plant diagram 4 Usage in active cooling mode also
426. lled with the help of a mixing valve installed in the intermediate circuit For that a mixing group or an extension module must be parameterized as DHW interm circuit controller If the charging temperature in the intermediate circuit is controlled with a mixing valve its Int circuit actuator run time as well as P and I action of PI control can be set see below If an immediate circuit controller and a speed controlled intermediate circuit pump are installed the speed of intermediate circuit pump Q33 is increased only after the mixing valve has fully opened Setting the running time for the actuator used with the mixing valve Parameters Xp and TnBy setting the right proportional band Xp and integral action time Tn the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope For high temperature charging of the he
427. ller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 No Error text Place Error Acknowled Function Error repetition Heat pump Responsibility gement operation prio manually _ active 1st status message No 492 K2 modulat incompatible 3 No No _ No 495 Modbus no comm cation 6 No No Yes 496 Flow sw source int circ 9 Yes Num Flow switch source int circ No 497 Pres sw sourc int circ 9 Yes Num Press switch source int circ No 499 External source missing 3 No No No ae 500 Modbus configuration 3 No No J Yes 501 Suction gas sensor 2 B88 6 No No l No 502 Sourc int circ flow sens B93 6 No No No 503 Sourc int circ ret sens B94 6 No No J No 504 Pres diff proc reversal 6 Yes Yes Limit pres diff proc revers No 1 installer 505 Expansion valve evap 6 Yes No No Jii 506 Suppl source missing 6 No No Yes 511 Leg temp circ pipe 6 No No Yes Num These plant states do not directly lead to an error message but first deliver a status message upon initial startup An error message is delivered only if the error recurs the number of times set for an adjustable period of time The LPB system displays the following error messages only as collective errors No Error text Place Error Acknowled Function error repetition Heat pump Responsibility gement operation prio ma
428. load compressor 1 E11 438 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 12 Air to water heat pump with buffer storage tank and mixing or pump heating circuit K OR ASAC E9 V22 E10 11E11 XQ T B81 M B83 N 2355A12 Multifunctional RSet 5 i uffer sensor terminals BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B84 QX1 Process revers valve Y22 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K19 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 439 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 13 Air to water heat pump with buffer storage tank DHW storage tank with charging pump Q3 and mixing or pump heating circuit K TEN a F881 O Chem M B83 Q9 2355A13 7 Multifunctional RVS61 terminals BX1 Buffer sensor B4 BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return
429. logies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Position model Number of steps WX21 module 1 2 3 Steps at setpoint 0 WX21 module 1 2 3 Steps at setpoint 100 WX21 module 1 2 3 Steps overdrive W X21 Line no Operating line ACS Number of steps WX21 module 1 2 3 ACS Steps at setpoint 0 WX21 module 1 2 3 ACS Steps at setpoint 100 WX21 module 1 2 3 ACS Steps overdrive WX21 module 1 2 3 Number of steps are always calculated as half steps To map the actual behavior of a valve under control conditions the controller uses a position model Usually in the valve s lower positioning range the flow rate is close to zero and only the valve s closing force changes Even in the upper positioning range the flow rate changes only slightly The position model takes this into consideration and shifts the control range stroke setpoint 0 100 to the step range Sox Si00 where the flow rate changes significantly Flow rate a A le Stroke setpoint 0 100 8 100 Sm 2 0 p ie Soy Shoo Step range Soa Sh gt a gt Real valve characteristic Valve model e The valve can travel in both directions by a maximum number of steps Sn e Setting the number of steps reached when the stroke setpoint is 0 e Setting the number of steps reached when the stroke setpoint is 100 Step position Sjo0 Soy 100 stroke setpoint
430. lves are installed they must be fully opened The flow temperature is controlled depending on the room temperature setpoint the current room temperature and its progression For example a slight increase in room temperature leads to an immediate reduction in flow temperature To provide the function following must be considered e A room sensor must be connected e Room influence must be set to 100 e There should be no thermostatic radiator valves in the reference room mounting location of room sensor if such valves are installed they must be fully opened Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Room temperature limitation Boost heating Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 760 1060 1360 Room temp limitation If the room temperature exceeds its current setpoint by more than Room temp limitation the heating circuit pump is deactivated The heating circuit pump is activated again when the room temperature falls to a level below the current room temperature setpoint During the time the Room temperature limitation function is active no request is sent to the heat source C 4 TRx Actual value of room temperature TRw_ Room temperature setpoint heating pio TRwWSDR SDR Room temp limitation difference TRw B Pump t Time t ON a P 5 OFF 8 Following criteria deactivate the function e
431. maintenance message on the info level 11 DHW stor tank interval priority 6 This parameter can be reset provided the respective access right is granted Minimum DHW charging temperature Minimum temperature level to which the DHW storage tank needs to be charged by the heat pump without aborting charging The controller stores the DHW temperature at which charging by the heat pump was aborted last because the heat pump reached the limitation for high pressure hot gas or the maximum switch off temperature If the value lies below setting DHW charg temp HP min e symbol appears on the display and e a maintenance message on the info level 12 DHW charg tempHP low priority6 This parameter can be reset provided the respective access right is granted If the minimum DHW charging temperature is exceeded again next time the DHW storage tank is charged the Maintenance function is canceled But if not reached again the maintenance message is maintained Line no Operating line ACS Maintenance message ACS Responsibility for message No display of responsibility Only display phone no Service Customer service Installer Janitor Administration Refrigeration engineer Hotline ACS Telephone responsibility for message Display of the currently pending maintenance message Display of responsibility for the currently pending maintenance message Display of phone number of individual respo
432. measurement yield None None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 3896 F Readj solar flow sensor 0 20 20 C 3897 F Readj solar return sensor 0 20 20 C Solid fuel boiler 4102 F Locks other heat sources On e Off On 4103F Charg prio DHW stor tank Off v Off On 4110 F Setpoint min 40 8 120 C 4114 F Temp differential min 4 0 40 C 4130 F Temp diff on 4 1 40 C 4134 F Connection DHW stor tank None None With B3 With B31 With B3 and B31 4135 F Boiler temp setp DHW charg Storage tank temp Storage tank temp Storage tank setpoint Boiler temp setpoint min 4136 F DHW charging with Q3 Yes No Yes 4137 F Connection buffer With B4 With B4 With B42 B41 With B4 and B42 B41 4138 F_ Boil temp setp buffer charg Storage tank temp Storage tank temp Storage tank setpoint Boiler temp setpoint min 4140 F Pump overrun time 20 0 120 min 49 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S 3 o a S g z 8 o O L a Oo 4141 O Excess heat dis
433. mentary generator In heating mode 1 2 3 With DHW charging In heating mode the supplementary generator is always switched on when there is demand If the main generator reports a fault or if it is locked outside temperature limit electrical utility lock or manual lock the supplementary generator is immediately released when there is demand for heat Line no Operating line 3692 With DHW charging Locked Substitute Complement Instantly First Alone 3694 OT limit with DHW charging Defines the release of the supplementary source for DHW charging Locked The supplementary generator will not be released Substitute The supplementary generator is released only if the main generator cannot be put into operation e g in the event of fault Complement The supplementary generator is released if the output of the main generator cannot satisfy the demand Instantly The supplementary generator is always released First The supplementary generator is always on In the event of fault or when in Eco mode charging is effected by the heat pump Alone DHW is always charged by the supplementary generator If the supplementary generator locked out the electric immersion heater in the storage tank K6 is requested During DHW charging the heat pump is off If pump Q9 is used jointly this pump is requested The behavior of the supplementary generator during DHW charging also depends on the selecte
434. mers in a 4 pipe system The system pump is put into operation when one of consumers calls for cooling energy If there is no request for refrigeration the pump is deactivated followed by overrun Div valve cooling cond Y27 If the heat pump is configured for active cooling process reversal a 4 pipe system requires a Div valve cooling cond Y27 to divert the cooling energy to common flow 2 The valve is switched on as soon as the heat pump switches to cooling mode and is switched off again when there is a request for heat 341 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Div valve cooling flow Y29 Common diverting valve of all cooling circuits between heating and cooling To switch over consumers with a 2 pipe cooling system to the common cooling flow 2 of the generators a free relay for function Div valve cooling flow Y29 must be configured E Y29 2355Zy13 DHW Buffer 2 1 Common heating cooling flow 1 Common heating flow 2 Common cooling flow Diverting valve Y29 is switched on when there is at least one valid refrigeration request on the consumer side common heating and cooling flow and when at least one valid refrigeration generator is able to supply cooling energy via the common cooling flow lil The diverting valve must be installed on the consumer side upstream of the buffer storage t
435. meter 2835 Restart lock compressor is to be used 153 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Switch off temp max Red switch off temp max Line no Operating line 2844 Switch off temp max 2845 Red switch off temp max If the flow or the return temperature exceeds the maximum switch off temperature the compressor is switched off The heat pump is switched on again when the temperature at both sensors B21 and B71 dropped by the Switching diff return temp line 2840 below the maximum switch off temperature while the minimum off time elapsed TC Anf 2845 a Ses x OFF TWW 2355Z2844a t s 2840 Switching diff return temp ON Switch on point 2844 Switch off temp max OFF Switch off point 2845 Red switch off temp max OFF DHW Switch off point DHW Anf Consumer request In the case of DHW charging forced buffer storage tank charging during operation of the second compressor stage Switch off temp max line 2844 is reduced by this value If the flow or the return temperature B21 B71 exceeds this level DHW charging or forced buffer storage tank charging is prematurely aborted and a change to space heating is made provided the heating circuits call for heat In this case the heat pump continues to operate with no interruption During a settling time line 2839 and after abortion of DHW charging the heating c
436. ming pool 0 130 C 8900 1 Swimming pool temp 0 140 C 8901 Swimming pool setpoint 8 80 C ACS F_ Swimming pool pump Q19 Off On Primary controller system pump 8930 1 Primary controller temp 0 140 C 8931 Primary controller setpoint 0 140 C ACS F Status primary pump Q14 Off On ACS F Status precontroller mixing valve opens Y19 Off On ACS F Status precontroller mixing valve closes Y20 Off On ACS F Status primary pump 2 Q44 Off On Common flow values 8950 1 _ Common flow temp 0 140 C 8951 Common flow temp setpoint 0 140 C 8952 Common return temp i 0 140 C 8956 1 Common flow temp 2 0 140 C 8957 1 Common flow setp refrig 0 140 C ACS F Status heat demand K27 Off On ACS F Status cool demand K28 Off On ACS F State of diverting valve cooling flow Y29 Off On Buffer storage tank 8970 Elimm heater buffer Off On 8980 E Buffer temp 1 0 140 C 8981 1 Buffer setpoint 0 140 C 8982 E Buffer temp 2 0 140 C 8983 Buffer temp 3 0 140 C 8990 F Hours run el buffer 0 199 999 h 8991 F Start counter el buffer 0 199 999 ACS F Output heat generation lock Y4 Off On Inputs H 9005 1 Water pressure 1 1 50 bar 9006 Water pressure 2 1 50 bar 9009 I Water pressure 3 1 50 bar 9010 1 Measurement room temp 1 0 50 C 9011 Measurement room temp 2 0 50 C 9012 Measurement room temp 3 0 50 C 9016 I
437. mode cooling 149 Frost prot plant active 23 Frost protection active 24 Cooling limit OT active Cooling limit OT active 134 24 hour Eco active 119 Room temp limitation 122 Flow limit reached 179 Off 25 Cooling mode off Cooling mode off 138 End user info level Commissioning heating engineer State code Emergency operation Emergency operation 26 Fault Fault 2 Water pressure too low Water pressure too low 235 Locked outside temp 176 Locked externally 27 Locked Economy mode 198 Operation limit OT min 187 Operation limit OT max 188 Locked 10 Mains undervoltage 246 3 ph current asymmetric 180 Low pressure 181 Limitation evap temp min 268 Limitation evap temp max 270 Fan overload 182 Fault soft starter 1 273 Fault soft starter 2 274 Compressor 1 overload 183 Compressor 2 overload 184 Limit pres diff proc revers 289 Source pump overload 185 Flow switch consumers 186 Limit source temp min water 189 Limit source temp min brine 190 Limit source temp max 191 High press HP in operation 29 Limitation cond temp max 269 Flow switch heat source 30 Press switch heat source 31 Flow switch source int circ 275 Press switch source int circ 276 Limit hot gas compr1 32 Limit hot gas compr2 33 Limit switch off temp max 34 Limit swi off temp max cool 145 Limit switch off temp min 139 Compr off time min active 35 Compens surplus heat 36 Limitation time active 37 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings
438. mp Q5 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar pump buffer K8 Solar pump swi pool K18 Collector pump 2 Q16 Instant WH pump Q34 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Condenser pump Q9 HP setpoint Output request Heat request Refrigeration request Compressor modulation Expansion valve evapor V81 Expansion valve EVI V82 7499 1 Sign logic out UX21 module3 Standard Standard Inverted 7500 1 Signal output UX21 module 3 0 10V 0 10V PWM 7504 _ Temp val 10V UX21 module3 100 5 130 C 7505 1 Funct output UX22 module 3 Ditto 7498 7506 1 Sign logic out UX22 module3 Standard Standard Inverted 7507 Signal output UX22 module 3 0 10V 0 10V PWM 7511 I Temp val 10V UX22 module3 100 5 130 C 7512 O Funct output WX21 module 3 None None Expansion valve evapor V81 Expansion valve EVI V82 ACS JO Rotating direction WX21 module 3 Inverted Standard Inverted ACS O Operating mode WX21 module 3 Halbschritt Halbschritt Vollschritt 1 phasig ACS O Step rate WX21 module 3 30 30 300 ACS O Number of steps WX21 module 3 500 0 6400 ACS O Steps at setpoint 0 WX21 module 3 12 0 6400 ACS O Steps at setpoint 100 WX21 module 3 500 0 6400 ACS O Steps overdrive WX21 module 3 50 0 6400 ACS O Calibration WX21 module 3 50 0 255 h Input output test 7700 Relay test No test Everything off Relay output QX1 Relay output QX2 Relay output QX3 Output QX4 ZX4 Relay output QX5 Relay output QX6 Relay outp
439. mp controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 Entering the switching times Switching points Tip Time programs 1 3 Tip Time programs 4 5 Standard program 6 The settings in detail 6 1 Time programs For the heating cooling circuits and DHW heating a number of switching programs are available They are activated in Automatic mode and control the change of temperature levels and the respective setpoints via the set switching times The switching times can be setin a combined way either jointly for several days or separately for individual days When preselecting groups of days like for instance Mo Fr and Sa Su that shall use the same switching times the setting of switching programs is simplified Line no Operating line HC CC1 HC CC2 HC3 4 DHW 5 500 520 540 560 600 Preselection Mo Su Mo Fr Sa Su Mo Su 501 521 541 561 601 1 1st phase on 502 522 542 562 602 1 1st phase off 503 523 543 563 603 2 2nd phase on 504 524 544 564 604 2 2nd phase off 505 525 545 565 605 3 3rd phase on 506 526 546 566 606 3 3rd phase off If the space is not used for certain periods of time during the day the room temperature setpoint can be lowered heating or raised cooling for the time of absence via these time programs These time programs are used for a number of functions e g electricity nigh
440. mp controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Flow measurement 10 V Hz Flow measurement source Calculation of volumetric flow Line no Operating line 3255 Flow measurement source None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 In place of using the pulse count the flow can also be measured with a flow sensor 10 V or Hz connected to an Hx input Parameter Flow measurement source is used to select an input Hx for making volumetric flow measurements None No measurement via input Hx This setting is important in case inputs Hx are used for other volumetric flow measurements With input Hx The flow via the selected input is acquired and used for calculating the volume The determined volume is multiplied by the measured temperature differential and the specific heat capacity of the source medium and then added as thermal energy to the meter reading for the amount of heat drawn It is important that the Hx input selected here is also set in the configuration for the volumetric flow measurement Line no Operating line 3257 Flow source Flow source In place of the pulse count or flow measurement volumetric flow calcula
441. mp setpoint 1 2 3 8747 8777 Dewpoint temp 1 2 8749 8779 8809 Room thermostat 1 2 3 No demand Demand ACS State 2nd speed heating circuit pump Q21 Q22 Q23 Off On ACS Operating mode changeover heating circuit 1 2 3 P Inactive Active Display of the speed of the relevant heating circuit pump as a percentage of maximum speed Displays the relative room humidity Displays the room temperature Room setpoint 1 3 is used for the display of both setpoints for heating and cooling In heating mode the setpoint for heating is displayed in cooling mode the setpoint for cooling If neither heating nor cooling takes place the setpoint used last is displayed The room model calculates a fictive room temperature for rooms without room sensor The value calculated for each heating circuit appears on these operating lines This allows boost heating quick setback and optimum start and stop control to be implemented with no need for using a room sensor The calculation takes into account the attenuated outside temperature line 8703 the room model gradient lines 794 1094 and 1394 to switch to a higher setpoint and the building time constant line 6110 to switch to a lower setpoint TRw Tt TRK N Q ive m N TRR TRF TAgem p gt TRwAkt Current room temperature setpoint TRmod Room temperature model TRK Comfort setpoint TRR Reduced setpoint TRF Frost protectio
442. mpensation alone 92 471 Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 750 1050 1350 Room influence When using a room temperature sensor there is a choice of 3 different types of compensation Selection Compensation variant moe Weather compensation alone 1 99 Weather compensation with room influence 100 Room compensation alone Outside sensor mandatory The flow temperature is calculated via the heating curve depending on the composite outside temperature This compensation variant calls for a correct adjustment of the heating curve because with this setting the control system gives no consideration to the room temperature The deviation of the current room temperature from the setpoint is acquired and taken into account when controlling the room temperature Heat gains can thus be considered facilitating more accurate room temperature control The authority of the deviation is set as a percentage value The better the reference room conditions correct room temperature correct mounting location etc the higher the value can be set Approx 60 Good reference room Approx 20 Unfavorable reference room To provide the function following must be considered e A room sensor must be connected e Room influence must be set to a value between 1 and 99 e There should be no thermostatic radiator valves in the reference room mounting location of room sensor if such va
443. mperature from Hx from room unit for dewpoint for cooling circuit No No No Yes Value room Value room unit unit Yes Yes Value Hx Value room unit Yes No Value Hx Value Hx Line no Operating line GGI CC2 962 1262 With buffer No Yes 963 1263 With prim contr system pump No Yes If a buffer storage tank is installed it must be selected whether the cooling circuit may draw cooling energy from it No Hydraulically speaking the cooling circuit is connected upstream of the buffer storage tank and cannot draw any cooling energy from it The refrigeration request is forwarded to the producer upstream of the buffer storage tank Yes The cooling circuit is connected downstream from the buffer storage tank It draws cooling energy from the buffer storage tank and its temperature request is taken into account by buffer management The setting defines whether the primary controller system pump has an impact on the cooling circuit No Hydraulically speaking the cooling circuit is connected upstream of the primary controller system pump and cannot draw any precontrolled cooling energy The refrigeration request is always forwarded to the producer located upstream of the primary controller Yes The cooling circuit is connected downstream from the primary controller system pump The primary controller ensures control of a valid refrigeration request or the system pump is activated Line no O
444. mperature at sensor B4 is too low a heat request is passed on to the producers With B4 and B42 B41 If the temperature at both sensors B4 and B42 or B41 is high enough the heat source is locked The consumers draw the heat they require from the buffer storage tank If the temperature at both sensors B4 and B42 or B41 is too low a heat request is passed on to the producers With B42 If the temperature at sensor B42 is high enough the heat source is locked The consumers draw the heat they require from the buffer storage tank If the temperature at sensor B42 is too low a heat request is passed on to the producers With B42 and B41 If the temperature at both sensors B42 and B41 is high enough the heat source is locked The consumers draw the heat they require from the buffer storage tank If the temperature at both sensors B42 and B41 is too low a heat request is passed on to the producers With B4 and B71 If the temperature at both sensors B4 and B71 is high enough the heat source is locked The consumers draw the heat they require from the buffer storage tank Exception If the temperature at sensor B4 is too low a heat request is passed on to the producers For release of the producer with this setting only the sensor in the buffer storage tank is considered the return temperature sensor delivers a valid temperature only when the pump is in operation Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller C
445. n be connected to input Hx If the dewpoint monitor trips the cooling circuit is immediately switched off The cooling circuit is released when the dewpoint monitor becomes inactive and an adjustable locking time line 946 has elapsed Flow temp setp incr hygro digital To prevent the formation of condensation due to high indoor air humidity a hygrostat can be connected to input Hx If the hygrostat trips the flow temperature setpoint is increased by the fixed value of Flow temp setp incr hygro line 947 Swi on command HP stage 1 and stage 2 digital heating only By closing a contact connected to this input e g by an external controller or a superposed building automation and control system the heat pump is put into operation It remains in operation until contact Hx opens again or until the heat pump is shut down by a safety function e g due to high pressure low pressure or hot gas temperature lil Internal requests and requests forwarded via bus are suppressed Minimum off times are observed The prerun and overrun times of the condenser pump and source pump are taken into account Defrosting is normally possible Status info suppl source digital The contact s closing informs the controller that the supplementary source has been successfully started Also refer to setting Delay lockout position line 3755 Charg prio DHW sol fuel boil When the contact closes the DHW storage tank is charged by the solid fuel
446. n request The output signal at UX corresponds to the common flow temperature setpoint Compressor modulation The output signal at UX corresponds to the required compressor output Expansion valve evapor V81 The output signal at UX corresponds to the required position of the electronic expansion valve for superheat control Expansion valve EVI V82 The output signal at UX corresponds to the required position of the electronic expansion valve for vapor injection 356 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Signal logic output UX1 2 Signal output UX1 2 Temp value 10V UX1 2 Output voltage UX1 2 Sensor type device Sensor type collector and flue gas temperature Sensor readjustments Sensor type solar flow ret The voltage signal can be inverted This means that inverted signal logic can also be used to control variable speed pumps or equipment receiving the temperature request Determines whether the signal shall be delivered as a DC 0 10 V signal or pulse width modulated signal PWM This operating line is used to define the temperature for the maximum output voltage of 10 V or for the value set with Output voltage UX1 2 Output voltage UX1 2 is used to set the maximum output voltage This value is reached when the positioning signal is 100 or when the temperature equals the value set on line BZ 6075 6084 This enables the control range to be mapped ona sm
447. n setpoint 420 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Flow temp 1 3 Flow temp setpoint 1 3 Dewpoint temp 1 2 Room thermostat 1 3 State 2nd speed heating circuit pump Q21 Q22 Q23 ACS Operating mode changeover heating circuit 1 2 3 P ACS Cooling circuit 1 2 Displays the flow temperature Displays the flow temperature setpoint Displays the dewpoint temperature Shows whether or not there is currently a demand from the respective room thermostat Displays the state of the second speed of the heating circuit pump Shows whether operating mode changeover of the heating circuit is active Line no Operating line 8751 8781 Cooling circuit pump 1 2 8752 8782 Cool circ mix valve 1 open 2 open 8753 8783 Cool circ mix valve 1 close 2 close 8754 8784 Diverting valve cooling 1 2 8756 8786 Flow temp cooling 1 2 8757 8787 Flow temp setp cooling 1 2 Show the states of the cooling circuit pump the cooling circuit mixing valve and the diverting valve plus the actual value and the setpoint of the flow temperature for cooling The room temperature setpoint for cooling mode is displayed on operating line 8741 DHW Line no Operating line 8820 DHW pump Off On 8821 El imm heater DHW Off On 8825 Speed DHW pump 8826 Speed DHW
448. n with the DHW storage tank In Eco mode DHW heating is restricted by controllable heat sources These heat sources are switched on only if the DHW temperature falls below the reduced level or if the Legionella function is active The manual push can also be activated in Eco mode Setpoints Line no Operating line 1610 Nominal setpoint 1612 Reduced setpoint 1614 Nominal setpoint max The DHW is heated up according to different setpoints These setpoints become active depending on the selected operating mode thus leading to the required temperature level in the DHW storage tank 115 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 TWWN TWWmax EN l T 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 C 2355Z07 TWWR Reduced DHW setpoint TWWN Nominal DHW setpoint TWWmax Nominal DHW setpoint maximum Nominal setpoint max Nominal setpoint max limits setting Nominal setpoint line 1610 at the top Release Line no Operating line 1620 Release 24h day All time programs HC CC Time program 4 DHW Low tariff T prog 4 DHW or low tariff 24h day The DHW temperature is always maintained at the nominal DHW setpoint regardless of time programs iy Ey 2371Z18 0 6 12 18 24 h Fy rd rd C All time programs HC CC The DHW setpoint changes between the nominal and the reduced DHW setpoint according to the heating c
449. nal generators are switched on at a slower rate When the value is decreased additional generators are switched on at a faster rate 241 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Reset integral source seq lil Adjustable neutral zone heating If the cascade flow temperature B10 exceeds its setpoint by the adjustable neutral zone for explanation see below the reset integral is calculated If in addition to the cascade flow temperature sensor a cascade return temperature sensor is connected the temperature acquired by the warmer sensor is used If the demand for heat exceeds the Reset integral source seq set here the generator with the lowest priority is switched off When the value is increased the generators operate for longer periods of time in the case of surplus heat When the value is decreased the generators are switched off at a faster rate The neutral zone can be adjusted It is also dependent on the number of generators released The larger the number of generator stages released the smaller the neutral zone becomes The neutral zone is limited to a minimum of 1 Kelvin Neutral zone Neutral zone heating cascade ACS minus stage sequence state 4 Switch on delay Switch on delay cooling L 242 471 Neutral zone Example of parameterization 4 K A 47 Pel 3 t r r rhy Poot a ee H
450. nals 428 471 Brine to water heat pump with pump heating circuit K1 E11 E9 B81 E10 OHO m B83 2355A01 RVS61 BX1 BX2 BX3 BX4 BX7 BX8 BX9 BX10 BX11 BX12 BX13 BX14 QX1 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 QX8 QX9 QX10 QX11 QX12 QX13 EX9 EX10 EX11 Hot gas sensor B81 Outside sensor B9 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 Compressor stage 1 K1 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 Condenser pump Q9 Low pressure switch E9 High pressure switch E10 Overload compressor 1 E11 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller Plant diagrams CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 2 Brine to water heat pump with pump heating circuit and DHW storage tank with DHW charging pump Q3 ee K1 E11 B71 T Q 2355A02 Multifunctional ASSN 1 terminals BX BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 QX10 QX11 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 429 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30
451. nct value 2 H22 module 1 100 100 500 7338 Temp sensor H22 module 1 None None Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 7341 Voltage out GX21 module 1 5 Volt 5 Volt 12 Volt 7342 Funct input EX21 module 1 None Electrical utility lock E6 Low tariff E5 Overload compressor 2 E12 Overload source E14 Pressure switch source E26 Flow switch source E15 Flow switch consumers E24 Manual defrost E17 Common fault HP E20 Fault soft starter E25 Low pressure switch E9 High pressure switch E10 Overload compressor 1 E11 Error alarm message Mains supervision E21 Fault soft starter 2 E27 Pressure diff defrost E28 Pres sw source int circ E29 Flow sw source int circ E30 Smart grid E61 Smart grid E62 7343 0 Cont type inp EX21 module 1 NO NC NO 7348 1 Funct output UX21 module 1 None Source pump Q8 fan K19 DHW pump Q3 DHW interm circ pump Q33 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Collector pump Q5 Solar pump ext exch K9 Solar pump buffer K8 Solar pump swi pool K18 Collector pump 2 Q16 Instant WH pump Q34 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Condenser pump Q9 HP setpoint Output request Heat request Refrigeration request Compressor modulation Expansion valve evapor V81 Expansion valve EVI V82 7349 1 Sign logic out UX21 module Standard Standard Inverted 7350 1 Signal output UX21 module 1 0 10V
452. nction Legionella function Legionella funct time Legionella funct setpoint Legionella funct duration Legionella funct circ pump Line no Operating line 1640 Legionella function Off Periodically Fixed weekday 1641 Legionella funct periodically 1642 Legionella funct weekday Monday Sunday 1644 Legionella funct time 1645 Legionella funct setpoint 1646 Legionella funct duration 1647 Legionella funct circ pump 1648 Legio funct circ temp diff Off The Legionella function is deactivated Periodically The Legionella function is repeated according to the selected interval Legionella funct periodically line 1641 If the legionella setpoint is attained via solar plant independent of the time set the time period is started again Fixed weekday The Legionella function can be activated on a certain weekday Legionella funct weekday line 1642 When using this setting heating up to the legionella setpoint takes place on the parameterized weekday regardless of previous storage tank temperatures Defines the time of day the Legionella function is started The setpoint is increased at this point in time starting DHW charging If no time is parameterized the Legionella function is started on the respective day together with the first normal release of DHW heating If no release is scheduled for that day continuously reduced the Legionella function is perf
453. nction Special temp sensor 1 must be configured and located at the very top of the storage tank Principle of operation If the temperature at Special temp sensor 1 exceeds the set Flow diversion temp first the heating circuit mixing valves are temporarily closed then after Delay flow diversion common flow valve Y13 is driven to the position Top of storage tank If the temperature drops by Swi diff flow diversion below the setpoint common flow valve Y13 is driven back to the position Middle of storage tank 281 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Charging request lil 6 16 DHW storage tank Release Line no Operating line 5007 Charging request Setpoint With B3 With B31 Parameter Charging request is used to select the flow temperature setpoint for charging by the generator Setpoint The current DHW temperature setpoint is used as the flow temperature setpoint With B3 The temperature at the DHW sensor B3 is used as the flow temperature setpoint With B31 The temperature at the DHW sensor B31 is used as the flow temperature setpoint If sensor B31 is not installed sensor B3 is used as a substitute The flow temperature setpoint request DHW request to the generator is made up the value selected via the charging request plus the adjustable charging boost line 5020 Flow setpoint boost Charging reques
454. ndard Inverted 7357 7432 7507 Signal output UX22 module 1 2 3 0 10V PWM 7361 7436 7511 Temp val 10V UX22 module 2 3 The settings for output UX22 on the extension module correspond to those for the Ux outputs on the controller For descriptions refer to operating line Function output UX1 and UX2 and following Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Electronic expansion valves Restrictions in connection with extension modules Function of output WX21 The RVS61 heat pump controller including its extension modules is capable of controlling electronic expansion valves for 2 different applications 1 Expansion valve evapor V81 Control valve for the superheat controller SHC 2 Expansion valve EVI V82 Control valve for vapor injection EVI The electronic expansion valves are controlled either via a stepper motor output WX or a voltage signal DC 0 10 V output UX For both applications 2 additional sensors are required 1 for pressure input HX and 1 for temperature input BX For DC 0 10 V signal control parameter Expansion valve run time line 3046 is required for control with the stepper motor a number of settings are required for description refer to line 7362 Funct output WX21 module 1 When controlling electronic expansion valves via extension modules connected to outputs UX
455. ne 2880 When using the Substitute setting the electric immersion heater is always released Line no Operating line 2885 Electric on below flow temp If with a valid heat request from the heating circuit or DHW or during the defrost process the temperature at B21 or B71 drops below the set value of parameter Electric on below flow temp both electric immersion heaters installed in the flow are switched on The electric immersion heater is switched off again when e the temperature at B71 exceeds Electric on below flow temp by 8 Kelvin or e the temperature at B21 exceeds Electric on below flow temp by 18 Kelvin lil The function can be deactivated 174 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Compensation heat deficit H E General parameters Line no Operating line 2886 Compensation heat deficit Off On Only with floor curing fct This function compensates for excess heat and heat deficits These can occur in the following situations e Minimum compressor on and off times e Inthe case of low temperature requests the flow temperature can lie below the required setpoint but the return temperature may not drop below the switch on point for a longer period of time In this situation the heat pump must be switched on to prevent heat deficits The controller compares continuously the flow temperatur
456. nergy brought in at 1 minute intervals Energy brought in energy source operation calculated electrical energy or gas metered energy electric immersion heater calculated lil e Inside the controller the energy required for heating mode and DHW heating is acquired separately but displayed is only the total The fixed day storage shows the values separately however parameters 3120 3188 e The display shows if no Metering function pulse or calculation is selected e With the respective access right the ACS tool can be used to set the meter to any desired value This leads to a fixed day entry Performance factor The performance factor is calculated from the 2 meters used for metering the energy delivered parameter 3110 and the energy input parameter 3113 Performance factor Ea Eein If in place of the amount of heat delivered the amount of heat drawn from the source is acquired the performance factor is calculated as follows Performance factor Eaut Eein Eein lil The performance factor displays if one of the 2 energy meters is not used no Metering function set and also displays 228 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Fixed day storage yearly performance factor Fixed day yearly performance factor Meter values Fixed day and fixed day storage The fixed day storage retains the
457. ng 1 0 9999999 kWh 3122 E Heat delivered DHW 1 0 9999999 kWh 3123 E Cooling energy delivered 1 0 9999999 kWh 3124 E Energy brought in heating 1 0 3500000 kWh 3125 E Energy brought in DHW 1 0 3500000 kWh 3126 E Energy brought in cooling 1 0 3500000 kWh 3127 E Yearly perf factor 2 0 10 3127 E Fixed day 2 1 9 2004 31 12 2099 DD MM YYYY 3128 E Heat delivered heating 2 0 9999999 kWh 3129 E Heat delivered DHW 2 0 9999999 kWh 3130 E Cooling energy delivered 2 0 9999999 kWh 44 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S Be als 5 g E z 8 O O r a 5 Oo 3131 E Energy brought in heating 2 0 3500000 kWh 3132 E Energy brought in DHW 2 0 3500000 kWh 3133 E Energy brought in cooling 2 0 3500000 kWh 3134 E Yearly perf factor 3 0 10 3134 E Fixed day 3 1 9 2004 31 12 2099 DD MM YYYY 3135 E Heat delivered heating 3 0 9999999 kWh 3136 E Heat delivered DHW 3 0 9999999 kWh 3137 E Cooling energy delivered 3 0 9999999 kWh 3138 E Energy brought in heating 3 0 3500000 kWh 3139 E Energy brought in DHW 3 0 3500000 kWh 3140 E Energy brought in cooling 3 0 3500000 kWh 3141 E Yearly perf factor 4 gt 0 10 3141 E Fixed day 4 1 9
458. ng cond Y27 Div valve cooling flow Y29 Cond reversing valve Y91 Buffer reversing valve Y47 Status info heating K42 Status info cooling K43 Status info DHW charg K44 7302 Relay output QX22 module 1 Ditto 7301 7303 Relay output QX23 module 1 Ditto 7301 7307 Sensor input BX21 module 1 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 Hot gas sensor B82 Refrig sensor liquid B83 DHW charging sensor B36 DHW outlet sensor B38 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Hot gas sensor B81 Outside sensor B9 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 Room sensor B5 Room setp readjustment 1 Room sensor B52 Room setp readjustment 2 Room sensor B53 Room setp readjustment 3 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 Suction gas sensor B85 Suction gas sensor EVI B86 Evaporation sensor EVI B87 DHW prim contr sensor B35 Common flow sensor 2 B11 Common return sensor B73 Source int circ flow B93 Source int circ return B94 Suction gas sensor cool B88 7308 Sensor input BX22 module 1 Ditto 7307 7311 I Function input H2 module 1 None Optg mode change HCs D
459. ng mode Open The valve provides control in cooling mode it is open in heating mode 111 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Dewpoint monitoring Line no Operating line CC1 CC2 946 1246 Lock time dewpoint monitor 947 1247 Flow temp setp incr hygro 948 1248 Flow setp incr start at r h 950 1250 Flow temp diff dewpoint 953 1253 Acquisition room r h None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 954 1254 Acquisition room temp Ditto 953 CAUTION Condensation can cause damage to the building Lock time dewpoint monitor When the connected dewpoint monitor detects the formation of condensation it closes its contact thereby deactivating cooling The Lock time dewpoint monitor set here starts when the contact opens again Cooling can be put into operation again only when the lock time has elapsed NOTE The dewpoint monitor must be assigned to one of the Hx inputs as Dewpoint monitor Flow temp setp incr hygro To prevent the formation of condensation due to excess indoor air humidity a hygrostat can be installed to implement a fixed increase in flow temperature As soon as the room humidity exceeds the value set on the hygrostat its contact closes and the flow temperature setpoint is increased by the set amount NOTE The hygrostat must be assigned to on
460. ng mode Locks other heat sources Charg prio DHW stor tank Setpoints Setpoint min Temp differential min Temp diff on 6 14 Solid fuel boiler When the temperature of the solid fuel boiler is high enough the boiler pump is activated and the DHW storage tank and or the buffer storage tank are charged The solid fuel boiler operates as follows B22 e Only with boiler sensor B22 or e With boiler sensor B22 and return sensor B72 B72 Q10 Y25 Y26 Line no Operating line 4102 Locks other heat sources 4103 Charg prio DHW stor tank Off On When the solid fuel boiler is heated up other heat sources such as oil gas boilers are locked Locking takes place as soon as an increase of the boiler temperature is detected This predictive function allows locked heat sources to end any overrun of pumps before the solid fuel boiler pump is activated Also in the case of a common flueway it can be made certain that only one boiler is in operation at a time When the solid fuel boiler is in operation the DHW storage tank can be charged with priority on against the other consumers When selecting Off normal DHW charging priority applies line 1630 Line no Operating line 4110 Setpoint min 4114 Temp differential min 4130 Temp diff on The boiler pump is put into operation when the boiler temperature reaches its minimum level plus Temp diff on I
461. ng mode with process reversal is active e Passive cooling mode ex brine circuit is active In cooling mode e The amount of energy drawn is metered as energy used for cooling e The amount of energy delivered is metered as energy supplied for cooling Defrost mode air to No special consideration is given to defrost mode Depending on the plant s water heat pumps operating state the amounts energy are added to space heating or DHW heating 231 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Reset fixed day storage Extended energy acquisition Int count el imm heater DHW Int count el imm heat buffer Electric pump power heating Electric pump Line no Operating line 3190 Reset fixed day storage Parameter Reset fixed day storage clears the entire storage with all entries All entries or their values are displayed as Extended energy metering Line no Operating line 3192 Int count el imm heater DHW None Heat delivered Energy brought in Both 3193 Int count el imm heat buffer None Heat delivered Energy brought in Both The energy fed to the DHW storage tank and buffer storage tank via the electric immersion heater can be added to the reading of one of the meters None The energy of the electric immersion heater is not metered Heat delivered The energy of the electric immersion heate
462. ng unit Settings 376 471 Using Modbus the RVS61 can be connected to a controller of other manufacture The RVS61 must be configured as the slave with a Slave address line 6651 the controller of other manufacture is the master The parameters to be set are Slave address Baud rate Parity and Stop bit With no meaning or function e Port parameter e Input output test parameter e The RVS61 is either a generator or consumer controller depending on the controller s configuration e Interconnected RVS controllers cannot be connected via Modbus For a list and description of the choice of available data points contact your Siemens partner Using Modbus the RVS61 can be connected to a BACS or operating unit The RVS61 must be configured as the slave with a Slave address line 6651 BACS or the operating unit is the master The parameters to be set are Slave address Baud rate Parity and Stop bit With no meaning or function e Port parameter e Input output test parameter The majority of operating parameters and display values of the RVS61 can be read and written via the Modbus For a list and description of the choice of available data points contact your Siemens partner Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Reset Reset alarm relay Reset HP Error message 6 22 Errors When an error A is pending an error message c
463. ngs 2014 07 30 o 3 2 lale 3 8 S s e 3 5 ae als 5 g O JOJ Q D Oo 5936 1 Sensor input BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 Ditto 5932 5937 Sensor input BX8 DHW sensor B3 Ditto 5932 5938 Sensor input BX9 Outside sensor B9 Ditto 5932 5939 Sensor input BX10 HP flow sensor B21 Ditto 5932 5940 Sensor input BX11 None Ditto 5932 5941 Sensor input BX12 HP return sensor B71 Ditto 5932 5942 Sensor input BX13 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 Hot gas sensor B82 Refrig sensor liquid B83 DHW charging sensor B36 DHW outlet sensor B38 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Hot gas sensor B81 Outside sensor B9 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 Room sensor B5 Room setp readjustment 1 Room sensor B52 Room setp readjustment 2 Room sensor B53 Room setp readjustment 3 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 Suction gas sensor B85 Suction gas sensor EVI B86 Evaporation sensor EVI B87 DHW pr
464. nit by setting a delay This ensures that unnecessary notifications by a service center resulting from short time errors e g temperature limiter tripped communication error will be suppressed lil e The alarm delay also applies to Alarm output K10 e Itis to be noted that in this case errors occurring for a short time and recurring constantly and rapidly will be filtered as well 368 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Central functions Line no Operating line 6620 Action changeover functions Segment System 6621 Summer changeover Locally Centrally 6623 Optg mode changeover Locally Centrally 6625 DHW assignment All HC CC locally All HC CC in segment All HC CC in system 6627 Refrigeration request Locally Centrally 6630 Cascade master Always Automatically 6632 Note OT limit ext source No Yes lil These settings only apply to device address 1 Action changeover The range of action for the central changeover functions can be defined functions This applies to the following changeover actions e Operating mode changeover via input Hx with setting Centrally on operating line 6623 e Summer changeover when selecting Centrally on operating line 6621 Choice of settings Segment Changeover takes place with all controllers in the same segment System Changeover takes place with all controllers in the entire s
465. nly is active and the prerun time has elapsed the heat pump is shut down When Min off time has elapsed the heat pump is switched on again If the pressure switch trips again within Duration error repetition the heat pump initiates lockout and operation can only be resumed by making a reset 351 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Flow switch source E15 Takes the signal delivered by flow switch source If during source pump operation the contact closes for at least the preset delay time line 2895 preselected monitoring always or in heating mode only is active and the prerun time has elapsed the heat pump is shut down and operation can only be resumed by making a reset When Min off time has elapsed the heat pump is switched on again If the flow switch trips again within Duration error repetition the heat pump goes to lockout Flow switch consumers E24 Takes the signal delivered by flow switch consumers The flow switch is active only when the condenser pump runs and the prerun time has elapsed The compressor is not switched on when on completion of the prerun time and the preset delay time line 2895 the flow switch signal is pending When Min off time has elapsed the heat pump is switched on again If the flow switch trips again within Duration error repetition the heat pump goes to lockout Operation can only be resumed by making a
466. not possible 300 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Intermediate circuit boost Flow temperature setpoint compensation Flow temperature setpoint compensation Setpoint compensation with speed controlled pump Q33 Stratification storage tank intermediate circuit Line no Operating line 5140 Intermediate circuit boost B36 By Q3 B31 Q33 2358A34 For charging the flow temperature in the intermediate circuit B36 needs to exceed the required DHW setpoint by the value set here because the heat exchanger is not able to transfer all energy The set value is added to the request Line no Operating line 5142 Flow setp compensation delay 5143 Flow setp compensation Xp 5144 Flow setp compensation Tn 5145 Flow setp compensation Tv Setpoint compensation adapts the heat request such that the intermediate circuit temperature at B36 reaches its setpoint storage tank temperature setpoint plus intermediate circuit boost If the intermediate circuit temperature is too low the request to the generator is increased The maximum increase of the setpoint is limited to half the setpoint boost line 5020 If the intermediate circuit temperature is too high the request to the generator is reduced The minimum temperature level to which the request to the generator
467. ns at the parameterized Pump speed min line 2792 e Heat pump monitoring functions can reduce the speed down to the parameterized Pump speed min To make certain for example that the maximum evaporation temperature will not be exceeded in cooling mode HP setpoint The control strategy lowers the pump speed to such a level that the required heat pump setpoint at flow temperature sensor B21 is reached The speed of the condenser pump is calculated such that it can be reduced to the permissible minimum Pump speed min line 2792 only when the compressor operates at full capacity 131 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Compressor output The speed of the condenser pump is controlled according to the compressor output currently released The action depends on the type of heat pump e 1 stage compressor When the compressor is in operation the condenser pump runs at maximum speed When the compressor is off the condenser pump runs at minimum speed e 2 stage compressor When both compressors are in operation the condenser pump runs at maximum speed When one compressor is in operation the condenser pump runs at maximum speed minus the minimum speed divided by 2 When both compressors are off the condenser pump runs at minimum speed e Modulating compressor With this function the speed of the condenser pump depends directly on the compressor s cu
468. nsible for the currently pending maintenance message Display of text and phone number of the responsible individual are entered on operating lines 7180 through 7189 385 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Overview of all maintenance messages Maintenance text Prio_ Cause 0 No maintenance message pending 0 5 Water pressure too low 9 Water pressure 1 in the heating circuit below the set limit 6 Heat pump hours run 6 Number of operating hours since maintenance 7 Number heat pump starts exceeded 6 Number of starts since maintenance 8 Too many starts compressor 1 9 Ratio of heat pump starts and running time too high 9 Too many starts compressor 2 9 Ratio of heat pump starts and running time too high 10 Change battery outside sensor 6 Battery nearly exhausted 11 DHW storage tank time interval exceeded 6 Time since maintenance 12 DHW charging temp heat pump too low 6 Minimum DHW temperature not reached with the heat pump 13 Differential condenser max week exceeded 3 Not sufficient flow through the heating circuit e g because the thermostatic radiator valves are closed 14 Differential condenser min week exceeded 3 Too much flow through the heating circuit or heat pump s output is not sufficient e g loss of refrigerant 15 Differential evaporator max week exceeded 3 Not sufficient flow through the sou
469. nt diagram 23 Brine to water heat pump combi storage tank with DHW diverting valve Q3 mixing or pump heating circuit mixing cooling circuit for passive cooling Y1IY2 2355A23 Multifunctional RVS61 terminals BX1 Buffer sensor B4 BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 Div valve cool source Y28 QX3 Div valve HC CC1 Y21 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 450 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 24 Air to water heat pump DHW storage tank with DHW diverting valve Q3 mixing or pump heating circuit mixing cooling circuit for active cooling Q3 K1 E11 HK KK 2355A24 Multifunctional RVS61 terminals an BX2 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B
470. nt operates in Automatic mode during the Reduced phase and in Reduced mode The Reduced setpoint can be adapted depending on the type of heating system and the type of building structure If the selected Reduced setpoint is lower it takes more time for the room temperature to reach the Comfort level The frost protection setpoint is the room temperature setpoint for the periods of time when the room is not occupied e g during holidays but protection from extremely low temperatures shall be provided for the hydraulic system or animals and plants antiquities etc It is used as the setpoint when the plant operates in Protection mode Comfort setpoint max ensures maximum limitation of the adjustable Comfort setpoint The Comfort setpoint cannot be set to a level higher than the level defined here 85 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Heating curve Heating curve slope Increase the value Decrease the value Tip 86 471 lil Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 720 1020 1320 Heating curve slope 721 1021 1321 Heating curve displacement 726 1026 1326 Heating curve adaption The set heating curve ensures that the flow temperature setpoint changes depending on the outside temperature When setting the heating curve consideration can be given to the type of building structure thermal insulat
471. ntact closes when the hot gas temperature K31 is exceeded 157 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Low pressure switch LP delay on startup LP delay during operation LP supervision Line no Operating line 2852 LP delay on startup 2853 LP delay during operation 2854 LP supervision Always Without defrosting When starting the compressor no consideration is given to the low pressure switch E9 during the period of time set here When the process reversing valve changes over no consideration is given to the low pressure switch E9 also during the period of time set here If the low pressure switch E9 trips during operation the controller waits the period of time set here before switching the heat pump off This is to make certain that the heat pump will not be switched off each time the low pressure switch trips for a short moment Defines monitoring by the low pressure switch B9 during the time the Defrost function is active Always The low pressure switch is always taken into consideration Without defrosting The low pressure switch is not taken into consideration during the time the Defrost function is active This function only acts on air to water heat pumps 158 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Control of the process reversing
472. ntial The value is subtracted from negative value or added to positive value the room temperature setpoint Example Operating line E g Automatic mode Comfort setpoint 24 hour heating limit Limit temperature Heating off Switching differential fixed 1K Limit temperature Heating on 18 lil e The function is not active in Comfort mode e Function 24 hour heating limit operates with the current outside temperature 88 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Ext n 24 hour heating limit Ext n 24 hour heating limit No Ext n 24 hour heating limit Yes To delay new activations of the heating system in the course of the day or to make use of the thermal energy stored by the building over a longer period of time Ext n 24 hour heating limit can be used to extend the off phase The heating system is switched on again when the current outside temperature TA drops 1 Kelvin below the set differential The building dynamics building structure and insulation are not taken into consideration The heating system is switched on again when the composite outside temperature TAgem drops 1 Kelvin below the set differential The building dynamics building structure and insulation are taken into consideration For definition of composite outside temperature refer to parameter 8704 TRw 733 Ja
473. nually active 1 1st status message No 103 Communication failure LPB 1 installer 207 Fault cooling circuit LPB 1 installer 208 Flow supervision LPB 1 installer 209 Fault heating circuit LPB 1 installer 217 Sensor fault LPB 1 installer 218 Pressure supervision LPB 1 installer Notes relating to the tables Error textThe error text in the tables corresponds to the clear text on the display of the operator unit Place Sensor or contact or bus in connection with the error message Reset The errors are reset either manually or automatically depending on the type of error Manual reset With error displays on the info level where Reset appears the error can be reset manually AUTO H O Q INFO Error 229 Low pressure Reset Yes 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 After pressing the OK button once Yes is displayed flashing Pressing the OK button a second time confirms the Yes and resets the error 381 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Heat pump operation Error messages alarm messages History 1 10 Reset history Automatic reset Automatic acknowledgement takes place when the minimum compressor off time has elapsed line 2843 On completion of this period of time the controller tries to reset the error If
474. o bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope Line no Operating line 2145 DHW charging priority No Yes No DHW charging with priority has no impact on the system pump or the mixing valve Yes When DHW is charged with priority the system pump is deactivated or the mixing valve is closed Line no 2150 Operating line Primary contr system pump Before buffer After buffer If the plant uses a buffer storage tank it is to be selected here whether hydraulically speaking the primary controller or the system pump is installed upstream of or downstream from the buffer storage tank Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Function diagrams 6 9 Heat pump Heat pumps draw energy from the environment brine water or air and deliver it to the heating system raised to a higher temperature level If the heat pump is equipped with a process reversing valve it can also be used for active cooling Also brine to water and water to water heat pumps can be employed for passive cooling The following function diagrams show the plant components and designations used in the descriptions Brine to water heat pump K25 26 Air to water heat pump K25 26 Q9 B84 T B91 T bey Mains
475. o be configured as Condenser pump Q9 Also the condenser pump can be controlled via relay output on off The condenser pump s speed control can be parameterized e Choice of 4 speed control strategies e For DHW charging another strategy of these 4 can be selected If is selected the strategy of parameter 2790 applies e For cooling mode another strategy of these 4 can be selected If is selected the strategy of parameter 2790 applies The condenser pump operates at maximum speed regardless of the selected control strategy e In passive cooling mode with the condenser pump e When the electric immersion heater in the flow is in operation Line no Operating line 2790 Modulation condenser pump None HP setpoint Compressor output Temp diff condensor ACS Modulation condens pump DHW None Heat pump setpoint Compressor output Temp diff condensor ACS Modulation condens pump cooling None Heat pump setpoint Compressor output Temp diff condensor For Modulation condenser pump line 2790 and if required for Modulation condens pump DHW ACS and Modulation condens pump cooling ACS the following speed control strategies are available None The speed of the condenser pump is not controlled Speed output corresponds to the parameterized Pump speed max line 2793 e Exception If the condenser pump operates only to ensure frost protection it ru
476. o ensure optimum efficiency Many heat pumps are equipped with electric immersion heaters K25 installed in the flow directly after the condenser The electric immersion heaters can be of the 2 or 3 stage type K25 and K26 If all compressor stages of the cascade are released the electric immersion heater of the heat pump with first priority is released Electric immersion heaters are released according to the same criteria as heat pumps release and reset integral 245 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Refrigeration generator The following switch on criteria are predefined for cooling cascades sequence PRAO cooling only e First all passive generators are released according to their priority e lf this not sufficient to satisfy the demand the active generators are released according to their priority e The stage modulation stage released last is the only stage released for control which means that only this stage is allowed to provide control based on the setpoint and the generator temperature e f active stages are enabled the released passive generators are allowed to switch off passive cooling if their source temperature is too high Source temperature gt setpoint parameter 3004 This ensures that the common flow temperature will not be raised by a source that is too hot In addition With e The stages are released in a way that the gener
477. o ensure the compressor is switched on With brine to water heat pumps the controller automatically raises the minimum source temperature line 2816 by the adjustable value Increase source prot temp during the time the Floor curing function is performed The system tries to maintain the adjusted setpoint minimum source temperature plus Increase source temp min ACS Controller internal measureslf the source temperature approaches the parameterized minimum other plant components are influenced to prevent the temperature from dropping below its minimum The following plant components if installed and controllable are influenced in the following order Strategy Heating Component Internal measure 1 Reduce evaporator differential Source pump speed is increased 2 Reduction of output Compressor Output is reduced 2nd stage is switched off When source is brine only if source protection sensor 5804 B92 i The minimum source temperature is only monitored in heating mode 143 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Times Prerun time source Overrun time source Source startup time max T limit source temp min brine Time limit source temp Line no Operating line 2819 Prerun time source 2820 Overrun time source 2821 Source startup time max 2822 T limit source temp min br
478. o function 3 No No Yes 447 BX6 no function 3 No No J Yes A 452 HX1 no function 3 No No J Yes 453 HX3 no function 3 No No Yes 454 HX31 no function 3 No No Yes 455 HX32 no function 3 No No Yes 456 HX33 no function 3 No No _ Yes 457 BX7 no function 3 No No Yes 462 BX8 no function 3 No No Yes 463 BX9 no function 3 No No Yes 464 BX10 no function 3 No No Yes 465 BX11 no function 3 No No Yes 466 BX12 no function 3 No No l Yes 467 BX13 no function 3 No No Yes 468 BX14 no function 3 No No Yes 469 HX21 no function 3 No No l Yes 470 HX22 no function 3 No No l Yes so 472 Flow sensor cooling 2 B17 6 No No Yes os 473 Flow sensor cooling 3 B18 6 No No Yes cas 474 Flow temp cooling 2 not 6 No No Yes ane reached 476 Suction gas sensor B85 6 No No J No 477 Evapor press sensor H82 6 No No No ase 479 No refrigerant selected 3 No No No as 480 Suction gas sensor EVI B86 6 No No J No 481 Evap press sensor EVI H86 6 No No No sr 482 Evapor temp sensor EVI B87 6 No No No z5 483 Soft starter 2 9 Yes Num No 484 Div valve cool Y45 miss 3 No No Yes s 488 Condens press sensor H83 8 No No l No 489 No cascade master 3 No No Yes 490 Cascade source miss 3 No No Yes 491 Max evaporation temp 9 Yes Num Limitation evap temp max No zas 380 471 Siemens Heat pump contro
479. odule 1 2 3 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 Hot gas sensor B82 Refrig sensor liquid B83 DHW charging sensor B36 DHW outlet sensor B38 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Hot gas sensor B81 Outside sensor B9 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 Room sensor B5 Room setp readjustment 1 Room sensor B52 Room seip readjustment 2 Room sensor B53 Room setp readjustment 3 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 Suction gas sensor B85 Suction gas sensor EVI B86 Evaporation sensor EVI B87 DHW prim contr sensor B35 Common flow sensor 2 B11 Common return sensor B73 Source int circ flow B93 Source int circ return B94 Suction gas sensor cool B88 Refer to function descriptions operating line Sensor input BX1 H2 on extension Line no Operating line Mod 1 Mod 2 Mod 3 modules 1 2 and 3 7311 7386 7461 Function input H2 module 1 2 3 None Optg mode change HCs DHW i Optg mode changeover DHW Optg mode changeover HCs Optg mode changeover HC1 Optg mode changeover HC2 Optg mode change
480. of response of the flow temperature setpoint when the outside temperature varies Example gt 20 Room temperature responds more slowly to outside temperature variations 10 20 This setting is suited for most types of buildings lt 10 Room temperature responds more quickly to outside temperature variations Setting O The function is deactivated The attenuated and the composite temperature are the same as the current outside temperature 358 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Setting the attenuation Central setp compensation Central setp compens cooling Setpoint compensation Line no Operating line 6114 Setp compensation Xp 6115 Setp compensation Tn 6116 Time constant setp compens 6117 Central setp compensation 6119 Central setp compens cooling As long as only one generator is released the attenuated common flow temperature B10 is calculated To calculate the attenuation the following settings can be made e Setp compensation Xp e Setp compensation Tn e Time constant setp compens In the case of cascades the common flow temperature may be too low with cooling cascades too high the reason being larger water volumes on the consumer side although all generators have reached their required setpoints Too low with cooling loads too high common flow temperatures can also occur when due to their own maximum
481. off below temp B83 3014 Switching diff source off 3015 Start speed control B83 3016 End speed control B83 Line no Operating line 3012 Source off below temp B83 3014 Switching diff source off 3015 Start speed control B83 3016 End speed control B83 If the Refrigerant temperature liquid B83 lies below the switch off point Source off below temp B83 the fan or source pump is switched off or is not put into operation The compressor continues to operate The fan is switched on again as soon as the temperature at B83 exceeds the switch off point plus the switching differential The function can be deactivated Setting the switching differential for Source off below temp B83 line 3012 Below the set temperature Start speed control B83 the fan or the source pump operates at the minimum speed line 3011 Start speed control B83 If Refrigerant temperature liquid B83 lies between Start speed control B83 and End speed control B83 the speed is increased in a linear manner until the maximum speed line 3010 Speed max fan source pump is reached If the Refrigerant temperature liquid B83 exceeds the set temperature End speed control B83 the fan or the source pump continues to operate at the set maximum speed line 3010 Speed max fan source pump 199 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Compressor out
482. off for an adjustable period of time Time limit source temp parameter 2827 142 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Source temp min brine pio Switching diff source prot Incr source temp min fl cur Increase source temp min ACS The function shall prevent the source from cooling down excessively It is intended for plants that use geothermal energy as the source of heat If during operation the source outlet temperature drops below Source temp min brine both the pumps and the compressor are switched off for an adjustable period of time T limit source temp min brine parameter 2822 Compared to function Source temp min water line 2815 the following additional differences exist which must be observed e Source prot sens brine HP parameter 5804 can be used to select whether the temperature at the source inlet or source outlet shall be considered e During the time the Floor curing function is performed the controller automatically raises the minimum source temperature by the value set on operating line 2818 During T limit source temp min brine line 2822 the electric immersion heaters installed in the flow are activated After the set maximum source startup time line 2821 the source temperature must exceed the source protection temperature line 2815 or 2816 by at least Switching diff source prot line 2817 t
483. olid fuel boiler pump Q10 ACS Solid fuel boiler mixing valve opens Y9 ACS Solid fuel boiler mixing valve closes Y10 Displays the current values of the solid fuel boiler Supplementary generator Line no Operating line 8585 Control temperature 8586 Suppl source setpoint ACS Status heat demand K27 ACS State suppl source control K32 Displays the current values of the supplementary generator Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Definitions Heating circuit 1 2 3 6 29 Diagnostics consumers For diagnostic purposes the various setpoints actual values relay switching states and meter readings can be displayed Meteo Line no Operating line 8700 Outside temp 8701 Outside temp min 8702 Outside temp max 8703 Outside temp attenuated 8704 Outside temp composite Display of the actual minimum maximum attenuated and composite outside temperature The minimum the maximum and the attenuated outside temperature can be reset directly on the operating lines e The composite outside temperature is the outside temperature filtered by the Time constant building line 6110 Also a 50 direct impact of the outside temperature is considered Temperature variations are slightly averaged e The attenuated outside temperature is the outside temperature filtered twice by the Time
484. oling Bo1 lt T p ast T B92 yY28 A A Y28 wa B91 gt Pa a A pas pe 1 Y28 Ht 2J PN 9 B91 T gt gt Q8 T B92 vy Y28 i Cooling system line 5808 4 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling In passive cooling mode line 3007 n a Condenser pump on Condenser pump off The functions of the common flows are then as follows Common flow 1 Heating Heating passive cooling Heating passive cooling Common flow 2 Passive cooling n a n a General configuration rules e For changeover of the refrigeration flow the 2 valves Y27 and Y28 are available Configuration of these outputs is optional if omitted there will be no configuration error Y27 Switches in active cooling mode Y28 Switches in passive cooling mode e For active cooling process reversing valve Y22 must be installed and configured If that is not the case a configuration error will be reported e The cooling energy consumers must be set to the same type of cooling system 2 pipe or 4 pipe as the heat pump 327 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Cooling with hydraulic changeover Reversal of direction of flow Heat pumps
485. oller can calculate the current coefficient Based on the energy price s for electricity the current costs per kWh heating energy can be calculated In plants operating with a second generator whose energy price per kWh heating energy alternative tariff was entered the heat pump is switched off when its operation is more expensive than that of the alternative generator Variant with alternative tariff e COP characteristic chapter 6 9 section Output data e Energy prices At least heat pump s own electricity high tariff and tariff of alternative generator Required inputs 179 471 CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail Variant without alternative tariff Required inputs Required inputs Required inputs Note on energy prices Release of COP COP characteristic L Considering the tariffs high and low tariff the heat pump may be operated with a less favorable COP during low tariff times than this would be permitted by the COP strategy The reduction of the COP criterion is proportional to the price ratio of low and high tariff For this reason this is primarily an economical criterion e Release of COP line 2904 e COP characteristic chapter 6 9 section Output data e Energy prices At least own electricity high and low tariff COP and energy price The heat pump remains in operation as long as COP and energy price
486. ompressor s output exceeds 66 the setpoint for the speed is increased in a way that at 100 heat pump output the setpoint used for calculating the speed corresponds to the heat pump setpoint This prevents the heat pump from reaching the setpoint when the compressor s output is reduced and the pump s speed is kept at a low level If setpoint reduction is deactivated Pump setpoint reduction 0 C following applies e The pump s speed is reduced only when the compressor delivers 100 output e The compressor s output is reduced only when the pump speed reaches its maximum In all cases following applies The setpoint for speed control is limited to a level of 2 Kelvin below the maximum switch off temperature 135 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Frost prot plant cond pump Control cond pump Prerun time cond pump Overrun time cond pump Line no Operating line 2800 Frost prot plant cond pump Off On 2801 Control cond pump Automatically Temp request Parallel compr operation 2802 Prerun time cond pump 2803 Overrun time cond pump It can be defined whether or not the condenser pump shall be put into operation when frost protection for the plant is activated Off Off The condenser pump does not run when frost protection for the plant is active On The condenser pump runs when
487. on Ready to operate LED flashes Local errors BSB x60 nett LED E i p l F OJ 2359233 b x50 x30 In the case of local errors refer to operating pages Diagnostics heat generation and Diagnostics consumers and the respective chapters in this User Manual Plant specific After commissioning plant specific settings are made for example configuration settings e Settings relating to DHW on operating page DHW e Settings of the source heat pump on operating page Heat pump For overview of all settings refer to chapter 5 the technical explanations of the settings are described in chapter 6 26 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Commissioning 2014 07 30 5 Overview of settings The following table gives an overview of the controller s menus and parameters The availability of menus and parameters on a specific controller depends on the following factors e Controller version e Access level end user commissioning engineer heating engineer e Configurations Active plant diagrams e g buffer storage tank or solar Type of heat pump brine water air Presence and type of extension module and or I O module
488. ondenser pump Electrical imm heater Compressor 2810 Condenser frost protection 2811 Overrun cond frost protect Or 2811 Overrun cond frost protect if gt 2 minutes 139 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Overrun cond frost protect Heating mode Condenser frost protection is ensured by a multi stage process e If the flow temperature B21 or the return temperature B71 falls below the set frost protection level line 2810 the condenser pump is activated e lf after 2 minutes or if longer after Overrun cond frost protect line 2811 both the flow and the return temperature do not reach the frost protection level line 2810 plus 1 Kelvin the electric immersion heater in the flow is switched on as well In the case of a 3 stage electric immersion heater K25 and K26 parameterized both relays are energized e If after another 2 minutes or if longer after Overrun cond frost protect line 2811 both the flow and the return temperature do not reach the frost protection level line 2810 plus 1 Kelvin the electric immersion heater in the flow is switched on as well After successful Condenser frost protection the switch off behavior is as follows e f both the flow and return temperature reach the frost protection level line 2810 plus 1 Kelvin condenser pump electric immersion heater and compressor remain in oper
489. onmental declaration CE1E2357en06 contains data on environmentally compatible product design and assessments RoHS compliance materials composition packaging environmental benefit disposal Storage to EN 60721 3 1 Transport to EN 60721 3 2 Operation to EN 60721 3 3 class 1K3 20 65 C class 2K3 25 70 C class 3K5 20 50 C noncondensing Weight Excl packaging 248 g 456 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Technical data 2014 07 30 Power supply Wiring of terminals Function data 8 3 Extension module AVS75 390 Rated voltage AC 230 V 10 15 Rated frequency 50 60 Hz Power consumption max 4 VA External supply line protection Fuse slow max 10A Or Circuit breaker max 13A Characteristic B C D according to EN 60898 Power supply and outputs solid or stranded wire twisted or with ferrule 1 core 0 5 2 5 mm 2 cores 0 5 1 5 mm 3 cores not allowed Software class A Inputs Digital input H2 safety extra low voltage for potentialfree contacts suitable for low voltage Voltage when contact is open DC 12 V Current when contact is closed DC 3 mA Analog input H2 safety extra low voltage Operating range DC 0 10 V Internal resistance gt 100 kQ Sensor inputs BX21 BX22 NTC 10k QAZ36 QAD36 Pt1000 for collector 5053 9671 ohm readjustment of room temperature setpoint Pe
490. onstantly rising input signal ramp to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the D action The smaller Tv the smaller the D action Setting the running time of the injection valve EVI If a WX output is parameterized for use with an injection valve the running time is calculated from the stepper motor data Parameter Expansion valve EVI run time is only used if the valve is controlled via one of the outputs UX DC 0 10 V Line no Operating line 3071 Threshold hot gas temp EVI 3072 SD hot gas temp EV 3073 Threshold source temp EVI 3074 SD source temp EVI Vapor injection is only on when the compressor is running Vapor injection is activated when the hot gas temperature B81 exceeds Threshold hot gas temp EVI It is switched off again when the hot gas temperature is at a level of SD hot gas temp EVI switching differential below the switch on threshold Vapor injection is activated when the source temperature drops below Threshold source temp EVI It is switched off again when the source temperature is at a level of SD source temp EVI above the switch on threshold 217 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Saturated vapor injection Thresh hot gas temp satur Thresh source temp satur Switch off temp max Line no Operating line 307
491. ontr sensor B15 5574 F Sensor 2 dT controller 1 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Outside sensor B9 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 Room sensor B5 Room sensor B52 Room sensor B53 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 Primary contr sensor B15 5575 F On time min dT contr 1 0 0 250 C 5577 F Pump valve kick K21 On Off On 53 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S F T Be als 5 g 8 o O i A 5 O Delta T controller 2 5580 F Temp diff on dT contr 2 20 0 40 C 5581 F Temp diff off dT contr 2 10 0 40 C 5582 F On temp min dT contr 2 0 30 120 C 5583 F Sensor 1 dT controller 2 Ditto 5573 5584 F Sensor 2 dT controller 2 Ditto 5574 5585 F On time min dT contr 2 0 0 250 C 5587 F Pump valve kick K22 On Off On Dehumidifier 5600F Air dehumidifier Off Off On 5602 F Air dehumidifier r h on 55 0 100 5603 F
492. ooling 1 421 FIOW B 2E AAAA 336 Flow temperature setpoint increase hygro 346 FlOW KZE rii Sach aad Sk aa Sk aaa 336 Forced buffer storage tank charging 181 Operating MOdE cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeees 291 Forced charging ccccccceccseeeeeeeeeeeeeesttneeeeeees 239 ReleaSeri nani Geetha Geni ia Gel 293 Forced charging buffer storage tank 270 Type location cc cccccccecccccsseceeeeeettesesseeeeeees 331 Forced defrosting cccccccccesseeeeeeeeeeeeees 191 415 465 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Index 2014 07 30 Frost ProteCtion ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees 85 Holidays BUNCE A AAA ae ee ee 277 ale eee ees Are tee nee ee cea eee a 83 Plantea E 360 AAAA A cancels tenes 83 Frost protection for the heating circuit 101 Hot gas temp MAX cece eee eeeeetee cette eeeeeettneeeeeees 156 Frost protection for the plant ceeeeeeeees 360 Hot gas temperature ccceeecceeeeees 156 336 CO PUMP eeeeccece eet eeeetneeeeeeeeeeeeetaaeeeeeeeeeteee 110 Hours run eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeenttaaeeeeeees 413 Condenser PUMD ccceeeeeeeeeeettteeeeeeeeetees 136 Hours run Collect overtemp eeeeeeeeseeee 417 AG PUND iait hht 96 Hours run device eessen 366 Solid fuel DOil sssini 268 Hours run solar yield e 417 Frost protection Setpoint cccccceeeee
493. oom r h None None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 1254 Acquisition room temp None Ditto 953 33 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S So a S g 3 O JOJ a gt Oo Buffer storage tank primary controller 1262 F With buffer No No Yes 1263 F With prim contr system pump No No Yes Remote control 1269 F Optg mode changeover Protection None Protection Reduced Comfort Automatic Heating circuit 3 1300 E Operating mode Automatic e Protection Automatic Reduced Comfort Setpoints 1310 E Comfort setpoint 20 0 Line 1312 Line 1316 C 1312 E Reduced setpoint 19 Line 1314 Line 1310 C e 1314 E Frost protection setpoint 10 0 4 Line 1312 1316 F Comfort setpoint max 35 0 Line 1310 35 C e Heating curve 1320 E Heating curve slope 0 8 0 10 4 00 e 1321 F_ Heating curve displacement 0 0 4 5 4 5 C 1326 F Heating curve adaption Off Off On Eco functions 1330 E Summer winter heating limit 18 8 30 C v 1332 F_ 24 ho
494. or is not sufficient For this reason the speed of the source pump is increased if possible aimed at keeping the evaporation temperature as high as possible If the suction gas temperature B85 drops by more than Max deviation suction gas temp ACS below source inlet temperature B91 the speed of the source pump fan is increased As soon as the temperature differential becomes smaller again the increase is reduced neutral zone is 0 5 Kelvin Preliminary remark If in cooling mode the condenser operates in parallel mode the temperatures cannot be compared the same way Therefore in cooling mode the function is active only when a Cond reversing valve Y91 is used Then the suction gas temperature is compared with the temperature acquired by return sensor B71 with action on the condenser pump Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Outp limit with mod source ACS Source pump fan speed with special operating The counter measures described in connection with monitoring of Max condensation temp line 2785 and Switch off temp max line 2844 try to reduce the cooling capacity to prevent the heat pump from shutting down This is reached preferably by reducing the compressor s output Another option is a reduction of the evaporation temperature If there is no electronic expansion valve the last aforementioned measure can be implemented by reduc
495. or text display of the relevant error and maintenance messages These operating lines are used to enter the phone nos of personnel responsible for the relevant error and maintenance messages The assignment of error and maintenance messages to the 5 optional responsibilities is made via the ACS tool parameter not documented Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Function of extension modules 6 24 Configuring the extension modules Line no Operating line 7300 Function extension module 1 2 and 3 7375 None Multifunctional Heating circuit 1 Heating circuit 2 Heating circuit 3 Solar 7450 DHW Primary conitr system pump DHW primary controller Instantaneous water heater Cooling circuit 1 Heating circ cooling circ 1 Solid fuel boiler Cooling circuit 2 Heating circ cooling circ 2 DHW interm circuit controller When selecting a function the extension module s inputs and outputs are assigned functions according to the following table Electrical Connection terminal on the QX21 QX22 QX23 BX21 BX22 H2 H21 H22 connections module Multifunctional i ij i i Heating circuit 1 Y1 Y2 Q2 B1 7 Heating circuit 2 Y5 Y6 Q6 B12 bi Heating circuit 3 Y11 Y12 Q20 B14 j 2 Solar DHW Q5 B6 B31 Primary contr system pump
496. ormed at 24 00 o clock If DHW heating is off operating mode off or Holiday function of the heating circuits active the Legionella function is made up for as soon as DHW heating is switched on again operating mode on or end of holiday period The DHW storage tank is heated up to the adjusted setpoint 55 95 C For the Legionella function to be regarded as fulfilled the sensor at the top of the storage tank B3 or both sensors B3 and B31 must reach the legionella setpoint depending on the type of charging line 5022 that setpoint must then be maintained for the set duration of the function The higher the setpoint the shorter the duration that need be set to reliably kill the legionella viruses in the DHW Defines the period of time during which the legionella setpoint in the storage tank circulation pipes must be maintained During the period of time the Legionella function is performed the DHW circulating pump can be activated A CAUTION When opening the taps during the time the Legionella function is performed there is a risk of scalding 118 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Legio funct circ temp diff Circulating pump Circulating pump release Circulating pump cycling Circulation setpoint Example 1 Example 2 Remote control The circulating pump remains in operation until the temperature acq
497. ot possible with air to water heat pumps Y21 Y1 Y2 T E9 BIEL WO 325 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Parameterizing cooling Refrigeration Cooling system Line no Operating line 5807 Refrigeration Off Active and passive cooling Active cooling Passive cooling 5808 Cooling system 4 pipe system cooling 2 pipe system cooling The setting defines the way the heat pump produces refrigeration Off No generation of refrigeration Active and passive cooling Refrigeration is produced actively or passively Active cooling Refrigeration is always produced actively process reversal Passive cooling Refrigeration is always produced actively source The setting defines the common flow over which the cooling energy reaches the consumer 4 pipe system cooling Cooling takes place via the separate common cooling flow common flow 2 If a DHW request is pending it is satisfied by the heat pump via the common heating cooling flow If there is a refrigeration request pending at the same time it can simultaneously be satisfied via the common cooling flow 2 pipe system cooling Cooling takes place via the common heating cooling flow common flow 1 If a DHW request is pending it is satisfied by the heat pump via the common heating cooling flow If at the same time there is a re
498. ource type Operating lines Tmin 1 Evaporation temperature H82 All types 2825 Min evaporation temp 2 Evaporator temperature B84 Air 2812 Operation limit OT min air 3a Source outlet temperature B92 Brine external 2816 Source temp min brine 3b Source outlet temperature B92_ Water 2815 Source temp min water 4 Source inlet temperature B91 Brine external 2816 Source temp min brine 5 Outside temperature B9 External 2812 Operation limit OT min air Settl time process reversal Settl time ch over lil e f none of the sensors is available or if the respective limitation function Tmin is deactivated there will be no reduction e The function can be deactivated Line no Operating line 2838 Settl time process reversal If the process reversing valve is switched while the compressor is running the heat pump requires a settling time This period of time can be adjusted For the 3 functions below the setpoints and limit values for heating and cooling mode are different To ensure that the heat pump is not switched off the less stringent limit value applies during Settl time process reversal e Minimum evaporation temperature parameter 2825 e Maximum evaporation temperature parameter 2826 e Superheat setpoint parameter 3042 lil The parameter descriptions specify the relevant limit values Line no Operating line 2839 Settl time ch over DHW HC DHW or heating circuit sp
499. over HC3 Error alarm message Consumer request VK1 Consumer request VK2 Release swi pool source heat Release swi pool solar Operating level DHW Operating level HC1 Operating level HC2 Operating level HC3 Room thermostat HC1 Room thermostat HC2 Room thermostat HC3 DHW flow switch Dewpoint monitor Flow temp setp incr hygro Swi on command HP stage 1 Swi on command HP stage 2 Status info suppl source Charg prio DHW sol fuel boil Consumer request VK1 10V Consumer request VK2 10V Pressure measurement 10V Humidity measurement 10V Room temp 10V Flow measurement 10V Temp measurement 10V 7312 7387 7462 Contact type H2 module 1 2 3 NC NO 7314 7389 7464 Voltage value 1 H2 module 1 2 3 7315 7390 7465 Funct value 1 H2 module 1 2 3 7316 7391 7466 Voltage value 2 H2 module 1 2 3 7317 7392 7467 Funct value 2 H2 module 1 2 3 The settings for input H2 on the extension module correspond to a large extent to those for the HX inputs on the basic unit without pulse count flow measurement Hz For descriptions refer to operating line Function input H1 H3 and following 391 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Temperature sensor H2 Function input H21 Function input H22 392 471 Line no Mod 1 7318 Operating line Mod 2
500. ow and B64 in the solar return should be connected If one or both sensors is are missing the controller uses collector sensor B6 or B61 and the respective storage tank sensor B31 or B41 to make the calculation More accurate measurements are made with B63 B64 The 24 hour and total solar energy yield lines 8526 and 8527 are calculated based on these data Since the mixing ratio of the collector medium has an impact on heat transfer the type of antifreeze agent used and its concentration must be entered to be able to determine the energy yield When establishing the yield without external pulse count or flow measurement the flow in liters per hour must be determined according to the pump used und serves for calculating the volume input If the flow is metered via an input Hx this setting must be deactivated Line no Operating line 3886 Pulse count yield None With input H1 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 Parameter Pulse count yield is used to select input Hx for metering the amount of heat or the flow of water None No metering via input Hx This setting is important if the inputs are used for other pulse counts e g acquisition of energy input With input Hx The pulse counter is read by the selected input and the energy determined from it is added to the reading of
501. ow temp setp at OT 35 C 16 6 35 C Eco functions 1212 Cooling limit at OT 20 8 35 C e 1213 F_ Lock time at end of heating 24 8 100 h e 1214 F_ 24 hour cooling limit 3 10 10 C 1215 0 Ext n 24 hour cooling limit Yes No Yes Summer compensation 1218 F Summer comp start at OT 26 20 Line 1219 C e 1219 F_ Summer comp end at OT 35 Line 1218 50 C b 1220 F_ Summer comp setp increase 4 1 10 C e Limitations of flow temperature setpoint 1223 F_ Flow temp setp min OT 25 C 18 6 35 C 1224 F_ Flow temp setp min OT 35 C 18 6 35 C Room influence 1228 F Room influence 80 1 100 e Room temperature limitation 1232 F Room temp limitation 0 5 0 4 C e Optimizations 1235 F Quick increase To Reduced setpoint e Off To Reduced setpoint To Protection setpoint Frost protection 1237 F Frost prot plant CC pump Off Off On Control of mixing valve 1238 F Mixing valve decrease 0 0 20 C 1239 F Actuator type 3 position 2 position 3 position 1240 F Switching differential 2 pos 2 0 20 C 1241 F Actuator running time 120 30 650 S 1242 O Mixing valve Xp 12 1 100 C 1243 O Mixing valve Tn 90 10 650 s 1245 F Mixing valve in heating mode Open Control Open Dewpoint monitoring 1246 F Lock time dewpoint monitor 60 10 600 min 1247 F Flow temp setp incr hygro 10 1 20 C 1248 l Flow setp incr start at r h 60 0 100 1250 1 Flow temp diff dewpoint 2 0 5 C 1253 Acquisition r
502. ow temp setpoint max 80 Line 2110 95 C 2112 0 Flow temp setp cooling min 8 8 20 C System pump 2120 F Frost prot plant syst pump On Off On Control of mixing valve 21300 Mixing valve boost 0 0 50 C 2131 O Mixing valve decrease 0 0 20 C 2132 O Actuator type 3 position 2 position 3 position 2133 O Switching differential 2 pos 2 0 20 C 2134 0 Actuator running time 120 30 650 Ss 2135 0 Mixing valve Xp 24 1 100 C 2136 O Mixing valve Tn 90 10 650 Ss Forced amp Lock 2145 0 DHW charging priority Yes No Yes Plant hydraulics 2150 Primary contr system pump After buffer Before buffer After buffer Primary contr syst pump 2 2160 F Frost prot plant syst pump On Off On 37 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S Se a S E z O JOJ a Oo Heat pump Condenser 2785 0 Max condensation temp 65 8 100 C 2786 O Max condensation temp SD 8 1 20 C 2787 O Max condensation temp red 2 0 20 C Condenser pump Q9 2789 Condenser pump with DHW On Off On 2790F Modulation condenser pump HP setpoint e None HP setpoint Compressor output Temp diff condenser ACS O Modulation condens pump DHW None Heat pump setpoint Compressor outp
503. owever parameters 3120 3189 e The display shows if no Metering function pulse or calculation is selected e With the respective access right the counter can be set to zero via operation and via the ACS tool to any desired value This leads to a fixed day entry The metered and calculated amounts of heat are added to meter reading Heat drawn by source at 1 minute intervals Heat drawn by source heat metered dT volume measured metered K dT volume calculated K K Heat capacity NOTE If the total amount of heat drawn is acquired by measuring metering via input Hx the respective internal calculation functions must be deactivated e Inside the controller the amount of heat drawn for heating mode and DHW charging is acquired separately but displayed is only the total e Inthe case of space cooling mode the amount of energy drawn is not metered e The display shows if no Metering function pulse or volume heat calculation is selected e With the respective access right the ACS tool can be used to set the meter to any desired value This leads to a fixed day entry 227 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Energy brought in The energy increase electricity or gas determined via the pulse count and the calculated energy increase for operation of the source are added to meter reading E
504. p compressor source pump and fan and for the electric immersion heaters With air to water heat pumps the electrical energy required for defrosting is added to the energy input lil When calculating the yearly performance factor cooling mode is not taken into consideration 230 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Definitions Assignment of the acquired flows of energy to space or DHW heating is based on the following operating state definitions Heating mode Heating mode is defined as follows e All operating states which in the following are not specifically defined as DHW heating cooling or defrost mode In heating mode e the acquired energy input is metered as energy used for space heating e the acquired amount of energy delivered is metered as heat used for space heating DHW heating DHW heating is defined as follows e When a charging request with absolute priority is active e When a charging request is active and a diverting valve or separate circuit is configured In DHW heating mode e the energy input is metered as energy used for DHW heating e the energy delivered is metered as heat used for DHW heating All other types of DHW heating are considered to be heating mode operation especially when no or shifting charging priority is selected Cooling mode room Cooling mode is defined as follows cooling e Active cooli
505. p BX22 module 2 28 350 C 7834 1 _ Sensor temp BX21 module 3 28 350 C 7835 1 _ Sensor temp BX22 module 3 28 350 C 7844 I _ Input signal H1 0 65535 7844 Output signal H1 None None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage V 7845 1 Input signal H2 module 1 0 65535 7845 Output signal H2 module 1 None None Closed 000 Open Frequency Hz Voltage V 7845 Input signal H21 module 1 0 65535 7845 1 Output signal H21 module 1 None None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage V 7846 1 _ Input signal H22 module 1 0 65535 72 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S T 5 Zolale 5 g 3 O O r a 5 Oo 7846 Output signal H22 module 1 None None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage V 7847 1 Input signal H2 module 2 0 65535 7847 Output signal H2 module 2 None None Closed 000 Open Frequency Hz Voltage V 7847 Input signal H21 module 2 0 65535 7847 Output signal H21 module 2 None None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage V 7848 1 _ Input signal H22 module 2 0 65535 7848 Output signal H22 module 2 None Closed 000 Open Pulse Frequency Hz Voltage
506. perating level DHW When the contact closes the operating level changes to Reduced Operating level HC1 HC2 HC3 digital If the selected heating circuit operates in Automatic mode and the respective contact is closed a change to the Reduced level is made When the contact closes cooling circuit 1 changes from Automatic mode to Off The setting can be used to control the heating circuits cooling circuit via an external time switch for instance Room thermostat HC1 HC2 HC3 A connected room thermostat sends the Hx input a signal Demand or No demand If there is demand for heat in Comfort mode the room thermostat forwards a heat request for the respective heating circuit to ensure control to the flow temperature setpoint selected under Flow temp setpoint room stat line 742 for HC1 1042 for HC2 and 1342 for HC3 DHW flow switch digital A DHW flow switch is connected to the respective input it detects flow to the point of consumption This enables the controller to detect the start and end of DHW consumption 345 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Pulse count pulse input Pulse count input for the connection of electricity gas heat or flow meters lil Parameter Contact type Hx has no meaning in terms of pulse counting Dewpoint monitor digital To detect the formation of condensation in the cooling circuit a dewpoint monitor ca
507. perating line CC1 CC2 969 1269 Optg mode changeover None Protection Reduced Comfort Automatic With external changeover via the Hx inputs the operating mode to be used next can be selected 114 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Summary Operating mode Tip Optg mode selection Eco o The unit controls the DHW temperature according to the time program or continuously to the required setpoint Priority of DHW charging over space heating can be selected The controller features a Legionella function with a number of setting choices fighting legionella viruses both in the storage tank and in the circulation pipe The circulating pump is controlled to the setpoint according to the selectable time program and the selectable operating mode Line no Operating line 1600 Operating mode Off On Eco 1601 Optg mode selection Eco None DHW storage tank Operating mode can be used to switch DHW charging on off or to switch it to Eco mode If larger DHW temperature variations are acceptable and sufficient free energy is available via solar heating or a solid fuel boiler the Eco function can be used If local regulations relating to the Legionella function are in force they must be observed None Eco does not offer the Operating mode option hidden DHW storage tank Eco mode is used in connectio
508. play of responsibility No display of responsibility Only display of phone no Service Customer service Installer Janitor Administration Refrigeration engineer Hotline 7185 0 Phone no responsibility 3 0 16 Digits 64 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 o e 2 ole 3 3 gt o S 2 5 z S ae als 5 g O JOJ a D Oo 7186 O Text responsibility 4 No display of responsibility No display of responsibility Only display of phone no Service Customer service Installer Janitor Administration Refrigeration engineer Hotline 7187 O Phone no responsibility 4 0 16 Digits 7188 O Text responsibility 5 No display of responsibility No display of responsibility Only display of phone no Service Customer service Installer Janitor Administration Refrigeration engineer Hotline 7189 O Phone no responsibility 5 0 16 Digits Config extension module Module 1 7300 Function extension module 1 None Multifunctional Heating circuit 1 Heating circuit 2 Heating circuit 3 Solar DHW Primary contr system pump DHW primary controller Instantaneous water heater Cooling circuit 1 Heating circ cooling circ 1 Solid fuel boiler Cooling circuit 2 Heating circ cooling circ 2 DHW interm circuit controller 7301
509. pressor 1 E11 431 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 5 Brine to water heat pump with buffer storage tank DHW storage tank with charging pump Q3 and mixing or pump heating circuit B211T K1 E11 GOD M B83 B711 E24 F Multifunctional RVS61 terminals BX1 Buffer sensor B4 BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 432 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 6 Brine to water heat pump with buffer storage tank DHW storage tank with diverting valve Q3 and mixing or pump heating circuit ag a3 pe 7 y7 Y1 Y2 B21 T Q2 K1 E11 TIB1 E26 ON P TiRG E15 F B91 Q8 E14 aoa Multifunctional RVS61 terminals BX1 Buffer sensor B4 BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sen
510. pressor off time min has elapsed When the compressor is started and when the process reversing valve changes over no consideration is given to Max evaporation temp during Max evaporation temp delay ACS If during the adjustable Duration error repetition line 2889 Max evaporation temp is exceeded several times the heat pump goes to lockout as soon as the number of Repetition Error 491 Max evaporation temp ACS is exceeded If the heat pump has gone to lockout it can only be restarted by making a reset For cooling mode Max evaporation temp cooling mode can be set separately ACS When the process reversing valve changes over Max evaporation temp line 2826 is not monitored during Settl time process reversal line 2838 Measures taken by the controller influence the plant components in a way that measures Max evaporation temp will not be exceeded They try to maintain Max evaporation temp minus Max evaporation temp reduction ACS tool The following plant components if installed and controllable are influenced in the following order Strategy Heating Cooling Component Internal measure Component Internal measure 1 1 Reduction of input Expansion valve Evaporation pressure is reduced Expansion valve Evaporation pressure is reduced 1 2 Reduction of input Or Source pump fan Speed is reduced Or Condenser pump Speed is reduced For technical principle
511. protection 121 Room temp limitation 122 Locking time after cooling 288 Off Off 25 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 State DHW End user info level Commissioning heating engineer State code Limiter has tripped Limiter has tripped 3 Manual control active Manual control active 4 Consumption Consumption 199 Keep hot mode active 222 Keep hot mode on Keep hot mode on 221 Recooling via collector 77 Recooling via heat gen HCs 78 Recooling active 53 Discharging prot active 79 Charg time limitation active 80 Charging locked 81 El imm heater locked 271 Limit source temp min 28 Charging lock active 82 Forced max st tank temp 83 Forced max charging temp 84 Forced legionella setp 85 Forced nominal setp 86 Forced charging active 67 Charg opt energy nominal Charg opt energy nominal 249 Charg opt energy legio Charg opt energy legio 250 Charg opt energy EU nom Charg opt energy EU nom 251 Charg opt energy EU legio Charg opt energy EU legio 252 El charging legionella setp 87 El charging nominal setp 88 El charging reduced setp 89 El charging frost prot setp 90 El imm heater released 91 Charg el imm heater 66 Push legionella setp 92 Push nominal setp 93 Push active 94 Charging legionella setp 95 Charging nominal setp 96 Charging reduced setp 97 Charging active 69
512. pump This selection defines the number and types of sensors required and matches functionality to the respective type of heat pump Brine When using geothermal energy for example Water When using ground lake or river water for example Air When using air Externally brine Externally water Externally air When using a generator with external control The external heat pump can be controlled via the X75 outputs The connection of heat pump sensors to the RVS controller is optional Sensors connected to the controller are used and the associated functions are enabled Within a cascade all heat pumps may use the same source pump But a common heat pump is only possible within the same cascade The function supports both heat and refrigeration generators The LPB address of the heat pump to which the source pump is connected is to be entered in Device address ext source In addition the own generator line 5800 must be switched off or must be set to Externally brine or Externally water If by mistake reference is made to a heat pump or own source pump a configuration error appears 499 External source missing This selection defines whether the source inlet sensor B91 or the source outlet sensor B92 is used for the source protection function 329 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Line no Operating line
513. put The speed of the source pump fan is controlled according to the compressor output currently released The action depends on the type of heat pump e 1 stage compressor When the compressor is in operation the source pump fan runs at maximum speed e 2 stage compressor When both compressors are in operation the source pump fan runs at maximum speed When one compressor is in operation the source pump fan runs at minimum speed e Modulating compressor With this function the speed of the source pump fan depends directly on the compressor s current output If the compressor s output is lt 20 the source pump fan constantly operates at minimum speed If the compressor s output is 280 the source pump fan constantly operates at maximum speed 100 Speed source pump fan Output compressor a are a 235523009 Times 200 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Further settings Parameters Xp Tn and Tv Speed fan source pump Xp Speed fan source pump Tn Speed fan source pump Tv Temp diff evaporator Speed control tries to attain the parameterized and required temperature differential line 2823 Req temp diff evaporator of source flow and source return sensor B91 B92 For cooling mode a separate sepoint can be adjusted Required temp diff evaporator cooling mode ACS If the source return temperature B92 is no
514. put test displays the measured sensor values without any readjustment The readjusted temperature values used for the control are shown on menu Diagnostics heat generation The readjustment state is displayed on the room unit HMI directly by the readjustment parameters for the flow and the return sensor double display The ACS service tool displays the state on a separate operating line The readjustment state is maintained even after power down Not readjusted The values were not readjusted neither manually nor automatically or automatic readjustment was aborted or did not work Manually readjusted At least one of the readjustment values was changed via operation Automatically readjusted The sensors were calibrated using automatic sensor readjustment The readjustment values were not changed anymore afterwards Readjustment running Pump prerun was started for automatic sensor readjustment The readjustment has not yet been made 206 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Operation with 2 suction gas sensors Superheat control SHC K1 E11 B81 2355285 Evaporator Condenser B85 Suction gas temperature H82 Evaporation pressure evaporation temperature calculated via refrigerant characteristic v81 Electronic expansion valve EEV K81 Magnetic valve MV In the case of reversible heat pumps a separate suction gas sensor B88 can
515. q cool set here a second refrigeration generator is switched on When the value is increased additional refrigeration generators are switched on at a slower rate When the value is decreased additional refrigeration generators are switched on at a faster rate If the common flow temperature B10 or B11 lies by more than half the Neutral zone cooling cascade below the required common flow temperature setpoint the reset integral is calculated If the demand for refrigeration exceeds the Res integr source seq cool set here the refrigeration generator with the lowest priority is switched off When the value is increased refrigeration generators in the case of excess refrigeration remain in operation for longer periods of time When the value is decreased refrigeration generators are switched off at a faster rate Release and reset integral are calculated based on the temperature differential of setpoint and actual value of the common flow If the cascade flow temperature B10 drops below its setpoint by the adjustable neutral zone for explanation see below the release integral is calculated If in addition to the cascade flow temperature sensor a cascade return temperature sensor is connected the temperature acquired by the warmer sensor is used If the heat produced drops below the demand by the Release integral source seq set here another generator is switched on When the value is increased additio
516. r 0 off 1 on 0 100 Shows the degree of modulation in currently output to the actuator 0 100 Shows the degree of modulation in currently fed back by the actuator Steps to be taken to put Modbus in operation 1 Connect Modbus clip in OCI350 01 via the enclosed 6 pole connecting cable to the RVS61 socket X60 2 Interconnect the Modbus devices A B REF 3 Switch on the terminating resistor at the first and last Modbus device on OCI350 01 via DIP switches 4 Perform Power Up on the RVS61 5 Make the parameter settings Modbus menu 1 Check LED yellow on the OCI350 01 Off No communication e g no connection Flashing Telegrams are received or sent 2 The following error messages must no longer appear 495 Modbus no comm cation e g actuator missing 500 Modbus configuration e g device other than the selected connected 3 Check actuator functions using the Modbus test parameters Also the Modbus actuators might offer additional test choices 403 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Messages State heating circuit 1 3 404 471 6 26 State The current operating state of the plant is visualized in the form of state displays Usually this takes place in the form of info texts Line no Operating line 8000 State heating circuit 1 8
517. r CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 State solar State solid fuel boiler State buffer 408 471 End user info level Commissioning heating engineer State code Manual control active Manual control active 4 Fault Fault 2 Frost prot collector active Frost prot collector active 52 Recooling active Recooling active 53 Max st tank temp reached Max st tank temp reached 54 Evaporation prot active Evaporation prot active 55 Overtemp prot active Overtemp prot active 56 Max charging temp reached Max charging temp reached 57 Charg DHW buffer swi pool Charg DHW buffer swi pool 151 Charging DHW buffer Charging DHW buffer 152 Charging DHW swi pool Charging DHW swi pool 153 Charging buffer swi pool Charging buffer swi pool 154 Charging DHW Charging DHW 58 Charging buffer Charging buffer 59 Charging swimming pool Charging swimming pool 60 Min charg temp not reached 61 Temp diff insufficient 62 Radiation insufficient Radiation insufficient 63 End user info level Commissioning heating engineer State code Manual control active Manual control active 4 Fault Fault 2 Overtemp prot active Overtemp prot active 56 Assisted firing active Assisted firing active 163 Protective start Protective start 11 Return limitation Return limitation 13 Overrun active Overrun active 17 Residual h
518. r calibration function can be used to readjust the 2 heat pump sensors B21 flow and B71 return with the following parameters and to calibrate them against one another If the temperature differential of flow and return sensor is used to determine the energy delivered the sensors need to be calibrated against one another due to the relative large sensor tolerances The calibration must be made on the sensors actually used in the plant If possible the sensors should be calibrated at a temperature level of between 20 C and 40 C The deviation of both sensors and the required readjustment should normally be lt 1 Kelvin and should not exceed 2 Kelvin Line no Operating line 3030 Auto readj HP cond sensor Off Now After pump prerun 3031 Readj HP flow sensor 3032 Readj HP return sensor 3033 Readj status Not readjusted Manually readjusted Automatically readjusted Readjustment running Automatic Automatic readjustment ensures that with the same temperatures at the flow and readjustment return sensor the values used for the control and the calculation of the yearly performance factor are the same A calibration using absolute temperatures is not done NOTE Both sensor elements must be brought to the same temperature before making the automatic readjustment Auto readj HP cond sensor Now Setting Now triggers instantly automatic sensor readjustment During the calibration
519. r is added to meter reading Heat delivered Energy brought in The energy of the electric immersion heater is added to meter reading Energy brought in Both The energy of the electric immersion heater is added to meter readings Heat delivered and Energy brought in The energy input is calculated based on the number of hours run and the output of the electric immersion heaters lines 5740 and 5872 Line no Operating line 3195 Electric pump power heating 3196 Electric pump power DHW The electric pumping power set here is used by the controller to calculate the energy required for operating these pumps power DHW This energy is calculated based on the running time and if required and the degree of modulation to be added to the energy input according to operating line 3113 This means that the performance factor also gives consideration to the pumps power consumption line 3116 232 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Pulse count source Pulse valency Heat input Source Line no Operating line 3250 Pulse count source None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 Parameter Pul
520. r off time min WP Heat pump switching state 0 off 1 on Comp Compensation of surplus heat resulting from running time 176 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Duration error repetition Lil Number DHW charg attempts Heat pump protection during DHW charging Delay mains fault Line no Operating line 2889 Duration error repetition If within this period of time the same fault occurs more often than set under Number of error repetitions lockout is triggered For Number of error repetitions refer to chapter 6 21 Line no Operating line 2893 Number DHW charg attempts This number determines how many times DHW charging or forced buffer storage tank charging may be aborted until either the electric immersion heater installed in the flow or that in the DHW storage tank completes the charging process The heat pump is switched off when high pressure switch E10 HD pressostat trips during DHW charging or because the hot gas or flow temperature approaches its maximum Number DHW charg attempts parameter 2893 is used to select whether charging is aborted immediately or whether the heat pump shall make a certain number of charging attempts In the case of several attempts the heat pump starts the next charging attempt each time the minimum off time Compressor off time min Parameter 2843 has elapsed If the
521. rage tank Control is effected via the buffer storage tank s automatic generation lock See parameter 4720 e Inthe case of control with a buffer or combi storage tank the buffer storage tank sensor at the top B4 the storage tank sensor at the bottom B41 and the relevant source sensor must be installed e f the buffer storage tank sensor at the bottom B41 is missing the controller uses the return temperature sensor B71 to switch the heat pump off If a solar application is configured sensor B41 is not considered for full charging of the buffer storage tank Sensor B71 is switched off Sensor B41 is reserved for the Solar function A number of factors determine which sensor is used to control to which setpoint The following table provides an overview of the plant configurations and sensors used to maintain the various setpoints Prerequisite is always a valid heat request to the heat pump Behavior in case of faults is not considered here and not all cases listed may represent practical plant configurations Request from B21 B71 B10 5810 Compressor K1 message Electric immersion heaters K25 K26 storage tank Sensors Setpoint SD Sensors Setpoint SD No Off 138 No control sensor HP Off ok Off 138 No control sensor HP B10 Tvw 1K ok B71 Trw 2840 2 B71 Trw 2840 2 ok ok
522. rating page Configuration and confirm by pressing the OK button The controller operates with the attenuated outside temperature The previous data of the attenuated outside temperature are undefined at the time of commissioning and must be reset 1 Call up user level Commissioning as described above 2 Use the knob to select operating page Diagnostics consumers and confirm by pressing the OK button The operating lines of the operating page are displayed 3 Use the knob to select operating line 8703 Outside temperature attenuated Reset 4 Press the OK button Yes flashes 5 Confirm by pressing the OK button The attenuated outside temperature is reset 6 Press the ESC button to exit the menus as required e Check the controller s inputs and outputs hardware Call up operating page Input output test and give consideration to the respective chapters of this User Manual e Analyze errors and evaluate messages Call up operating pages Diagnostics heat generation and Diagnostics consumers and give consideration to the respective chapters in this User Manual e Check controller s current operating state and adjust it Call up operating page State and give consideration to the respective chapters in this User Manual 25 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Commissioning 2014 07 30 LEDs Controller and extension modules are equipped with an LED LED off No power LED
523. rature protection function for collector Mixing PUMP 00 0 cece eee eteteeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 610 oC 5 Yale 278 290 Mixing valve 1 2 cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 321 Overtemperature protection pump heating circuit 96 Mixing valve boost ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 97 126 DHW storage tank n se 298 P Mixing valve control cooling cceeeceeeeeees 110 Parallel displacement cccceecceeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 86 Mixing valve decrease 126 Parameter listka aaas 27 Mixing valve group 1 355 Performance factor esseere 227 Modulation Phone no responsibility 0 ceeeeeesseeeeeeees 388 COMPIeSSOL ccceeeeeeeeeeeccneeeeeeeeeeeenenaaeees 167 Plant diagram ccccccccceeeeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeestateeeeeees 363 Monitoring Manual selection ccceccecceseeeeeeeeeeteetaees 320 Dewpoint AAA ee 112 PIOSCtlING x eet es 320 Monitoring pressure cccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 361 Plant diagrams n enesenn 427 MOUN NG insin eee 11 Prerun time cond pump s 136 Prerun tiMe SOUMCE cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeees 144 N Pressure measurement eeren 347 NODION Siniristi 117 Pressure switch Nominal setpoint SOU OO e e ea a a E en 351 Maxi ae a e a a a 116 Primary controller NTC 10K E 461 GOOING sis E A E ET 114 NTC R E A a E a 460 461 Process reversal Number Settling time o oo cece eee eee eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeteee 152 DHW charg attempts ceeeeeeeteeee
524. rce circuit e g because heat exchanger is soiled 16 Differential evaporator min week exceeded 3 Too much flow through the source circuit or heat pump s output is not sufficient e g loss of refrigerant 17 Heat pump time interval exceeded 6 Time since maintenance 18 Water pressure 2 too low 9 Water pressure 2 in the heating circuit below the set limit 21 Flue gas temp too high 6 Maximum flue gas temperature exceeded 22 Water pressure 3 too low 9 Water pressure 3 in the heating circuit below the set limit Economy mode During intermediate seasons the demand for heat can possibly be met by ecological heat sources such as solar or wood fired boilers In that case conventional producers such as heat pumps or electrical immersion heaters are locked This option can be released or locked via Economy function line 7119 Using operating line Economy function the enduser can switch off the heat pump or electrical immersion heaters for any desired period of time Line no Operating line 7119 Economy function Locked Released 7120 Economy mode Off On Economy function Locked Economy mode 386 471 Economy mode is not possible Released Economy mode can be activated Off Economy mode is deactivated On Economy mode is activated all electric immersion heaters are locked and the heat pump is put into operation only if DHW charging is required Siemens Building Technologie
525. re is increased by the parameterized negative reduction during the time DHW is charged If the flow reaches the increased switch off temperature DHW charging is aborted The compressor continues to operate if soace heating calls for heat The flow temperature is not monitored during the settling time On completion of the settling time the compressor is switched off when the maximum switch off temperature is reached If the flow or return temperature approaches the maximum switch off temperature compressor 2 should be switched off before compressor 1 reaches its limitation For this reason compressor 2 always switches off at the maximum switch off temperature minus the reduction and no status message will appear Only the second stage is initially switched off if a negative reduction is parameterized and both compressor stages operate for DHW charging The flow temperature is not monitored during the settling time If on completion of the settling time the flow temperature returns to a level above the increased switch off temperature DHW charging is aborted Only the second stage is initially switched off if a negative reduction is parameterized and both compressor stages operate for space heating The flow temperature is not monitored during the settling time If on completion of the settling time the flow temperature returns to a level above the maximum switch off temperature the first stage is switched off as well NOTE
526. re is no circulation around control sensor B36 when the mixing valve is fully closed Or intermediate circuit pump Q33 is not allowed to run continuously run when the setpoint is not reached plant diagram 3 If in addition there is no hot gas sensor there is no criterion for the mixing valve to open or for the pump to switch on In this case the start kick enables high temperature charging to start correctly After a delay time of 2 minutes upon the compressor s activation the pump for DHW high temp charging duration start kick ACS is switched on and the mixing valve opens by 5 If the setpoint is not reached after this period of time the mixing valve is closed and the pump is switched off again A new start kick is made as soon as the temperature differential of the generator s current flow and the storage tank has dropped by 5 Kelvin If the start kick is deactivated DHW HighT dur kick high temperature charging is started as soon as the charging temperature is high enough In this case it must be made certain that the temperature at charging sensor B36 reaches the required level automatically The hot gas temperature of the heat pump is the hottest point in this system and determines the maximum charging temperature in the current operating state If hot gas sensor B81 is installed its information is used to start and stop high temperature charging High temperature charging is released as soon as the ho
527. refer to parameter 3056 147 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 148 471 Line no Operating line 2829 Ext range min evap temp 2830 Max dur ext min evap temp This function allows the evaporation temperature to drop below its minimum limit for a certain period of time When the function is activated Min evaporation temp line 2825 is reduced by the set differential Ext range min evap temp When Max dur ext min evap temp has elapsed the normal limit of parameter 2825 applies again e The time the heat pump operated in the extended range is accumulated by an hours run meter and shown on line 8448 menu Diagnostics heat generation e Inthe case of air to water heat pumps minimum source temperature monitoring line 2812 Operation limit OT min air also applies to the extended range Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Compressor control without buffer or combi storage tank Required sensors Compressor If there is no buffer or combi storage tank the compressor is switched on and off according to the return temperature B71 and the Switching diff return temp line 2840 The return temperature setpoint is used to calculate the switch on or switch off point It is calculated based on the demanded flow temperature setpoint and t
528. reset 352 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Low pressure switch E9 Input of a low pressure switch AC 230 V upstream of the compressor High pressure switch E10 Input of a high pressure switch AC 230 V downstream from the compressor Overload compressor 1 E11 Input of an overload protection signal AC 230 V at compressor 1 Error alarm message Input of an external error alarm signal AC 230 V Mains supervision E21 For mains supervision the phase needs to be connected to the appropriately defined Ex input Mains supervision monitors power supply to the compressor If a mains fault is continuously present during the period of time set under Delay mains fault line 2894 the compressor is shut down for the minimum off time The controller delivers error message Mains fault If the mains fault occurs again within Duration error repetition line 2889 for at least the delay time the heat pump initiates lockout if the preselected permitted number of faults have been exceeded The controller delivers error message 385 Mains undervoltage The heat pump must be manually reset Pressure diff defrost E28 Receives the signal delivered by a differential pressure switch Due to the pressure differential across the evaporator the switch detects the formation of ice and triggers defrosting Pres sw source int circ E29 Takes the signal delivered by
529. reset Manual defrost E17 Manual defrost is triggered by activating the appropriately defined Ex input Common fault HP E20 Takes a common fault and sets the heat pump to the fault state For the heat pump to be switched on again the common fault must disappear and Min off time line 2843 must have elapsed Fault soft starter E25 Takes the fault status signal delivered by an external compressor soft starter In the event of an active fault the controller switches the compressor off When the fault status message is no longer present the heat pump is released again 3 phase current For monitoring the 3 phase current the 3 phases must be connected to inputs Ex5 Ex6 and Ex7 in the correct order L1 L2 and L3 The controller monitors the correct temporal order of the 3 phases Any phase asymmetry phase interruption or too low rated voltage of one or several phases is regarded as a 3 phase error If the 3 phase error is continuously present during the period of time set under Delay mains fault line 2894 the compressor is shut down for the minimum off time The controller delivers status message 355 3 ph curr asymmetric If the 3 phase error occurs again within Duration error repetition line 2889 for at least the delay time the heat pump initiates lockout if the preselected permitted number of faults have been exceeded The controller delivers error message 355 3 ph curr asymmetric The heat pump must be manually
530. result can be produced or an undesired state can occur if the respective note is not observed Qualified personnel Correct use Only qualified personnel are allowed to perform the tasks on the device system covered by this document Qualified personnel in the context of the safety related notes contained in this document are persons who owing to their education and experience are able to identify and avoid risks that might occur in connection with the device system The device system may only be used in building services plant and applications as described in this document Transport storage mounting installation and commissioning as intended as well as careful operation are prerequisites to ensure safe and trouble free operation of the products The permissible environmental conditions must be observed The information given in chapter Technical data and the notes relating to the respective pieces of documentation must be observed Fuses switches wiring and earthing must comply with local safety regulations for electrical installations Local and currently valid legislation must be observed Disclaimer The content of this document has been checked to ensure it accords with the described hardware and firmware Nevertheless discrepancies cannot be excluded so that full accordance cannot be guaranteed The information given in this document is checked at regular intervals any corrections necessary will be incl
531. rm sensor cables copper Cross sectional area 0 25 05 0 75 1 0 15 mm Max length 20 40 60 80 120 m Outputs Relay outputs Rated current range AC 0 02 2 2 A Switch on current max 15 A for lt 1s Total current max AC 6 A all relays External supply line protection Refer to section Power supply Interfaces BSB 2 wire connection noninterchangeable Cable length max 200 m basic unit peripheral device max 400 m max cable capacitance Total cable length 60 nF Cross sectional area min 0 5 mm 457 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Technical data 2014 07 30 Degree of protection Directives and Standards Climatic conditions Protection class If correctly installed low voltage live parts meet the requirements of safety class II according to EN 60730 1 Protection degree of housing IPOO according to EN 60529 Degree of pollution 2 according to EN 60730 1 Product standard EN 60730 1 Automatic electrical controls for household and similar use Electromagnetic compatibility Applications For use in residential commerce light industrial and industrial environments EU Conformity CE CE1T2357xx4 Environmental compatibility The product environmental declaration CE1E2357en06 contains data on environmentally compatible product design and assessments RoHS compliance materials composition packaging environmental benefit disposal S
532. roducer this parameter must be set to No Yes The Ecobit of the external producer is considered and the cascade is controlled according to the available producers 370 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Clock Clock mode Outside temp source 6640 Clock mode Autonomously Slave without remote setting Slave with remote setting Master 6650 Outside temp source This setting defines the action of the system time on the controller s time settings The effects are as follows Autonomously The time of day can be readjusted on the controller The controller s time of day is not matched to the system time Slave without remote setting The time of day on the controller cannot be readjusted The controller s time of day is constantly and automatically matched to the system time Slave with remote setting The time of day can be readjusted on the controller at the same time the system time is adapted since the change is adopted from the master Nevertheless the controller s time of day is automatically and continuously matched to the system time Master The time of day can be readjusted on the controller The time of day on the controller is used for the system The system time is adapted The LPB plant requires only 1 outside sensor This sensor is connected to any controller and delivers via LPB the signal to the controllers wit
533. rost protection plant line 6120 are summarized Outside Pump Diagram temperature lt 4 C Continuously on ON 5 1 5 C 10 minutes on at an interval of about 6 hours takt cycle gt 1 5 C Continuously off OFF ON EE a takt OFF i K g T i T T T T T T T 6 5 4 3 2 14 0 2 3 4 TA 268 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Residual heat function Residual heat fct dur max Residual heat fct trigg Parameters Xp Line no Operating line 4190 Residual heat fct dur max 4192 Residual heat fct trigg Once Several times Overrun of the boiler pump ensures that the boiler circuit s residual heat is dissipated This makes certain that overtemperatures will not occur preventing the safety limit thermostat from tripping The Residual heat function is aborted after the set maximum time at the latest The Residual heat function can be performed once or if required several times Once When ended the Residual heat function remains deactivated Several times The Residual heat function is resumed when the switch on criteria are fulfilled Line no Operating line 4201 Pump speed min 4203 Pump speed max Using these settings minimum and maximum limitation of the pump speed is provided Line no Operating line 4203 Speed Xp 4204 Speed Tn The speed of the so
534. rrent output If the compressor s output is lt 20 the speed of the condenser pump is maintained at the minimum If the compressor s output is 280 the speed of the condenser pump is maintained at the maximum Speed condenser pump Output compressor 2355242 90 80 Output compressor 80 70 60 50 40 30 4 20 Output compressor 20 Time s T T T T T T T T T 1 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Temp diff condenser The strategy controls the pump speed such that the parameterized temperature differential of heat pump flow and heat pump return is maintained e Setting for heating mode via Req temp diff condenser line 2805 e If the strategy is used for DHW charging as well either explicitly or implicitly Req temp diff condens DHW ACS offers a separate setting e In cooling mode parameter Temp diff cond cooling mode line 3008 is used 132 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Condenser pump speed under special operating conditions In general the condenser pump s speed is controlled according to the selected control strategy line 2790 ff However with certain operating states the selected control strategy is not suited or cannot be applied The following table shows the condenser pump s speed behavior in such cases
535. rrupted irrespective of the setting made a3 3 If DHW charging is interrupted because the Q a heat pump exceeded the permissible number S of charging attempts line 2893 the electric O immersion heater K6 if installed completes the charging process If no electric immersion heater is installed DHW charging is resumed as soon as the K6 5 DHW storage tank temperature drops by the preset DHW switching differential 2358A05 The following criteria can lead to abortion of DHW charging by the heat pump e The heat pump cannot end DHW charging due to a high pressure fault e The heat pump must stop DHW charging because the hot gas or flow temperature approaches its maximum value The permissible approach to the maximum value is preset When the DHW storage tank reaches Max charg abortion temp DHW charging is aborted but then ended by the electric immersion heater or the supplementary source If when DHW charging is started the temperature at sensor B3 lies less than 1 C below Max charg abortion temp charging is directly provided by the electric immersion heater or the supplementary producer Function Max charg abortion temp is only available when both the DHW storage tank and the heat pump are controlled by the same controller 288 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Discharging protection Disch
536. rvision of evaporation Evaporation heat carrier Impact evaporation superv Speed control Pump speed min max Speed control Parameters Xp and Tn Line no Operating line 3860 Evaporation heat carrier 3862 Impact evaporation superv On own collector pump On both collector pumps If there is a risk of evaporation of the heat transfer medium due to high collector temperatures the collector pump is deactivated to prevent it from overheating This is a Pump protection function In the case of collector fields equipped with 2 collector pumps it can be selected if only the pump of the collector circuit with risk of evaporation or if both pumps shall be deactivated Line no Operating line 3870 Pump speed min 3871 Pump speed max The speed range of the solar pump is limited by a permissible minimum and maximum speed Line no Operating line 3872 Speed Xp 3873 Speed Tn e For speed control the charging setpoint for the storage tank with the first charging priority and the collector temperature are used A PI controller calculates the speed required to ensure that the collector temperature lies 2 Kelvin below the switch on temperature e f the collector temperature rises due to increased solar irradiance the speed is raised If the collector temperature drops below this setpoint the speed is reduced Parameters can be set to define a minimum and maximum pump
537. rz 1 0 4 T T mae 0 bh poh ROW Doped 1 Number of free f j T T T T T T T T 0 12 34 5 6 generators l I NI i S oe ro EE ak Ve Current stage S 01234567 89 101112 sequence iB N For a heat refrigeration generator to switch on Switch on delay or Switch on delay cooling must at least have elapsed The locking time ensures that the lag generator is allowed enough time to switch on This prevents too frequent cycling of the generators When a DHW request is made the locking time is a maximum of 1 minute Siemens Building Technologies CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Heat pump controller The settings in detail Substitute common flow temp Heating only cooling common flow 1 Line no Operating line 3538 Substitute common flow temp e With common flow sensor B10 Whenever a common flow sensor B10 is connected is used for acquiring the cascade flow temperature e Without common flow sensor B10 If a common flow sensor B10 is not connected the cascade flow temperature is calculated depending on the setting of parameter Substitute common flow temp None No backup temperature is used for the cascade flow temperature If a cascade is installed the order the cascade operates is calculated solely based on the output balance Highest source value The currently highest generator temperature determines the common flow temperature e When a heat request to the cascade is made the generators
538. s Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Emergency operation Emergency operation Emergency op function type Simulation Simulation outside temp Defrosting refrigerant Triggering defrost Pumping off refrigerant Manual interventions simulations If the heat pump does not operate properly emergency operation can be started Emergency operation allows the plant to be operated with the available electric immersion heaters flow buffer storage tank DHW storage tank In that case the compressor remains off Line no Operating line 7141 Emergency operation Off On 7142 Emergency op function type Manually Automatically Emergency operation can be manually switched on and off Off Emergency operation is off On Emergency operation is on Manually Emergency operation can only be switched on and off via parameter Emergency operation line 7141 Automatically e Emergency operation switches itself on whenever the heat pump becomes faulty It switches itself off again when the fault is rectified and if required a reset is made e The functionality described under Manual is also available Line no Operating line 7150 Simulation outside temp To facilitate commissioning and fault tracing outside temperatures in the range from 50 50 C can be simulated During simulation the current the composite and the attenuate
539. s N1901 QAMZ22 Air quality sensor for air ducts N1901 Field devices VEL71 Electronic refrigerant valve N4727 SRAQ1 Valve coil N4727 Housing covers and demo cases AGS7A 100 Housing for wall mounting 2359 AVS38 291 Dummy cover 96 x 144 mm 2359 KF8921 1 Demo case for RVS61 843 2359 8 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Summary 2014 07 30 1 1 Type summary 1 1 1 Topology Wired room units Internet Router O Oi Ethernet ash Service Acs790 Room unit Web Browser Room unit A 2355Z10a Service _acs790 Modbus A 0ZS164 23 OCI350 01 OZW672 HMI Controller Extension Module Outside Temperature J mmi Picabea man Wireless room units on Internet Router Ethernet 2 WLAN Service ACS790 fa Web Browser z Outside 7 G 2 Temperature AVS13 399 2355Z11a Repeater Room unit AVS14 390 QAA58 RF module BSB RF module AVS71 393 AVS71 390 0z8164 23 OZW672 Controller Extension Module a a miii i m E RF module and RF module BSB only alternatively R
540. s calculated based on the cooling curve depending on the composite outside temperature This compensation variant demands a correct adjustment of the cooling curve since in that case the control gives no consideration to the room temperature 108 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Weather compensation with room influence Example Room compensation alone pio Room temperature limitation The deviation of the current room temperature from the setpoint is acquired and taken into account when controlling the room temperature This way consideration is given to room temperature deviations ensuring more accurate room temperature control The authority of the deviation is set as a percentage value The better the reference room conditions correct room temperature correct mounting location etc the higher the value can be set Approx 60 Good reference room Approx 20 Unfavorable reference room To provide the function following must be considered e A room sensor must be connected e Room influence must be set to a value between 1 and 99 e There should be no thermostatic radiator valves in the reference room mounting location of room sensor if such valves are installed they must be fully opened The flow temperature is controlled depending on the room temperature setpoint the current room temperature and its progression
541. se count heat is used to select an input Hx for metering the amount of heat or the volumetric flow of water None No metering via input Hx This setting is important if the inputs are used for other pulse counts With input Hx The pulse counter is read via the selected input and the energy value or flow determined with it is used for metering the amount of heat drawn It is important that input Hx selected here is also set in the configuration for the Pulse count Line no Operating line 3252 Pulse unit source None kWh Liter 3253 Pulse value source numer 3254 Pulse value source denom The value of a pulse is entered with 3 setting parameters as a quotient nominator and denominator and the physical unit Pulse unit source kWh The pulses or their energy values are added directly to the meter reading for the amount of heat drawn Pulse unit source liters The pulses or their volume values are multiplied by the measured temperature differential and the heat capacity of the source medium and then added as thermal energy to the meter used for the heat drawn Pulse valency numerator denominator unit Example 1 Pulse value source numer 10 Pulse value source denom 1 Pulse unit source liters gt Pulse valency 10 liters pulse Example 2 Pulse value source numer 1 Pulse value source denom 1 Pulse unit source kWh gt Pulse valency 1 pulse kWh 233 471 Siemens Heat pu
542. sed for the magnetic valve of the superheat controller Valve EVI K82 The relay is used for the magnetic valve of vapor injection Valve injection capillary K83 The relay is used for the magnetic valve of saturated vapor injection dT controller 1 K21 K22 Relays K21 and K22 are used for the delta T controllers 340 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Source int circ pump Q81 Circulating pump in the source intermediate circuit Provides extra functionality in connection with the defrost process with air to water heat pumps When defrosting with the compressor process reversal Q81 remains activated while the fan K19 is switched off Source int circ div Y81 Diverting valve in the source intermediate circuit For plants using extraneous heat to defrost see parameter 2955 Y81 is activated during the defrost phase see diagram below where in the other cases defrosting is ensured by the compressor process reversal E30 E29 Evaporator Condenser 2355281 lil Another application are plants that use both geothermal energy and air as a source In this type plant Y81 is used to disconnect the geothermal probe during the defrost process with the compressor no diagram DHW heat pump K33 For the control of an external DHW heat pump System pump 2 Q44 The connected pump serves as a system pump for the supply of cooling energy to other consu
543. selected input and the energy determined from it is added to the meter reading for the amount of heat delivered It is important that input Hx selected here is also set in the configuration for the Pulse count Line no Operating line 3092 Pulse unit heat None kWh Liter 3093 Pulse value heat numer 3094 Pulse value heat denom The value of a pulse is entered with 3 setting parameters as a quotient nominator and denominator and the physical unit Pulse unit heat kWh The pulses or their energy values are added directly to the meter reading for the amount of heat delivered Pulse unit heat liters Using the pulses or their volume value the acquired temperature differential of flow and return plus the specific heat capacity of water the thermal energy is calculated and then added to the meter reading for the amount of heat delivered Pulse valency numerator denominator unit Example 1 Pulse value heat numer 10 Pulse value heat denom 1 Pulse unit heat liters gt Pulse valency 10 liters pulse Example 2 Pulse value heat numer 1 Pulse value heat denom 1 Pulse unit heat kWh gt Pulse valency 1 pulse kWh 222 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Flow measurement 10 V Hz Flow measurement heat Calculation of flow Flow heating Flow DHW Line no Operating line 3095 Flow measurement heat None
544. sensor liquid B83 6 No No Yes 1 installer 50 DHW sensor 1 B3 6 No No Yes 1 installer 52 DHW sensor 2 B31 6 No No Yes 1 installer 54 DHW flow sensor B35 6 No No Yes 1 installer 57 DHW circulation sensor B39 6 No No Yes 1 installer 60 Room sensor 1 6 No No Yes 1 installer 65 Room sensor 2 6 No No Yes 1 installer 68 Room sensor 3 6 No No Yes 1 installer 70 Storage tank sensor 1 B4 6 No No Yes 1 installer 71 Storage tank sensor 2 B41 6 No No Yes 1 installer 72 Storage tank sensor 3 B42 6 No No l Yes 1 installer 73 Collector sensor 1 B6 6 No No Yes 1 installer 74 Collector sensor 2 B61 6 No No J Yes 1 installer 76 Special sensor 1 Bx 3 No No Yes 1 installer 81 LPB short circuit comm 6 No No Yes 5 none 82 LPB address collision 3 No No l Yes 5 none 83 BSB short circuit 8 No No Yes 5 none 84 BSB address collision 3 No No l Yes 5 none 85 BSB Radio communication 8 No No l Yes 5 none 98 Extension module 1 8 No No Yes 5 none 99 Extension module 2 8 No No Yes 5 none 100 2 clock time masters 3 No No Yes 5 none 102 Clock without backup 3 No No Yes 5 none 103 Communication failure 3 No No Yes 5 none 105 Maintenance message 5 No No Yes 1 installer 106 Source temp too low 6 Yes No No 1 installer 107 Hot gas compressor 1 9 Yes Num Limit hot gas compr1 No 2 customer service 108 Hot gas compressor 2 9 Yes Num
545. set Charging temp max is reached Function Overtemperature protection for the collector can reactivate the collector pump until the maximum storage tank temperature is reached NOTE Charging temp max also applies to the Legionella function Charging temp max must be set at least as high as the setpoint of the Legionella function plus switching differential Overtemperature Line no Operating line protection 5051 Storage tank temp max Storage tank temp max 290 471 If the storage tank reaches the maximum set here the collector pump is deactivated It is released again when the storage tank temperature drops 1 Kelvin below Storage tank temp max TSpMax TSp L Storage tank temp max line 5051 Current storage tank temperature Storage tank charging 1 on 0 off Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Recooling temp Recooling heat gen HCs consumer circuit Recooling collector Recooling Line no Operating line 5055 Recooling temp 5056 Recooling heat gen HCs Off On 5057 Recooling collector Off Summer Always An activated Recooling function remains active until the set recooling temperature in the DHW storage tank is reached Surplus energy can be drawn off either by the heating circuits consumer circuits or the generator This can be selected s
546. sible to successfully defrost the evaporator during Defrost time max or based on the minimum temperature in the condenser circuit line 2970 the controller aborts the defrost process and tries again after the preheating phase see Duration defrost lock The permitted number of defrost attempts is limited by Max num defrost repetitions line 958 Before the heat pump is allowed to resume heating mode after successfully defrosting through process reversal the Dripping time evapor set here must elapse The heat pump resumes operation only on completion of this period of time and the fan is switched on when the delay time preset by the supplier has elapsed 191 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Cooling down time evapor Temp thresh drip tray heat Max compr output defrost Position expansion valve when defrost ACS Heating mode is resumed on completion of the defrost process through process reversal and when Dripping time evapor line 2965 has elapsed Cooling down time evapor line 2966 is used to define the period of time the fan remains deactivated after the resumption of heating mode This function prevents evaporation of the incoming outside air Setting means that the fan is switched on before heating mode is resumed The period of time is the time set via parameter 2819 Prerun time source Line no Operating line 2
547. site outside temperature refer to parameter 8704 106 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Summer compensation Line no Operating line CC1 CC2 918 1218 Summer comp start at OT 919 1219 Summer comp end at OT 920 1220 Summer comp setp increase In the summer the Comfort setpoint line 902 is shifted upward as the outside temperature rises This saves cooling energy and prevents too great differentials between room and outside temperature i For the resulting Room setpoint cooling refer to Diagnostics menu lines 8741 and 8771 8801 Summer comp start Summer compensation starts to take effect at the outside temperature level set at OT here If the outside temperature continues to rise the Comfort setpoint is raised continuously Summer comp end At this outside temperature summer compensation is fully active Summer comp at OT setp increase line 920 Any further increase of the outside temperature will have no more impact on the Comfort setpoint Summer comp setp This setting defines the maximum by which the Comfort setpoint is raised increase TKw 920 902 918 919 TA TKw Comfort setpoint TA Outside temperature 107 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Limitations of flow temperature setpoint Flow temp setp min
548. sor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 433 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 7 Brine to water heat pump with combi storage tank and DHW charging pump Q3 mixing or pump heating circuit SQ 2355A07 Multifunctional RVS61 uffer sensor terminals BX2 Buffer sensor B41 BX3 BX4 BX7 Hot gas sensor B81 BX8 DHW sensor B3 BX9 Outside sensor B9 BX10 HP flow sensor B21 BX11 B1 BX12 HP return sensor B71 BX13 Source inlet sensor B91 BX14 Source outl sens B92 B84 B92 QX1 QX2 QX3 QX5 QX6 QX7 Compressor stage 1 K1 QX8 DHW ctrl elem Q3 QX9 Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 QX10 Y1 QX11 Y2 QX12 Source pump Q8 fan K19 Q8 QX13 Condenser pump Q9 EX9 Low pressure switch E9 EX10 High pressure switch E10 EX11 Overload compressor 1 E11 434 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Plant diagrams 2014 07 30 Plant diagram 8 Brine to water heat pump with combi storage tank and DHW diverting valve Q3 mixing or pump heating circuit
549. ssisted firing fan K30 Crankcase heater K40 Drip tray heater K41 Valve evaporator K81 Valve EVI K82 Valve injection capillary K83 dT controller 1 K21 dT controller 2 K22 Source int circ pump Q81 Source int circ div Y81 DHW heat pump K33 System pump 2 Q44 Div valve cooling cond Y27 Div valve cooling flow Y29 Cond reversing valve Y91 Buffer reversing valve Y47 Status info heating K42 Status info cooling K43 Status info DHW charg K44 Relay outputs QX None The relay output is not assigned any function The relay is deenergized Compressor 2 K2 The signal is used to control a diverting valve Process revers valve Y22 Control of process reversing valve Y22 The process reversing valve is required for changeover from heating to cooling mode and for the heat pump s Defrost function Hot gas temp K31 The relay is energized when a connected hot gas temperature sensor B81 or B82 exceeds Setpoint hot gas temp line 2849 and is deenergized when the temperature drops by one switching differential line 2850 below the setpoint The type of contact line 2851 can be selected El imm heater 1 flow K25 A WARNING Electric immersion heaters must be fitted with a safety limit thermostat The relay is used to control an electric immersion heater installed in the flow K25 or in the case of a 2 stage electric immersion heater to control the first stage El imm heater 2 flow K
550. st delays to the heat pumps e The order of the defrost requests received is taken into consideration e Numb source defrost allowed includes all generators therefore non heat pumps as well 240 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Control heating and cooling Temperature integrals generator sequence cooling Rel integr source seq cool Res integr source seq cool Temperature integrals generator sequence heating Release integral source seq Lil Line no Operating line 3522 Rel integr source seq cool 3523 Res integr source seq cool 3525 Switch on delay cooling ACS Neutral zone cooling cascade 3530 Release integral source seq 3531 Reset integral source seq 3533 Switch on delay ACS Neutral zone heating cascade Release and reset integral are calculated based on the temperature differential of setpoint and actual value of the common flow In the case of cooling via common cooling flow 1 Common flow sensor B10 is considered in the case of common cooling flow 2 Common flow sensor 2 B11 If the common flow temperature B10 or B11 exceeds the required flow temperature setpoint by more than half the Neutral zone cooling cascade ACS and if Switch on delay cooling has elapsed the release integral is calculated If the refrigeration produced drops below the demand by the Rel integr source se
551. st settling 0 255 min 8485 Number defrost attempts 0 10 8487 0 Defrost state HP off defr release OT off Locked Monitoring ice Preheating for defrost Defrost active Dripping Cooling down evaporator Fault Forced defrost Defrost settling Defrost with fan Defrost with compressor Forced defrost fan Forced defrost compressor Start delay defrost Defrosting with ext heat 8488 F Relative humidity air inlet 0 100 ACS F Zustand Olsumpfheizung K40 Off On ACS F Drip tray heater K41 Off On ACS F State of source interm circuit pump Q81 Off On ACS F State of source interm circuit div valve Y81 Off On ACS F State of diverting valve cooling condenser Y27 Off On ACS F State of condenser reversing valve Y91 Off On ACS F State status information heating K42 Off On ACS F State status information cooling K43 Off On ACS F State status information DHW K44 Off On 76 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S IPE 5 g z 8 O O r a 5 Oo Solar collector field 8499 F Collector pump 1 Off On 8505 F Speed collector pump 1 0 100 8506 F Speed solar pump ext exch 0 100 8507 F Speed solar pump buffer 0 100 8508 F
552. stages modulation stages of all released generators are given release for control This means e Using their second stage multistage generators may switch on off in accordance with their setpoints and temperatures e Modulating generators may provide control with their modulation stage e but 1 stage generators are not allowed to use their stage for cycling This sequence of stages is used primarily in connection with oil or gas boilers Serial release last stage With this sequence of stages every generator is released with its basic stage first and then with its second stage modulation stage in accordance with its priorities The stage modulation stage released last is the only stage given release of control This means e Only the output stage switched on last may switch on off according to the setpoint and the generator s temperature e Modulating generators may provide control with their modulation stage This sequence of stages is used primarily in connection with heat pump cascades 238 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Generators with optimum efficiency Forced charging heating only Max sources forced charg Max source force charg OT If generators are employed that use function Output optimum parameter 2867 setting Serial release last stage the following strategy is pursued e The stages are released in a way that the
553. storage tank via solar energy an additional Min charging setpoint solar can be defined This minimum setpoint only applies to solar charging and is always active This means that solar energy charges the buffer storage tank also when the slave pointer is invalid in summer mode or when the buffer storage tank receives no request for heat If the current slave pointer is greater than the parameterized Min charging setpoint solar the setpoint used is the slave pointer value Solar energy charges the buffer storage tank up to the set Charging temp max Function Overtemperature protection for the collector can reactivate the collector pump until the maximum storage tank temperature is reached Line no Operating line 4751 Storage tank temp max If the storage tank reaches the maximum set here the collector pump is temp max deactivated It is released again when the storage tank temperature drops 1 Kelvin below its maximum TSpMax Storage tank temp max operating line 4751 TSp Current storage tank temperature L Storage tank charging 1 on 0 off 278 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Recooling temp Recooling DHW HCs Recooling collector Recooling Line no Operating line 4755 Recooling temp 4756 Recooling DHW HCs 4757 Recooling collector Off Summer Always If the buffer s
554. sumer circuit draws its cooling energy from the common heating flow 324 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Active and passive cooling lil Active cooling Plant example Passive cooling With brine to water or water to water heat pumps E Plant example Heat pumps cooling With heat pumps supporting both passive and active cooling the controller switches automatically from passive to active cooling and vice versa Simultaneous active and passive cooling is not possible As long as the temperature acquired by the source inlet sensor B91 lies below the cooling request cooling is passive If the source inlet temperature exceeds the cooling request the controller switches to active cooling If no source inlet sensor B91 is installed the source outlet sensor B92 is used as the changeover criterion With active cooling the heat pump operates as a refrigeration machine by reversing the process in the summer A heat pump with a 4 way valve Y22 is required for reversing the process 2355243 O fa B211T K1 E11 B84 T B91 T ZN KAS In the case of passive cooling cooling is effected by letting the cold water circulate through the system without putting a refrigeration source into operation For that the heat pump s source pump and the cooling circuit are switched on Passive cooling is n
555. surplus heat is activated it can be drawn by the consumer circuits swimming pool circuit This can be selected separately for each consumer circuit the swimming pool circuit Off Excess heat draw is deactivated On Excess heat draw is activated No Hydraulically speaking the consumer circuit swimming pool circuit is connected upstream of the buffer storage tank and cannot draw any heat or cooling energy from it The heat or refrigeration request is forwarded to the heat refrigeration source upstream of the buffer storage tank Yes The consumer circuit swimming pool circuit is connected downstream from the buffer storage tank It draws heat or cooling energy from the buffer storage tank and its temperature request is taken into account by buffer management 121 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 With prim contr system pump Swimming pool circuit No Hydraulically speaking the consumer circuit swimming pool circuit is connected upstream of the primary controller system pump and cannot draw any precontrolled heat or cooling energy The heat or refrigeration request is always forwarded to the heat refrigeration source upstream of the primary controller Yes The consumer circuit swimming pool circuit is connected downstream from the primary controller system pump The primary controller ensures control of a valid heat or refrigeration request or the
556. system pump is activated Line no Operating line 1952 Release source heating None 24h day Time program 5 The release for heating by the heat source can take place either via the assigned Hx input or parameter Release source heating If only 1 of the 2 types of release is configured swimming pool heating is released when the configured release is active If both types of release are configured swimming pool heating is released only if both types of release are active Input Hx Contact Release source heating State switching Release producer heating configured state Hx line 1952 program 5 for swimming pool No None No 24h day Yes Time program 5 Off No On Yes Yes Inactive None No 24h day 5 Time program 5 Off On Active None Yes 24h day Yes Time program 5 Off No On Yes Line no Operating line 1973 Last priority to charge No Yes Parameter Last priority to charge is used to select the charging priority for the swimming pool No Swimming pool heating is performed with the same priority as other heat requests When at the same time the DHW is heated with charging priority swimming pool heating is interrupted if demanded by the DHW priority Yes Swimming pool heating is performed with the last priority When using this parameter setting the swimming pool is heated only if no other heat request is active 122
557. t Setpoint Charging request With B3 C 60 55 Flow temperature setpoint 5020 DHW setpoint C 60 Flow temperature setpoint DHW setpoint 50 45 40 55 50 45 2355257 40 Charging Charging 282 471 A comparison of the 2 graphs shows that in the case of a charging request With B3 the setpoint increases continuously applies analogously to With B31 This improves the performance from an energy efficiency point of view if a modulating heat pump is used Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Line no Operating line 5008 Charging request timed The objective of this function is to make full use of the charging time and to keep the output of the generator at the lowest possible level For that the flow temperature setpoint to be delivered by the generator is calculated such that the DHW storage tank will reach its setpoint at the end of the charging time 2355D1 02 60 55 45 35 25 Flow temperature setpoint DHW time program 5008 HP power es eo l 1610 Nominal setpoint B3 DHW sensor B3 5020 Flow setpoint boost B21 HP flow sensor B21 5008 Charging request timed Charging request timed The initial value of the flow temperature setpoint is calculated while giving consideration to the charging return B71 and the minimum output of the gen
558. t according to the DHW release times is reached line 1620 If the Legionella function is activated and due the heat is transferred until the legionella setpoint is reached For charging with Q3 from the buffer storage tank function With buffer line 5090 needs to be activated setting Yes If Q3 was parameterized as a diverting valve line 5731 or a specific transfer pump Q11 is installed Q3 is not used for the transfer of heat In the case of a manual DHW push during heat transfer normal DHW charging to the nominal DHW setpoint is triggered If the buffer storage tank satisfies this temperature request as well buffer storage tank temperature gt nominal setpoint charging boost the transfer of heat remains active and the generator will not be put into operation If a specific transfer pump Q11 is installed the transfer of heat is also effected when using a combi storage tank If only Q3 is used and heat transfer is in progress the controller waits until the DHW section is heated up again by the surrounding storage tank during this period of time neither the generator nor Q3 is put into operation If this waiting time is not desired the Transfer function must be deactivated 299 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Comparison temp transfer For the transfer of heat the desired DHW sensor can be selected to get a comparative temperature
559. t at OT e g at the beginning of summer the cooling system is switched on When the attenuated outside temperature drops e g at the end of summer the cooling system is switched off again only when the temperature reaches a level of 0 5 Kelvin below the limit temperature Increase e Changeover to cooling takes place later e Changeover to cooling off takes place earlier Decrease e Changeover to cooling takes place earlier e Changeover to cooling off takes place later e The function is not active in Comfort mode e For definition of attenuated outside temperature refer to parameter 8703 105 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Lock time at end heat cool 24 hour cooling limit Example Lil Ext n 24 hour cooling limit Ext n 24 hour cooling limit No Ext n 24 hour cooling limit Yes To avoid too rapid a change to cooling at the end of heating the Cooling function is locked for the period of time set here This locking period starts when there is no valid heat request from the heating circuit The same applies to the reverse case To avoid too rapid a change to heating at the end of cooling the Heating function is locked for the period of time set here This locking period starts when there is no valid cooling request from the cooling circuit Parameter setting 24 hour cooling limit produces a limit temperature If the current outside
560. t capacities e the electric immersion heaters must not be operated simultaneously 2 stage complementary Used when e both electric immersion heaters have the same capacity e the electric immersion heaters may be operated simultaneously lil In the electric immersion heaters are of different capacity the heater with the greater capacity must be connected to output K26 Type el imm 3 stage 2 stage 2 stage heater flow excluding complementary Output stage K25 K26 K25 K26 K25 K26 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 1 1 1 3 1 1 lil With 2 stage excluding both outputs K25 and K26 are deactivated for 5 seconds when changing from one output stage to the next Output el imm heater Defines the output of the electric immersion heaters installed in the heat pump s K25 K26 flow The output entered is used to calculate the yearly performance factor 333 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Acquisition of Line no Operating line pressure 5822 Press acquisition evap H82 is er None With input H1 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 acquisition of humidity With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 5823 Press acquisition cond H83 None With input H1 With input H2 module 1
561. t gas temperature lies by at least Hi temp min ch diff hot gas ACS above Hi temp charging setpoint line 5171 High temperature charging is locked as soon as the hot gas temperature lies by less than half Hi temp min ch diff hot gas ACS below Hi temp charging setpoint line 5171 In the case of 2 stage heat pumps with 2 hot gas sensors the higher value is used e The use of a hot gas sensor B81 is not mandatory but recommended e if DHW and the heat pump are connected to different controllers or in the case of high temperature charging with several generators Hi temp charging BZ 5170 All sources heating mode the hot gas temperature is not taken into consideration Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Enable Control lil Frost protection for the return Minimum off time L DHW heat pump This function releases an autonomous DHW heat pump for charging the DHW storage tank and frost protection for the DHW heat pump The additional and autonomous DHW heat pump obtains its energy from the return of a heating cooling circuit Line no Operating line 5177 DHW HP off time min 5178 DHW HP source temp min 5179 DHW HP source pump None Heat circuit pump HC1 Q2 Heat circuit pump HC2 Q6 Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 Condenser pump Q9 Cooling circ pump CC1 Q24 Cooling circ pump CC2 Q28 Prerequisi
562. t known control to the temperature differential of source inlet B91 and evaporation temperature H82 is provided as a substitute Line no Operating line 3021 Speed fan source pump Xp 3022 Speed fan source pump Tn 3023 Speed fan source pump Tv The speed is calculated by the PID controller P l and D action can be adjusted By setting the right proportional band Xp integral action time Tn and derivative action time Tv the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope The derivative action time Tv influences the controller s D action Tv is the time required by the P action with a constantly rising input signal ramp to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the D action The smaller Tv the smaller the D action 201 47
563. t produced immediately by the D action The smaller Tv the smaller the D action When the plant is put into operation the respective pump is started with the starting speed set here before being driven to the speed level demanded by speed control 297 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Mixing valve boost Actuator running time Mixing valve Xp Mixing valve Tn Precontrol of mixing valve Line no Operating line 5120 Mixing valve boost 5124 Actuator running time 5125 Mixing valve Xp 5126 Mixing valve Tn To ensure proper mixing valve flow temperature control the flow temperature must be higher than the demanded setpoint of the mixing valve flow temperature The set value is added to the request Setting the valve running time Parameters Xp and TnBy setting the right proportional band Xp and integral action time Tn the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given inp
564. t prot temp diff max 5 0 20 C 4743 O Strat prot anticipation time 60 0 240 S 4744 O Strat protection Tn 120 10 200 S Solar charging solid fuel boiler 4749 F_ Min charging setpoint solar 8 8 95 C 4750F Charging temp max 80 8 Line 4751 C e 4751 O Storage tank temp max 90 Line 4750 95 C Recooling 4755 F Recooling temp 70 8 95 C 4756 F Recooling DHW HCs Off Off On 4757F Recooling collector Off Off Summer Always 50 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 Operating line Op level Function Default value Min Max Unit Green leaf Electric immersion heater 4760 F Charg sensor el imm heater With B4 With B42 B41 gt ius 4761 F Forced charging electric No Yes Smart grid draw forced zZ e 4783 F With solar integration No Yes No Diversion of flow 4830 Flow diversion temp 50 95 Swi diff flow diversion 20 C O 4831 0 ACS O Delay flow diversion 30 0 60 DHW storage tank Release 5007 F Charging request Setpoint With B3 With B31 Setpoint 5008 Charging request timed aah 240 min 5010 Charging Once day Several times day Several times day a a Charging opt energy Off Current setpoint Nominal setpoint Off F O 5013 0 O 5
565. t pump and the DHW heat pump itself are shut down If the DHW heat pump and or the source pump of the DHW heat pump are switched off by the RVS61 controller or are locked by a protection function they will be released again only when DHW HP off time min line 5177 has elapsed 311 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 6 17 Instantaneous water heater Summary The controller supports DHW heating via an external heat exchanger In that case the heat is delivered by the buffer DHW or combi storage tank A speed controlled pump left or pump with mixing valve right are used to supply heat to the instantaneous water heater depending on demand ae B38 as BI D r O pr FS FS i Y33 Y34 4 O 2 Q34 Oo Oa When the DHW flow switch FS detects flow sensor B38 provides control to the nominal setpoint line 1610 When the flow switch detects no more flow pump Q34 is deactivated Configuration Speed controlled left When using a speed controlled pump without mixing valve left the outputs and inputs need to be configured individually e Pump Q34 is configured to a multifunctional ZX or Ux output e Water outlet sensor B38 is to be configured to a multifunctional Bx input e The DHW flow switch FS is to be configured to a multifunc
566. t tariff or Legionella function and should therefore be correctly set Line no Operating line HC CC1 HC CC2 HC3 4 DHW 5 516 536 556 576 616 Default values No Yes All time programs can be reset to their factory settings Each time program has its own operating line to make this reset Individual settings will be lost in that case 82 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Tip 6 2 Holidays Operating line HC CC1 HC CC2 HC3 641 651 661 Preselection Period 1 8 642 652 662 Start 643 653 663 End 648 658 668 Operating level Protection Reduced The holiday program is used to switch the heating cooling circuits to a selectable operating level according to calendar dates A total of 8 independent holiday periods can be set Important note The holiday program can only be used in Automatic mode During longer periods of absence e g more than 3 days energy can be saved by lowering the temperature level for heating and raising it for cooling Also for annually recurring special days e g bank holidays a specific operating mode can be selected 83 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Operating mode Protection Automatic Tip Reduced Comfort 84 471
567. tact type H1 H3 5961 NC NO NC The contact is normally closed and must be opened to activate the selected function NO The contact is normally open and must be closed to activate the selected Hx function 347 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Input function value H1 H3 Input value 1 Function value 1 Input value 2 Function value 2 Example of consumer circuit request VK1 10V Example of pressure measurement 10 V lil Line no Operating line 5953 5963 Input value 1 H1 H3 5954 5964 Function value 1 H1 H3 5955 5965 Input value 2 H1 H3 5956 5966 Function value 2 H1 H3 These settings are available for each Hx input The linear characteristic is defined via 2 fixed points The setting is made with 2 pairs of parameters for input value and function value TVLw C A F2 130 l i roa Fi 0 Hx V Ui 0V 0 15V U2 10V TVLw Flow temperature setpoint Hx Input value at Hx U1 Input value 1 F1 Function value 1 U2 Input value 2 F2 Function value 2 If the input signal drops below the limit value of 0 15 V the heat request is invalid and therefore inactive P bar A F2 4 4bar F1 0 Hx V 0 U1 0 5V U2 3 5V B Pressure value Hx Input value at Hx U1 Input value 1 F1 Function value 1 U2 Input value 2 F2 Function value 2 If the measured value lies below
568. tank must be heated up to the legionella setpoint and the generators are not able to end the charging process Heat pump function The electric immersion heater is also released in the event the heat pump has gone to lockout For all settings following applies e If the electrical utility lock for the electric immersion heater is active the heater remains locked for all applications e The electric immersion heater is used for the Storage tank frost protection function irrespective of the parameterized operating mode 292 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 The table below shows the changeover to the electric immersion heater Event El imm heater optg mode Substitute Summer Always Cooling mode Legionella function Emergency operation Electrical utility lock active No release High tariff_ active With DHW push No release Wood fired boiler Eco With frost protection function or transfer active Generator end of charging Every request With legionella No release Cooling mode active With frost protection Every request No release Source locked fault With every request No release Summer operation No release Every request No release Emergency operation No release Every request El immersion heater 24h day release El immersion heater control The electric immersion heater is always released
569. ted variable as that produced immediately by the D action The smaller Tv the smaller the D action 313 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Control of mixing valve Parameters Xp Tn and Tv Mixing valve Xp Mixing valve Tn Mixing valve Tv 314 471 Line no Operating line 5544 Actuator running time 5545 Mixing valve Xp 5546 Mixing valve Tn 5547 Mixing valve Tv Setting the running time of the actuator used with the mixing valve for the instantaneous water heater By setting the right proportional band Xp integral action time Tn and derivative action time Tv the control action can be matched to the type of plant controlled system See parameter 5532 See parameter 5533 See parameter 5534 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 6 18 General functions Delta T controller Line no Operating line 5570 5580 Temp diff on dT contr 1 2 5571 5581 Temp diff off dT contr 1 2 5572 5582 On temp min dT contr 1 2 5573 5583 Sensor 1 dT controller 1 2 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor
570. tem The proportional band Xp influences the controller s P action Xp is the range by which the input signal control variable needs to change for the output signal manipulated variable to be adjusted across the whole correcting span The smaller Xp the greater the change of the manipulated variable The integral action time Tn influences the controller s I action Tn is the time required by the I action with a given input signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope 168 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 PWM period digital scroll As a function of output signal As a fixed setting With digital scroll compressors the scroll at the top can be lifted by means of a magnetic valve As a result the compressor is leaking The refrigerant is no longer compressed During this idling time the compressor only uses a fraction of the electrical power To switch a digital scroll compressor relay Compressor stage 1 K1 is used The output is controlled by means of a PWM signal delivered via the triac output e Triac off 0 V Full compressor output e Triac on AC 230 V Compressor idling The compressor s output is modulated by the magnetic valve s periodic opening and closing actions Setting In add
571. temperature drops below this limit the cooling system is switched off e g toward the evening When the outside temperature rises again e g in the course of the morning the cooling system is switched on again only when the outside temperature reaches a level of 0 5 Kelvin above the limit temperature Parameter 24 hour cooling limit itself is a temperature differential The value is added to positive value or subtracted from negative value the current room temperature setpoint Auto mode Comfort setpoint 24 hour cooling limit Limit temperature Cooling off Switching differential fixed 0 5 K Changeover temperature cooling on 27 5 C e The function is not active in Comfort mode e The function operates with the current outside temperature To delay new activations of the cooling system in the course of the day or to make use of the thermal energy stored by the building for a longer period of time Ext n 24 hour cooling limit can be used to extend the off phase The cooling system is switched on when the current outside temperature TA exceeds the set limit temperature The building dynamics building structure and insulation are not taken into consideration The cooling system is switched on when the composite outside temperature TAgem exceeds the set limit temperature The building dynamics building structure and insulation are taken into consideration For definition of compo
572. tes for activating the function e A Common return sensor B73 is connected and configured e A release relay for the DHW heat pump DHW heat pump K33 is connected and configured e Parameter 5179 DHW HP source pump has been used to determine which of the installed pumps shall be the source pump for the DHW heat pump Setting None source pump is possible too In that case the source pump is controlled by the DHW heat pump itself If DHW charging is required the source pump of the DHW heat pump is activated and the DHW heat pump is released K33 on e The DHW heat pump cannot send a heat request to the RVS61 controller e From the perspective of the RVS61 controller the DHW heat pump behaves like an electric immersion heater with regard to switching program setpoints and operating state If the return temperature B73 drops below DHW HP source temp min line 5178 the DHW heat pump is locked K33 off The DHW source pump remains activated This means e Circulation around the return sensor B73 is maintained e As soon as the DHW heat pump extracts no more energy the return temperature rises again If the return temperature drops further the consumer associated with the source pump of the DH heat pump e g heating circuit 1 sends a frost protection request to the generator thus ensuring frost protection If the return temperature signal is missing or if its value is invalid the source pump of the DHW hea
573. th B42 Off Overtemperature protection of the condenser is deactivated Cooling down If the heat pump had to be shut down because Switch off temp max line 2844 was reached it can be switched on again only when the temperatures at B21 and B71 drop by the set switching differential line 2840 Switching diff return temp Due to good insulation in the vicinity of the sensors this might take quite some time and the buffer storage tank could have been discharged in that time To update the sensor temperatures the condenser pump is put into operation as soon as the following criteria are met e There is a heat request from the buffer or combi storage tank e The buffer storage tank temperature is lower than the compressor s maximum permissible switch on temperature e The compressor s minimum off time has elapsed e No fault pending Switch on lock cool down If the heat pump is connected to a buffer storage tank that is charged by other generators as well solar oil gas etc activation of condenser pump Q9 alone can cause the heat pump to go to high pressure The switch on lock prevents the condenser pump from switching on when the buffer storage tank temperature is already too high to ensure practical operation of the heat pump See above under Cooling down Defines which of the buffer storage tank sensor values is considered for use as a comparison temperature for function Condenser overtemp prot
574. the current outside temperature even if there is no request for heat The pumps behavior can be individually selected Heating circuit pumps Q2 Q6 Q20 Cooling circuit Q24 Consumer circuits Q15 Q18 Swimming pool circuit Q19 System pump Q14 Condenser pump Q9 Solid fuel boiler pump Q10 Outside temperature Pump Diagram 4 C Continuously on ON 5 10 5 C 10 minutes on at intervals of about takt cycle 6 hours 1 5 C Continuously off OFF ON as takt l OFF a K lt T l T T T T T T T T 6 5 4 3 2 0 1 2 3 4 We Line no Operating line 6123 Restart lock pumps For high efficiency pumps with high starting currents that might reduce the life of the relays or even damage them in the long term the Restart lock pumps function is available To make use of the pump s built in current limitation this type of pump needs to be deactivated for about 2 minutes before it is switched on again cooling down of NTC resistor This is accomplished by the Restart lock pumps function e lf the function is activated the Restart lock pumps function applies to all relays configured for pumps e The function has no impact on relays configured for valves e t also covers handling of power failures process as described above The function secures the following plant states e Heat or refrigeration requests from the
575. the flow temperature of the heating circuit can be higher than the flow temperature called for by the heating curve the reason being higher requests from other heat consumers mixing heating circuit DHW charging external heat demand or a parameterized minimum producer temperature As aresult of this too high flow temperature the pump heating circuit would assume excessive temperatures By switching the pump on off function Overtemp prot pump circuit ensures that the heat supply to pump heating circuits corresponds to the demand from the heating curve CAUTION Together with heat pumps the function may only be activated in plants that use buffer or combi storage tanks In the case of plants without storage tank there is a risk of a compressor being in operation without having a consumer pump running 96 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Control of mixing valve Mixing valve boost Actuator type Switching differential 2 pos Actuator running time Control of mixing valve Parameters Xp and Tn Mixing valve Xp Mixing valve Tn Line no Operating line HC1 HC2 HC3 830 1130 1430 Mixing valve boost 832 1132 1432 Actuator type 2 position 3 position 833 1133 1433 Switching differential 2 pos 834 1134 1434 Actuator running time 835 1135 1435 Mixing valve Xp
576. the maximum number of generators are released During forced charging at least one generator is always released Additional generators are released in a linear manner depending on the temperature differential of 15 C Max source force charg OT and the attenuated outside temperature 239 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Lil A 5 4 3516 3 4 25 J 1 i gt 3517 15 C TAged e With setting Max source force charg OT dependency on the outside temperature is deactivated which means that the number of generators selected via parameter Max source forced charg are released e The number of generators to be released are calculated every time forced charging is started and do not change until forced charging is ended even if the attenuated outside temperature changes e The generators are released at 1 minute intervals Coordination Line no Operating line defrosting 3518 Numb source defrost allowed It must be prevented that all heat pumps involved in a cascade defrost at the same time For this reason the controller only allows a certain proportion of generators Numb source defrost allowed to start defrosting simultaneously and thus only the respective proportion of heat pumps lil e For that purpose the heat pumps send defrost requests to the controller and the controller sends defro
577. the refrigerant flow is reduced so that the evaporation temperature drops For that the superheat setpoint is increased to such a degree that the evaporation temperature remains Max evaporation temp reduction ACS below Max evaporation temp e For behavior of heat pump when Max evaporation temp is exceeded refer to parameter 2826 e MOP stands for Maximum Operating Pressure Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Output limitation with SHC Internal output control Output control with SHC Line no Operating line ACS Output limitation with SHC Off Heating mode Cooling mode Heating and cooling mode The counter measures described in connection with monitoring of Max condensation temp line 2785 and Switch off temp max line 2844 try to reduce the cooling capacity to prevent the heat pump from shutting down This is reached preferably by reducing the compressor s output Another option is a reduction of the evaporation temperature by closing the expansion valve Output limitation with SHC ACS can be used to select in which operating situations this shall be permitted Using this measure the heat pump can work near its operating limit for longer periods of time e g during DHW charging at high flow temperatures On the other hand a lower COP and in the case of air to water heat pumps increased icing up of the ev
578. tibility functionality dependent on type version of LMS Type on request 249 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Use of supplementary source ACS Heat request Ux 1 3 Output request Ux 1 Feedback from operation Hx EX 1 3 Setpoint incr main source 1 3 Setpoint incr main source Lil Output limit main generator Ouput limit main source 1 2 3 Switching differential ouput limit main source 2 Line no Operating line ACS Use of supplementary source Supplementary Hybrid Parameter used to distinguish between application 1 and 3 Following is a detailed description of the functions used in connection with the applications The notes in parentheses refer to the validity of the parameters for the applications 1 2 3 One of the outputs Ux can be used to send the supplementary generator a DC 0 10 V signal for the required temperature setpoint One of the outputs Ux can be used to send the supplementary generator a DC 0 10 V signal for the required output setpoint Feedback from the supplementary generator can be routed to one of the inputs Hx or one of the AC 230 V inputs EX Operating line Setpoint incr main source Line no 3690 For the period of time the supplementary generator is released the setpoint of the main generator is increased by the value set her
579. times within a 7 day period the temperature differential across the condenser may exceed the maximum Number of times within a 7 day period the temperature differential across the condenser exceeded the maximum If the value lies above setting Diff condens max week e symbol A appears on the display and e a maintenance message on the info level 13 Diff condenser max priority 3 This parameter can be reset provided the respective access right is granted Number of times per week the temperature differential across the condenser dropped below the minimum Indicates how many times within a 7 day period the temperature differential across the condenser may drop below the minimum Number of times within a 7 day period the temperature differential across the condenser dropped below the minimum If the value lies above setting Diff condens min week e symbol appears on the display and e a maintenance message on the info level 14 Diff condenser min priority 3 This parameter can be reset provided the respective access right is granted Number of times per week the temperature differential across the condenser exceeded the maximum Indicates how many times within a 7 day period the maximum temperature differential across the evaporator may be exceeded Number of times within a 7 day period the temperature differential across the condenser exceeded the maximum If the value lies above setting Diff evap max week
580. ting state of fan K19 for the air to water heat pump off on Shows the current state of the process reversing valve on process reversed off process runs normally Shows the current evaporator temperature at sensor B84 Line no Operating line 8477 Temp diff defrost act value 8478 Temp diff defrost setpoint 8480 Remain time defrost lock 8481 Remain time forced defrost 8482 Remain time defrost settling 8485 Number defrost attempts 8487 Defrost state 8488 Relative humidity air inlet Shows the present temperature differential between source inlet B91 and evaporator temperature B84 This shows the setpoint of the temperature differential of source inlet B91 and evaporator temperature B84 to be reached for the evaporator to become completely defrosted AT defrosted Shows after successful or unsuccessful defrosting for what period of time the Defrost function is locked until a new defrost attempt may be started new defrost process may be performed Shows the period of time to elapse until the next forced defrost process is due if automatic or manual defrosting is not triggered before Shows the period of time to elapse until the defrost settling process is completed For a description of the defrost settling time refer to operating line 2959 Shows the maximum number of defrost attempts required until defrosting was successful or until the heat pump was locked Shows the curr
581. tion and operation via browser and HomeControl app for mobile phones and tablets plus other central communication units e Room units and operating units HMI wired or wireless RF e BSB RF gateways for connection to the controller can be freely positioned on the BSB used to amplify the wireless signal repeater e Various connecting cables for the connection of extension modules and operating units HMI e Sensors for temperature pressure flow humidity and indoor air quality e Housing and covers for wall mounting Demo case Demo case KF8921 1 is used to simulate a heat pump plant In addition to the heat pump controller RVS61 843 the demo case contains a room unit QAA75 the RF module AVS71 390 and a number of potentiometers 7 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Summary 2014 07 30 Product documentation and covered by separate pieces of documentation The following products are compatible with the RVS61 843 heat pump controller Product no ASN Description Document Room and operating units HMI QAA55 110 Room unit Basic U2358 QAA58 110 Room unit Basic wireless U2358 QAA75 611 Room unit Wired with text display backlighting U2358 QAA78 610 Room unit Wireless with text display without backlighting U2358 AVS37 390 Operating unit Basic U2358 AVS37 x9x Operating unit with text display U2358 Commissioning and visualization
582. tion can be used Based on an adjustable flow output Flow source the running time and speed this function calculates the theoretical volumetric flow through the evaporator Volume I running time min 60 speed volumetric flow l h The running time is acquired with an accuracy of 1 minute The calculated volume is multiplied by the measured temperature differential and the specific heat capacity of the source medium and then added as thermal energy to the meter reading for the amount of heat drawn If the thermal energy shall not be metered through internal volume calculation the function must be deactivated via both parameters 234 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Measurement of temperature differential The flow and the return temperature at the evaporator are measured Based on the temperature differential the water volume passing through the evaporator and the heat capacity of the source medium the amount of thermal energy drawn can be calculated Temperature differential dTa K source inlet temperature B91 minus source outlet temperature B92 If both sensors B93 and B94 are located in the intermediate source circuit they are used to determine the temperature differential Temperature differential dTa K source intermediate circuit flow temperature B93 minus source intermediate circuit return tempera
583. tion is effected via triac control full wave control CAUTION Observance of the minimum and maximum loads according to the technical data is mandatory The settings made via parameter 5909 take priority over those made via parameter 5894 BX basic unit Line no Operating line 5930 Sensor input BX1 BX2 BX13 BX14 5931 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW 5942 sensor B31 Hot gas sensor B82 Refrig sensor liquid B83 DHW charging 5943 sensor B36 DHW outlet sensor B38 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Hot gas sensor B81 Outside sensor B9 Source inlet sensor B91 Source outl sens B92 B84 Room sensor B5 Room setp readjustment 1 Room sensor B52 Room setp readjustment 2 Room sensor B53 Room setp readjustment 3 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 Suction gas sensor B85 Suction gas sensor EVI B86 Evaporation sensor EVI B87 DHW prim contr sensor B35 Common flow sensor 2 B11 Common return sensor B73 Source int circ flow B93 Source int circ return B94 Suction gas sensor cool B88 The settings for the sensor inputs determine the basic plant diagrams and e
584. tion is suited for an air heating coil air cooling coil for instance Cons circuit pump VK2 Q18 Consumer circuit pump 2 can be used for an additional consumer Together with the respective external request for heat cooling energy at input Hx the application is suited for an air heating coil air cooling coil for instance Swimming pool pump Q19 The connected pump is used for the swimming pool circuit The respective heat request is made via one of the Hx inputs Heat circuit pump HC3 Q20 The relay is used for the control of heating circuit pump 3 2nd pump speed HC1 Q21 HC2 Q22 HC3 Q23 This function facilitates the control of a 2 speed heating circuit pump allowing the pump s capacity to be lowered in Reduced mode e g during night setback In that case after pump speed 1 pump speed 2 is switched on as follows 1 Speed 1 Speed Pump state Output Q2 Q6 Q20 Output Q21 Q22 Q23 Off Off Off On Off Part load On On Full load Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Div valve HC CC1 Y21 KK2 Y45 Control of the diverting valve for cooling This necessitates a 4 pipe system The diverting valve for cooling is required in the case of a jointly used heating and cooling flow for changeover from heating to cooling when the heat pump is used not only for heating but also and simultaneously for cooling HEKK Example 4 pipe system
585. tional input Hx Mixing valve right When using a mixing valve and a pump with a fixed speed right 2 configuration choices are available e Function mixing group 1 line 6014 is configured as Instantaneous water heater e Function extension module 1 3 line 7300 7375 or 7450 is configured as Instantaneous water heater In that case pump Q34 mixing valve Y33 Y34 water outlet sensor B38 and the DHW flow switch FS are assigned to fixed inputs and outputs lil For assignment tables refer to parameters 6014 6455 and 7300 7375 and 7450 312 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Min setp diff to tank temp Storage tank setpoint incr lil Speed controlled pump Pump speed min Pump speed max Parameters Xp Tn and Tv Speed Xp Speed Tn Speed Tv Control with storage tank Line no Operating line 5406 Min setp diff to tank temp 5407 Storage tank setpoint incr The maximum DHW tap temperature setpoint controlled is the current storage tank temperature minus the adjustable setpoint differential Charging of the storage tank is effected such that the nominal setpoint will be exceeded by an adjustable differential Storage tank setpoint incr thus ensuring that the DHW temperature will not drop below the parameterized setpoint Storage tank setpoint incr should be parameterized above the setpoint differ
586. to line 4134 Storage tank setpoint The boiler temperature setpoint is calculated based on the DHW flow setpoint boost line 5020 and the setpoint of the DHW storage tank nominal or legionella setpoint Boiler temp setpoint min The boiler temperature setpoint corresponds to the minimum setpoint Determines whether charging pump Q3 is used by the solid fuel boiler for DHW heating No The solid fuel boiler charges the DHW storage tank directly via boiler pump Q10 Charging pump Q3 is not controlled by the solid fuel boiler Yes For DHW charging with the solid fuel boiler charging pump Q3 must run Line no Operating line 4137 Connection buffer With B4 With B42 B41 With B4 and B42 B41 4138 Boil temp setp buffer charg Storage tank temp Storage tank setpoint Boiler temp setpoint min When integrating a solid fuel boiler the sensors must be selected This setting is used to select the required calculation of the boiler temperature setpoint during buffer storage tank charging Storage tank temp The boiler temperature setpoint corresponds to the current storage tank temperature according to line 4137 Storage tank setpoint The boiler temperature setpoint corresponds to the setpoint of the buffer storage tank slave pointer Boiler temp setpoint min The boiler pump remains in operation as long as the boiler temperature lies above the minimum setpoint Siemens Building Technologies CE1U
587. too low e 323 Water press 3 too low If the water pressure exceeds the limit value by one switching differential the error is cleared Line no Operating line 6148 6154 6184 Static press supervision 1 2 3 None With input H1 With input H2 module 1 With input H2 module 2 With input H2 module 3 With input H21 module 1 With input H21 module 2 With input H21 module 3 With input H22 module 1 With input H22 module 2 With input H22 module 3 With input H3 Defines the Hx input to be used for the respective static pressure supervision 1 2 3 lil The Hx input needs to be appropriately defined and a pressure sensor must be connected 361 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Parameter reset Parameter reset Line no Operating line 6200 Save sensors Using this setting the sensors can immediately be stored This is necessary when for instance a sensor is removed because it is no longer needed At midnight the controller stores the states at the sensor terminals provided the controller has previously been in operation for at least 2 hours If after storage a sensor fails the controller delivers an error message Line no Operating line 6201 Reset sensors This setting is used to clear the stored state of the sensors The sensors are read in again using function Save
588. torage tank was charged via Recooling temp e g with solid fuel boiler or solar recooling to the recooling temperature set here is effected as soon as possible To recool the buffer storage tank the 2 following functions are available The heat can be drawn either by space heating or the DHW storage tank The function is activated or deactivated via this operating line The drawing of heat can be selected separately for each heating circuit operating page Heating circuit 1 a When the collector is cold the energy can be emitted to the environment via the collector s surfaces Off Recooling via the collector is deactivated Summer Recooling via the collector is permitted in summer only Always Recooling via the collector is activated throughout the year 279 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Charg sensor el imm heater Forced charging electric Electric immersion heater Line no Operating line 4760 Charg sensor el imm heater 4761 Forced charging electric No Yes Smart grid draw forced The electric immersion heater in the buffer storage tank is released e For forced charging e When none of the heat sources is able to deliver heat e When frost protection for the buffer storage tank is active Defines the sensor to be used for charging with an electric immersion heater B4 The electric immersion heat
589. torage to EN 60721 3 1 Transport to EN 60721 3 2 Operation to EN 60721 3 3 class 1K3 20 65 C class 2K3 25 70 C class 3K5 20 50 C noncondensing Weight Excl packaging 293 g 458 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Technical data 2014 07 30 Power supply Interfaces Degree of protection Directives and Standards Climatic conditions 8 4 Modbus clip in OCI350 01 101 Via basic unit RVS DC5V Power consumption max 0 3 VA Connection to basic unit RVS X60 6 pole ribbon cable enclosed power supply communication length 0 3 m Modbus via RS 485 EIA 485 A B REF Protocol Mode Electrical connection Cable Bus polarization Bus termination Baud rates Cable lengths and cross sectional areas noninterchangeable Modbus RTU mode master or slave galvanically separated 2 wire twisted pair with screening 2 x 680 O 120 Q and 1 nF 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 76800 115200 according to Modbus specification e g max 1000 m at 9600 baud and 0 13 mm Protection class If correctly installed low voltage live parts meet the requirements of safety class III according to EN 60730 1 Protection degree of housing IPOO according to EN 60529 Degree of pollution 2 according to EN 60730 1 Product standard EN 60730 1 Automatic electrical controls for household and s
590. total of meter values on the fixed day to calculate the yearly performance factor for the previous period For consumption or plant analyses the underlying yearly energy data separately for space heating DHW heating and cooling are stored as well The following values are displayed per entry e Fixed date storage date e Yearly perf factor 1 n e Heat delivered heating 1 n e Heat delivered DHW 1 n e Cooling energy delivered 1 n e Energy brought in heating 1 n e Energy brought in DHW 1 n e Energy brought in cooling 1 n Displayed are the amounts of energy delivered and input over the course of one year or between 2 fixed day entries Line no Operating line 3119 Fixed day yearly perf fact Parameter Fixed day yearly perf fact is used to set the date of the fixed day day month An entry is generated in the storage at mid night of the set fixed day The process is repeated annually Entry of the fixed day cannot be deactivated The meter values shown in the fixed day storage are the energy values acquired over the time period between the 2 fixed day entires which are used to calculate the associated yearly performance factor The energy delivered and energy input for space heating DHW heating and cooling are shown separately The fixed day storage makes it possible to store up to 10 entries 10 years The first entry index 1 is always the latest and moves the older entries in the
591. trol of the condenser pump parameter 2790 and ACS parameter for cooling mode 197 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Control strategies Setting the source pump s modulation Output control source Speed control of the source pump or the fan is effected via a triac output ZX or output UX For that purpose the respective output is to be configured as Source pump Q8 fan K19 In addition the source pump or the fan can be controlled via a relay output on off Speed control of the source pump fan can be parameterized e Choice of up to 4 speed control strategies e For cooling mode another of these 4 strategies can be selected If is selected the strategy of parameter 3009 applies Line no Operating line 3009 Modulation fan source pump None Compressor output Temp diff evaporator ACS Modulation fan source pump cooling mode None Refrig temp liquid Compressor output Temp diff evaporator The control strategy for speed control is to be selected via parameter Modulation fan source pump BZ 3009 and for cooling mode if required via Modulation fan source pump cooling mode ACS e Strategy Refrig temp liquid can only be selected with Modulation fan source pump cooling mode ACS e For strategies Refrig temp liquid and Temp diff evaporator extra parameters are available which are listed and e
592. ture B94 lil To calculate the temperature differential the sensors must always be used as pairs Heat capacity source medium e g combination B91 B94 is not permitted Line no Operating line 3260 Antifreeze source None Ethylene glycol Propylene glycol Ethyl and propyl glycol 3261 Antifreeze concentr source The controller calculates the heat capacity of the water as a function of its density or its temperature according to a stored algorithm In the case of brine to water heat pumps the heat coefficient is also dependent on the type of antifreeze used e Use of antifreeze and type Antifreeze source None Ethylene glycol Propylene glycol Ethyl and propyl glycol e concentration of antifreeze Antifreeze concentr source 1 100 235 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Energy prices Line no Operating line 3264 E gy price high tariff 3265 E gy price low sm grid wish 3266 E gy price sm grid imposed 3267 E gy price altern source E gy price high tariff Price per kWh electrical energy high tariff E gy price low sm grid Price per kWh electrical energy for low tariff or during smart grid state Draw wish wish E gy price sm grid Price per kWh electrical energy during smart grid state Draw imposed imposed E gy price altern source Price per kWh heating energy delivered by
593. ture equals the sensor value of the heat pump Line no Operating line ACS Pump hybrid source Separately Boiler pump Q1 Condenser pump Q9 LMS and heat pump may have their own pump or a common pump Pump hybrid source ACS is used to configure if both have their own pump Separately or if there is only a boiler pump Boiler pump Q1 or only a condenser pump Condenser pump Q9 e f a condenser pump is configured the LMS is put into operation only when the condenser pump runs e f aboiler pump is configured the heat pump is put into operation only when the boiler pump runs 255 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Source type 1 3 Delay lockout position 1 3 256 471 Line no Operating line 3750 Source type Other Solid fuel boiler Heat pump Oil gas boiler Defines the type of producer of the supplementary source Hence operating units supporting this function can display the type of supplementary source currently in operation Line no Operating line 3755 Delay lockout position If an Hx input is configured as Status info suppl source and a delay time is set via parameter Delay lockout position following applies e After switching on output Supplementary source K32 must send status information to the respective Hx input within the de
594. ture request Stabilization period T Switch off temperature CONSUMED Su s Switch off point DHW A ra Switch off point max Switch off temperature Switch on point tage1 1 stage1 4 DHW 4 charge g 2355Z2844b If due to Switch off temp max line 2844 the heat pump had to shut down and a new start is made condenser pump Q9 is put into operation first and then the compressor whenever the following criteria are satisfied e The minimum off time Compressor off time min line 2843 has elapsed e The temperature at sensor B21 or B4 dropped by the switching differential line 2840 e A request for heat is pending e The buffer storage tank has not yet reached its setpoint The heat pump remains in operation until the buffer storage tank is charged or Switch off temp max has again been reached Line no Operating line 2846 Hot gas temp max 2847 Swi diff hot gas temp max 2848 Reduction hot gas temp max Setting the maximum permissible hot gas temperature of the refrigerant B81 B82 The heat pump is shut down whenever this temperature is exceeded The pumps continue to run for the adjusted overrun times If within the adjustable Duration error repetition line 2889 the fault occurs more often than the permissible maximum number of shutdowns the heat pump goes to lockout and can be put back into operation only by making a manual reset For the heat pump to switch on ag
595. ucture of check numberEvery check number consists of 3 columns each representing the application of a plant section Every column is shown with 2 digits All preceding zeros before the first numeral deviating from zero are hidden 1 1st column 2 2nd column 3 3rd column 2 digits 2 digits 2 digits Line 6212 Blank Solar 00 Line 6213 Blank Solid fuel boiler Heat pump Line 6215 Buffer storage tank DHW storage tank Line 6217 Heating circuit 3 Heating circuit 2 Heating circuit 1 cooling circuit 1 363 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Check no heat source 1 Check no heat source 2 Solid fuel boiler 364 471 The following tables show the meaning of the numbers on the lines Solar so D gt le Sa ee G S O T 8 rs S a 86 8 gt lS eo EE E E TE ies E E E E e SOl a amp 3 og SQ a D 3 aH TA x Ss S Sauls D 2 o tis SSS SSIS 3 S S IS SS laal ls S a Q Se G D D D enh SEIS le IA S 28 ga lasls g l g 23 ME E EE E eE 2 E EE E eis Se SR s xx Og uy TV WY YN YN Wi Q 0 No solar plant 1 x 3 DHW B 5 x 6 x 8 xX DHW B 9 xX DHW B 10 Xx DHW 11 x DHW 12 x B 13 x B 14 x 15 x 17 Xx DHW B 18 Xx DHW B 19 x x 20 x x 22 Xx DHW B 23 x x DH
596. uded in subsequent versions 3 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Legal notes 2014 07 30 Table of contents Legal NOLO i scces ccsescceeriesegvacecccecessecsvsncuceceeetcgenes cececdsecucsegsysheecceececesgegubeneuuseneereres 3 1 STOTT A gene ae ses nose nt ae Se eee OS WS eet ere 7 1 1 DYPO SUM mAN aeeoe aa ena aa ea a TESTAN 9 1 1 1 TOPOLOGY iniaiaiai a a a a 9 1 1 2 The communication choices in detail 10 2 Safety notes RVS61 843 2 cccccccseseeee ee eeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeseneeeeeeeeeseeessenees 11 3 Mounting and installation ccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneees 12 3 1 Heat pump controller RVS61 843 aeesseesssieesesessirrrrrssssrrrrnnsssssrrnns 12 3 1 1 Connection terminals RVS61 848 0 0 cece ee eee eeeecttaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaes 13 3 2 Extension module AVS75 370 ccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeccnneeeeeeeeeeececaaeeeeeeeeenee 16 3 2 1 Connection terminals AVS75 370 cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeees 17 3 3 Extension modules AVS75 39X c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeccaeeeeeeeeeeteed 19 3 3 1 Connection terminals AVS75 390 ccccseeceeeeeeeeeecenneeeeeeeeeeeestaeeeeeees 20 3 3 2 Connection terminals AVS75 391 cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeennaeeeeeees 22 3 4 Modbus clip in OCI350 01 101 0 2 eee eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeccneeeeeeeeeeeeeetaaeeeeeeeeetees 24 4 COMMISSIONING naa eai aaaeaii i eaaa iaaa oaaae 25 5 Overvi
597. uired by the circulation sensor B39 reaches the setpoint line 1645 minus the circulation difference line 1648 and the set duration of the function line 1646 has elapsed If for 48 hours the circulation pipe does not reach the required temperature an error message 127 Legionella temp is delivered If the temperature differential is not set the temperature at sensor B39 is not monitored during the period of time the Legionella function is performed Line no Operating line 1660 Circulating pump release Time program 3 HC3 DHW release Time program 4 DHW Time program 5 1661 Circulating pump cycling 1663 Circulation setpoint With setting DHW release the circulating pump runs whenever DHW heating is released With the other settings it operates according to the respective time program When the function is activated the circulating pump operates for 10 minutes within the release time and is then switched off again for 20 minutes If sensor B39 is located in the DHW distribution pipe circulating pump Q4 is activated as soon as the water temperature drops below the set value The pump then operates for 10 minutes or longer until the setpoint is reached again Between the setpoint for the DHW storage tank and the setpoint for sensor B39 parameter 1663 there is always a fixed temperature differential of 8 Kelvin This is to ensure that the circulation setpoint will be reached preventing the circu
598. uits Line no Operating line 8875 Flow temp setp VK1 8885 Flow temp setp VK2 8895 Flow temp setp swimming pool ACS State CC1 pump Q15 ACS State CC2 pump Q18 Display of the flow temperature setpoints for consumer circuits 1 and 2 and the swimming pool circuit Swimming pool Line no Operating line 8900 Swimming pool temp 8901 Swimming pool setpoint ACS Swimming pool pump Q19 Display of the current swimming pool temperature and setpoint Primary controller Line no Operating line 8930 Primary controller temp 8931 Primary controller setpoint ACS Status primary pump Q14 ACS Status precontroller mixing valve opens Y19 ACS Status precontroller mixing valve closes Y20 ACS Status primary pump 2 Q44 Display of the current primary controller temperature and setpoint Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 Room temperature Special temperature Common flow values Line no Operating line 8950 Common flow temp 8951 Common flow temp setpoint 8952 Common return temp 8956 Common flow temp 2 8957 Common flow setp refrig ACS Status heat demand K27 ACS Status cool demand K28 ACS State of diverting valve cooling flow Y29 Display of the current common flow temperature and of the setpoints for h
599. umed Switching off due to the minimum temperature differential does not apply to the last generator in the cascade 248 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Hybrid solutions Identification of diagram 6 12 Supplementary source generator If the heat pump is complemented by a supplementary generator 3 choices are available 1 Supplementary generator in the common flow via relay K27 K32 2 Supplementary generator LMS with heat pump on the consumer side via BSB 3 Supplementary generator with heat pump on the consumer side via relay K27 K32 Applications 2 and 3 are hybrid solutions that is the combination of main generator and supplementary generator forms one unit In the case of application 2 the supplementary generator is controlled by a boiler management unit LMS via BSB In the case of application 3 the supplementary generator can be freely selected The controller is capable of identifying the type of application identification of diagram based on the following conditions Application 1 supplementary generator Application 2 LMS Relays K27 and or K32 are configured Parameter Use of supplementary source supplementary A boiler management unit LMS is connected to the BSB Application 3 e Relays K27 and or K32 are configured hy
600. unction value 1 and input value 2 function value 2 Room temp 10V analog input The controller receives a voltage signal DC 0 10 V for the room temperature The room temperature together with the relative room humidity is used primarily to calculate the dewpoint in the cooling circuit If there is no room unit with a room sensor connected for heating cooling circuit 1 via BSB the room temperature acquired via Hx is also used for space heating space cooling 1 compensation variant and room influence The respective room humidity value is calculated via the linear characteristic which is defined by 2 fixed points input value 1 function value 1 and input value 2 function value 2 Flow measurement 10V analog input The controller receives a voltage signal DC 0 10 V for the flow measured The respective flow is calculated via the linear characteristic which is defined by 2 fixed points input value 1 function value 1 and input value 2 function value 2 Temp measurement 10V analog input The controller receives a voltage signal DC 0 10 V for the acquired temperature The respective temperature is calculated via the linear characteristic which is defined by 2 fixed points input value 1 function value 1 and input value 2 function value 2 Usage of the acquired temperature is defined via parameter Temperature sensor H1 or H3 lines 5957 and 5967 of the controller Line no Operating line 5951 Con
601. unting and installation CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Mains voltage connections Diagram of AVS75 391 Terminal markings AVS75 391 Module address with DIP switches 22 471 3 3 2 Connection terminals AVS75 391 N N o o L When using several extension modules the modules unambiguous address must be set with the DIP switch Per default the modules are set to Address 1 Ifa second or third module is connected their addresses must be changed according to the following assignment Ba Address 1 Module 1 Address 2 Module 2 Ok R Address 3 Module 3 1 E 2 E 2 The assignment table is also shown on the extension module Black means Switch position Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Mounting and installation 2014 07 30 Terminal markings AVS75 391 Mains voltage Low voltage Assignment of terminals Use Socket Connector type L Mains connection live conductor AC L AGP4S 03E 109 230 V 4 Ll Mains connection protective earth N N Mains connection neutral conductor QX21 Multifunctional output QX21 T AGP8S 04B 109 N Neutral conductor L Protective earth QX22 Multifunctional output QX22 N Neutral conductor S AGP8S 03B 109 L
602. ur heating limit 3 10 10 C e 1333 0 Ext n 24 hour heating limit Yes e No Yes Limitations of flow temperature setpoint 1340 Flow temp setpoint min 8 8 Line 1341 C 1341 Flow temp setpoint max 50 Line 1340 95 C 1342 E Flow temp setpoint room stat line1340 Line 1341 C 1344 0 Swi on ratio room stat 1 99 Room influence 1350 F Room influence 20 1 100 Room temperature limitation 1360 F Room temp limitation 1 0 4 C e Boost heating quick setback 1370 F_ Boost heating pas 0 20 C 1380 F Quick setback To Reduced setpoint e Off To Reduced setpoint To frost Prot setpoint Optimum start stop control 1390 F Optimum start control max 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 06 00 _ hh mm ss 1391 F Optimum stop control max 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 06 00 hh mm ss 1394 F Heat up gradient 60 0 600 min K Increase of Reduced setpoint 1400 F Reduced setp increase start line1401 10 C 1401 F Reduced setp increase end 15 30 Line 1400 C Heating circuit pump 1410 F Frost prot plant HC pump On Off On Overtemperature protection 1420 F Overtemp prot pump circuit Off Off On 34 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S 2 T Selals 5 E 8 O
603. ut Temp diff condensor ACS O Modulation condens pump cooling Jas None Heat pump setpoint Compressor output Temp diff condensor 2792 F Pump speed min 40 0 Line 2793 2793 F_ Pump speed max 100 Line 2792 100 2794 O Speed Xp 24 1 100 C 2795 O Speed Tn 40 1 650 S 2796 O Speed Tv 0 0 60 s 2799 0 Pump setpoint reduction 3 0 20 C 2800 F Frost prot plant cond pump Off Off On 2801 1 Control cond pump Automatically Automatically Temp request Parallel compr operation 2802 Prerun time cond pump 5 0 600 S 2803 1 Overrun time cond pump 5 0 600 Ss Condenser 2804 0 Max temp diff condenser 15 line 30 C 2805 2805 F Req temp diff condenser 7 1 Line 2804 C ACS O Req temp diff condens DHW aia 1 15 C 2806 O Max dev temp diff cond 22E 1 10 C 2807 0 Min temp diff cond DHW els 1 10 C 2809 0 Temp frost alarm 0 10 C 2810 0 Condenser frost protection 5 15 8 C 2811 O Overrun cond frost protect 300 0 600 s Evaporator 2812 0 Operation limit OT min air 50 0 C 2813 0 Operation limit OT max air 0 50 C 2814 0 Source temp max 10 60 C 2815 F Source temp min water 3 20 30 C 2816 F Source temp min brine 5 30 50 C 2817F Switching diff source prot 3 1 10 C 2818 F_ Incr source temp min fl cur 2 0 10 C ACS JO Increase source temp min 1 0 10 C 2819 Prerun time source 15 0 240 S 2820 Overrun t
604. ut QX7 Relay output QX8 Relay output QX9 Relay output QX10 Relay output QX11 Relay output QX12 Relay output QX13 Relay output QX21 module 1 Relay output QX22 module 1 Relay output QX23 module 1 Relay output QX21 module 2 Relay output QX22 module 2 Relay output QX23 module 2 Relay output QX21 module 3 Relay output QX22 module 3 Relay output QX23 module 3 7705 _ Mod setpoint ZX4 relay test 100 0 100 7708 1 Modulation signal ZX4 0 100 7710 Output test UX1 0 100 7711 Output signal UX1 0 100 77111 Output signal UX1 None Voltage V PWM 7716 _ Output test UX2 0 100 7717 1 _ Output signal UX2 0 100 7717 Output signal UX2 None Voltage V PWM 7780 Output test UX21 module 1 0 100 7781 1 Output signal UX21 module 1 0 100 7781 1 Output signal UX21 module 1 None Voltage V PWM 7782 Output test UX22 module 1 0 100 7783 Output signal UX22 module 1 0 100 7783 Output signal UX22 module 1 None Voltage V PWM 71 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies Overview of settings 2014 07 30 S 2 Isle S E aelals 5 3 Z 2 o jOlL a 5 Oo 7784 Output test UX21 module 2 0 100 7785 1 _ Output signal UX21 module 2
605. ut signal control variable to bring about the same change to the manipulated variable as that produced immediately by the P action The smaller Tn the steeper faster the slope 298 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Transfer strategy Heat transfer with combi storage tank Transfer of heat Line no Operating line 5130 Transfer strategy Off Always DHW release 5131 Comparison temp transfer With B3 With B31 With B3 and B31 att If the temperature level of the buffer storage tank is SA high enough the DHW storage tank can be charged by the buffer storage tank Depending on the hydraulic circuit the transfer of B3 B31 B4 heat can be effected either with charging pump Q3 rO or transfer pump Q11 which is specifically parameterized for this function When DHW heating is deactivated the transfer of heat is switched off as well The following transfer strategies are available Off The transfer of heat is deactivated Always When DHW heating is activated the buffer storage tank always charges the DHW storage tank until the nominal setpoint is reached If the Legionella function is activated and due the heat is transferred until the legionella setpoint is reached DHW release When DHW heating is activated the buffer storage tank always charges the DHW storage tank until the current setpoin
606. ution 40 42 Cooling only 4 pipe 365 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Example Development index Device hours run Bootloader version Eeprom version Source 2 Water to water heat pump 1 stage Storage tank Buffer storage tank Heating circuit 1 Heating circuit pump and mixing valve i iy1 v2 Q2 TB i Tae E15 F B914T Q8 E14 E Displays on the operator unit Line 6213 Check no generator 2 30 Line 6215 Check no storage tank 100 Line 6217 Check no heating circuit 3 Device data Line no Operating line 6220 Software version The software version installed represents the state of the software available at the time the unit was produced The first 2 digits denote the software version the third digit indicates the software upgrade e g 01 0 Line no Operating line 6221 Development index 6222 Device hours run 6228 Bootloader version 6229 Eeprom version Controller s firmware version Shows the total number of operating hours since the controller was first commissioned Controller s firmware update version Device data version 366 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Codes of operating levels Partial diagrams Line no Operating line 6345 Code commissioning 0 99999 6346 Code
607. vailable that sensor is used for the control If no flow temperature sensor is available the electric immersion heater is controlled based on the return temperature B71 and the return temperature setpoint The switching differential is set with parameter Switching diff return temp line 2840 During an electrical utility lock the electric immersion heaters installed in the flow are locked also Line no Operating line 2880 Use electric flow Substitute Complem operation HC Complem operation DHW Complem operation HC DHW End DHW charging Emergency operation Legionella function 2881 Locking time electric flow 2882 Release integr electric flow 2883 Reset integr electric flow 2884 Release el flow below OT A WARNING Electric immersion heaters must be fitted with a safety limit thermostat Use electric flow Use and control of the electric immersion heater can be parameterized Substitute The electric immersion heater is only used for emergency operation parameters 7141 and 7142 when the temperature drops below the minimum source temperature parameters 2815 and 2816 or outside the operating limits of air to water heat pumps parameters 2812 and 2813 When activating emergency operation either manually or automatically the electric immersion heater is immediately released to ensure control to the current setpoint No consideration is given to Locking time electr
608. vaporation pressure H82 and condensation pressure are known If the minimum pressure differential is not reached within Delay pressure diff error process reversal the compressor is shut down and an error message 504 Pres diff proc reversal is displayed The process reversing valve may be moved only when the compressor has been in operation for the Min compr run time prior to process reversal If both a minimum pressure differential and a minimum compressor running time are parameterized both conditions must be satisfied for the process reversing valve to be allowed to change over 159 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Basic position process reversing valve Compressor modulation on process reversal When the compressor shuts down the process reversing valve is driven to the set basic position The valve maintains this position until the compressor is switched on the next time This also prevents the valve from seizing should a power failure occur Last request When the compressor is shut down the valve maintains its current position It stays there until the compressor is started the next time Heating When the compressor is shut down the valve is driven to its basic heating position When defrosting the valve is also reset to its heating position during dripping Cooling When the compressor is shut down the valve is driven to its
609. ve Flow temp setp at OT 25 Flow temp setp at OT 35 C Eco functions Cooling limit at OT Line no Operating line CC1 CC2 908 1208 Flow temp setp at OT 25 C 909 1209 Flow temp setp at OT 35 C Based on the cooling curve the controller determines the required flow temperature at a certain composite outside temperature The cooling curve is determined by defining 2 fixed points flow temperature setpoint at 25 C and 35 C Determines the flow temperature required for cooling at a composite outside temperature of 25 C without giving consideration to summer compensation Determines the flow temperature required for cooling at a composite outside temperature of 35 C without giving consideration to summer compensation TVKw 2355Z06 908 909 25 C 35 C TAgem TVKw Flow temperature setpoint for cooling TAgem Composite outside temperature The set cooling curve is based on a room temperature setpoint of 25 C If the room temperature setpoint is changed the cooling curve is automatically adapted Line no Operating line CCT CC2 912 1212 Cooling limit at OT 913 1213 Lock time at end heat cool 914 1214 24 hour cooling limit 915 1215 Ext n 24 hour cooling limit No Yes Cooling limit at OT for cooling corresponds to the Summer winter heating limit line 730 for heating If the attenuated outside temperature exceeds the Cooling limi
610. ve the charging process is ended by normal charging which is subsequently released lil In the case of heat transfer with Q3 or Q11 or if a wood fired boiler is used for charging the DHW storage tank Charging opt energy is switched off Off The function is deactivated release of contact E5 still possible see line 5016 Current setpoint The function is activated If required the DHW storage tank is heated up in Charging opt energy mode until the current setpoint is reached The change from the reduced to the nominal setpoint is dependent on the release of normal charging Nominal setpoint The function is activated If required the DHW storage tank is always heated up in Charging opt energy mode until the nominal setpoint is reached independent of the release time for normal charging T C c 5013 Current setpoint 65 1610 55 45 cS B3 Current DHW setpoint reduced ee aa 5024 Sd 35 4 qa ee A E 25 i 100 Cpa He pe 0 TECI 5013 Nominal setpoint 2355Z58 65 55 45 35 Current DHW setpoint reduced 25 t Heat request HC 100 i Output HP COP optimized i 0 285 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Charging opt energy contact Flow setpoint boost Transfer boost lil To perform DHW charging with optimum efficiency via contact release Low tariff
611. vented e Source pump fan use less energy and noise is reduced If superheat exceeds the superheat setpoint by more than Max deviation superheat ACS the speed of the source pump fan is reduced As soon as the temperature differential becomes smaller again speed reduction is negated in steps neutral zone is 0 5 Kelvin In cooling mode the function acts in the same way on the condenser pump Line no ACS Operating line Delay expansion valve evaporator error If the valve maintains one of the 2 stop positions beyond Delay expansion valve evaporator error ACS the heat pump is shut down and an error message 505 Expansion valve evap is delivered Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Pump off function Pumping off refrigerant Line no Operating line 3058 Pump off function Off Automatic 3059 Pump off funct press limit Automatically pumpdown Before the compressor is switched off the pump evacuates the evaporator This is accomplished by letting the compressor continue to run while the valve is shut until the low pressure switch E9 trips or at H82 the pressure falls below an adjustable low pressure threshold line 3059 Pump off funct press limit Off The function can be deactivated Manually If the function is activated manually line 7153 Pumping off refrigerant the compressor is s
612. voltage E5 Low tariff E5 E6 Electrical utility lock E6 E9 Low pressure switch E9 E10 High pressure switch E10 E11 Overload compressor 1 E11 E14 Overload source E14 E15 Flow switch source E15 E17 Manual defrost E17 E24 Flow switch consumers E26 Pressure switch source K1 Compressor stage 1 K1 K19 Source pump Q8 fan K19 K25 El imm heater 1 flow K25 K26 El imm heater 2 flow K26 Water to water heat pump K25 26 Q8 Source pump Q8 fan K19 a9 Condenser pump Q9 Y22 Process revers valve Y22 Low voltage B21 HP flow sensor B21 B71 HP return sensor B71 B81 Hot gas sensor B81 B83 Refrig sensor liquid B83 B84 Source outl sens B92 B84 B91 Source inlet B91 B92 Source outl sens B92 B84 127 471 Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 High pressure switch E10 Upon start In operation 128 471 Condenser e High pressure switch E10 HD pressostat is taken into consideration only when the compressor is running e When the compressor is started no consideration is given to high pressure switch E10 for the first 3 seconds In general If high pressure switch E10 HD pressostat trips the heat pump is switched off A distinction is made between 2 types of high pressure switch faults Both the flow temperature B21 and the return temperature B71 lie below 20 C This is an indication of no flow on the consumer side e The heat pump goes to
613. w of gas None No metering via input Hx This setting is important if the inputs are used for other pulse counts With input Hx The pulse counter is read via the selected input and the energy determined from it electricity or natural gas is added to the meter reading for the amount of energy input The Hx input selected here must be set in the configuration for the pulse count Line no Operating line 3102 Pulse unit energy None kWh m3 3103 Pulse value energy numer 3104 Pulse value energy denom The value of a pulse is entered with 3 setting parameters as a quotient nominator and denominator and the physical unit Pulse unit energy kWh The pulses or their energy values are added directly to the meter reading for the amount of energy input Pulse unit energy m3 Using the pulses or their volume value and the mean gas energy content the gas energy is calculated and then added to the meter used for metering the energy input Pulse valency numerator denominator unit Example 1 Pulse value energy numer 1 Pulse value energy denom 100 Pulse unit energy m3 gt Pulse valency 0 01 m3 pulse or 100 pulses m3 224 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Example 2 Gas energy content Pulse value energy numer 1 Pulse value energy denom 100 Pulse unit energy kWh gt Pulse valency 100 pulses kWh or 0 01
614. w temp setpoint 1860 1910 1960 Frost prot plant VK pump Frost prot plant pool pump 1874 1924 1974 DHW charging priority No Yes 1875 1925 1975 Excess heat draw Off On 1878 1928 1978 With buffer No Yes 1880 1930 1980 With prim contr system pump No Yes The current flow temperature setpoints of the consumer circuits appear on operating lines 8875 and 8885 and that of the swimming pool circuit on operating line 8895 Flow temperature setpointWhen a heat or refrigeration request is pending at an appropriately defined Hx input the flow temperature of the respective consumer circuit is increased decreased until the value set here is reached For the swimming pool circuit a request from swimming pool sensor B13 is required in addition to the release at the Hx input Frost protection for the plantDefines whether the consumer circuit pumps and the swimming pool pump shall be put into operation when frost protection for the plant responds Defines whether DHW charging priority shall act on the respective consumer circuit swimming pool circuit When selecting Yes DHW charging is given priority over the respective consumer circuit When selecting No DHW charging and the consumer circuit are treated equally meaning that both receive heat Excess heat draw can be triggered from some other device via bus or through storage tank recooling When dissipation of
615. when sensor B36 reaches the required temperature DHW setpoint plus line 5140 plus 3 Kelvin and at the same time sensor B3 reaches the required setpoint When starting DHW storage tank charging the intermediate circuit sensor is considered only if the intermediate circuit pump has been in operation for at least 30 seconds 302 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Min overrun time Q33 Q33 and discharging protection L Min start temp diff Q33 Line no Operating line 5147 Min overrun time Q33 5148 Min start temp diff Q33 For the intermediate circuit pump a minimum overrun time can be set The time starts to lapse as soon as the request for heat to the generator drops The intermediate circuit pump always runs 10 seconds longer than charging pump Q3 Using this parameter it can be made certain that intermediate circuit pump Q33 always overruns for a minimum period of time If Discharging protection line 5040 is parameterized it must be performed for intermediate circuit pump Q33 to start When discharging protection is complied with DHW charging pump Q3 is in operation or with diverting valve Q3 the charging temperature reached the discharging protection level Another condition for intermediate circuit pump Q33 to start can be a parameterized minimum temperature differential of storage setpoint and generator temperature
616. witched on and the expansion valve shut The compressor is switched off when the low pressure switch trips or when the adjustable low pressure threshold line 3059 is reached After manually pumping off the compressor is locked The heat pump can only be put back into operation after a Heat pump reset or power down lil If the low pressure threshold is not reached after 2 minutes the function is aborted 215 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Vapor injection EVI Line no Operating line 3062 Superheat setpoint EVI 3063 EVI controller Xp 3064 EVI controller Tn 3065 EVI controller Tv 3066 Expansion valve EVI run time Superheat setpoint EVI The control system stabilizes the temperature differential of suction gas and evaporation temperature Superheat at the set Superheat setpoint EVI by controlling the refrigerant flow with the electronic expansion valve lil To acquire the evaporation temperature a pressure sensor H86 or temperature sensor B87 can be connected between valve and economizer Electronic injection valve 2355755 Compressor DP PDI Evaporator Condenser Ts Suction gas temperature B86 Po Evaporation pressure H86 the evaporation temperature is calculated with the help of the refrigerant characteristic Tv Evaporation temperature B87 EEV Electronic expansion valve V82 MV1 Magnetic valve vapor inj
617. xchanger a sufficiently large temperature differential between collector and DHW storage tank buffer swimming pool is required Also the collector temperature must lie above the Minimum charging temperature for the DHW storage tank buffer swimming pool lil When using setting for lines 3813 3814 and 3816 3817 the values of lines 3810 and 3811 are adopted 257 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Priority Charging prio storage tank Tkol P gt 2358212 Gas Tkol Collector temperature SdEin Temperature differential On DHW storage tank buffer swimming pool SdAus Temperature differential Off DHW storage tank buffer swimming pool TSp Storage tank temperature DHW storage tank buffer swimming pool TLmin Minimum charging temperature DHW storage tank buffer swimming pool On Off Collector pump Line no Operating line 3822 Charging prio storage tank None DHW storage tank Buffer storage tank 3825 Charging time relative prio 3826 Waiting time relative prio 3827 Waiting time parallel op 3828 Delay secondary pump The priority circuit for the swimming pool Charging priority solar line 2065 can influence the storage tank priority of solar charging and heat the swimming pool before charging the storage tanks If a plant uses several heat exchangers it is possible to set a priority for the
618. xpansion valve start 3053 Delay superheat controller Line no Operating line 3054 Superheat setp adaption Off Heating mode Cooling mode Heating and cooling mode ACS Adaption lock upon compressor start ACS Adaption lock upon change of superheat setp ACS Wait time up to red superheat setp adapt ACS Adaption lock upon increase of superheat setp ACS Min deviation superheat setp adapt ACS Max deviation superheat setp adapt ACS Critical deviation superheat setp adapt ACS Adaption step superheat setp ACS Max increase superheat setpoint adapt e Great superheat leads to a stable less fluctuating evaporation process e Too little superheat leads to an instable uncontrollable evaporation process e The smaller the superheat the better the efficiency e The smallest still stable superheat depends on a number of influencing factors and is difficult to calculate Siemens Building Technologies Heat pump controller The settings in detail CE1U2355en_052 2014 07 30 Adaptive superheat Adaptive superheat control tries to find the minimum still stable superheat under setpoint the current operating conditions e The fixed parameter 3042 or source dependent various ACS parameters superheat setpoint is used as the starting value e Adaption reduces the superheat in steps and at the same time monitors the stability e Whenever there are signs of instable behavior superheat is not reduced
619. xplained directly with the strategy For Modulation fan source pump line 3009 and if required also for Modulation fan source pump cooling mode ACS the following speed control strategies are available None The speed of the source pump fan corresponds to the set Speed max fan source pump line 3010 But monitoring functions can reduce the speed down to Speed min fan source pump line 3011 e g to make certain that the maximum evaporation temperature will not be exceeded Refrig temp liquid can only be selected with Modulation fan source pump cooling mode The fan speed of an air to water heat pump or of the source pump of a brine to water or water to water heat pump is controlled based on Refrig temp liquid B83 When switching on the fan or source pump operates at the minimum speed line 3011 Locking time speed control during the set Speed min fan source pump line 3017 Then the speed changes according to the set straight line see graph 198 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Further settings Source off below temp B83 L Switching diff source off Start speed control B83 End speed control B83 3010 3012 3015 3016 B83 C K19 Q8 1 0 B83 Refrigerant temperature liquid 3010 Speed max fan source pump K19 Fan air to water heat pump 3011 Speed min fan source pump Q8 Source pump 3012 Source
620. xtra functions Refer to chapter Application diagrams 343 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Heating circuits cooling circuit Line no Operating line 5932 Sensor input BX3 12 5941 None Buffer sensor B4 Buffer sensor B41 Collector sensor B6 DHW sensor B31 Hot gas sensor B82 Refrig sensor liquid B83 DHW charging sensor B36 DHW outlet sensor B38 DHW circulation sensor B39 Swimming pool sensor B13 Collector sensor 2 B61 Solar flow sensor B63 Solar return sensor B64 Buffer sensor B42 Common flow sensor B10 Cascade return sensor B70 Special temp sensor 1 Special temp sensor 2 DHW sensor B3 HP flow sensor B21 HP return sensor B71 Hot gas sensor B81 Outside sensor B9 Room sensor B5 Room setp readjustment 1 Room sensor B52 Room setp readjustment 2 Room sensor B53 Room setp readjustment 3 Flue gas temp sensor B8 Solid fuel boiler sensor B22 Solid fuel boil ret sens B72 DHW prim contr sensor B35 Common flow sensor 2 B11 Common return sensor B73 The settings for the sensor inputs determine the basic plant diagrams and extra functions Refer to chapter Application diagrams H1 H3 basic unit The operating lines determine the function of input H1 or H3 Line no Operating line 5950 Function input H1 5960 Optg mode change HCs DHW Optg mode changeover DHW Optg mode ch
621. y price 2904 Release of COP 1 10 2908 F OT limit with DHW charging Note Ignore Note 2909 F Release below outside temp 50 50 C 2910 F Release above outside temp 30 30 C 2911F For forced buffer charging Released Locked Released 2912 F Full charging buffer On Off On 2922 0 Condenser overtemp prot Cooling down Off Cooling down Switch on lock cool down 29230 Condens prot buffer sensor With B4 None With B4 With B41 With B42 External process reversal 2941F Use of diverting valve Y28 Passive cooling Passive cooling Active and passive cooling Defrosting 2951 Defrost release below OT 7 5 20 C 2952 0 Swi diff defrost 3 5 0 15 C 29530 Temp diff defrost max 20 5 50 C 2954 O Evapor temp defrost end 15 2 40 C 2955 O Compressor during defrost On Off On 2958 Max num defrost repetitions 3 0 10 i 2959 O Defrost settling time 9 1 20 min 2960 0 Duration dT start defrost 5 300 S 2962 1 Duration defrost lock 30 0 100 min 2963 Time up to forced defrost 120 60 600 min 2964 1 Defrost time max 10 1 42 min 2965 1 Dripping time evapor 2 0 10 min 2966 O Cooling down time evapor 5 0 120 S 2967 0 Temp thresh drip tray heat 2 5 10 C 2968 O Max compr output defrost 100 1 100 ACS O Position expansion valve when defrost 0 100 2969 F Defrost with DHW charging Automatically Automatically DHW Heating circuit HC defrost de
622. y be switched off again when modulation stage 2 is locked stage2 mod and the reset integral has been fulfilled line 2864 Reset integral stage2 mod Stage 2 TW Flow or return temperature setpoint Tx Actual value of flow or return temperature SD Switching differential S1 Heat pump stage 1 S2 Heat pump stage 2 2864 Reset integral stage 2 T Temperature t Time 162 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 Compressor operation with optimum efficiency Output nominal Output data Line no Operating line 2867 Output optimum 2868 Output nominal ACS Source temp 1 for COP ACS Source temp 2 for COP ACS Flow temp 1 for COP ACS Flow temp 2 for COP ACS COP at source temp 1 and flow temp 1 ACS COP at source temp 1 and flow temp 2 ACS COP at source temp 2 and flow temp 1 ACS COP at source temp 2 and flow temp 2 If use shall be made of Compressor operation with optimum efficiency the compressor s optimum degree of modulation as specified by the supplier representing optimum efficiency needs to be entered via parameter 2867 Output optimum In addition to normal requirements energy optimized requirements can be parameterized If during operation a consumer places an energy optimized requirement and there is no normal requirement the compressor is operated with optimum efficiency The different types of
623. ystem that is in all segments For that the controller must be located in segment 0 Summer changeover The range of action of summer changeover is as follows Locally Local action the local heating circuit is switched on and off according to operating lines 730 1030 and 1330 Centrally Central action depending on the setting made on operating line Action changeover functions either the heating circuits in the segment or those of the entire system are switched on and off according to operating line 730 Optg mode changeover The range of action of operating mode changeover via input Hx is as follows Locally Local action the local heating circuit is switched on and off Centrally Central action depending on the setting made on operating line Action changeover functions either the heating circuits in the segment or those of the entire system are switched on and off 369 471 Siemens Heat pump controller CE1U2355en_052 Building Technologies The settings in detail 2014 07 30 DHW assignment Refrigeration request Cascade master Note OT limit ext source DHW assignment defines the heating cooling circuits of which the operating state for the control of DHW heating forward shift for charging operation of circulating pump Holiday function shall be considered All HC CC locally DHW heating only considers own controller internal heating cooling circuits All HC CC in segment DHW heating considers the heat

Albatros Heat pump controller User Manual RVS61.843 AVS75.370

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents